Would you like to react to this message? Create an account in a few clicks or log in to continue.

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)


    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:00 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mural

    As we head into the Christmas Season of Shopping and Services, I'm becoming somewhat Christocentric, but not necessarily in a traditional politically-correct manner. My United States of the Solar System conceptualization is firmly-rooted in Experimental Science-Fictional Politics, Religion, Education, and Employment. My work is probably more bizarre and chaotic than a Jackson Pollock masterpiece!! This pseudo-intellectual study is NOT for the Casual-Observer!! It is for Seasoned Sirius-Researchers!! Researchers Beware!! If you REALLY study this stuff, you might go crazy (temporarily or permanently)!! By 2030 my threads will probably seem mighty-tame in comparison!! I'm seeing those Streaming White-Lights much more often!! I continue to suspect that I have been HIGHLY Messed-With (for better or worse, I know not). I honestly think we're in the middle of a VERY Nasty Power-Struggle of Biblical-Proportions which the General-Public is beginning to experience in Real-Life. Unfortunately, I believe it will get MUCH Worse rather quickly. The Final-Movements Will Be Rapid and of a Startling-Nature!! The Horror!!

    I have suggested that there is a good-side and a bad-side to BOTH the Bible and the Writings of Ellen White. I have suggested that the SDA Bible Commentary is a reasonable (though difficult) Middle-Way. What Would the Anglicans Say?? This is frankly a game which most people can't or won't play. I've suggested wrestling with the madness, without saying or doing much of anything with it. The material I include in my threads are often difficult and disorienting. Once again, I am including this stuff for seasoned-researchers, and not the general-public. I try to cover at least a couple of sides of the issues I address. This is to help us think, rather than telling anyone what to think and/or do. I think the Info-War is just going to get worse and worse. Regarding the following articles, I've sat in the classes of Dr. Fred Veltman, and he was quite the scholar and gentleman. Ellen White claimed that an Angel spoke to her on a regular basis. I hate to say it, but what if the Angel used sources without giving credit?? What if the Angel was the God of This World?? I think it's interesting that Vincent Ramik, a Roman Catholic attorney, was hired by the SDA church, to investigate the plagiarism-charge against Ellen White!! What if the God of the SDA church was (and is) the God of the Roman Catholic church?? What if the God of This World has deliberately and methodically afflicted This World with The Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan (for thousands of years)?? I have suggested that a particular Angel has run this solar system for thousands of years, going way-back to the Garden of Eden (for better or worse, I know not)!! I have suggested that the reprehensible might've been inevitable and unavoidable, but I have no-idea about the true state of affairs, going way, way, way back!!

    Once again, I think it will be necessary to know the Whole-Truth about our Whole-History!! Perhaps this will occur in an Investigative and Executive Judgment. I suspect an Ancient Other Than Human Race, going way, way, way, way back. I further suspect a Recent and Renegade Human-Race in conflict with the Original Ancient-Race, but I certainly don't know the details. I think the Bible and the Writings of Ellen White offer significant-clues, but that this study is just the beginning of understanding the Real-Story. I don't think this is a nice-story at all. All of Us might be forced to face-reality in the near-future, whether we like it or not. To say it again, I suspect a Relatively-Nice Original-Creator or Genetic-Engineer of Humanity, who was overthrown by a Not So Nice Replacement God of This World, for legitimate or illegitimate reasons, I know not. Beware of Deliberately Inflicted Murder and Mayhem. I think this thing might get REALLY Ugly and Nasty!! Some of you laugh and scoff at me because I seem to be lazy and stupid, but if you agonized over what I agonize over, each and every day, you'd probably be in a lot worse shape than I am. I really just want to let this stuff go for a while. Now I'm HONESTLY going to try to go away for a while. I'll try to maintain Responsible-Neutrality. Give until it hurts, and then Agonize until it hurts. The more you Suffer, the more it shows you really Care. What Would The Offspring Sing?? What Would Noodles Do?? This Thing Might NOT Be Over for a Very Long Time. Namaste, Godspeed, and Geronimo.
    The Desire of Ages Project: The Data
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, October 1990)

    In 1982, Dr. Fred Veltman, then chairman of the religion department of Pacific Union College, was asked by the Seventh-day Adventist church to analyze the charges of plagiarism brought by Walter Rea and others against Ellen White. Dr. Veltman spent eight years at church expense estimated at $450,000, studying The Desire of Ages. His research was printed in the Adventist church's official magazine for clergy named Ministry.

    The fact that Ellen White used literary sources in the production of her writings has been known for more than a century. But in January 1980, Walter Rea, then an Adventist pastor in Southern California, presented evidence that Ellen White's literary dependency was greater than had been recognized previously. The nature and scope of her literary borrowing, however, particularly for any given book other than The Great Controversy, was still a matter of speculation. How much verbatim material was there in her writings, especially her narrative, descriptive, and theological commentaries on Scripture? To what degree was she dependent upon literary sources? Do her comments reflect the influence of other writers? From what writers did she borrow and from what kind of books? Did Ellen White do the copying herself, or was it done by her literary assistants? Could she have unconsciously used the literary expressions of other authors—did she have a "photographic" memory? These and similar issues had to be addressed before one could treat the charge of plagiarism leveled against Ellen White, and the questions being raised over the nature of her inspiration.

    The General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists sponsored an in-depth investigation into Ellen White's use of literary sources in writing The Desire of Ages. The research, which spread over a period of almost eight years and involved the equivalent of five years of full-time work, was completed about two years ago. Adventist colleges and universities throughout the world received copies of the full report on this in-depth study. All of the Ellen G. White Estate research centers also carry a copy of the final document.

    Space requirements dictate that my comments focus on the conclusions of the investigation. But for the benefit of those readers who may not be acquainted with the study, I will briefly touch on its textual base and methodology. And for those who may be interested in my own reaction to the results of the research, a personal postscript accompanies the concluding article of this series. I make no attempt here to document or argue the evidence supporting the conclusions.

    The Ellen White textual base

    The Desire of Ages includes both narrative and theological commentary. Nearly every chapter is based upon a portion of Scripture. If Adventists were concerned about Ellen White's use of sources, this book, perhaps the best loved of all her writings, was the obvious text to study.

    Ellen White's motivation to write The Desire of Ages stemmed from her desire to prepare a more complete and accurate portrayal of the life of Christ than was contained in The Spirit of Prophecy, volumes 2 and 3, a new book that Adventist colporteurs could sell to the public. For nearly 40 years she wrote on this subject, finally having The Desire of Ages published in 1898. She became so caught up in the subject that she produced enough material to fill two additional books, Christ's Object Lessons and Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing. Much of what she wrote for The Desire of Ages first saw publication as articles in various Adventist journals.

    Initially we researchers were assigned to study the entire text of The Desire Ages—all of its 87 chapters and more than 800 pages. We soon found we had neither the time nor the staff to tackle a project of such scope. To reduce the textual base to manageable size, we asked statisticians to select 15 chapters that would serve as a random sample of the full text.

    Ellen White did not write The Desire Ages chapter by chapter from scratch. Rather, for the most part it was compiled from her earlier writings. So the pre-1898 unpublished manuscripts and the articles published prior to that year afforded a textual base more representative of her own handiwork. Using the subject matter of the 15 chapters as our control, we searched all the earlier writings of Ellen White to locate the letters, manuscripts, and articles in which she had written on these same subjects. To distinguish these texts from the text of The Desire of Ages (DA), we have designated them pre-DA.


    We were commissioned to study Ellen White's use of literary sources. For an investigation of this type, the obvious research method is source analysis, or what is commonly called source criticism. In this kind of study, the researchers select literary subunits to serve as the basis for comparing the major text and the possible source texts. They establish criteria to permit them to find the literary units that are parallel and to determine the degree to which the two units resemble each other. We selected the sentence as the unit of comparison. The 15 chapters of the DA text contained 2,624 sentences, and the pre-DA text furnished 1,180 sentence units.

    We also established a scale of seven levels of dependency. The criteria differentiating between these levels of dependency were the amount of verbatim words and the order of the elements in the sentences. For instance, if a sentence from an Ellen White text was in every respect identical to one in a source text, we labeled it "strict verbatim" and gave it a dependency value of seven. In cases where the sentences were identical except that an obvious synonym had been substituted for a word, we identified the sentence as "verbatim" and gave it a value of six-indicating that it had a lesser degree of dependency than "strict verbatim" with its value of seven. When the Ellen White text and the source were identical because both writers were depending directly on Scripture, we labeled the sentence "Bible quotation" and gave it a dependency rating of zero. When there was no clear indication of literary dependency, we called the sentence "independent" and gave it a dependency value of zero - even when the content of her DA text was very similar to that of a source text.

    Literary dependency is not limited to parallel sentence structure and verbal similarities. Authors may also consult sources for the arrangement of the sentences and the thematic development of a chapter. So our analysis of the DA text included a study of possible editorial or redactional dependency. In our investigation we examined more than 500 works, mostly nineteenth-century works on the life of Christ. Of course, Ellen White was not limited to this type of literature when she wrote on the life of Christ. She also had access to sermons, devotional books, Bible society tracts, Bible commentaries, and general Christian literature, and could have borrowed materials from any of these sources. In view of the fact that we did not review all the life-of-Christ materials available to Ellen White, much less the literature from other genres she is known to have read, there is no way this probe could be called complete or exhaustive. So the reader must consider the summations and conclusions that follow as minimal if not tentative findings, even though we made every possible effort to conduct a thorough and careful study.


    From the outset of the study and throughout its long course I constantly faced questions relating to the conclusions. What do you think you will discover? Will you be able to report the results of your study without having your ministerial credentials revoked? Will the church publicize your findings? Have you changed your views on Ellen White? Do you still believe that she was inspired? Did her secretaries do the copying? Did you find any disagreement between her writings and Scripture? Do you think a believer has any right to look for sources behind inspired writings? Do you think the writers she used were inspired?

    Marian Davis compiled Ellen White's earlier writings on Christ's life into scrapbook form. It was from this collection that the DA text was developed. While these inquiries were appropriate and appreciated, they were not the issues troubling me. I had other concerns. How could we approach the analysis of the textual data fairly and consistently? How accurate would our conclusions be when based upon a random sample consisting of 15 chapters of varying length, content, and source dependency? Could our conclusions serve as valid generalizations about the entire text of The Desire of Ages and Ellen White's method of writing her books, particularly her commentaries on the great controversy between good and evil as covered in Scripture? My solution was to study each chapter in terms of its own special nature. I hoped that I would be able to let the data determine the questions to be asked, and I endeavored to be open to any new insights, even new perplexities, that might emerge from the analysis. In the end I developed a list of 14 questions that I asked in regard to each chapter. I hoped that these questions would help to keep my analysis focused and consistent despite variations in the text and possible changes in my outlook as the study progressed. It became very clear to us that it was Ellen White herself who was copying from the sources.

    In what follows, I present the 14 questions and the corresponding summary statements derived from our analysis of the 15 chapters. The statements, of course, present in abbreviated form what is more fully laid out in chapter XVIII of the report. The questions and answers offer further clarification on the nature and scope of the study and largely form the evidence supporting the five general concluding statements that I give in the second article.

    1. Do we have any original (hand-written) manuscripts of Ellen White on the DA text?

    No chapters have been located in either handwritten or copy form. Several sentences from three chapters have been found in Ellen White's diaries, and significant portions of three additional chapters were developed from manuscripts dating from 1897. Handwritten and copied texts exist for portions of the pre-DA text, treating the content of 10 of the 15 chapters.

    2. Does the DA text represent an increase or a reduction in the coverage of topics Ellen White treated in her earlier works? And if she enlarged her coverage, is the expansion to be accounted for by a greater dependency on sources?

    No consistent answer emerges. Some topics receive more attention, and others less. Where the commentary has been extended, we also find more independent material. The DA text generally represents a lesser degree of dependency than does the pre-DA text, and the longer chapters of DA show no greater use of sources than do the shorter ones.

    3. How does the content of the DA text compare in general with the content of Ellen White's earlier writings on the life of Christ? Can we detect any influence of the sources on the content?

    Doing source analysis involves giving some consideration to content, but finding a definitive answer to this question would require a separate study. Generally speaking, there is strong agreement between the later and earlier writings except where the earlier text needed revision. No doubt much of the agreement results from the use of the same sources for both the earlier and later writings. The DA text manifests a stronger spiritual appeal, no doubt because of the evangelistic purpose that motivated and guided its production.

    4. Are there any significant differences between the DA text and the pre-DA text?

    Differences appear in the order of events in the life of Christ, in how the two texts harmonize the Scripture accounts, and in DA's exclusion of some extrabiblical stories contained in the pre-DA text. No doubt the sources influenced to some degree the chronology of Ellen White's narrative account and the thematic arrangement of some of her chapters in the DA text. It is not always possible to tell when the revision is the result of the source's influence or of a closer reading of the biblical account.

    5. How much of the DA text reveals literary dependency?
    6. What is the extent of Ellen White's literary independence in writing DA?
    7. What is the degree of dependence of the DA text?

    Questions 5, 6, and 7 address the basic issue of literary dependency. Of the 15 chapters, 2,624 sentence units, we found 823 (31 percent) to be in some degree clearly dependent upon material appearing in our 500-plus literary sources. We found that 1,612 sentence units (61 percent) showed no verbal similarity to any of the sources we investigated. The average dependency of the 823 dependent sentences rated just a little higher than the level of "loose paraphraser" (3.3).

    8. What major works were used by Ellen White in writing the DA text?

    We found 10 books from which Ellen White drew 10 or more literary parallels per The Desire of Ages chapter. The Life of Christ, by William Hanna, heads the list with 321 source parallels. Night Scenes of the Bible and Walks and Homes of Jesus, both by Daniel March, come in second with 129 parallel sentences. Ellen White drew from Hanna's work for nearly every one of the 15 chapters. But she tended not to use the other sources in such a general way, tending rather to draw mostly from a single source for each chapter that we found to be dependent. Which other source she used varied from chapter to chapter.

    9. What additional sources contributed to the DA text?

    In addition to the major sources, we found that 21 works written by 20 authors had a minor impact on the 15 chapters. Two authors had works in both the major influence and minor influence categories.

    10. What literary sources were used in the composition of the pre-DA writings?

    Marian Davis compiled Ellen White's earlier writings on Christ's life into scrapbook form. It was from this collection that the DA text was developed. As a result of this method of book production, many source parallels appearing in the DA text make their first appearance in these earlier writings. Exceptions to this expected duplication in literary parallels occur when the earlier text is not included in the DA text or when DA treats content not found in the earlier materials. Our study revealed that the works of Hanna and March figure heavily in the earlier texts that were taken over into DA. In the Ellen White manuscripts on Christ's life that were not used in forming the DA text, there are literary parallels from the works of Frederic Farrar, John Harris, Henry Melvill, Octavius Winslow, and others.

    11. How does the DA text compare with the pre-DA text in the use of literary sources?

    When we first formulated this question, we had planned to evaluate every sentence of the earlier writings, but time and staff limitations prevented such a thorough study. We did examine this earlier material for its use of sources and found that in most cases it showed either the same level or greater levels of literary dependency than did the DA text. Out of the 1,180 sentence units reviewed, we noted 879 dependent sentences. We found 6 strict verbatim sentences, 80 verbatim, 232 strict paraphrase, and 232 simple paraphrase. The average rate of dependency of the pre-DA dependent sentences was 3.57, compared with DA's rate of 3.3. As we carefully studied the nature and degree of literary dependency of these early materials, which included Ellen White's personal journals, it became very clear to us that it was Ellen White herself who was copying from the sources. We need not look to the work of her secretaries to account for the source parallels found in her writings.

    12. How does the content of the dependent sentences compare with that of the independent?

    We found no significant differences in content. Both types of sentences include descriptive, devotional, spiritual, and theological commentary and moral exhortation. Both types contain details such as one might expect in an eyewitness account or as having come from a vision. The differences we noted involve the way reality is affirmed and the number of sentences or degree of emphasis given to a particular topic. Ellen White's independent materials often extend the descriptive, spiritual, theological, or devotional commentary. And where the source is suggestive and indefinite as to what took place in the life and ministry of Christ, Ellen White is positive and definite.

    13. Do the literary or thematic structures of the chapters of the DA text reflect the structural composition of the sources, apart from the common influence of the Bible?

    Even though most DA chapters reflect the dominant use of one source, most of them contain parallels from more than one source. So the final compositions exhibit their own overall structures rather than those of any given source. Several chapter sections appear to reflect specific Ellen White manuscripts. Ellen White's earlier manuscripts do not reflect multiple sources to the extent the DA chapters do. Evidently in writing them she used one source at a time as she worked on a given topic or aspect in Christ's life. When writing on the same topic on another occasion, she generally used a different source. The fact that DA chapters contain literary parallels from multiple sources more likely represents Marian Davis's conflation of several separate Ellen White manuscripts or journal entries than it does Ellen White sitting down with several sources to compose a chapter.

    14. Are the pre-DA writings dependent on sources for their thematic arrangement?

    In most instances her diary entries float freely from topic to topic, not offering extensive comment on any given subject. But where her pre-DA writings treat a topic, they usually follow the thematic development of the source. Particularly is this the case with her later manuscripts. However, we would remind the reader of the differences discussed under question 12. Though the basic structure of Ellen White's material usually depends upon the source, her emphasis often differs.

    Hopefully this brief review of the 14 questions and their answers provides both a useful context and some justification for the few broad conclusions that follow in the second article (in the December issue of Ministry). These concluding statements may well apply to the entire text of The Desire of Ages, and perhaps to a number of Ellen White's other writings, as well. If not, they are - at least in my judgment - appropriate for the 15 chapters upon which this investigation focused.

    Two Adventist journals have carried reviews of the report (Adventist Review, Sept. 22, 1988; and South Pacific Record, Apr. 15, 1989), but to my knowledge, nowhere have the full conclusions been published. For a while copies of the entire report and of the 100-page-long Chapter XVIII, "Summary and Conclusions", were available for purchase from the office of the president of the General Conference.

    Because I was the project director, I am solely responsible for all the evaluations, the interpretation of the data, and the writing of the report. But I could not have carried out the project without the help of many others, most of whom are mentioned in the preface to the report. The random sample comprised the following chapters: 3, 10, 13, 14, 24, 37, 39, 46, 53, 56, 72, 75, 76, 83, and 84. In a few instances compound sentences were divided into two independent clauses and evaluated accordingly. The other levels of dependency were rated as follows: strict paraphrase, 5; simple paraphrase, 4; loose paraphrase, 3; source Bible, 2 (when the Scripture usage reflected the literary source); and partial independence, 1. I have in mind here such works as Patriarchs and Prophets, Prophets and Kings, and The Acts of the Apostles. We arbitrarily chose to classify any source supplying 10 or more literary parallels for any one DA chapter as a "major" literary source. The other major sources are:

    John Harris, The Great Teacher;
    Frederic Farrar, The Life of Christ;
    George Jones, Life-Scenes From the Four Gospels;
    Alfred Edersheim, The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah;
    J. H. Ingraham, The Prince of the House of David;
    Francis Wayland, Salvation by Christ;
    John Cumming, Sabbath Evening Readings on the New Testament: St. John.
    Henry Melvill, "Jacob's Vision and Vow";
    and Octavius Winslow, The Glory of the Redeemer.

    In combining the two Nazareth visits into one chapter, DA chapter 24 seems to reflect the structure of March. Some evidence exists for arguing that chapters 46 and 76 also depend upon their sources for significant aspects of their literary arrangement.

    The Desire of Ages Project: The Conclusions
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, December 1990)

    To what degree was Ellen White dependent upon literary sources in writing The Desire of Ages? Did she do the copying herself or was it done by her literary assistants? Could she have unconsciously used the literary expressions of other authors - did she have a photographic memory? Our lengthy and detailed investigation led to five general conclusions that cast light upon these broad questions posed in the introduction to the study. The conclusions are based primarily but not exclusively on the answers generated by the 14 questions we addressed to each chapter of The Desire of Ages (DA) text.1 They also include interpretations of the data, and to that degree involve personal judgment. I have tried, however, to separate my opinion from what I would argue the evidence indicates to be a fact. I have attempted to set forth the five concluding statements in as concise a manner as accuracy would allow. To understand properly the meaning intended, the reader should give careful consideration to the accompanying explanations and supporting arguments, brief as they are. As is true of most research activities, the process of drawing conclusions raised additional issues that in my view call for further study. I hope that the underscoring of these issues will challenge some readers to add their efforts to those of myself and others who have tried to shed more light on Ellen White's work and writings. It should be clearly understood that these questions are not offered to dilute the reasonableness of the arguments or to suggest that this investigation is incomplete, and that therefore its conclusions are invalid.

    1. Ellen White used literary sources when writing The Desire of Ages.

    The purpose of this fundamental claim, and for many an obvious truth, is to set forth clearly the following facts. It is of first importance to note that Ellen White herself, not her literary assistants, composed the basic content of the DA text. In doing so she was the one who took literary expressions from the works of other authors without giving them credit as her sources. Second, it should be recognized that Ellen White used the writings of others consciously and intentionally. The literary parallels are not the result of accident or photographic memory. In view of the fact that she employed editorial assistants, our clearest evidence of Ellen White's literary borrowing comes from her personal diaries and manuscripts. If we want to establish more precisely the degree of literary dependence, it would be well to study the manuscripts as they come from her hand, comparing both the dependent and independent sentences. Each manuscript should be treated as a whole. When we take the chapter as the basic unit of composition, we remove ourselves several steps from Ellen White's basic work. This first and fundamental conclusion never fails to elicit a further inquiry as to its implications. Implicitly or explicitly, Ellen White and others speaking on her behalf did not admit to and even denied literary dependency on her part. In the light of this study and other similar studies, what are we to make of such denials? I think that any attempt to address this problem should include a serious consideration of Ellen White's understanding of inspiration and of her role as a prophet. Such a study should be contextualized in terms of nineteenth-century views on inspiration, especially within Adventism.

    2. The content of Ellen White's commentary on the life and ministry of Christ, The Desire of Ages, is for the most part derived rather than original.

    In light of the data our source studies on the DA text provided, this conclusion might appear to some readers as being unjustified.' To those who have been told that literary sources played a minimal role in Ellen White's compositions such a statement may be incredible. Obviously this second general conclusion calls for some clarification. As I explained in the first article, source dependency involves more than verbal parallels. We must consider not only the DA text as it reads today, but also Ellen White's earlier writings, the thematic structure of her writings, and the content of her material even where no direct literary similarity exists. When we do so, we find that she depended on her sources to a much greater degree than the verbal similarities of the DA text to those sources indicate. We must not place too much weight upon arguments from silence. But it is worthy of note that the DA material that we classified as independent was often material dealing with topics not usually covered in a work on the life of Christ. Since our study was largely limited to this type of literature, the reader must consider our estimate of the level of source dependency in The Desire of Ages as conservative. In practical terms, this conclusion declares that one is not able to recognize in Ellen White's writings on the life of Christ any general category of content or catalog of ideas that is unique to her. We found source parallels for theological, devotional, narrative, descriptive, and spiritual materials, whether in reference to biblical or extra-biblical content. Ever since the recent surfacing of the issue of Ellen White's literary borrowing, the question How much? has had center stage. Adventists have tended to emphasize the uniqueness, the originality, of the content of Ellen White's writings. But in an ultimate spiritual sense Ellen White always insisted that her works were derivative. She received the information from which she wrote out her views through visions, through some sort of impression upon the mind, and from Scripture. She saw herself as a messenger of the Lord. I believe the issue that concerned her was the authority and truth of her messages—not their originality. For Ellen White, all truth ultimately originates with God.

    This second conclusion suggests some areas for fruitful study. Even though we found parallels to sources in all of the types of the DA materials, perhaps we need to make a serious comparison of the content of the parallels and that of the independent sections. And it may be that we will find other distinctions when we study the other books published from her writings on the life of Christ Christ's Object Lessons and Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing. We also need to look at the content of her visions. Did she leave any record—what she saw and when—that would enable us to identify the vision content independent of her commentary on the life of Christ that exhibits the use of sources? And what about those times when she was impressed to write? Did she have revelatory experiences other than what is generally understood as a vision? Would the use of sources play any role in such experiences? There is also the matter of plagiarism. We have now identified several of the sources she used. We know the types of literature these sources represent. And we have an idea of the nature and extent of Ellen White's literary dependency at the level of her original writings. With all this data at hand, we should be able to examine the issue of plagiarism in terms of the literary conventions that governed the use of such religious works among her contemporaries.

    3. The special character of Ellen White's commentary is to be found in its practical use of Scripture and in its stress on spiritual realities and personal devotion.

    Though Ellen White's writings appear to have been largely derivative, they do not lack originality. A fair assessment of the evidence should not deny or underplay the degree of her dependence, but neither should it overlook or depreciate her independence. Despite her lack of formal education and her dependence upon literary sources and literary assistants, Ellen White could write. She obviously had the ability to express her thoughts clearly. She was not slavishly dependent upon her sources, and the way she incorporated their content clearly shows that she recognized the better literary constructions. She knew how to separate the wheat from the chaff. It may not be possible to identify Ellen White's "fingerprint" in the material that Marian Davis edited, but certain features of her work are readily apparent. She did not approach the biblical text as a scholarly exegete. Rather, she approached it from a practical point of view, taking the obvious, almost literal, meaning. She gave Marian Davis the responsibility of deciding where the earlier publication needed improving. In some instances the revision included a change in the order of events to bring her writings into harmony with the text of Scripture. Another distinct characteristic of her work is stress on what I have called "spiritual realities. " She differed from her sources in the emphasis she gave to descriptions of the activities or viewpoints of God and His angels and of Satan and his angels. She appears to be much more informed and at home than her sources when discussing the "other world," the real though invisible world of the spiritual beings of the universe. Her concern for reality is also evident in her replacing the expressions of probability, supposition, and imagination found in the sources with factual accounts given in the style of a reporter or eyewitness.

    Ellen White's "signature" is also to be found in the proportion of commentary given to devotional, moral, or Christian appeals or lessons that usually appear at the end of a chapter. This feature would naturally fit the evangelistic purpose that motivated her writing on the life of Christ. It is among her devotional comments and throughout her presentation of what I have called "spiritual realities" that we are more likely to find her independent hand at work. Ellen White's independence is also to be seen in her selectivity. The sources were her slaves, never her master. Future studies would do well to compare her text with that of the sources and to note how she selected, condensed, paraphrased, and in general rearranged much of the material she used. Our study raised another question that merits further attention: Was Ellen White indebted to sources for her devotional or spiritual comments? We did find several parallels in one or two works of this type, but our research did not survey enough of these works to establish whether her apparent independence is owing to her originality or to the limits of our investigation. When we extend the survey of possible sources to sermons and devotional literature, we will be able to tell how accurate are our data on her independence and bring into sharper focus just how much of her sections of comment corresponds to or differs from the sources she used. No doubt a thorough look at Ellen White's use of Scripture would also prove helpful. Is biblical interpretation today limited to her practical approach? Is there a place for careful exegesis? If there is more than one legitimate approach to the study of Scripture, should Ellen White's views control Adventist interpretation of Scripture?

    Finally, regarding content, how do Ellen White's writings on the life of Christ compare among themselves? We can no longer ask either Ellen White or those who knew her to explain what she meant by what she wrote. To be fair to her and to avoid the misuse of her authority, we must be careful how we represent what she wrote and how we establish what her position on a given subject was. My study of her writings on the life of Christ has given me the impression that some of her views changed through time. The very fact that the DA text represents a revision of her earlier work suggests that her writings form a textual tradition. If continued investigation indicates that there is some development in her ideas, would it not suggest that her comments need to be considered in terms of "time and place" not only within her own life experience and textual tradition but with respect to the larger background of her times, both within and without the Adventist Church? Perhaps we need Adventist historians and/or the Ellen G. White Estate to provide introductions to her writings in similar fashion to what we find useful in studying the Old and New Testament writings. At any rate, we may not necessarily find her view by simply striking a harmony among all her writings on a given subject. Her latest view might well be a correction or at least a modification of an earlier position.

    4. Ellen White used a minimum of 23 sources of various types of literature, including fiction, in her writings on the life of Christ.

    Actually, we have no way of knowing how many sources are represented in Ellen White's work on the life of Christ. In addition to the remaining 72 chapters of the DA text, there are two other books to review: Thoughts From the Mount of Blessing and Christ's Object Lessons. These 23 writers are sufficient, however, to answer the questions so many have asked: From what writers did Ellen White borrow? What kinds of books were they writing? Space does not permit us to survey all 23 here. But there is no need to cover the entire lot, since many fall under the literary category of "Victorian lives of Christ." The books in this category were never intended to be biographies. Today they would probably be classified as historical fiction. One obviously fictional account is Ingraham's The Prince of the House of David, a work that Albert Schweitzer referred to as one of the "’edifying’ romances on the life of Jesus intended for family reading." Ingraham cast his work as a collection of letters written by an eyewitness in Palestine to her father in Egypt. William Hanna's popular work was designed to be "practical and devotional." 9 No wonder that parallels from Hanna are to be found in 13 of the 15 DA chapters we investigated. The books in Ellen White's library at the time of her death appear to corroborate what her writings reveal. She read widely in works of differing literary type, theological perspective, and scholarly depth.

    5. Ellen White's literary assistants, particularly Marian Davis, are responsible for the published form of The Desire of Ages.

    The role of Ellen White's literary assistants was not a major concern of the study. But this subject cannot be entirely excluded from any serious attempt to treat her use of sources. Her method of writing inextricably involved the work of her secretaries, especially that of her "bookmaker." A significant part of the introduction to the research report covers this rather interesting side to Ellen White's literary work. In her day she was no doubt known more for her public speaking than for her writing. She loved to speak, took every opportunity to speak, and was confident of her speaking ability. It was not that way with her writing. Though she felt the burden to write, her confidence in her ability as a writer was not strong. She knew that her education did not qualify her to write for publication. The evidence suggests that she wrote day by day in her journals, moving from topic to topic as time and opportunity made it possible. No doubt she worked with one source for a while and then moved on to another source and another subject. These jottings would be copied and corrected for grammar, syntax, and spelling when she passed that journal over to one of her secretaries. Several journals would be active at the same time. From these collections her assistants would compose articles for Adventist journals. It appears that larger publications were produced from collections of materials gathered into a scrapbook. At least that seems to be the way the chapters for The Desire of Ages were compiled. Apparently her assistants at times developed manuscripts from journal entries. Several of the manuscripts consist mainly of excerpts from earlier writings and do not carry Ellen White's signature.

    Our comparison of manuscripts with the finished text and our study of the letters Ellen White and Marian Davis wrote that reveal the steps required for preparing the text for publication clearly show that Marian Davis had the liberty to modify sentence structure, to rearrange paragraphs, and to establish chapter length. Ellen White was more concerned about the general content of the book, the cost, and getting the material to the public as soon as possible. She also took a keen interest in the artwork used to illustrate her writings. I found no evidence to indicate that Marian Davis was involved in the original composition of any Ellen White text. But without the original manuscripts it is difficult to prove that such did not happen with any portion of the text of The Desire of Ages. It might prove helpful to make a stylistic study of the letters of Marian Davis and the handwritten materials of Ellen White. If their "fingerprints" emerge, we would have some basis for determining more precisely the level of involvement Marian Davis exercised in her role as "bookmaker." It may well be that she deserves some public recognition for her services in this regard.

    As a final statement on the research project, I think it is fair to say that in respect to the text of The Desire of Ages, Ellen White was both derivative and original. Future studies will no doubt bring to our attention not only more sources but also a greater understanding of Ellen White's creative role. With the aid of her literary assistants, she built out of the common quarry of stone not a replica of another's work but rather a customized literary composition that reflects the particular faith and Christian hope that she was called to share with her fellow Adventists and the Christian community at large. It is perhaps more accurate and useful to speak of her creative and independent use of her writings and those of others than to minimize her dependence upon the writings of others. Whether sentence, paragraph, chapter, or book, it is the finished product that should be considered in the final analysis. A reading of the full report will readily reveal that the multiple aspects of literary dependence or independence, particularly of large portions of text, are often too subtle, too intertwined, and otherwise too complex to be precisely and consistently evaluated. See the first article in this series: Ministry, October 1990.

    I do not claim that her secretaries did not borrow from the sources. My point is that I found no evidence that they composed the text using literary sources, and there is plenty of evidence in Ellen White's manuscripts to show that she did so. See "Personal Postscript" for the reference of the statement from The Great Controversy on this question. See questions 5, 6, and 7 in the first article in this series, "The Desire of Ages Project: the Data," Ministry, October 1990. For example, chapter 56, "Blessing the Children," includes much comment on motherhood, fatherhood, and the family. Until we survey the literature that we know Ellen White read on such topics, we cannot be sure that the sentences of this chapter actually deserve the independent rating we have given them. For a good example of a content analysis, see Tim Poirier's "Sources Clarify Ellen White's Christology," Ministry, December 1989, pp. 7-9. The summary statement in the first article listed 28 writers and 32 sources for both the DA and pre-DA texts. I came up with the number 23 by omitting the duplications between the two textual Surveys and, in an effort to be sure that we had bona fide sources, by eliminating from the count all sources providing less than five parallels for any given chapter.

    Albert Schweitzer, The Quest of the Historical Jesus (London: A. and C. Black, Ltd., 1910), p. 328, note 1.
    Daniel L. Pals, The Victorian "Lives" of Christ (San Antonio: Trinity University Press, 1982), p. 69.

    Personal Postscript
    by Fred Veltman
    (Ministry, December 1990)

    Some of the questions I have been asked about this investigation relate to matters of faith and to my perspectives as an Adventist. Because I view myself as both a pastor and a scholar, I would, like to answer briefly four of these questions. The following remarks constitute my personal response to what I have discovered and are not conclusions formed from the research data.

    1. "If you believe that Ellen White was inspired of God, why are you spending so much time searching out possible sources for her writings?"

    There are several reasons. The study is justified on the basis of Adventist interest—many in the church are asking about her literary dependency. No faith in Ellen White and her writings can be persuasive if it cannot stand the light of truth. Several friends of mine, and I am told many others unknown to me, have given up faith in Ellen White's inspiration, if not in Adventism, over this issue. If there are those who find it no longer possible to believe in Ellen White or Adventism, I would prefer that their decision be based upon a proper understanding rather than a misconception. There is also a professional basis for my interest in this subject. As a biblical scholar I am aware that our knowledge of Scripture is largely owing to similar studies on the biblical text, its composition, its history, and its background. In my view, it is imperative that we develop the knowledge and tools for properly interpreting the writings of Ellen White. These principles must emerge from a knowledge of the text and not be superimposed on the text.

    2. "Do you think that Ellen White was guilty of plagiarism, as some have charged?"

    As I pointed out in my report, the investigation did not treat the issue of plagiarism. While we cannot settle that issue here, nor do I wish to minimize its importance, my personal opinion is that she was not guilty of this practice. We did find verbatim quotes from authors who were not given credit. But the question of plagiarism is much more complicated than simply establishing that one writer used the work of another without giving credit. A writer can only be legitimately charged with plagiarism when that writer's literary methods contravene the established practices of the general community of writers producing works of the same literary genre within a comparable cultural context. In the process of doing our research we found that Ellen White's sources had previously used each other in the same way that she later used them. At times the parallels between the sources were so strong that we had difficulty deciding which one Ellen White was using.

    3. "How do you harmonize Ellen White's use of sources with her statements to the contrary? Do you think the introductory statement to The Great Controversy constitutes an adequate admission of literary dependence?"

    I must admit at the start that in my judgment this is the most serious problem to be faced in connection with Ellen White's literary dependency. It strikes at the heart of her honesty, her integrity, and therefore her trustworthiness. As of now I do not have - nor, to my knowledge, does anyone else have—a satisfactory answer to this important question. The statement from The Great Controversy comes rather late in her writing career and is too limited in its reference to historians and reformers. Similar admissions do not appear as prefaces to all her writings in which sources are involved, and there is no indication that this particular statement applies to her writings in general. But it seems to me that the statement from The Great Controversy does provide a hint as to where the answer will be found. Apparently Ellen White believed that documentation was necessary only when a writer was quoted as an authority. When the source was quoted to provide "a ready and forcible presentation of the subject," no credit need be given. *

    The idea that Ellen White worked with these distinctions in mind does not settle the question of plagiarism. Nor does it fully answer the questions raised in connection with the DA text, in which paraphrases rather than quotations dominate. It does suggest, however, that Ellen White may have viewed literary dependency as primarily indicating authority and applying to wholesale quotations rather than to paraphrasing. If my guess is correct, answering the question would demand that we carefully study her responses on the topic of literary dependency in their historical context. This approach would include a scrutiny of her comments and those of her contemporaries on the subject of inspiration. If so many believers today find her use of sources disturbing to their faith in her inspiration, is it reasonable to expect less of nineteenth-century Adventists? Ellen White's denials and/or non-admissions may have meant something other to her than what they mean to us today.

    4. "Do you personally believe that Ellen White was an inspired messenger of the Lord? And if so, what do you mean by 'inspiration'?"

    This fourth and final question is the "bottom line" when it comes to questions on Ellen White. Even though there is no single orthodox Adventist view of inspiration, whether of the authors of Scripture or of Ellen White, there are boundaries to acceptable positions. My personal position relative to Ellen White is informed primarily by my knowledge of the biblical text and secondarily by what I know about Ellen White and her writings. While I do not have all the answers to the questions being addressed to the writings of Ellen White, my belief in her inspiration is not seriously compromised. After all, we don't have all the answers to questions on the text of Scripture. I have no problem with inspired writers using sources. To my way of thinking, inspiration is not dependent upon originality. Much of Scripture makes no claim to being new and different from what anyone else was saying or from what had been said in the past. Why should we expect from Ellen White something more than we find in Scripture?

    Actually, as a result of my reading many of her writings in their handwritten and typescript form, I find that my respect for and appreciation of Ellen White and her ministry have grown. I covet for her supporters and critics alike the opportunity to read her writings in their original context. To be able to experience firsthand her breadth of interest and involvement, her judgment and devotion, her humor and humaneness, and her piety and spirituality, was both informative and faith-building. Obviously she was human, had personal and character weaknesses, and was far from perfect and infallible. She never claimed otherwise. In my judgment, her writings contain both time-conditioned and timeless statements. These have to be sorted out through principles of interpretation, as is done with Scripture. I am under the strong conviction, now more than before I began this research, that the issue is not one of deciding if Ellen White was a prophet or merely a religious leader. It is not a case of all or nothing, of either/or. Nor is it the problem of deciding which of her messages are inspired or when she exchanged her prophetic hat for an editorial cap.

    I find compelling reasons for viewing her as a nineteenth-century prophetic voice in her ministry to the Adventist Church and to the larger society as well. Her voice out of that Christian community of the past still deserves to be heard today in those timeless messages that speak to the realities of our world at the end of the twentieth century.

    *Ellen G White, The Great Controversy (Mountain View, Calif: Pacific Press Pub. Assn., 1911), p. xii.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ellenwhite Before the entrance of sin, Adam enjoyed open communion with his Maker; but since man separated himself from God by transgression, the human race has been cut off from this high privilege. By the plan of redemption, however, a way has been opened whereby the inhabitants of the earth may still have connection with heaven. God has communicated with men by His Spirit, and divine light has been imparted to the world by revelations to His chosen servants. "Holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." 2 Peter 1:21.

    During the first twenty-five hundred years of human history, there was no written revelation. Those who had been taught of God, communicated their knowledge to others, and it was handed down from father to son, through successive generations. The preparation of the written word began in the time of Moses. Inspired revelations were then embodied in an inspired book. This work continued during the long period of sixteen hundred years--from Moses, the historian of creation and the law, to John, the recorder of the most sublime truths of the gospel.

    The Bible points to God as its author; yet it was written by human hands; and in the varied style of its different books it presents the characteristics of the several writers. The truths revealed are all "given by inspiration of God" (2 Timothy 3:16); yet they are expressed in the words of men. The Infinite One by His Holy Spirit has shed light into the minds and hearts of His servants. He has given dreams and visions, symbols and figures; and those to whom the truth was thus revealed have themselves embodied the thought in human language.

    The Ten Commandments were spoken by God Himself, and were written by His own hand. They are of divine, and not of human composition. But the Bible, with its God-given truths expressed in the language of men, presents a union of the divine and the human. Such a union existed in the nature of Christ, who was the Son of God and the Son of man. Thus it is true of the Bible, as it was of Christ, that "the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us." John 1:14.

    Written in different ages, by men who differed widely in rank and occupation, and in mental and spiritual endowments, the books of the Bible present a wide contrast in style, as well as a diversity in the nature of the subjects unfolded. Different forms of expression are employed by different writers; often the same truth is more strikingly presented by one than by another. And as several writers present a subject under varied aspects and relations, there may appear, to the superficial, careless, or prejudiced reader, to be discrepancy or contradiction, where the thoughtful, reverent student, with clearer insight, discerns the underlying harmony.

    As presented through different individuals, the truth is brought out in its varied aspects. One writer is more strongly impressed with one phase of the subject; he grasps those points that harmonize with his experience or with his power of perception and appreciation; another seizes upon a different phase; and each, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, presents what is most forcibly impressed upon his own mind--a different aspect of the truth in each, but a perfect harmony through all. And the truths thus revealed unite to form a perfect whole, adapted to meet the wants of men in all the circumstances and experiences of life.

    In harmony with the word of God, His Spirit was to continue its work throughout the period of the gospel dispensation. During the ages while the Scriptures of both the Old and the New Testament were being given, the Holy Spirit did not cease to communicate light to individual minds, apart from the revelations to be embodied in the Sacred Canon. The Bible itself relates how, through the Holy Spirit, men received warning, reproof, counsel, and instruction, in matters in no way relating to the giving of the Scriptures. And mention is made of prophets in different ages, of whose utterances nothing is recorded. In like manner, after the close of the canon of the Scripture, the Holy Spirit was still to continue its work, to enlighten, warn, and comfort the children of God.

    Jesus promised His disciples, "The Comforter which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." "When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth: . . . and He will show you things to come." John 14:26; 16:13. Scripture plainly teaches that these promises, so far from being limited to apostolic days, extend to the church of Christ in all ages. The Saviour assures His followers, "I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Matthew 28:20. And Paul declares that the gifts and manifestations of the Spirit were set in the church "for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ." Ephesians 4:12, 13.

    The great controversy between good and evil will increase in intensity to the very close of time. In all ages the wrath of Satan has been manifested against the church of Christ; and God has bestowed His grace and Spirit upon His people to strengthen them to stand against the power of the evil one. When the apostles of Christ were to bear His gospel to the world and to record it for all future ages, they were especially endowed with the enlightenment of the Spirit. But as the church approaches her final deliverance, Satan is to work with greater power. He comes down "having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time." Revelation 12:12. He will work "with all power and signs and lying wonders." 2 Thessalonians 2:9. For six thousand years that mastermind that once was highest among the angels of God has been wholly bent to the work of deception and ruin. And all the depths of satanic skill and subtlety acquired, all the cruelty developed, during these struggles of the ages, will be brought to bear against God's people in the final conflict. And in this time of peril the followers of Christ are to bear to the world the warning of the Lord's second advent; and a people are to be prepared to stand before Him at His coming, "without spot, and blameless." 2 Peter 3:14. At this time the special endowment of divine grace and power is not less needful to the church than in apostolic days.

    Through the illumination of the Holy Spirit, the scenes of the long-continued conflict between good and evil have been opened to the writer of these pages. From time to time I have been permitted to behold the working, in different ages, of the great controversy between Christ, the Prince of life, the Author of our salvation, and Satan, the prince of evil, the author of sin, the first transgressor of God's holy law. Satan's enmity against Christ has been manifested against His followers. The same hatred of the principles of God's law, the same policy of deception, by which error is made to appear as truth, by which human laws are substituted for the law of God, and men are led to worship the creature rather than the Creator, may be traced in all the history of the past. Satan's efforts to misrepresent the character of God, to cause men to cherish a false conception of the Creator, and thus to regard Him with fear and hate rather than with love; his endeavors to set aside the divine law, leading the people to think themselves free from its requirements; and his persecution of those who dare to resist his deceptions, have been steadfastly pursued in all ages. They may be traced in the history of patriarchs, prophets, and apostles, of martyrs and reformers.

    As the Spirit of God has opened to my mind the great truths of His word, and the scenes of the past and the future, I have been bidden to make known to others that which has thus been revealed--to trace the history of the controversy in past ages, and especially so to present it as to shed a light on the fast-approaching struggle of the future. In pursuance of this purpose, I have endeavored to select and group together events in the history of the church in such a manner as to trace the unfolding of the great testing truths that at different periods have been given to the world, that have excited the wrath of Satan, and the enmity of a world-loving church, and that have been maintained by the witness of those who "loved not their lives unto the death."

    In these records we may see a foreshadowing of the conflict before us. Regarding them in the light of God's word, and by the illumination of His Spirit, we may see unveiled the devices of the wicked one, and the dangers which they must shun who would be found "without fault" before the Lord at His coming. The great events which have marked the progress of reform in past ages are matters of history, well known and universally acknowledged by the Protestant world; they are facts which none can gainsay. This history I have presented briefly, in accordance with the scope of the book, and the brevity which must necessarily be observed, the facts having been condensed into as little space as seemed consistent with a proper understanding of their application. In some cases where a historian has so grouped together events as to afford, in brief, a comprehensive view of the subject, or has summarized details in a convenient manner, his words have been quoted; but in some instances no specific credit has been given, since the quotations are not given for the purpose of citing that writer as authority, but because his statement affords a ready and forcible presentation of the subject. In narrating the experience and views of those carrying forward the work of reform in our own time, similar use has been made of their published works.

    It is not so much the object of this book to present new truths concerning the struggles of former times, as to bring out facts and principles which have a bearing on coming events. Yet viewed as a part of the controversy between the forces of light and darkness, all these records of the past are seen to have a new significance; and through them a light is cast upon the future, illumining the pathway of those who, like the reformers of past ages, will be called, even at the peril of all earthly good, to witness "for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ."

    To unfold the scenes of the great controversy between truth and error; to reveal the wiles of Satan, and the means by which he may be successfully resisted; to present a satisfactory solution of the great problem of evil, shedding such a light upon the origin and the final disposition of sin as to make fully manifest the justice and benevolence of God in all His dealings with His creatures; and to show the holy, unchanging nature of His law, is the object of this book. That through its influence souls may be delivered from the power of darkness, and become "partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light," to the praise of Him who loved us, and gave Himself for us, is the earnest prayer of the writer (Ellen G. White).

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:06 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Medpod2
    Carol wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 ElysiumMedbay570x320
    Holographic Med Beds Regrow Limbs! Mind-blowing!

    Remember the really cool medical beds in the movie Elysium? These med beds could heal you of any disease and even regrow tissue, organs and bones! It turns out whistleblowers in the secret space program say this technology already exists and is being used on soldiers who get limbs blown off. They say if you get a limb blown off by lunch you’ll have it grown back in time for dinner! You’ll hear testimony from somebody who claims to have been in our secret space program below. He says he’s trying to recreate what he knew about these medical beds and already has money to do it! Video:

    I started digging around to see what is out there and it seems the Russians are very aware that our DNA is some type of hologram and they’ve already done some amazing things! Dr. Peter Gariaev has regrown organs in rats using something similar to how the med beds in Elysium work! He says that with his technology we’ll be able to regrow any organ and put it back into the state it was in when we were in perfect health! He stores your DNA onto a DVD using a quantum computer and then transmits it somehow electronically so the bad cells grow back into good ones! He said it would be possible to live to about 1,000 years when the technology is fully perfected. Dr. Gariaev did an experiment where he shined a green laser through salamander eggs and then through frog eggs. Salamanders hatched from the frog eggs! That is some crazy stuff!

    Another scientist, Dr. Dzang Kangeng did some real Frankenstein type experiments where he passed light through a duck into chicken eggs resulted in chicks where 80% of them had flat bills, 90% had eyes moved into a position similar to a duck and 25% had webbing between their toes. Freaky stuff!

    Clearly DNA can be manipulated in ways we are only beginning to understand and Dr. Peter Gariaev seems to already be working on technology very similar to the high tech med beds in Elysium. So is it really that far fetched to think we already use this technology in the secret space program? Nikola Tesla perfected antigravity levitation almost 100 years ago so there is no doubt we have starships up there now being hidden from us. I personally think it’s very possible we’re already using this Elysium type medical bed and it’s being kept from us just like free energy is kept from us.

    Here’s some amazing information on Dr. Peter Gariaev in the next two videos. The last video is a bit hard to hear because of the translation but it’s pure gold. If you close your eyes you and concentrate you can hear the English translation. It’s very interesting where he talks about regrowing organs in rats just like the Elysium medical bed. I think almost everything they show us in science fiction has already been done. In fact I wouldn’t doubt if certain directors might be allowed to shoot actual technology in the secret space program rather than faking it with Hollywood props and computers! Nothing would surprise me since I know everything they tell us is a lie. But they tell the “suckers” who are still believe their TV’s to keep giving to the Cancer Society because they’re hard at work, “Searching for the Cure”! What a sick joke! They don’t want you to have the cure for cancer! They want you dead but only after they get what little money you have been able to save! It’s one big scam after scam with these people. They want to take away your access to all information they can’t control so they keep you on their plantation of slavery and lies.

    Wave Genetics Can Cure Any Disease!
    Dr. Peter Gariaev – the DNA Matrix!
    Wave Genetics Can Cure Any Disease - Dr. Peter Garyaev

    Holographic Beds Regrow Limbs - Secret Space Program
    More of Dr. Garlaev Videos:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:This sounds too-good to be true, but perhaps Miracle-Cures and Miracle-Technology are either here or seen on the horizon! Perhaps we're moving from Purgatory Incorporated to Heaven on Earth. Hope Springs Eternal.
    Brook wrote:Good Afternoon,

    This week was a week of doctor's appointments....third one today.

    But today I found out:

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O938qq

    I swear it was like a huge weight was lifted off my shoulders when I got that news.

    Shortly after I found out I promptly fell asleep and slept like I have not slept in almost a year!

    I hope to never have to do chemo again! While I know it did some good for also was slowly killing me. I don't know any other way to say it. It was zapping the life out of me. I'm so grateful it's over now. That has been one of the hardest things I've been through. I swear that to be true.

    All the tears I've been holding in have suddenly come flooding out. Tears of relief now but internally they were built of out of sheer fear and dread each time I had to do it.

    God am I grateful it's over now.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:This is Terrific News!! I remain highly-suspicious of drugs and surgery cancer 'treatment'. The drugs seems to wipe-out the immune-system, and kill the patient along with the cancer. Surgery seems to cause the cancer to spread. But what do I know?? Again, I like the idea of a cooperative allopathic and naturopathic prevention and treatment strategy, which is in place in sickness and in health. I continue to consider you to be the 'Oracle' and the 'Brook of Egypt'. Your last-name reminds me of where the Tower of Babel was located. I'm still waiting for that 'Brook Book' of Egyptology and Esoteric-Folklore. Proton-Accelerators for Cancer-Treatment continue to interest me, but I imagine they are prohibitively-expensive. One of them is located in Loma Linda, California. Donate:
    mudra wrote:I stumbled on the following site today Brook. A few addresses of organizations that are giving financial support to people having cancer.


    Love from me
    Brook wrote:
    Sanicle wrote:That's brilliant news Brook! Flowers Made my day reading that. I'm hoping the Rife Frequencies are working their magic for you too. Are you still using them?
    Yes Sanicle I am doing the Rife Frequencies still. In fact I have a friend in Britain who has a Spooky 2 and has one of my fingernails and it running it 24/7 starting yesterday. She is also sending one of my fingernails to a friend in Scotland who just got a Spooky 2 and she will be doing so as well.

    Believe it or not I can feel it working before I knew she started it.

    When tumors shrink they cause extreme pain when they are encapsulated as mine are...and I started to have that extreme pain about the time she started it without my knowledge. I was not aware she was starting it and figured it would be another week before she received the package with my fingernail in it.

    So due to the extreme pain I'm having in my liver, right lung and area of my lymph node under my collar bone I've had to increase my pain medications on the advise of my palliative care team. It works pretty well to stop the pain but when I woke up this morning it was killing me the pain! Because I did not take the medication until I woke up. I'm supposed to take it every four hours and slept through one of those 4 hour segments and the pain started up.

    When you are taking pain medications you have to stay on top of it so it does not expire and the pain comes back. I'm just not into setting an alarm clock to take a some as a result ....the pain started up....and in a big way!

    The reason it hurts when the tumors shrink is that my tumors have encapsulated, so when they shrink they tear that encapsulated material that is around the tumors...that tearing is quite painful.

    I started my Opdivo yesterday and it was quite a difference. I went from a 6 hour session of meds put into my veins to 30 minutes. With non of the terrible side effects! What a relief!!!


    I will check out that site Mudra thank you.

    Thank you Oxy for sharing my fundraiser I'm working on it slowly but surely.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Brook, this almost sounds miraculous! 'No Pain, No Gain'? or is it 'No Pain, No Loss'? Sorry about the pain, but if the tumors are shrinking, it's probably more tolerable. I keep hearing about cancer cures, yet the financial-incentives for there NOT being a cure seem overwhelming. Perhaps the tide has turned in favor of prevention, natural-treatment, and real-cures. Perhaps Earth can move from Purgatory Incorporated toward Heaven on Earth in a sustainable-manner.
    mudra wrote:Stay strong Brook. Heat and ice are natural pain killers and amongst my favorite for pain relief. They are easy to have handy and cheap too.

    Among the most common home pain remedies is applying heat and ice directly to sites of pain. While this treatment may seem obvious, not everyone’s clear on exactly when to use ice versus heat. Applying an ice pack to reduce swelling and inflammation shortly after you experience a strained muscle, tendon, or ligament may bring relief. Interestingly, once the inflammation has disappeared, heat may help reduce the stiffness that comes with sprains and strains. A cold pack used briefly on the head may also help take away the pain of a headache. If your painful problem is arthritis, moist heat applied to the affected joint will help more than ice. Moist heat packs can be warmed in the microwave and used many times, making them effective and easy to use.

    As a heat pack I sometimes use coarse sea salt that I heat in a frying pan and then pour in a pillow case and wrap to turn it into a compress. That's been working marvels for me when I needed it.

    On a side note:

    There was a conference in Paris lately about Spooky2. I couldn't attend but got the pdf from it. I can send it through email to those interested. This forum doesn't allow me to attach it :(.

    Love Always
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 F249595e0a74df5b773f960daf597e8b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Rsz_herb_douglass_seated_at_desk_1973
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Rsz_herb_douglass_in_front_of_map_1973
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Rsz_herb_douglass_1980_4d460509dacf8231a3c3e5611d17b1f7

    I continue to think that Sirius-Researchers should study the Best and Brightest of the SDA Church, throughout its history (1863 to Present). I haven't attended the SDA Church for a very-long time, so don't blame them for me. I've given a lot of SDA Ideas a Science-Fictional and Alternative-Research Context (for better or worse, I know not). I think the Info-War is going to wipe-out most all of us (in one way or another). I keep hinting-at an Earth-Reformation in the form of the United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (for better or worse, I know not). I am more misunderstood, hated, ridiculed, and shunned than anyone can imagine. When I had my open-heart surgery, the only ones who gave a damn were my mother and step-daughter (and I seem to be somewhat distant even from them). I am truly a Lone-Nut. What if I'm an Ancient Almond Raw?? What Would Marduk Ra Say?? What Would Enki Say?? What Would Enlil Say?? What Would Isis Say?? I was very saddened to hear of the transition of Dr. Herbert Douglass. I have appreciated his insights and personality throughout the years. I lean toward the editorial slant he manifested so eloquently. Dr. Douglass will be greatly missed -- and certainly not forgotten.

    Herbert Edgar Douglass, Jr., a Seventh-day Adventist scholar, administrator and writer died this morning at the age of 87. Douglass helped to write the Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary series and authored "Messenger of the Lord," a biography of Ellen G. White. He served as president of Atlantic Union College and Weimar Institute, as vice-president for philanthropy at Adventist Heritage Ministry, as associate editor of the Review and Herald (now the Adventist Review) and as associate Book Editor and vice-president for Editorial Development at the Pacific Press Publishing Association. From 2008 to 2014, he served on The Hope of Survivors Board of Directors. Douglass wrote numerous Sabbath School commentaries for Spectrum Magazine. He lived in Lincoln, California until his death. General Conference archivist David Trim shares the following remembrance. -Ed.

    Herb Douglass was truly a scholar and a Christian gentleman, in the fullest senses of those words. I value him for both.

    As a scholar: he was an erudite theologian, who wore his learning lightly and had a gift for communicating to Everyman. He had an easy yet elegant writing style; he conveyed what he meant simply but powerfully - unlike many academics! He had a long and distinguished career in church leadership and administration, and partly as a result, it often seemed to me that he knew everyone of note in Adventism since c.1940. Herb had strong convictions and opinions, but they were always expressed with Christian love - one never had any doubt where he stood, but he wrote and spoke amicably and with wry, self-deprecating good humor. This is why I will remember him not only as a scholar of religious studies and church leader, but also as a great gentleman.

    I got to know him only in the last six years of his life, and our acquaintance was sparked because of my own scholarly research on Adventist Christology. I emailed him, out of the blue, not knowing if he would even reply, because I knew I disagreed with him, but wanted to make sure I was disagreeing with what he really thought, rather than what others said he thought, or my own misunderstanding of his position.

    To my profit and soon to my delight, Herb did answer my email. It was the start of a long electronic epistolary relationship - we exchanged around one hundred emails and eventually I had the pleasure of meeting him in person. I quickly realized that his views were more nuanced than I had thought. For some Adventists who disagreed with him, Herb became a kind of bogeyman; his views have, I fear, been somewhat caricatured at times. In fact, he had a subtle understanding of soteriology and Christology, sensitive to fine distinctions, and I was glad I emailed him, for although I still disagreed with him, I understood much more clearly what the actual grounds of our disagreement were. I realized, too, that we had far more in common than I thought. Not least was his love for Jesus - his theology truly was Christ-centered; he also had a passion for this remnant Church and its prophetic role; a strong belief in the Spirit of Prophecy as manifested in Ellen White (on which he wrote a widely read book); and a zeal for mission.

    I was obliged, as an historian, to point out (in public, having done so first in our e-correspondence) that his interpretation of Adventist historical Christological views was flawed, since the evidence told a more complex story than of the simple “fork in the road” in the 1950s that Herb (often) posited in print. In addition, we had theological differences: I respectfully dissent from his post-lapsarian view of the nature of Christ and concomitant notion that humans, here on earth, can permanently “overcome sin”.

    However, from the emails Herb sent me, I learned immensely about the history of Adventist theology in the 20th century and the personal relationships that always underpin theological controversy; he really did seem to have met, known and liked every Adventist theologian and church leader of consequence in the last 75 years. The result was that our correspondence benefited me greatly! I hope he got a measure of intellectual stimulation - he certainly seemed to enjoy our email “conversations". But I don’t doubt that I got the better of our exchanges - meaning only that I got more out of them - they were richly rewarding for someone who had been an historian of the Reformation and come only lately to Adventist history. And I found myself in an interesting position - the more I knew about Herb, the more certain I was that he was wrong on certain theological issues, yet the more I liked and respected him.

    At one point, we wrote to each other about the controversies in the Church since the late 1970s. I will take the liberty of quoting him, for his words show the measure of the man. He wrote to me, regarding one notable Adventist thinker who became notorious for heterodox views:

    "He knows I have never diminished him—we just have fundamentally different worldviews. It is the lesser lights that have said some outrageous stuff about what they think I think. But this is all understandable. Goes with the territory. I refuse to let anybody be my enemy."

    Herb Douglass never, in my experience, even in private, ever abused any of the theologians with whom he had crossed swords. Veritably, he never diminished his opponents. I was really delighted when Herb at one point called me his friend. But it makes sense - he wanted to be friends with every other Seventh-day Adventist.

    There are few scholars who can write for all audiences. Even rarer is the person who can have strong convictions, share them firmly, and yet do so in a cordial, even Christ-like way. That was my friend Herb Douglass. We will learn the truth of all things in the earth made new; but I hope for several millennia at least of amicable debates, learning from each other, even while we learn from Our Lord and Saviour, who Herb loved so much and served so well.

    David Trim, Ph.D., F.R.Hist.S., is the Director of Archives, Statistics, and Research at the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. Herbert Edgar Douglass, Jr. (16 May 1927- 15 Dec 2014) was a Seventh-day Adventist theologian. He was born in Springfield, Massachusetts as the oldest of five children (all sons) to Herbert Edgar Douglass Sr (1904–1983) and Mildred Jennie Munson (1908–1988). He earned his Doctorate in Theology at Pacific School of Religion in 1964.

    From 1954 to 1957 Douglass wrote commentaries for five books for, and served on the staff that edited, the Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary. From 1967 to 1970 he served as president of Atlantic Union College; from 1970 to 1976 as associate editor of the Review and Herald magazine (now the Adventist Review); from 1979 to 1985 as associate Book Editor and vice-president for Editorial Development at the Pacific Press Publishing Association; from 1985 to 1992 as president of Weimar Institute, and from 1997 to 2001 as vice-president for philanthropy at Adventist Heritage Ministry. From 2003 to 2005 Douglass was a consultant for Amazing Facts ministry. As of 2008, he has authored over 24 books and numerous articles. Until his death in 2014, he resided in Lincoln, California.

    Douglass was a key figure in the 1970s due to his advocacy of Last Generation Theology (LGT), a controversial theological position held by a segment of Seventh-day Adventists.

    A key contribution by Douglass was his articulation of what came to be known as The Harvest Principle. Pointing to Mark 4:26-29 and Rev 14:14-16, Douglass argued that God is waiting for a ripe harvest, and as soon as that harvest "is fully ripe", He will thrust in His sickle and reap the earth - the Second Coming of Christ will at last come to pass.

    Douglass promotes the Great Controversy theme (GCT) as the conceptual key, the organizing principle that leads to an understanding of humanity’s greatest questions: How did life begin? Why good and evil, and how does one know the difference? What happens after death? Why suffering and death? The Great Controversy Theme provides the background for the development of evil – the story of Lucifer’s (Satan’s) rebellion against the government of God. The thrust of Satan’s argument is that God cannot be trusted, that His law is severe and unfair, and thus the Lawgiver is unfair, severe, and arbitrary.

    For Douglass, the Great Controversy Theme ties together the plan of redemption, Bible truth, and the peril and triumph of Jesus’ entry into humanity and His death upon the cross. It holds together Christ’s death for us with the application of His power within us. It shows why God purposes to demonstrate through His end-time people the ultimate fruition of what His grace can do, and clarifies how Satan’s charges will be finally negated. At the end of time God has called a people to understand, live out, and present to the universe God’s love through our individual opportunities in the climax of the great controversy.

    In 1998 Douglass published Messenger of the Lord: The Prophetic Ministry of Ellen G. White after being commissioned by the Ellen G. White Estate. It is a comprehensive treatment of how Ellen White's prophetic gift functioned in her life and ministry. The book does not contain any concepts of Douglass' Last Generation Theology. It is available to read online (see below).

    Books published

    1972 If I had one sermon to preach (editor)
    1973 What Ellen White Has Meant to Me (editor)
    1974 Why I Joined: Moving Stories of Changed Lives" (editor)
    1975 Perfection: the Impossible Possibility ISBN 0-8127-0097-X
    1975 We Found This Faith (editor)
    1976 Why Jesus Waits: How the Sanctuary Doctrine Explains the Mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church (revised edition in 1987)
    1977 Jesus: the Benchmark of Humanity ISBN 0-8127-0133-X (with Leo R. Van Dolson)
    1978 Faith: saying Yes to God ISBN 0-8127-0173-9
    1979 The End: Unique Voices of Adventists about the Return of Jesus
    1980 Parable of the Hurricane ISBN 0-8163-0356-8
    1982 How to Survive the 80s ISBN 0-8163-0491-2 (with Lewis R. Walton)
    1991 The Faith of Jesus ISBN 0-945460-12-0
    1994 Rediscovering Joy ISBN 0-8280-0854-X
    1998 Messenger of the Lord: the Prophetic Ministry of Ellen G. White ISBN 0-8163-1657-0
    2000 How to Survive in the 21st Century ISBN 0-8280-1423-X
    2003 Should We Ever Say 'I am Saved'?: what it means to be assured of salvation ISBN 0-8163-1967-7
    2004 God at Risk: The Cost of Freedom in the Great Controversy Between God and Satan ISBN 978-1-58019-172-2
    2005 They Were There: Stories of Those who Witnessed Ellen White's Prophetic Gift—and believed ISBN 0-8163-2117-5
    2006 Truth Matters: An Analysis of the Purpose Driven Life Movement[1]
    2007 Dramatic Prophecies of Ellen White: World Events Divinely Foretold ISBN 978-0-8163-2192-6
    2007 Love Makes a Way: Walking with Jesus from Eden to Eternity ISBN 978-0-8163-2231-2
    2008 "The Jesus Difference" ISBN 978-1-58109-220-0
    2008 A Fork in the Road: Questions on Doctrine, The Historic Adventist Divide of 1957
    2010 "The Heartbeat of Adventism: The Great Controversy Theme in the Writings of Ellen White." ISBN 978-0-8163-2488-0
    2011 "Red Alert: Hurtling Into Eternity" ISBN 978-0-0163-2488 (pbk.)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 51RHwzkxDDL._SY344_BO1,204,203,200_
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 God-at-Risk
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 HerbDouglass
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 DSC_0945

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Awaiting-the-king
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Lazarus
    "Your Attention Please!!
    Will the Real Jesus Christ Please Stand Up!!
    Please Stand Up!!"

    True and False "Disclosure" are Everywhere. The Questions I Have are "Which Governments Want True-Disclosure??" and "Which Governments Want False-Disclosure??" Has anyone produced a "Technicolor-Bible" which assigns specific colors to Distinct-Voices Attributed to God?? It's one thing for a Bible-Writer to Speak of God and/or to Praise-God -- but it is very different when they "Quote-God". Did the "Real-Jesus" claim to be "Almighty-God" -- or did Bible Writers and Re-Writers turn the "Real-Jesus" into a "False-Christ"?? What continues to puzzle me is the high-quality and extreme-detail found in Job through Malachi. Is this found in Genesis through Esther -- and in Matthew through Revelation?? Once again -- what would the Rest of the Bible look-like if it were based-upon Job through Malachi?? Also -- what really occurred during the Inter-Testament Period (between Malachi and Matthew)?? Think about who ruled Egypt between Malachi and Matthew. Do I have to spell this out?? Did any of you go to Sabbath-School or Sunday-School?? Just for the mental and spiritual exercise of it -- try spending some quality-time with the following:

    1. Job through Malachi (KJV).
    2. Solomon: Pharaoh of Egypt (Ralph Ellis).
    3. Daniel (Desmond Ford).
    4. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).
    5. The Gods of Eden (William Bramley).
    6. The 1928 Book of Common Prayer.
    7. Sacred Classical Music.
    8. Babylon 5 (Movies and Series).

    Once again -- I am not a scholar with an Absolute-Access Pass to the Vatican Museums and Archives (not to mention Deep Underground Reptilian Seminaries)!! Siriusly -- all of this madness is simply a pseudo-intellectual preliminary-investigation. I am NOT possessed (that I know of) -- and I do NOT have "Deep-Throats". I'm a "Lone-Lunatic" and proud of it!! I continue to be extremely-apprehensive regarding the Powers That Be (within this solar system -- and in deep-space). I'm also extremely-apprehensive regarding the General-Public (because of who we might all be on a soul-basis -- going way, way, way back -- and because of how badly we've been programmed while in this solar system). Finally -- I am most-apprehensive regarding who I might be (going way, way, way, way back) -- regarding what I might've done throughout history -- and regarding what my ultimate-fate might be. Who are the Good-Guys, Good-Gals, Bad-Guys, and Bad-Gals REALLY?? How are we to know?? Who should I resist?? Who should I seek for mercy, favor, and assistance?? What if I turn-out to be a Disempowered and Degenerate Ancient-Someone?? Who's Side am I REALLY on??

    Has anyone studied the work of Hugh Schonfield, Morton Smith, and Gerald Massey?? This is NOT fun-stuff. Not at all. I don't recommend studying their material unless you are a battle-hardened seasoned-researcher. The Roman Catholic Church seemed to make things up as they went (for better or worse -- I know not). What if the God of This World has ruled the Pagan and Papal Roman-Empire right from the very beginning?? What if Jerusalem and Rome are (and have-been) two-sides of the same-coin?? What if ALL Religions and Governments are Subsidiaries of the Pagan and Papal Roman-Empire?? What if the Roman Catholic Church doesn't even run the Roman Catholic Church??!! This is NOT Hate-Speech (believe it or not). I'm just trying to understand. Perhaps history HAD to play-out as it has (for who knows what reasons??)!! What if I helped set things up in antiquity -- got removed -- and now I'm having my nose rubbed in the revolting-result (prior to being tortured and terminated)?? That wouldn't surprise me one little bit. I'd frankly rather just consider Harry Anderson, Uncle Arthur S. Maxwell, and Dr. H.M.S. Richards, Sr. Unfortunately, the world, solar-system, and universe aren't that nice and simple. I used to read Uncle Arthur's Bedtime Stories. Now I read Uncle Bill Cooper's Bedtime Stories. When I think and speak about the way I think things might be -- does that REALLY make me the "bad-guy"??? Is a surgeon the "bad-guy" when he cuts you with a knife?? I've been muttering "Everyone Hates Me" under my breath for years -- and one dark night -- the Ancient Egyptian Deity said "You Think Everyone Hates You?? They REALLY Hate Me!!" I think I might know why. Is Earth-Humanity presently "Unmanageable" and "Out of Control"?? Are most of us "In Bed with the Devil" whether we realize it or not?? What does "Deceives the Whole World" really mean?? Will your Pride, Laughter, and Arrogance morph into Weeping, Wailing, and Gnashing of Teeth?? Think about it -- but think fast....

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Harry-Anderson-Paintings-75
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Small_what-happened-to-your-hands
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2e9cef0a52e80ee84a351b69fa210b35
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Anderson,hy_whc49dec
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Harry+Anderson+1906-1996+-+American+illustrator+-+Tutt%27Art@+(10)
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 12ac762bb2b810b416f9b16aefb998ff_w600
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Harry-Anderson-Paintings-38
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cbfac53c5b537307b51101c85ed69954
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ed2157f9fcb6efc12d5e22edfe8fd2ba
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Sd002115-the-secret-of-the-cave-by-uncle-arthur-s-maxwell-1951-hc-1st-ed-illus-mystery-7
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 684974456_o
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Harry-Anderson-Paintings-22
    Which Scriptures Did Christ Study and Teach??
    enemyofNWO wrote:I found this article and I thought of you . It will make you think ..... more ... and more

    "Did a man called Jesus of Nazareth walk the earth? Discussions over whether the figure known as the “Historical Jesus” actually existed primarily reflect disagreements among atheists. Believers, who uphold the implausible and more easily-dismissed “Christ of Faith” (the divine Jesus who walked on water), ought not to get involved. Numerous secular scholars have presented their own versions of the so-called “Historical Jesus” – and most of them are, as biblical scholar J.D. Crossan puts it, “an academic embarrassment.” From Crossan’s view of Jesus as the wise sage, to Robert Eisenman’s Jesus the revolutionary, and Bart Ehrman’s apocalyptic prophet, about the only thing New Testament scholars seem to agree on is Jesus’ historical existence. But can even that be questioned?

    The first problem we encounter when trying to discover more about the Historical Jesus is the lack of early sources. The earliest sources only reference the clearly fictional Christ of Faith. These early sources, compiled decades after the alleged events, all stem from Christian authors eager to promote Christianity – which gives us reason to question them. The authors of the Gospels fail to name themselves, describe their qualifications, or show any criticism with their foundational sources – which they also fail to identify. Filled with mythical and non-historical information, and heavily edited over time, the Gospels certainly should not convince critics to trust even the more mundane claims made therein.

    The methods traditionally used to tease out rare nuggets of truth from the Gospels are dubious. The criterion of embarrassment says that if a section would be embarrassing for the author, it is more likely authentic. Unfortunately, given the diverse nature of Christianity and Judaism back then (things have not changed all that much), and the anonymity of the authors, it is impossible to determine what truly would be embarrassing or counter-intuitive, let alone if that might not serve some evangelistic purpose.

    The criterion of Aramaic context is similarly unhelpful. Jesus and his closest followers were surely not the only Aramaic-speakers in first-century Judea. The criterion of multiple independent attestation can also hardly be used properly here, given that the sources clearly are not independent.

    Paul’s Epistles, written earlier than the Gospels, give us no reason to dogmatically declare Jesus must have existed. Avoiding Jesus’ earthly events and teachings, even when the latter could have bolstered his own claims, Paul only describes his “Heavenly Jesus.” Even when discussing what appear to be the resurrection and the last supper, his only stated sources are his direct revelations from the Lord, and his indirect revelations from the Old Testament. In fact, Paul actually rules out human sources (see Galatians 1:11-12)."
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Thank-you enemyofNWO. I think there are things which go "bump" in the night. I also think there are gods and goddesses who struggle for power. I'm not sure about a really big "G" God of the Universe. I think they might really exist -- but I wonder if we would really like them?! We all seem to want certainty -- and we seem to be all too willing to lie (and even kill) to attain some temporary illusion of "certainty". I've been suggesting reading Job through Romans in the King James Version of the Holy Bible (straight-through -- over and over) as a mental and spiritual exercise -- regardless of how much of it is true (or isn't true). The Inter-Testament Period and the New Testament often seem to be some sort of a take-over or regime-change (for better or worse -- I know not). All I know is that Historical Politics and Religion are a Goddamn-Mess -- and I doubt that the Info-War will result in everyone holding-hands and singing "Kumbaya" unless the Winner forces all-concerned to do so...
    Here is a short quote by Dr. David Larson of Loma Linda University. The quote is a comment under the previously linked article regarding the passing of Dr. Herbert Douglas -- and was probably not intended to be something quotable -- but I liked it. I spent a lot of time listening to most of the people mentioned (including Dr. Larson). I even had an interesting conversation with (who I think was) David's father (Ralph Larson). I appreciated Ralph's conservative-views -- and David's moderate-views -- but I am in no one's camp -- which is why I live a very lonely and unhappy life.

    "Just for the record, it is a mistake to lump together Elders A. Graham Maxwell and Ted Heppenstal as though they were in solidarity against the views of Elder Douglass. Actually, Elders Douglass, Maxwell, Heubach, Provonsha, and Baldwin were of the same school of thought against the views of Elders Heppenstal and Desmond Ford, on the other. This is why Desmond Ford has been openly critical of "LLU Theology" for so long. The difference was that Douglass put more emphasis on "the harvest principle" than did the others even though they all affirmed it. They were all postlapsarian in their Christologies and none of them were content with forensic theories of the atonement even though Maxwell was the most intense in his opposition to it. Although they thought that he had expressed himself too intensely, to a person they believed that the denomination erred in its overreaction to Elder Andreasen. They were very clear about not being "Evangelicals" in the current North American meaning of the term. Jack Provonsha studied with Paul Tillich at Harvard and Graham Maxwell did the same with Charles Hartshorne at the University of Chicago and Douglass wrote his dissertation on Brunner at Berkeley. None of them had any interest in the views of Carl F.H. Henry or anyone like him. I could go on and on; however, I hope that this is enough to make the point."

    Let me repeat that I think serious students should read Job through Romans in the KJV (straight-through -- over and over) before moving-on to other material (including the rest of the Holy Bible). I don't think most people (including the scholars) have the patience to do what I just suggested. I'm having a difficult time doing it myself. I'm actually having a difficult time doing much of anything. I often wish I had finished college at LLU -- attended the Claremont School of Theology for graduate Jesus-Studies -- and then joined the Center for Christian Bioethics at the Loma Linda University School of Religion (at some point in my career). I also regret not continuing singing in the Crystal Cathedral Choir -- while continuing organ-lessons with Kimo Smith ("KS Bach"). It's too late now. I just wanted to get away from everything -- but then I discovered that most everything was BS -- and I never recovered. It doesn't pay to be hyper-moralistic and strictly-honest. It just doesn't pay. Dr. Louis Venden told me "people who are too definite go off" (with a wave of his arm) and he was certainly correct. The heavens fall when one stands for the right. The truth is SO overrated. On a more positive note -- check this out:

    I once attended a lecture by Dr. Leonard Bailey where he showed slides of the Baby Fae surgery. I attended a lot of lectures and public-meetings intended mostly for doctors. Once again, I've been a nobody who has watched a lot of somebodies, without any of it rubbing-off. One Saturday-night, I scrubbed-up, and watched Dr. Robert L. Marsh do an emergency-appendectomy. It was sort of cool. I still think that prevention should be the foundation of healthcare. Has it ever been the foundation?? Will it ever be the foundation?? Follow the money -- and do the math. I publicly-questioned the United States Assistant Secretary of Health Robert E. Windom, MD about the percentage of total healthcare-expenditures specifically used for prevention. Dr. Windom didn't know -- and the moderator said it was "a complicated question". Now that I understand more about how things really work in this world -- I understand (clearly and painfully) why that was a "complicated question". I am a threat to the way things are in this solar system. Is there another solar system which wouldn't be threatened by my presence?? Let me know. The Ancient Egyptian Deity told me that the present arrangement could continue if I so desired (or something to that effect). I hope I got that right -- but that was my impression and recollection. What if Earth-Humanity requires the services of the Historical and Present God of This World?? How Good is Too Good?? I asked the Ancient Egyptian Deity that question -- and they didn't have an answer. What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity was (and is) the God of This World (going way, way, way back)?? I'm honestly not making any of this up. I want what's ethically and pragmatically correct for all-concerned. If that doesn't include me -- then so be it. I was told by someone that someone I know was not as innocent as I might think. The AED (years later) told me that all was not well with this "someone". I have seen some evidence that this might be somewhat true -- and I sincerely hope it isn't true -- but I don't want to talk about it. Consider the source and circumstances regarding the evaluation and destination of all-concerned. Think long and hard about Dr. Who (and all-concerned) in The Trial of a Time Lord.

    I think I understand a lot about where this world is presently headed. Are we headed toward a Corporate High-Technology Luciferian-Theocracy?? I have attempted to combine science, politics, religion, and science-fiction (for better or worse -- I know not). Here are some more theology videos which some of you might find interesting and enlightening. I'm not pushing any of this. I'm just trying to help all of us think. I include a lot of SDA stuff -- but I'm not trying to convert anyone to anything. I simply wish for all of you to engage in some sort of a personal interdisciplinary research project. I'm not attempting to tell anyone what to do. There is a time and place for everything -- and I am in no position to speak with any authority on anything -- regardless of who I might've (or might not have) been in any previous incarnations (assuming that there is some validity to the concept of reincarnation). You folks should really consider the spectrum of SDA scholars over the past 100 years. The Jesuits know what I'm talking about. They really do. Imagine arguing theology with the Jesuits on Mt. Graham!! "What Shall We Talk About, Thou Cursed Judas??!!" BTW -- I just learned that, as a child, I lived close to the widow of M.L. Andreasen -- and I rode on the school-bus with his granddaughter. Once, when Mrs. Andreasen is sick in bed -- I knelt beside the bed, and prayed for her -- and she got well!! I don't know the details -- but that's the story (and I'm sticking to it). I'm planning to read three of M.L. Andreasen's books in the near-future. Should be interesting.

    The following videos are interesting and challenging, but I'm not endorsing them. The 'Truth' can be packaged in SO Many Ways!! If 'The Bible, and the Bible ONLY' were REALLY Taken Seriously, wouldn't this mean 'Reading, Printing, and Preaching ONLY the Actual Words of the Bible'??!! But which individuals and organizations do THAT??!! The Ellen White books I've included in this thread don't do that!! The preaching videos I've posted on this thread don't do that!! I don't do that!! I'm presently recommending reading the following Key Books of the Bible (in order, straight-through, over and over): Psalms, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, Romans, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians, and Galatians. BE HONEST!! I continue to suspect that the Bible and Religion are integral parts of the so-called 'Matrix', but what do I know??!! Dr. Richard Carrier doubts the existence of God, because a clear and concise standard, or Perfect Law of the Lord, does not seem to exist. He has a point, doesn't he?? I don't question the existence of God, but I suspect a Proxy-God and Complex-Test in This Particular Solar System!! I've suggested that my threads are a Mental and Spiritual Exercise for Sirius-Researchers (which might drive the General-Public nuts)!! This whole-thing seems to be a Nasty-War!! I never promised you a Rose-Garden as I've led you down the Primrose-Path!! I'm sort of joking, and sort of serious!! Does anyone detect an element of 'bullying' in the following videos?? Does anyone feel 'bullied' by Alex Jones?? Does anyone know what I'm talking about?? What if Humanity is Bullied Into Submission by ET?? Regarding Politics and Religion, the goal seems to be to keep things screwed-up and in a grand-turmoil. That's all I'm going to say about that.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dennis-Priebe
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Face-to-face-with-the-real-gospel

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:09 am

    orthodoxymoron wrote:I've officially gone incognito, but I'll post this short message for a few hours, and then I'll probably delete it, or repost it in a previous-post. The last post about Brook on Project Avalon was on October 27, two-days after Brook's death. Should I expect more follow-through?? This thread really ended on October 30, but I added a post a week later, with one follow-up comment by mudra. Cosmic Emporium doesn't seem to have a video about Brook, but perhaps I missed it. The GoFundMe page devoted to funding Brook's cancer-treatment contains no mention of Brook's death. Was there a service?? What about Lionhawk?? Sherry Shriner died in the first-half of January 2018, but I can't find anything about how she died, or if she really died. Sherry's website contains nothing about her death. I'm concluding that things are getting more weird and irrational, and that this is the beginning of the end of humanity as we've known it for thousands of years. The official silence about JFK, RFK, 9/11, the West-Coast Fires, the National-Debt and Stolen-Trillions (just for starters) tells me that something is so very-wrong that no-one wishes to yell 'FIRE!!' even though the theater is completely engulfed in flames. I probably don't have many more natural-years of my-life, so I won't be too broken-up if life is cut-short by whatever might be lurking in the shadows, but what about humanity as a whole?? Should I accept or reject humanity?? Does it make any difference?? I simply lack information regarding the REAL History of Human-Physicality and the Souls Incarnating Humanity. This forum hasn't wished to freely discuss my questions since 2010. Why not?? None of the Above makes any sense whatsoever. I don't see a happy-ending to This Present Darkness. What if we simply experience life after life of BS in various locations, circumstances, and physicality (or lack-thereof)?? What if the struggle NEVER Ends?? What if there is No Christian-Heaven or Atheist-Nothingness?? Again, I'll probably delete this post in a few hours.
    Look very closely at World-History from 70 B.C. to A.D. 70. This time-period basically extends from the Birth of Cleopatra to the Destruction of Jerusalem (including the Second-Temple), and the End of the Sacrificial-System. Notice especially the Major-Leaders (Secular and Sacred) and the Major Thinkers and Writers. Consider this Timeline. I've done a lot of Conceptual and Character Modeling, just to place "little old me" in the center of things, to gain a better-perspective (or something like that). But honestly, Ovid has me shaking in my boots!! What if I was Ovid in Antiquity??!! What if the Real-Treasures were NOT in the Library at Alexandria?? What if Cleopatra had them hidden-away in an Underground-Base (Far From Alexandria)?? What if Ovid was given access to these Hidden-Treasures?? What if Virgil, Horace, and Cleopatra groomed Ovid to secretly write a vast collection of books and letters, which remain unpublished??!! What Would Dr. Richard Carrier Say?? What Would Dr. F.F. Bruce Say?? What Would Dr. Desmond Ford Say?? Ovid studied Rhetoric. Desmond Ford studied Rhetoric in the Pauline-Epistles!! What Would Dr. A. Graham Maxwell Say?? What Would the Ancient Egyptian Deity Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would Ovid Bowman Say?? I have NO Idea!! I'm simply attempting to transport some of you into the General-Vicinity of the Whole-Truth, but I doubt that I'll personally enter into the Promised-Land of the Truth, the Whole-Truth, and Nothing But the Truth!! I'm just ranting and raving on my way down and out of This Present Madness!! I've mentioned this several-times, but some of you need to conduct a Moot Holy-War between each of the Seven Primary-Volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary, as Seven Separate and Distinct Hypothetical-Churches!!

    Volume One (Genesis to Deuteronomy).

    Volume Two (Joshua to Second Kings).

    Volume Three (First Chronicles to Song of Solomon).

    Volume Four (Isaiah to Malachi).

    Volume Five (Matthew to John).

    Volume Six (Acts to Ephesians).

    Volume Seven (Philippians to Revelation).

    What if these Seven Hypothetical-Churches Actually Existed and Competed With Each-Other??!! What if these churches were the ONLY Churches available to the People of the Earth??!! Can you imagine the weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth??!! OMG Cubed!!! This line of thinking might be total-bullshit, but it's sort of cool, isn't it?? This thing could frankly go in horrifying directions. I am extremely apprehensive. I'll probably just stay where I am, and keep doing what I'm doing (and not doing) regardless of whether anyone likes it, or not. I'm a bit like "Toothless George" in The Road to Wellville. What Would Dr. John Harvey Kellogg Say?? What Would Tony the Tiger Say??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Enders%20game%20660%20ap
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 0
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dogma-movies-69416_1024_768
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Un-sistema-de-dioses-egipcios-antiguos-42336854
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Sg1-continuum2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 V_the_series-29
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-Trial-of-a-Time-Lord-8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Pbucket
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 18453551
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Egyptian-sun-god-Ra-myth-legend
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ii

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 David-Bowman1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cleopatra--Waterhouse
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    Carol wrote:

    Paris Agreement – Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

    The Paris Agreement (French: L’accord de Paris) is an agreement within the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) dealing with greenhouse …

    The agreement will become law when 55 countries accounting for at least 55% of global carbon emissions ratify. That threshold will be passed when the EU ratifies which their government promises to do by the end of this month.

    “The new October fiscal year coincides with the Jewish New Year, China’s national day, and the collapse of Deutschebank as the yuan becomes a gold-backed, convertible international reserve currency in the new financial system,” Pentagon sources say. This is what is really behind the official inclusion, starting on October 1st, of the Chinese yuan into the IMF’s SDR currency basket, other sources confirm.

    Once the new system is up and running the US military and agencies will have a much freer hand to take action against the Khazarian mafia because they will no longer have to worry about getting money to pay for their salaries, gasoline etc. At the same time, the Khazarians will no longer be able to afford to pay the salaries of their ISIS, Boko Haram and other mercenary armies.

    In any case, it is now obvious to anybody with a functioning brain that the US military is not obeying the orders of the Khazarian mafia slaves in the State Department or the White House. Skull and Bones Khazarian mafia don US Secretary of State John Kerry was forced to admit in public last week that the military was unwilling to back his threats to take action against Russia in Syria.

    Kerry said he ‘lost argument’ to back Syria diplomacy with force

    US Secretary of State John Kerry, in a meeting last week with a small number of Syrian civilians and the real reason for the blustering threats out of the State Department concerning Syria is that the Russians and their allies are systematically destroying the Israeli and oil company ISIS mercenary army operating there, Pentagon sources say. The destruction included more Israeli and Saudi run command centers, they add.

    A legal attack against the Khazarian mafia has also begun. Pentagon sources say “The military is behind the first lawsuit against Saudi Arabia by the widow of a navy commander killed at pentagon on 911 so that, when leaks about Israel’s involvement in 911 happen, class action lawsuits will be aimed to bankrupt and sanction the Jewish mafia.”

    The sources add that “Neocon Ash Carter and CIA boss Saudiphile John Brennan were behind the futile Obama veto of the 911 law, who was then bitch slapped with house and senate overrides.”

    In another blow to the Khazarian mafia “longtime Rockefeller Stooge Joseph Verner Reed” was among “cabal agents terminated,” last week, the Pentagon sources say.
    Carol wrote:“Missing Money”

    “Because the great choice in a nation of 320 million may come down to Crazy Man versus Criminal.” ~ Peggy Noonan

    By Catherine Austin Fitts


    I was in Washington in the fall of 1997 when money started disappearing from the US government. It was just the beginning. I called it the “Missing Money” and I counted it for years.

    When the money started flowing out of federal accounts in October 1997, the beginning of federal fiscal 1998, very few people noticed. Instead Monica Lewinsky and the impeachment captured the attention and imagination of both Washington and the Nation. The media shriek-o-meter was dialed as high as it could.

    The tactic worked. No one paid attention to the financial coup d’etat except for the firms laundering the money. There was a blip on September 10, 2001, when Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld admitted that DOD was missing $2.3 trillion for the year before. Recognition of this loss was, of course, erased by the events of 9/11, the very next day.

    The response was to increase appropriations to the Department of Defense rather than to enforce the Constitutional provisions that spending must be envisioned by Congressional appropriations or the Legislative provisions that require regular published audited financial statements.

    Our retirement savings were moved out of the system by stealth, financed by growing debt, much of it issued fraudulently.


    The latest announcement of the Department of Defense Inspector General indicates that 2015 was no ordinary year at DOD.

    The IG announced $6.5 trillion of undocumentable adjustments at year end in the DOD accounts for fiscal 2015. Turns out there were also $2.8 trillion undocumentable adjustments made during the year.

    So the total for money missing from the US government has now topped $21 trillion. Add the bailouts, and our losses approach $50 trillion.

    I was sitting at my desk several weeks ago when I had a sudden feeling of déjà vu – somehow I had been here before. But where was “here?” I sensed my being distracted from a financial scam of extraordinary proportion a second time. My inbox was being overwhelmed by disinformation relating to the presidential election (Clinton is a hologram, Clinton is dead, Clinton has doubles, Clinton is at death’s door).

    This was happening as insiders were engaged in a further financial “cut and run.” To name a few instances of money disappearing and liabilities being pruned, please consider:

    Lockheed Cuts and Runs (DOD missing $6.5 trillion)

    Unanswered Questions re: Wells Fargo (Are phony mortgages feeding the Fed balance sheet)

    Bayer agrees to buy Monsanto for $66 Billion (44% premium over May 9 stock price)

    Hedge Funds pulls business from Deutsche Bank

    Note how these “conservatives” have no interest in enforcing the Constitution; that is, no interest in finding where our missing trillions went and no interest in getting the money back. Their lack of interest should tell you everything you need to know.

    Now that the assets have been stripped, an effort is underway by the people who have benefited to institute a balanced budget. In other words, the people plump with stolen wealth want now to abrogate obligations and contracts to the people they robbed, further harvesting those same people whose money has already been stolen. As Howling Mad Murdock said in “The A Team,” They’ll never suspect the old double framus.”

    Will a constitutional convention shred the legal processes to get money and assets back? Will it free government contractors and bank depositories of responsibility and liabilities? Will it be possible to compromise property rights, institute gun control, mandate vaccines, mandate chipping, and to wipe out most if not all corporate liabilities? Will it be possible even to institute a form of friendly slavery enforced by financial dependency and digital technologies and currencies? You need to think long and hard about the door that will be opened when this happens.

    If you want to understand how these state campaigns have been engineered while we are distracted by the media shriek-o-meters, check out a documentary called Hot Coffee about tort reform engineered at the state level. This effort to end democracy and human rights is long standing.

    Your state and local elections are important. Please pay attention, particularly if you are in a state targeted for “balanced budget reform.”

    While we are distracted by Monica Lewinsky II, the insiders are making off with our legal and financial assets and rights


    I anticipate finalizing an endorsement of one of the candidates for President in early November, immediately prior to the election.

    I am posting my thinking as of today to invite comment from our subscribers. It is part of the conversation about what is going on in America and what we do about it.

    Until Monday night, I was planning on voting for Gary Johnson. Now I anticipate that I will vote for Donald Trump. Here is a breakdown of considerations.

    Trumps Negatives:

    There are compelling reasons not to vote for Donald Trump:

    1. Trump has a history of strong-arming and cheating small business people and customers; he is way too litigious;
    2. Trump is self-centered and competitive and he can bully – he is unlikely to do a good job of managing a complex government bureaucracy;
    3. His age is not ideal – given the physical stress of the job, we would be better off with a younger person;
    4. Trump does not appreciate the power and importance of the Constitution; he will too easily override it for convenience.
    5. Trump is entirely too concerned with media attention rather than what is important and may achieve real substantive goals. We want to make American great again, not for him to get attention.
    6. Trump was successful in industries that use entrainment technology (gambling, reality TV, online shopping) and which can drain local communities and human productivity.

    Irrelevant Factors:

    There are several issues regarding Trump which are irrelevant to my decision:

    1. Tax Returns: I don’t need to see Trump tax returns. When an administration controlled by the opposing party has a candidate for office under IRS audit and then the candidate of that opposing party demands that he make them public, he is being put in a political “squeeze play.” Given the complexity and the various parties involved, Trump should refuse to disclose. From his public history, I am betting I can guess everything in his returns that is sensitive. He has investors from numerous countries, including Russia. He is dependent, or has been, on the good graces of many large banks. He is not as rich as he implies. He likely has paid little or no tax for many years – he is good at gaming the system. I would expect, however, his nonpayment is lawful.

    2. Divide and Conquer Politics: Accusations regarding sexism and racism are being used to distract us from a more fundamental conflict – the human vs. the inhumane. The American people are being treated in ways highly inhumane.

    First and foremost, we need to help all various groups to appreciate that we are all being harvested and played

    – the inhumanity just comes in different flavors for different groups. We see the harvesting done to ourselves and our tribe.
    We do not as easily see the harvesting done to other people and tribes, nor its centralized leadership and clear strategic intention. Consequently, I am interested in what the candidates say about issues of interest shared by all of us – particularly using our resources lawfully. As I once said to one of my neighbors in my highly segregated community, “if we could just collaborate regarding the government money, we could hate each other while being rich instead of poor.” Divide and conquer politics keep us squabbling among our selves while our financial and legal powers are drained away. If you want more thoughts on divide and conquer politics, I would recommend my series, “Promoting Women.”

    Reasons for Supporting Trump:

    Here are my reasons for supporting Trump:

    1. Transparency: All real solutions require transparency. We need to get out of our media and financial bubbles and back to reality. Trump’s campaign has inspired more open conversations about suppressed issues than any other politician’s in a long time. This willingness to address the controversial demonstrates the craving for factuality and the courage to question the “official reality.”

    2. Negative Return on Investment to Taxpayers: Our current governmental system is doing great harm – both here and abroad. Our political class appears unwilling to hear our legitimate concerns or to doing anything about them. At some point, after all attempts to communicate and to reform have failed, you might as well elect someone who will “crazy make” the system. First his election will throw a bucket of cold water over our political class. Our political class appears literally to have lost its mind – perhaps shock therapy will help it get some mind back. Second, maybe Trump will be a terrible President who will grind the system to a halt. Inefficiency could be a good thing if it helps to slow down or destroy a system that is destroying productivity, prosperity, and life itself.

    3. Military Readiness: The US dollar reserve currency status depends on military superiority. Trump is right – we should be concerned about the condition of our military. We need a President who can establish an effective working relationship with the military.

    4. Critical Issues: There are a number of critical issues where Trump comes out on the right side:

    -Vaccines: Based on Trump’s statements regarding vaccines, he is less likely to support or push for mandated vaccination policies and other compromises to health freedoms.

    – Common Core: Trump is on record that curriculum control should remain in local jurisdictions.

    – Financial Accountability: Trump can add. He is right, that we spent $6 trillion on Middle Eastern wars, we imploded the Middle East, and we have nothing to show for it other than inferior infrastructure in many parts of America.

    – Gun Control: Trump is a supporter of the Second Amendment.

    The challenge is that what a candidate says during a campaign is one thing, but what he or she does in office may differ. There are no guarantees that what Trump says now will be his positions after election. He is not famous for consistency, nor has he had his post inauguration briefing on the requirements of his position and what the US government creditors require of the President. However, it is hard to imagine Trump worse on these issues than Clinton is now.

    5. His Opposition: Until recently, I was confident that I was going to vote for Gary Johnson. Based on what I saw during the debates and recent announcements of support for Hillary Clinton, I am persuaded to vote for Trump despite the risks.

    The arrogance and hubris of the American political class makes for a hopeless situation. The Clinton's and those who have gotten rich by rigging government money and debt need to be moved aside, no matter how risky the alternatives. Sticking with the status quo means hopelessness.

    I have watched many politicians lie in my lifetime. I have never seen lies as bold as Hillary Clinton’s during the first debate. The Clinton administration created, nurtured, and fed the private prison industry, rounding up thousands of innocent minority persons by entrapment while Clinton political supporters made fortunes on neighborhood gentrification and predatory lending. The Clinton administration engineered the initial phase of the financial coup d’etat and the housing bubble. The Clinton administration also oversaw the legal changes that permitted the ballooning of student debt.

    This Clinton accumulating crime log means that this 2016 election is the point whereupon we finally hold the political class accountable or we do not.
    For many decades we have hated the policies, the corruption and the criminality, but too many of us have continued to support the criminals who developed and implemented them. This refusal to hold leaders who repeatedly break civil and criminal laws accountable has created a cycle of disrespect between the political class and the voters. Politicians believe voters are stupid and easy to manipulate. They believe we will continue to support and admire the people who created the private prison complex, the housing bubble, and financial bailouts, $21 trillion missing from US government accounts, and foreign wars costing trillions that have destroyed nations that were minding their own business.

    They continue to believe they can distract us from noticing $50 trillion disappearing from the national wealth while they entertain us with Monica Lewinsky and Monica Lewinsky II.

    I should also underscore that this refusal to hold individual leaders accountable has literally broken the hearts and drained the spirits of millions of honest, hard working men and women who have stood in the breach to protect you and me from this criminality throughout the public and private sectors. This corruption and loss of mind by the general population is the greatest threat to the covenant that stands behind our commitment to the principles of freedom. It is essential that it end for real change to begin.

    Will we continue to support the leadership of a psychopathic system that is draining life in its many forms from this planet? Trump is an unknown who could do real damage to our system of laws, but some change is better than no change. High risk is preferable to hopelessness.

    Crime that pays is crime that stays. My options are Crazy Man vs. Criminal or a third party vote that may help Criminal.

    I plan to vote for Crazy Man. I invite your comment for discussion during the month of October. I will make my final decision immediately before the election.


    Whatever the election outcome, there will be real trouble ahead. The President of the United States, whomever is elected, will not control the levers of power.

    We have a “deep state” that does. It is out of control and has engineered a significant financial coup d’etat. All signs indicate that the deep state would like to engineer serious institutional changes after the election.

    There are many things we can do to power shift the situation if we are prepared to ignore Monica Lewinsky II and instead pay attention to the deeper system – to the theft of our resources at federal agencies and in the financial institutions and the trench warfare occurring at the state and local levels.

    Either way, it is time to prepare for changes ahead.

    I am reminded of one of my favorite quotes from the history of my old firm Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.:

    “Driving through New Jersey, Nitze [asked] Dillon if he thought the market decline an omen of hard times ahead . . . Dillon thought for a few minutes and replied, “I think it presages the end of an era.” By this Dillon meant that what lay ahead was not merely a period of retrenchment, after which affairs would be conducted as before. Rather, the world was in for a major overhauling of institutions.”
    —Clarence Dillon and Paul Nitze in 1929
    Carol wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 CsgA1GuUEAAyeFI

    Existential Threats to World Economic Order Cloud IMF Talks

    Policy-making elites converge on Washington this week for meetings that epitomize a faith in globalization that’s at odds with the growing backlash against the inequities it creates.

    From Britain’s vote to leave the European Union to Donald Trump’s championing of “America First,” pressures are mounting to roll back the economic integration that has been a hallmark of gatherings of the IMF and World Bank for more than 70 years.

    Fed by stagnant wages and diminishing job security, the populist uprising threatens to depress a world economy that International Monetary

    Fund Managing Director Christine Lagarde says is already “weak and fragile.”

    The calls for less integration and more trade barriers also pose risks for elevated financial markets that remain susceptible to sudden swings in investor sentiment, as underscored by recent jitters over Frankfurt-based Deutsche Bank AG’s financial health.

    “The backlash against globalization is manifesting itself in increased nationalistic sentiment, against the outside world and in favor of increasing isolation,” said Louis Kuijs, head of Asia economics at Oxford Economics in Hong Kong and a former IMF official. “If we lose consensus on what kind of a world we want to have, the world will probably be worse off.”

    Lagarde said last week that policy makers attending the Oct. 7-9 annual meeting of the IMF and World Bank have two tasks. First, do no harm, which above all means resisting the temptation to throw up protectionist barriers to trade. And second, take action to boost lackluster global growth and make it more inclusive.

    The fund, in its latest World Economic Outlook released Tuesday, highlighted the threats from the anti-trade movement. “Concerns about the impact of foreign competition on jobs and wages in a context of weak growth have enhanced the appeal of protectionist policy approaches, with potential ramifications for global trade flows and integration more broadly,” the report stated. The global economy will expand 3.1 percent this year and 3.4 percent in 2017, the report stated, continuing at a “subdued” pace.

    Read more:

    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Sun Dec 16, 2018 3:45 am; edited 1 time in total

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:13 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Salt-movie-image-angelina-jolie-2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 IMG_A1_1704_resize-1115x740

    I continue to know that I don't know, and that I probably won't know for the remainder of this present incarnation. I presently suspect that a secretive and deceptive "Tough God" replaced a kinder and gentler "Nice God" in antiquity, legitimately or illegitimately, for better or worse, I know not. I mean zero disrespect, but I need to know the truth regarding Divinity and Humanity in This Solar System. Unfortunately, I doubt that I can handle the truth. I can't even handle the lies. I suspect that a Corrupt and Violent Solar-System Business must transition into an Open and Honest Solar-System Business Without Murder and Mayhem. Once again, I am a Law and Order Kind of Guy, and NOT a Fire and Brimstone Kind of Guy (at least in this present incarnation). I've been told that Lucifer hasn't existed since 1998 (or something like that)!! The Ancient Egyptian Deity said they couldn't talk about the NSA!! I've suggested that a supercomputer-network runs this solar system!! I've suggested that one supercomputer-network was replaced by another supercomputer-network on September 11, 2001!! I've suggested that "Lucifer" might be a job-title rather than a distinct being!! What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity was, and is, "Lucifer Emeritus"?? What if a supercomputer-network is the new "Lucifer"?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity shuddered, and was visibly-disturbed, when I read the last chapter of The Great Controversy (by Ellen White) to them, one dark night!! You can read it at the bottom of this post. A graduate of the Harvard Divinity School (who I worked with for a couple of years) spoke supportively of this volume (much to my surprise)!! I asked the AED who they really were, and I thought I heard them whisper "Lucifer". Honest. Think long and hard about what I just said!! That's all I'm going to say about THAT!!

    What is the true and complete interpretation and application of Psalm 119?? What is the Perfect Law of the Lord in Antiquity and Modernity?? Do we have an Ancient and Modern Legal-Problem of Biblical-Proportions?? Where is that critique of my internet-madness?? I've been asking for one for several-years now (with no responses)!! Does Fame, Fortune, and Power trump the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit?? Is the bottom-line the bottom-line?? Is moral-agonizing a waste of time?? Why must politics and religion have historical roots?? Why remember?? What should clean-sheet of stone politics and religion look-like in modernity?? Why don't we use 3,000 year-old science textbooks?? Should the Bible simply be studied as "Ancient-Literature"?? What does Joshua through Malachi tell us about Genesis through Deuteronomy?? What does Acts through Revelation tell us about Matthew through John?? Consider the following Roman Catholic Minimal-List:

    1. Love and Responsibility by Karol Wojtyla.

    2. Life of Christ by Fulton Sheen.

    3. Christ: The Experience of Jesus As Lord by Edward Schillebeekx.

    I continue to suspect that most everyone and everything of significance are centrally recruited, planned, groomed, scripted, and orchestrated (for better or worse, I know not). I'd love to attend a particular UFO conference, even though I remain wary of the UFO scene. I know they exist, and I've seen them, but I'm suspicious of who and what are behind them. I'm suspicious of religion, which is why I don't go to church. I'm suspicious of my own thoughts and activities. I wonder how "messed-with" I really am?! I've found a lot of answers, but I mostly don't like them. The questions are endless, and will undoubtedly continue. I'd be a disaster in public. I'm a disaster in private. In 2009, an Individual of Interest called me "King David" and congratulated me for winning a Nobel Prize, but I never received a call!! Perhaps "Information" gave them Obama's number instead of mine!! Around that same time, a total-stranger asked me what I would do with $15,000,000??!! But I never heard another word!! Why?? Perhaps it was something I said!! The Top of the Pyramid scares the hell out of me. I doubt that I'd like the view from the top. I doubt that ANYONE could remain sane and pure at the Top of the Pyramid in This Solar System. I suspect that this has been a nasty-game for thousands of years, and that it will continue to be a nasty-game for thousands of years. I think Christians need to seriously question their Ethics and Eschatology. Overall, the Bible is NOT a nice book, but I still love to study it!! Actually, I think I might just study Astronomy for a while. Thank-you for tolerating my contrarian, irreverent, dangerous, and inflammatory threads and posts. This sort of thing wouldn't have been possible a few short years ago. I am extremely apprehensive regarding what has made the new "Openness" possible. I think "They" are categorizing everyone, before they "Crack-Down".

    I must end this thread. I must cease and desist. I suspect that the next phase of this present quest will not be appropriate for this present forum. I still don't know who the members of this forum really are, but I have some ideas. Sometimes I think I've met some of you in real-life, without knowing it. I might keep in touch, but perhaps that might not be possible. This quest has honestly been an experiment, which was a lot like script-writing. This forum was a perfect context for my adventure, even though this has been a rather sad and painful experience. I'm frankly preparing for the worst. The reality of this world is anything but "happy-clappy". I'll probably study "Project Avalon", "The Mists of Avalon", Books, and Newspapers, without posting on any forum, for a significant time-period. I think I'll just watch things play-out. It might be easier that way. We seem to be in the middle of a spiritual and technological nightmare. This thing might destroy all of us. Sorry for the pessimism, but I think most everyone is extremely vulnerable. The corporations might rule us all, perhaps with a Supreme-Supercomputer aka RoboGod!!! Everything is a Business. The Bottom-Line is the Bottom-Line. The God of This World is the Almighty-Dollar. I've Dreamt of a Dynamic-Equilibrium Between the Golden-Rule and the Bottom-Line, But This Is Just a Pipe-Dream!! I've Dreamt of a Medical-Center Consisting of:

    1. Acute-Care Drugs and Surgery Medicine.

    2. An Ethics, Spirituality, and Philanthropy Center.

    3. Preventive, Natural, and Rehabilitation Care.

    The idea would be for each of these three sections to be equal in all-possible respects, including budgets and compensation. The Naturopath would have the same income as the Neurosurgeon. What Would the Mayo Brothers Say?? One was the Head-Doctor, and the Other was the Belly-Doctor!! The Ethics-Center might also specialize in the History of Spirituality, Science, and Medicine (or something like that). I'm so disillusioned and upset, that I'm not going to post for a while. I might never recover from the depression I'm experiencing regarding the future of the souls in this solar system. I believe, but I don't know what I believe. O Wretched Man That I Am!! Just look VERY CLOSELY at Cleopatra, Cicero, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, Josephus, the Piso Family, and the Descendants of Cleopatra. What if very-real Gods and Goddesses created Mythological Gods and Goddesses??!! What if the Bible is a Puzzle which MUST Be Solved??!! I'm still waiting for that "Brook Book". Now I'm going to make the coffee (with Baileys Irish Cream creamer). What Would Jupiter Jones Do?? What Would Indiana Jones Do?? I don't know what else to do with this thread, and now I'm just going to leave it "as-is" as I leave "as-is" (singing "Just As I Am").

    I've learned many lessons while posting on this website. I tend to want the good-things to happen (without the bad-things happening)!! Hope Springs Eternal. I just attended a memorial service. I didn't know the person very well, even though I had known them for many years. I was deeply impressed with the sense of community and togetherness at the service. But it wasn't a religious service. It didn't have to be. It was perfect "as-is". The secular must become sacred, and the sacred must become secular. I'm sure most people at that service would be shocked and disgusted by my internet-posting. I'm shocked and disgusted by my internet-posting. It was a "cry for help" which never got answered, and I'm not going to "cry for help" anymore. Now I'm going to watch Humphrey Bogart in my "Dead Reckoning" DVD (given to me by the "Ancient Egyptian Deity"). Now I must go. My computer was just ruthlessly-attacked by someone near Wichita, Kansas!! Can't we all just get along?? Namaste, Godspeed, and Geronimo.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Gustave_Boulanger_-_Theatrical_Rehearsal_in_the_House_of_an_Ancient_Rome_Poet_-_WGA2930

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cupid2
    King David = Cupid = Ovid Bowman?

    Psalm 119:1 Blessed are those whose ways are blameless, who walk according to the law of the LORD. 2 Blessed are those who keep his statutes and seek him with all their heart— 3 they do no wrong but follow his ways. 4 You have laid down precepts that are to be fully obeyed. 5 Oh, that my ways were steadfast in obeying your decrees! 6 Then I would not be put to shame when I consider all your commands. 7 I will praise you with an upright heart as I learn your righteous laws. 8 I will obey your decrees; do not utterly forsake me. 9 How can a young person stay on the path of purity? By living according to your word. 10 I seek you with all my heart; do not let me stray from your commands. 11 I have hidden your word in my heart that I might not sin against you. 12 Praise be to you, LORD; teach me your decrees. 13 With my lips I recount all the laws that come from your mouth. 14 I rejoice in following your statutes as one rejoices in great riches. 15 I meditate on your precepts and consider your ways. 16 I delight in your decrees; I will not neglect your word. 17 Be good to your servant while I live, that I may obey your word. 18 Open my eyes that I may see wonderful things in your law. 19 I am a stranger on earth; do not hide your commands from me. 20 My soul is consumed with longing for your laws at all times. 21 You rebuke the arrogant, who are accursed, those who stray from your commands. 22 Remove from me their scorn and contempt, for I keep your statutes. 23 Though rulers sit together and slander me, your servant will meditate on your decrees. 24 Your statutes are my delight; they are my counselors. 25 I am laid low in the dust; preserve my life according to your word.

    26 I gave an account of my ways and you answered me; teach me your decrees. 27 Cause me to understand the way of your precepts, that I may meditate on your wonderful deeds. 28 My soul is weary with sorrow; strengthen me according to your word. 29 Keep me from deceitful ways; be gracious to me and teach me your law. 30 I have chosen the way of faithfulness; I have set my heart on your laws. 31 I hold fast to your statutes, LORD; do not let me be put to shame. 32 I run in the path of your commands, for you have broadened my understanding. 33 Teach me, LORD, the way of your decrees, that I may follow it to the end. 34 Give me understanding, so that I may keep your law and obey it with all my heart. 35 Direct me in the path of your commands, for there I find delight. 36 Turn my heart toward your statutes and not toward selfish gain. 37 Turn my eyes away from worthless things; preserve my life according to your word. 38 Fulfill your promise to your servant, so that you may be feared. 39 Take away the disgrace I dread, for your laws are good. 40 How I long for your precepts! In your righteousness preserve my life. 41 May your unfailing love come to me, LORD, your salvation, according to your promise; 42 then I can answer anyone who taunts me, for I trust in your word. 43 Never take your word of truth from my mouth, for I have put my hope in your laws. 44 I will always obey your law, for ever and ever. 45 I will walk about in freedom, for I have sought out your precepts. 46 I will speak of your statutes before kings and will not be put to shame, 47 for I delight in your commands because I love them. 48 I reach out for your commands, which I love, that I may meditate on your decrees. 49 Remember your word to your servant, for you have given me hope. 50 My comfort in my suffering is this: Your promise preserves my life.

    51 The arrogant mock me unmercifully, but I do not turn from your law. 52 I remember, LORD, your ancient laws, and I find comfort in them. 53 Indignation grips me because of the wicked, who have forsaken your law. 54 Your decrees are the theme of my song wherever I lodge. 55 In the night, LORD, I remember your name, that I may keep your law. 56 This has been my practice: I obey your precepts. 57 You are my portion, LORD; I have promised to obey your words. 58 I have sought your face with all my heart; be gracious to me according to your promise. 59 I have considered my ways and have turned my steps to your statutes. 60 I will hasten and not delay to obey your commands. 61 Though the wicked bind me with ropes, I will not forget your law. 62 At midnight I rise to give you thanks for your righteous laws. 63 I am a friend to all who fear you, to all who follow your precepts. 64 The earth is filled with your love, LORD; teach me your decrees. 65 Do good to your servant according to your word, LORD. 66 Teach me knowledge and good judgment, for I trust your commands. 67 Before I was afflicted I went astray, but now I obey your word. 68 You are good, and what you do is good; teach me your decrees. 69 Though the arrogant have smeared me with lies, I keep your precepts with all my heart. 70 Their hearts are callous and unfeeling, but I delight in your law. 71 It was good for me to be afflicted so that I might learn your decrees. 72 The law from your mouth is more precious to me than thousands of pieces of silver and gold. 73 Your hands made me and formed me; give me understanding to learn your commands. 74 May those who fear you rejoice when they see me, for I have put my hope in your word. 75 I know, LORD, that your laws are righteous, and that in faithfulness you have afflicted me.

    76 May your unfailing love be my comfort, according to your promise to your servant. 77 Let your compassion come to me that I may live, for your law is my delight. 78 May the arrogant be put to shame for wronging me without cause; but I will meditate on your precepts. 79 May those who fear you turn to me, those who understand your statutes. 80 May I wholeheartedly follow your decrees, that I may not be put to shame. 81 My soul faints with longing for your salvation, but I have put my hope in your word. 82 My eyes fail, looking for your promise; I say, “When will you comfort me?” 83 Though I am like a wineskin in the smoke, I do not forget your decrees. 84 How long must your servant wait? When will you punish my persecutors? 85 The arrogant dig pits to trap me, contrary to your law. 86 All your commands are trustworthy; help me, for I am being persecuted without cause. 87 They almost wiped me from the earth, but I have not forsaken your precepts. 88 In your unfailing love preserve my life, that I may obey the statutes of your mouth. 89 Your word, LORD, is eternal; it stands firm in the heavens. 90 Your faithfulness continues through all generations; you established the earth, and it endures. 91 Your laws endure to this day, for all things serve you. 92 If your law had not been my delight, I would have perished in my affliction. 93 I will never forget your precepts, for by them you have preserved my life. 94 Save me, for I am yours; I have sought out your precepts. 95 The wicked are waiting to destroy me, but I will ponder your statutes. 96 To all perfection I see a limit, but your commands are boundless. 97 Oh, how I love your law! I meditate on it all day long. 98 Your commands are always with me and make me wiser than my enemies. 99 I have more insight than all my teachers, for I meditate on your statutes. 100 I have more understanding than the elders, for I obey your precepts.

    101 I have kept my feet from every evil path so that I might obey your word. 102 I have not departed from your laws, for you yourself have taught me. 103 How sweet are your words to my taste, sweeter than honey to my mouth! 104 I gain understanding from your precepts; therefore I hate every wrong path. 105 Your word is a lamp for my feet, a light on my path. 106 I have taken an oath and confirmed it, that I will follow your righteous laws. 107 I have suffered much; preserve my life, LORD, according to your word. 108 Accept, LORD, the willing praise of my mouth, and teach me your laws. 109 Though I constantly take my life in my hands, I will not forget your law. 110 The wicked have set a snare for me, but I have not strayed from your precepts. 111 Your statutes are my heritage forever; they are the joy of my heart. 112 My heart is set on keeping your decrees to the very end. 113 I hate double-minded people, but I love your law. 114 You are my refuge and my shield; I have put my hope in your word. 115 Away from me, you evildoers, that I may keep the commands of my God! 116 Sustain me, my God, according to your promise, and I will live; do not let my hopes be dashed. 117 Uphold me, and I will be delivered; I will always have regard for your decrees. 118 You reject all who stray from your decrees, for their delusions come to nothing. 119 All the wicked of the earth you discard like dross; therefore I love your statutes. 120 My flesh trembles in fear of you; I stand in awe of your laws. 121 I have done what is righteous and just; do not leave me to my oppressors. 122 Ensure your servant’s well-being; do not let the arrogant oppress me. 123 My eyes fail, looking for your salvation, looking for your righteous promise. 124 Deal with your servant according to your love and teach me your decrees. 125 I am your servant; give me discernment that I may understand your statutes.

    126 It is time for you to act, LORD; your law is being broken. 127 Because I love your commands more than gold, more than pure gold, 128 and because I consider all your precepts right, I hate every wrong path. 129 Your statutes are wonderful; therefore I obey them. 130 The unfolding of your words gives light; it gives understanding to the simple. 131 I open my mouth and pant, longing for your commands. 132 Turn to me and have mercy on me, as you always do to those who love your name. 133 Direct my footsteps according to your word; let no sin rule over me. 134 Redeem me from human oppression, that I may obey your precepts. 135 Make your face shine on your servant and teach me your decrees. 136 Streams of tears flow from my eyes, for your law is not obeyed. 137 You are righteous, LORD, and your laws are right. 138 The statutes you have laid down are righteous; they are fully trustworthy. 139 My zeal wears me out, for my enemies ignore your words. 140 Your promises have been thoroughly tested, and your servant loves them. 141 Though I am lowly and despised, I do not forget your precepts. 142 Your righteousness is everlasting and your law is true. 143 Trouble and distress have come upon me, but your commands give me delight. 144 Your statutes are always righteous; give me understanding that I may live. 145 I call with all my heart; answer me, LORD, and I will obey your decrees. 146 I call out to you; save me and I will keep your statutes. 147 I rise before dawn and cry for help; I have put my hope in your word. 148 My eyes stay open through the watches of the night, that I may meditate on your promises. 149 Hear my voice in accordance with your love; preserve my life, LORD, according to your laws. 150 Those who devise wicked schemes are near, but they are far from your law.

    151 Yet you are near, LORD, and all your commands are true. 152 Long ago I learned from your statutes that you established them to last forever. 153 Look on my suffering and deliver me, for I have not forgotten your law. 154 Defend my cause and redeem me; preserve my life according to your promise. 155 Salvation is far from the wicked, for they do not seek out your decrees. 156 Your compassion, LORD, is great; preserve my life according to your laws. 157 Many are the foes who persecute me, but I have not turned from your statutes. 158 I look on the faithless with loathing, for they do not obey your word. 159 See how I love your precepts; preserve my life, LORD, in accordance with your love. 160 All your words are true; all your righteous laws are eternal. 161 Rulers persecute me without cause, but my heart trembles at your word. 162 I rejoice in your promise like one who finds great spoil. 163 I hate and detest falsehood but I love your law. 164 Seven times a day I praise you for your righteous laws. 165 Great peace have those who love your law, and nothing can make them stumble. 166 I wait for your salvation, LORD, and I follow your commands. 167 I obey your statutes, for I love them greatly. 168 I obey your precepts and your statutes, for all my ways are known to you. 169 May my cry come before you, LORD; give me understanding according to your word. 170 May my supplication come before you; deliver me according to your promise. 171 May my lips overflow with praise, for you teach me your decrees. 172 May my tongue sing of your word, for all your commands are righteous. 173 May your hand be ready to help me, for I have chosen your precepts. 174 I long for your salvation, LORD, and your law gives me delight. 175 Let me live that I may praise you, and may your laws sustain me. 176 I have strayed like a lost sheep. Seek your servant, for I have not forgotten your commands.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Salt-trailer-screencap-church-crowd-angelina-jolie
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Salt-1

    RedEzra wrote:It is easy to prove GOD with laws and logic. The law of conservation of energy and the law of conservation of mass together state that the energy and mass of an isolated system like the universe remains constant and so the universe is not able to add new energy and matter to itself. So when the universe cannot create energy nor matter then... who can ? Logically GOD of course. It may not be so easy to prove that GOD of the universe is the GOD of the Bible but all the fulfilled prophecies therein like the return of the Jews to their old land cannot but impress logical minds.

    "Fear not, for I am with you; I will bring your descendants from the east,
    And gather you from the west; I will say to the north, ‘Give them up!’
    And to the south, ‘Do not keep them back!’ Bring My sons from afar,
    And My daughters from the ends of the earth—"

    - Isaiah 43:5-6 -
    Eartheart wrote:
    Razz Beloveds, you seem to be drifting here Arrow

    Sharpen your wits:
    *switching on your divine body or your dreambody is a systematic learnprocess...
    *direct input sensors (leaving the datacloud to seek source signals) can be tuned to recieve voice or datapacks, similar outofbody astraltravel trains input sensors and dreamnavigation
    *discerning between synthetic and living streams of conciousness helps to aquire sanety and lightcodes stabilisation
    *Your Flux presents spatial time in a holy Now Paradoxymoron tongue where timeless awarness witnesses 3 streams of choicecontiniuation are applied to your magnetix - creative resonance, destruction & maintenance
    *Says revelation, Antitale & theHoly happen at same moment in your little star which is a nurturing set up to achieve angelic mans destiny HoHoHo
    *Eat some Hempseeds to get the missing proteins for your missing DNA strangs Liberationprayer for all daughters on their path...
    RedEzra wrote:
    Just a little update from me...

    For about 2.5 years now just after Russia annexed Crimea I have been warning that we are about to reach the end of the timeline given to the prophet Daniel over 2500 years ago. GOD is going to punish this world and if you don't understand why then perhaps you have a problem !? There is a "sudden destruction" event on the horizon closely connected around the astronomical date of Sept 23 2017. And if you pride yourselves in being somewhat awake and aware with a good grasp of what's going on around the world then you ought to know that this is an ever increasing possibility. Unfortunately it will not only be a possibility for long as GOD foretold it WILL happen ! The CREATOR is not going to plead with the world to please stop war crime and corruption... no GOD's just gonna punish. And if you have a problem with that then take it up with your MAKER !
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I continue to pursue Law and Order, rather than Fire and Brimstone. The Bible is an extremely violent book, but perhaps we live in an extremely violent universe. I don't doubt that extremely bad things are going to happen to Earth-Humanity, for legion reasons, but I am extremely troubled by Biblical-Eschatology, especially when Jews and Christians claim Moral High-Ground based in large-part upon the Bible. I'm presently trying to focus upon 1 Chronicles to Malachi, in the context of the Whole-Bible, with a New-Testament inspired hermeneutic. Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary are helpful in this regard. But people will always flock to the Sensationalist-Preachers, rather than quietly and diligently studying Scripture and History on their own. Several months ago, a Mason told me that 80% of Humanity was probably going to die in the near-future, in a random manner, but they didn't offer details. This wouldn't surprise me, but I'm frankly sick and tired of Murder and Mayhem, even though this is a Biblical-Concept. If I were the King of the World, I think I'd push for a Highly Trained and Disciplined Global Police-Force, with NO Warfare Whatsoever!! Just Reasonable and Rational LAW and ORDER!! I'd like to think that the Rest of the Universe would support that sort of thing.
    Swanny wrote:I don't believe in gods.

    If there is one like the one they talk about in the bible then he's an xxxxxxxx Razz

    All religions are just control systems
    RedEzra wrote:So it turns out that Jesus is the CREATOR of this earth.

    I'm sorry guys but if you don't follow the rules of the Owner of this place then you're out !
    Swanny wrote: Who is the Owner of this place?
    orthodoxymoron wrote:It's very difficult to verify or prove much of anything regarding the historical and the otherworldly, which is why I've turned the Whole-Bible Thing into Religious and Political Science-Fiction, without starting yet another religion. If it were done properly, Politics and Religion as Control-Modalities, would be useful and legitimate, but the reality is just the opposite of useful and legitimate. I keep asking "Who Owns the Solar System??" but I never get an answer. The God of the Bible often seems to be an ill-tempered bad@ss, but if the universe is a violent and nasty place, such a God might be necessary. My United States of the Solar System threads scare the hell out of me, regarding the possibilities of Solar System Governance and Ownership. I wonder if Guardians of the Galaxy and Jupiter Ascending contain at least some truth?! The Individuals of Interest I've conversed with REALLY scared the hell out of me!! My honest and sincere quest for answers has mostly resulted in being ridiculed and ignored. I've basically had to talk to myself, because no one else will talk to me. I've recently been identifying with the Roman-Poet "Ovid". The "Ancient Egyptian Deity" I conversed with, kept needling me about "girls", and spoke of methods of seducing women!! Ovid seemed to have a lot to say about such things!! My name is similar to "Ovid". I've been called "King of the Girls" even though the opposite-sex seems to not wish to have anything to do with me. In fact, no one seems to wish to have anything to do with me. Perhaps it's easier that way. What Would Jesus Christ, the Apostle Paul, and John Nash Say?? I used to perfectly-play the following composition by J.S. Bach, but I never got lucky like the guy in the video!!

    Ellen G. White

    At the close of the thousand years, Christ again returns to the earth. He is accompanied by the host of the redeemed and attended by a retinue of angels. As He descends in terrific majesty He bids the wicked dead arise to receive their doom. They come forth, a mighty host, numberless as the sands of the sea. What a contrast to those who were raised at the first resurrection! The righteous were clothed with immortal youth and beauty. The wicked bear the traces of disease and death.

    Every eye in that vast multitude is turned to behold the glory of the Son of God. With one voice the wicked hosts exclaim: "Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" It is not love to Jesus that inspires this utterance. The force of truth urges the words from unwilling lips. As the wicked went into their graves, so they come forth with the same enmity to Christ and the same spirit of rebellion. They are to have no new probation in which to remedy the defects of their past lives. Nothing would be gained by this. A lifetime of transgression has not softened their hearts. A second probation, were it given them, would be occupied as was the first in evading the requirements of God and exciting rebellion against Him.

    Christ descends upon the Mount of Olives, whence, after His resurrection, He ascended, and where angels repeated the promise of His return. Says the prophet: "The Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with Thee." "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof, . . . and there shall be a very great valley." "And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one." Zechariah 14:5, 4, 9. As the New Jerusalem, in its dazzling splendor, comes down out of heaven, it rests upon the place purified and made ready to receive it, and Christ, with His people and the angels, enters the Holy City.

    Now Satan prepares for a last mighty struggle for the supremacy. While deprived of his power and cut off from his work of deception, the prince of evil was miserable and dejected; but as the wicked dead are raised and he sees the vast multitudes upon his side, his hopes revive, and he determines not to yield the great controversy. He will marshal all the armies of the lost under his banner and through them endeavor to execute his plans. The wicked are Satan's captives. In rejecting Christ they have accepted the rule of the rebel leader. They are ready to receive his suggestions and to do his bidding. Yet, true to his early cunning, he does not acknowledge himself to be Satan. He claims to be the prince who is the rightful owner of the world and whose inheritance has been unlawfully wrested from him. He represents himself to his deluded subjects as a redeemer, assuring them that his power has brought them forth from their graves and that he is about to rescue them from the most cruel tyranny. The presence of Christ having been removed, Satan works wonders to support his claims. He makes the weak strong and inspires all with his own spirit and energy. He proposes to lead them against the camp of the saints and to take possession of the City of God. With fiendish exultation he points to the unnumbered millions who have been raised from the dead and declares that as their leader he is well able to overthrow the city and regain his throne and his kingdom.

    In that vast throng are multitudes of the long-lived race that existed before the Flood; men of lofty stature and giant intellect, who, yielding to the control of fallen angels, devoted all their skill and knowledge to the exaltation of themselves; men whose wonderful works of art led the world to idolize their genius, but whose cruelty and evil inventions, defiling the earth and defacing the image of God, caused Him to blot them from the face of His creation. There are kings and generals who conquered nations, valiant men who never lost a battle, proud, ambitious warriors whose approach made kingdoms tremble. In death these experienced no change. As they come up from the grave, they resume the current of their thoughts just where it ceased. They are actuated by the same desire to conquer that ruled them when they fell.

    Satan consults with his angels, and then with these kings and conquerors and mighty men. They look upon the strength and numbers on their side, and declare that the army within the city is small in comparison with theirs, and that it can be overcome. They lay their plans to take possession of the riches and glory of the New Jerusalem. All immediately begin to prepare for battle. Skillful artisans construct implements of war. Military leaders, famed for their success, marshal the throngs of warlike men into companies and divisions.

    At last the order to advance is given, and the countless host moves on--an army such as was never summoned by earthly conquerors, such as the combined forces of all ages since war began on earth could never equal. Satan, the mightiest of warriors, leads the van, and his angels unite their forces for this final struggle. Kings and warriors are in his train, and the multitudes follow in vast companies, each under its appointed leader. With military precision the serried ranks advance over the earth's broken and uneven surface to the City of God. By command of Jesus, the gates of the New Jerusalem are closed, and the armies of Satan surround the city and make ready for the onset.

    Now Christ again appears to the view of His enemies. Far above the city, upon a foundation of burnished gold, is a throne, high and lifted up. Upon this throne sits the Son of God, and around Him are the subjects of His kingdom. The power and majesty of Christ no language can describe, no pen portray. The glory of the Eternal Father is enshrouding His Son. The brightness of His presence fills the City of God, and flows out beyond the gates, flooding the whole earth with its radiance.

    Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who honored the law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond is the "great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, . . . before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands." Revelation 7:9. Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their triumph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ which now is theirs.

    The redeemed raise a song of praise that echoes and re-echoes through the vaults of heaven: "Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb." Verse 10. And angel and seraph unite their voices in adoration. As the redeemed have beheld the power and malignity of Satan, they have seen, as never before, that no power but that of Christ could have made them conquerors. In all that shining throng there are none to ascribe salvation to themselves, as if they had prevailed by their own power and goodness. Nothing is said of what they have done or suffered; but the burden of every song, the keynote of every anthem, is: Salvation to our God and unto the Lamb.

    In the presence of the assembled inhabitants of earth and heaven the final coronation of the Son of God takes place. And now, invested with supreme majesty and power, the King of kings pronounces sentence upon the rebels against His government and executes justice upon those who have transgressed His law and oppressed His people. Says the prophet of God: "I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works." Revelation 20:11, 12.

    As soon as the books of record are opened, and the eye of Jesus looks upon the wicked, they are conscious of every sin which they have ever committed. They see just where their feet diverged from the path of purity and holiness, just how far pride and rebellion have carried them in the violation of the law of God. The seductive temptations which they encouraged by indulgence in sin, the blessings perverted, the messengers of God despised, the warnings rejected, the waves of mercy beaten back by the stubborn, unrepentant heart--all appear as if written in letters of fire.

    Above the throne is revealed the cross; and like a panoramic view appear the scenes of Adam's temptation and fall, and the successive steps in the great plan of redemption. The Saviour's lowly birth; His early life of simplicity and obedience; His baptism in Jordan; the fast and temptation in the wilderness; His public ministry, unfolding to men heaven's most precious blessings; the days crowded with deeds of love and mercy, the nights of prayer and watching in the solitude of the mountains; the plottings of envy, hate, and malice which repaid His benefits; the awful, mysterious agony in Gethsemane beneath the crushing weight of the sins of the whole world; His betrayal into the hands of the murderous mob; the fearful events of that night of horror--the unresisting prisoner, forsaken by His best-loved disciples, rudely hurried through the streets of Jerusalem; the Son of God exultingly displayed before Annas, arraigned in the high priest's palace, in the judgment hall of Pilate, before the cowardly and cruel Herod, mocked, insulted, tortured, and condemned to die--all are vividly portrayed.

    And now before the swaying multitude are revealed the final scenes--the patient Sufferer treading the path to Calvary; the Prince of heaven hanging upon the cross; the haughty priests and the jeering rabble deriding His expiring agony; the supernatural darkness; the heaving earth, the rent rocks, the open graves, marking the moment when the world's Redeemer yielded up His life.

    The awful spectacle appears just as it was. Satan, his angels, and his subjects have no power to turn from the picture of their own work. Each actor recalls the part which he performed. Herod, who slew the innocent children of Bethlehem that he might destroy the King of Israel; the base Herodias, upon whose guilty soul rests the blood of John the Baptist; the weak, timeserving Pilate; the mocking soldiers; the priests and rulers and the maddened throng who cried, "His blood be on us, and on our children!"--all behold the enormity of their guilt. They vainly seek to hide from the divine majesty of His countenance, outshining the glory of the sun, while the redeemed cast their crowns at the Saviour's feet, exclaiming: "He died for me!"

    Amid the ransomed throng are the apostles of Christ, the heroic Paul, the ardent Peter, the loved and loving John, and their truehearted brethren, and with them the vast host of martyrs; while outside the walls, with every vile and abominable thing, are those by whom they were persecuted, imprisoned, and slain. There is Nero, that monster of cruelty and vice, beholding the joy and exaltation of those whom he once tortured, and in whose extremest anguish he found satanic delight. His mother is there to witness the result of her own work; to see how the evil stamp of character transmitted to her son, the passions encouraged and developed by her influence and example, have borne fruit in crimes that caused the world to shudder.

    There are papist priests and prelates, who claimed to be Christ's ambassadors, yet employed the rack, the dungeon, and the stake to control the consciences of His people. There are the proud pontiffs who exalted themselves above God and presumed to change the law of the Most High. Those pretended fathers of the church have an account to render to God from which they would fain be excused. Too late they are made to see that the Omniscient One is jealous of His law and that He will in no wise clear the guilty. They learn now that Christ identifies His interest with that of His suffering people; and they feel the force of His own words: "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." Matthew 25:40.

    The whole wicked world stand arraigned at the bar of God on the charge of high treason against the government of heaven. They have none to plead their cause; they are without excuse; and the sentence of eternal death is pronounced against them. It is now evident to all that the wages of sin is not noble independence and eternal life, but slavery, ruin, and death. The wicked see what they have forfeited by their life of rebellion. The far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory was despised when offered them; but how desirable it now appears. "All this," cries the lost soul, "I might have had; but I chose to put these things far from me. Oh, strange infatuation! I have exchanged peace, happiness, and honor for wretchedness, infamy, and despair." All see that their exclusion from heaven is just. By their lives they have declared: "We will not have this Man [Jesus] to reign over us."

    As if entranced, the wicked have looked upon the coronation of the Son of God. They see in His hands the tables of the divine law, the statutes which they have despised and transgressed. They witness the outburst of wonder, rapture, and adoration from the saved; and as the wave of melody sweeps over the multitudes without the city, all with one voice exclaim, "Great and marvelous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints" (Revelation 15:3); and, falling prostrate, they worship the Prince of life.

    Satan seems paralyzed as he beholds the glory and majesty of Christ. He who was once a covering cherub remembers whence he has fallen. A shining seraph, "son of the morning;" how changed, how degraded! From the council where once he was honored, he is forever excluded. He sees another now standing near to the Father, veiling His glory. He has seen the crown placed upon the head of Christ by an angel of lofty stature and majestic presence, and he knows that the exalted position of this angel might have been his.

    Memory recalls the home of his innocence and purity, the peace and content that were his until he indulged in murmuring against God, and envy of Christ. His accusations, his rebellion, his deceptions to gain the sympathy and support of the angels, his stubborn persistence in making no effort for self-recovery when God would have granted him forgiveness --all come vividly before him. He reviews his work among men and its results--the enmity of man toward his fellow man, the terrible destruction of life, the rise and fall of kingdoms, the overturning of thrones, the long succession of tumults, conflicts, and revolutions. He recalls his constant efforts to oppose the work of Christ and to sink man lower and lower. He sees that his hellish plots have been powerless to destroy those who have put their trust in Jesus. As Satan looks upon his kingdom, the fruit of his toil, he sees only failure and ruin. He has led the multitudes to believe that the City of God would be an easy prey; but he knows that this is false. Again and again, in the progress of the great controversy, he has been defeated and compelled to yield. He knows too well the power and majesty of the Eternal.

    The aim of the great rebel has ever been to justify himself and to prove the divine government responsible for the rebellion. To this end he has bent all the power of his giant intellect. He has worked deliberately and systematically, and with marvelous success, leading vast multitudes to accept his version of the great controversy which has been so long in progress. For thousands of years this chief of conspiracy has palmed off falsehood for truth. But the time has now come when the rebellion is to be finally defeated and the history and character of Satan disclosed. In his last great effort to dethrone Christ, destroy His people, and take possession of the City of God, the archdeceiver has been fully unmasked. Those who have united with him see the total failure of his cause. Christ's followers and the loyal angels behold the full extent of his machinations against the government of God. He is the object of universal abhorrence.

    Satan sees that his voluntary rebellion has unfitted him for heaven. He has trained his powers to war against God; the purity, peace, and harmony of heaven would be to him supreme torture. His accusations against the mercy and justice of God are now silenced. The reproach which he has endeavored to cast upon Jehovah rests wholly upon himself. And now Satan bows down and confesses the justice of his sentence.

    "Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? for Thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest." Verse 4. Every question of truth and error in the long-standing controversy has now been made plain. The results of rebellion, the fruits of setting aside the divine statutes, have been laid open to the view of all created intelligences. The working out of Satan's rule in contrast with the government of God has been presented to the whole universe. Satan's own works have condemned him. God's wisdom, His justice, and His goodness stand fully vindicated. It is seen that all His dealings in the great controversy have been conducted with respect to the eternal good of His people and the good of all the worlds that He has created. "All Thy works shall praise Thee, O Lord; and Thy saints shall bless Thee." Psalm 145:10. The history of sin will stand to all eternity as a witness that with the existence of God's law is bound up the happiness of all the beings He has created. With all the facts of the great controversy in view, the whole universe, both loyal and rebellious, with one accord declare: "Just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints."

    Before the universe has been clearly presented the great sacrifice made by the Father and the Son in man's behalf. The hour has come when Christ occupies His rightful position and is glorified above principalities and powers and every name that is named. It was for the joy that was set before Him--that He might bring many sons unto glory--that He endured the cross and despised the shame. And inconceivably great as was the sorrow and the shame, yet greater is the joy and the glory. He looks upon the redeemed, renewed in His own image, every heart bearing the perfect impress of the divine, every face reflecting the likeness of their King. He beholds in them the result of the travail of His soul, and He is satisfied. Then, in a voice that reaches the assembled multitudes of the righteous and the wicked, He declares: "Behold the purchase of My blood! For these I suffered, for these I died, that they might dwell in My presence throughout eternal ages." And the song of praise ascends from the white-robed ones about the throne: "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing." Revelation 5:12.

    Notwithstanding that Satan has been constrained to acknowledge God's justice and to bow to the supremacy of Christ, his character remains unchanged. The spirit of rebellion, like a mighty torrent, again bursts forth. Filled with frenzy, he determines not to yield the great controversy. The time has come for a last desperate struggle against the King of heaven. He rushes into the midst of his subjects and endeavors to inspire them with his own fury and arouse them to instant battle. But of all the countless millions whom he has allured into rebellion, there are none now to acknowledge his supremacy. His power is at an end. The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan; but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot prevail against Jehovah. Their rage is kindled against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception, and with the fury of demons they turn upon them.

    Saith the Lord: "Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God; behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations: and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit." "I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. . . . I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. . . . I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. . . . Thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more." Ezekiel 28:6-8, 16-19.

    "Every battle of the warrior is with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire." "The indignation of the Lord is upon all nations, and His fury upon all their armies: He hath utterly destroyed them, He hath delivered them to the slaughter." "Upon the wicked He shall rain quick burning coals, fire and brimstone and an horrible tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup." Isaiah 9:5; 34:2; Psalm 11:6, margin. Fire comes down from God out of heaven. The earth is broken up. The weapons concealed in its depths are drawn forth. Devouring flames burst from every yawning chasm. The very rocks are on fire. The day has come that shall burn as an oven. The elements melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein are burned up. Malachi 4:1; 2 Peter 3:10. The earth's surface seems one molten mass--a vast, seething lake of fire. It is the time of the judgment and perdition of ungodly men--"the day of the Lord's vengeance, and the year of recompenses for the controversy of Zion." Isaiah 34:8.

    The wicked receive their recompense in the earth. Proverbs 11:31. They "shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 4:1. Some are destroyed as in a moment, while others suffer many days. All are punished "according to their deeds." The sins of the righteous having been transferred to Satan, he is made to suffer not only for his own rebellion, but for all the sins which he has caused God's people to commit. His punishment is to be far greater than that of those whom he has deceived. After all have perished who fell by his deceptions, he is still to live and suffer on. In the cleansing flames the wicked are at last destroyed, root and branch--Satan the root, his followers the branches. The full penalty of the law has been visited; the demands of justice have been met; and heaven and earth, beholding, declare the righteousness of Jehovah.

    Satan's work of ruin is forever ended. For six thousand years he has wrought his will, filling the earth with woe and causing grief throughout the universe. The whole creation has groaned and travailed together in pain. Now God's creatures are forever delivered from his presence and temptations. "The whole earth is at rest, and is quiet: they [the righteous] break forth into singing." Isaiah 14:7. And a shout of praise and triumph ascends from the whole loyal universe. "The voice of a great multitude," "as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings," is heard, saying: "Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth." Revelation 19:6.

    While the earth was wrapped in the fire of destruction, the righteous abode safely in the Holy City. Upon those that had part in the first resurrection, the second death has no power. While God is to the wicked a consuming fire, He is to His people both a sun and a shield. Revelation 20:6; Psalm 84:11.

    "I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away." Revelation 21:1. The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of the curse is swept away. No eternally burning hell will keep before the ransomed the fearful consequences of sin.

    One reminder alone remains: Our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of His crucifixion. Upon His wounded head, upon His side, His hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought. Says the prophet, beholding Christ in His glory: "He had bright beams coming out of His side: and there was the hiding of His power." Habakkuk 3:4, margin. That pierced side whence flowed the crimson stream that reconciled man to God--there is the Saviour's glory, there "the hiding of His power." "Mighty to save," through the sacrifice of redemption, He was therefore strong to execute justice upon them that despised God's mercy. And the tokens of His humiliation are His highest honor; through the eternal ages the wounds of Calvary will show forth His praise and declare His power.

    "O Tower of the flock, the stronghold of the daughter of Zion, unto Thee shall it come, even the first dominion." Micah 4:8. The time has come to which holy men have looked with longing since the flaming sword barred the first pair from Eden, the time for "the redemption of the purchased possession." Ephesians 1:14. The earth originally given to man as his kingdom, betrayed by him into the hands of Satan, and so long held by the mighty foe, has been brought back by the great plan of redemption. All that was lost by sin has been restored. "Thus saith the Lord . . . that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, He formed it to be inhabited." Isaiah 45:18. God's original purpose in the creation of the earth is fulfilled as it is made the eternal abode of the redeemed. "The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever." Psalm 37:29.

    A fear of making the future inheritance seem too material has led many to spiritualize away the very truths which lead us to look upon it as our home. Christ assured His disciples that He went to prepare mansions for them in the Father's house. Those who accept the teachings of God's word will not be wholly ignorant concerning the heavenly abode. And yet, "eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." 1 Corinthians 2:9. Human language is inadequate to describe the reward of the righteous. It will be known only to those who behold it. No finite mind can comprehend the glory of the Paradise of God.

    In the Bible the inheritance of the saved is called "a country." Hebrews 11:14-16. There the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock to fountains of living waters. The tree of life yields its fruit every month, and the leaves of the tree are for the service of the nations. There are ever-flowing streams, clear as crystal, and beside them waving trees cast their shadows upon the paths prepared for the ransomed of the Lord. There the wide-spreading plains swell into hills of beauty, and the mountains of God rear their lofty summits. On those peaceful plains, beside those living streams, God's people, so long pilgrims and wanderers, shall find a home.

    "My people shall dwell in a peaceable habitation, and in sure dwellings, and in quiet resting places." "Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise." "They shall build houses, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them. They shall not build, and another inhabit; they shall not plant, and another eat: . . . Mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands." Isaiah 32:18; 60:18; 65:21, 22.

    There, "the wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them; and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose." "Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree." "The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; . . . and a little child shall lead them." "They shall not hurt nor destroy in all My holy mountain," saith the Lord. Isaiah 35:1; 55:13; 11:6, 9.

    Pain cannot exist in the atmosphere of heaven. There will be no more tears, no funeral trains, no badges of mourning. "There shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying: . . . for the former things are passed away." "The inhabitant shall not say, I am sick: the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity." Revelation 21:4; Isaiah 33:24.

    There is the New Jerusalem, the metropolis of the glorified new earth, "a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God." "Her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal." "The nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it." Saith the Lord: "I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in My people." "The tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God." Isaiah 62:3; Revelation 21:11, 24; Isaiah 65:19; Revelation 21:3.

    In the City of God "there shall be no night." None will need or desire repose. There will be no weariness in doing the will of God and offering praise to His name. We shall ever feel the freshness of the morning and shall ever be far from its close. "And they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light." Revelation 22:5. The light of the sun will be superseded by a radiance which is not painfully dazzling, yet which immeasurably surpasses the brightness of our noontide. The glory of God and the Lamb floods the Holy City with unfading light. The redeemed walk in the sunless glory of perpetual day.

    "I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it." Revelation 21:22. The people of God are privileged to hold open communion with the Father and the Son. "Now we see through a glass, darkly." 1 Corinthians 13:12. We behold the image of God reflected, as in a mirror, in the works of nature and in His dealings with men; but then we shall see Him face to face, without a dimming veil between. We shall stand in His presence and behold the glory of His countenance.

    There the redeemed shall know, even as also they are known. The loves and sympathies which God Himself has planted in the soul shall there find truest and sweetest exercise. The pure communion with holy beings, the harmonious social life with the blessed angels and with the faithful ones of all ages who have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb, the sacred ties that bind together "the whole family in heaven and earth" (Ephesians 3:15)--these help to constitute the happiness of the redeemed.

    There, immortal minds will contemplate with never-failing delight the wonders of creative power, the mysteries of redeeming love. There will be no cruel, deceiving foe to tempt to forgetfulness of God. Every faculty will be developed, every capacity increased. The acquirement of knowledge will not weary the mind or exhaust the energies. There the grandest enterprises may be carried forward, the loftiest aspirations reached, the highest ambitions realized; and still there will arise new heights to surmount, new wonders to admire, new truths to comprehend, fresh objects to call forth the powers of mind and soul and body.

    All the treasures of the universe will be open to the study of God's redeemed. Unfettered by mortality, they wing their tireless flight to worlds afar--worlds that thrilled with sorrow at the spectacle of human woe and rang with songs of gladness at the tidings of a ransomed soul. With unutterable delight the children of earth enter into the joy and the wisdom of unfallen beings. They share the treasures of knowledge and understanding gained through ages upon ages in contemplation of God's handiwork. With undimmed vision they gaze upon the glory of creation--suns and stars and systems, all in their appointed order circling the throne of Deity. Upon all things, from the least to the greatest, the Creator's name is written, and in all are the riches of His power displayed.

    And the years of eternity, as they roll, will bring richer and still more glorious revelations of God and of Christ. As knowledge is progressive, so will love, reverence, and happiness increase. The more men learn of God, the greater will be their admiration of His character. As Jesus opens before them the riches of redemption and the amazing achievements in the great controversy with Satan, the hearts of the ransomed thrill with more fervent devotion, and with more rapturous joy they sweep the harps of gold; and ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of voices unite to swell the mighty chorus of praise.

    "And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever." Revelation 5:13.

    The great controversy is ended. Sin and sinners are no more. The entire universe is clean. One pulse of harmony and gladness beats through the vast creation. From Him who created all, flow life and light and gladness, throughout the realms of illimitable space. From the minutest atom to the greatest world, all things, animate and inanimate, in their unshadowed beauty and perfect joy, declare that God is love.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 509_4The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 919_9_screenshotThe United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jesus-christ-0207
    "LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! LA! WE CAN'T HEAR YOU!!!!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!! LA!!"

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:17 am

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Consider an eschatological-study which relies solely upon the Major and Minor Old-Testament Prophets (Isaiah to Malachi). Has anyone done this?? What if Daniel 8 were studied without depending upon Leviticus 16 and Hebrews 9 for direction and clarification?? Eschatology in the Context of Science-Fiction makes me face myself, and think.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Space_Nuclear_war_view_from_the_Earth
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 51a48ba17204653936 Nuclear warfare (sometimes atomic warfare or thermonuclear warfare) is a military conflict or political strategy in which nuclear weaponry is used to inflict damage on the enemy. Compared to conventional warfare, nuclear warfare can be vastly more destructive in range and extent of damage, and in a much shorter time. A major nuclear exchange would have long-term effects, primarily from the fallout released, and could also lead to a "nuclear winter" that could last for decades, centuries, or even millennia after the initial attack.[1][2] Some analysts claim that with this potential nuclear winter side-effect of a nuclear war almost every human on Earth could starve to death.[3][4] Other analysts, who dismiss the nuclear winter hypothesis, calculate that with nuclear weapon stockpiles at Cold War highs, in a surprise counter-value global nuclear war, billions of casualties would have resulted but billions of people would nevertheless have survived.[5][6][7][8]

    So far, two nuclear weapons have been used in the course of warfare, both by the United States near the end of World War II. On August 6, 1945, a uranium gun-type device (code name "Little Boy") was detonated over the Japanese city of Hiroshima. Three days later, on August 9, a plutonium implosion-type device (code name "Fat Man") was detonated over the Japanese city of Nagasaki. These two bombings resulted in the deaths of approximately 120,000 people.

    After World War II, nuclear weapons were also developed by the Soviet Union (1949), the United Kingdom (1952), France (1960), and the People's Republic of China (1964), which contributed to the state of conflict and extreme tension that became known as the Cold War. In 1974, India, and in 1998, Pakistan, two countries that were openly hostile toward each other, developed nuclear weapons. Israel (1960s) and North Korea (2006) are also thought to have developed stocks of nuclear weapons, though it is not known how many. The Israeli government has never admitted to having nuclear weapons, although it is known to have constructed the reactor and reprocessing plant necessary for building nuclear weapons.[9] South Africa also manufactured several complete nuclear weapons in the 1980s, but subsequently became the first country to voluntarily destroy their domestically made weapons stocks and abandon further production (1990s).[10] Nuclear weapons have been detonated on over 2,000 occasions for testing purposes and demonstrations.[11][12]

    After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 and the resultant end of the Cold War, the threat of a major nuclear war between the two nuclear superpowers was generally thought to have declined. Since then, concern over nuclear weapons has shifted to the prevention of localized nuclear conflicts resulting from nuclear proliferation, and the threat of nuclear terrorism.

    The possibility of using nuclear weapons in war is usually divided into two subgroups, each with different effects and potentially fought with different types of nuclear armaments.

    The first, a limited nuclear war [13] (sometimes attack or exchange), refers to a small-scale use of nuclear weapons by two (or more) belligerents. A "limited nuclear war" could include targeting military facilities—either as an attempt to pre-emptively cripple the enemy's ability to attack as a defensive measure, or as a prelude to an invasion by conventional forces, as an offensive measure. This term could apply to any small-scale use of nuclear weapons that may involve military or civilian targets (or both).

    The second, a full-scale nuclear war, could consist of large numbers of nuclear weapons used in an attack aimed at an entire country, including military, economic, and civilian targets. Such an attack would almost certainly destroy the entire economic, social, and military infrastructure of the target nation, and would probably have a devastating effect on Earth's biosphere.

    Some Cold War strategists such as Henry Kissinger[14] argued that a limited nuclear war could be possible between two heavily armed superpowers (such as the United States and the Soviet Union). Some predict, however, that a limited war could potentially "escalate" into a full-scale nuclear war. Others[who?] have called limited nuclear war "global nuclear holocaust in slow motion", arguing that—once such a war took place—others would be sure to follow over a period of decades, effectively rendering the planet uninhabitable in the same way that a "full-scale nuclear war" between superpowers would, only taking a much longer (and arguably more agonizing) path to the same result.

    Even the most optimistic predictions[by whom?] of the effects of a major nuclear exchange foresee the death of many millions of victims within a very short period of time. More pessimistic predictions argue that a full-scale nuclear war could potentially bring about the extinction of the human race, or at least its near extinction, with only a relatively small number of survivors (mainly in remote areas) and a reduced quality of life and life expectancy for centuries afterward. However, such predictions, assuming total war with nuclear arsenals at Cold War highs, have not been without criticism.[5] Such a horrific catastrophe as global nuclear warfare would almost certainly cause permanent damage to most complex life on the planet, its ecosystems, and the global climate. If predictions about the production of a nuclear winter are accurate, it would also change the balance of global power, with countries such as Australia, New Zealand, India, China, Argentina and Brazil predicted to become world superpowers if the Cold War ever led to a large-scale nuclear attack.[6]

    A study presented at the annual meeting of the American Geophysical Union in December 2006 asserted that even a small-scale regional nuclear war could produce as many direct fatalities as all of World War II and disrupt the global climate for a decade or more. In a regional nuclear conflict scenario in which two opposing nations in the subtropics each used 50 Hiroshima-sized nuclear weapons (c. 15 kiloton each) on major population centers, the researchers predicted fatalities ranging from 2.6 million to 16.7 million per country. The authors of the study estimated that as much as five million tons of soot could be released, producing a cooling of several degrees over large areas of North America and Eurasia (including most of the grain-growing regions). The cooling would last for years and could be "catastrophic", according to the researchers.[15]

    Either a limited or full-scale nuclear exchange could occur during an accidental nuclear war, in which the use of nuclear weapons is triggered unintentionally. Postulated triggers for this scenario have included malfunctioning early warning devices and/or targeting computers, deliberate malfeasance by rogue military commanders, consequences of an accidental straying of warplanes into enemy airspace, reactions to unannounced missile tests during tense diplomatic periods, reactions to military exercises, mistranslated or miscommunicated messages, and others. A number of these scenarios actually occurred during the Cold War, though none resulted in the use of nuclear weapons.[16] Many such scenarios have been depicted in popular culture, such as in the 1962 novel Fail-Safe (released as a film in 1964), the film WarGames, released in 1983 and the film Dr. Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb, also released in 1964.

    During the final stages of World War II in 1945, the United States conducted atomic raids on the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the first on August 6, 1945, and the second on August 9, 1945. These two events were the only times nuclear weapons have been used in combat.[17]

    For six months before the atomic bombings, the U.S. 20th Air Force under General Curtis LeMay executed low-level incendiary raids against Japanese cities. The worst air raid to occur during the process was not the nuclear attacks, but the Operation Meetinghouse raid on Tokyo. On the night of March 9–10, 1945, Operation Meetinghouse commenced and 334 Boeing B-29 Superfortress bombers took off to raid, with 279 of them dropping 1,665 tons of incendiaries and explosives on Tokyo. The bombing was meant to burn wooden buildings and indeed the bombing caused fire that created a 50 m/s wind, which is comparable to tornadoes. Each bomber carried 6 tons of bombs. A total of 381,300 bombs, which amount to 1,783 tons of bombs, were used in the bombing. Within a few hours of the raid, it had killed an estimated 100,000 people and destroyed 41 km2 (16 sq mi) of the city and 267,000 buildings in a single night — the deadliest bombing raid in military aviation history other than the atomic raids on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.[18][19][20][21] By early August 1945, an estimated 450,000 people had died as the U.S. had intensely firebombed a total of 67 Japanese cities.

    In late June 1945, as the U.S. wrapped up the two-and-a-half-month Battle of Okinawa (which cost the lives of 260,000 people, including 150,000 civilians),[22][23] it was faced with the prospect of invading the Japanese home islands in an operation codenamed Operation Downfall. Based on the U.S. casualties from the preceding island-hopping campaigns, American commanders estimated that between 50,000 and 500,000 U.S. troops would die and at least 600,000-1,000,000 others would be injured while invading the Japanese home islands. The U.S. manufacture of 500,000 Purple Hearts from the anticipated high level of casualties during the U.S. invasion of Japan gave a demonstration of how deadly and costly it would be. President Harry S. Truman realized he could not afford such a horrendous casualty rate, especially since over 400,000 American combatants had already died fighting in both the European and the Pacific theaters of the war.[24]

    On July 26, 1945, the United States, the United Kingdom, and the Republic of China issued a Potsdam Declaration that called for the unconditional surrender of Japan. It stated that if Japan did not surrender, it would face "prompt and utter destruction."[25][26] The Japanese government ignored this ultimatum, sending a message that they were not going to surrender. In response to the rejection, President Truman authorized the dropping of the atomic bombs. At the time of its use, there were only two atomic bombs available, and despite the fact that more were in production back in mainland U.S., the third bomb wouldn't be available for combat until September.[27][28]

    On August 6, 1945, the uranium-type nuclear weapon codenamed "Little Boy" was detonated over the Japanese city of Hiroshima with an energy of about 15 kilotons of TNT (63,000 gigajoules), destroying nearly 50,000 buildings (including the headquarters of the 2nd General Army and Fifth Division) and killing approximately 70,000 people, including 20,000 Japanese combatants and 20,000 Korean slave laborers.[29][30] Three days later, on August 9, a plutonium-type nuclear weapon codenamed "Fat Man" was used against the Japanese city of Nagasaki, with the explosion equivalent to about 20 kilotons of TNT (84,000 gigajoules), destroying 60% of the city and killing approximately 35,000 people, including 23,200-28,200 Japanese munitions workers, 2,000 Korean slave laborers, and 150 Japanese combatants.[31] The industrial damage in Nagasaki was high, partly owing to the inadvertent targeting of the industrial zone, leaving 68-80 percent of the non-dock industrial production destroyed.[32]

    Six days after the detonation over Nagasaki, Japan announced its surrender to the Allied Powers on August 15, 1945, signing the Instrument of Surrender on September 2, 1945, officially ending the Pacific War and, therefore, World War II, as Germany had already signed its Instrument of Surrender on May 7, 1945, ending the war in Europe. The two atomic bombings led, in part, to post-war Japan's adopting of the Three Non-Nuclear Principles, which forbade the nation from developing nuclear armaments.[33]

    Immediately after the atomic bombings of Japan, the status of atomic weapons in international and military relations was unclear. Presumably, the United States hoped atomic weapons could offset the Soviet Union's larger conventional ground forces in Eastern Europe, and possibly be used to pressure Soviet leader Joseph Stalin into making concessions. Under Stalin, the Soviet Union pursued its own atomic capabilities through a combination of scientific research and espionage directed against the American program. The Soviets believed that the Americans, with their limited nuclear arsenal, were unlikely to engage in any new world wars, while the Americans were not confident they could prevent a Soviet takeover of Europe, despite their atomic advantage. Within the United States the authority to produce and develop nuclear weapons was removed from military control and put instead under the civilian control of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. This decision reflected an understanding that nuclear weapons had unique risks and benefits that were separate from other military technology known at the time.

    For several years after World War II, the United States developed and maintained a strategic force based on the Convair B-36 bomber that would be able to attack any potential enemy from bomber bases in the United States. It deployed atomic bombs around the world for potential use in conflicts. Over a period of a few years, many in the American defense community became increasingly convinced of the invincibility of the United States to a nuclear attack. Indeed, it became generally believed that the threat of nuclear war would deter any strike against the United States.

    Many proposals were suggested to put all American nuclear weapons under international control (by the newly formed United Nations, for example) as an effort to deter both their usage and an arms race. However, no terms could be arrived at that would be agreed upon by both the United States and the Soviet Union.

    On August 29, 1949, the Soviet Union tested its first nuclear weapon at Semipalatinsk in Kazakhstan (see also Soviet atomic bomb project). Scientists in the United States from the Manhattan Project had warned that, in time, the Soviet Union would certainly develop nuclear capabilities of its own. Nevertheless, the effect upon military thinking and planning in the United States was dramatic, primarily because American military strategists had not anticipated the Soviets would "catch up" so soon. However, at this time, they had not discovered that the Soviets had conducted significant nuclear espionage of the project from spies at Los Alamos, the most significant of which was done by the theoretical physicist Klaus Fuchs.[citation needed] The first Soviet bomb was more or less a deliberate copy of the Fat Man plutonium device.

    With the monopoly over nuclear technology broken, worldwide nuclear proliferation accelerated. The United Kingdom tested its first independent atomic bomb in 1952, followed by France in 1960 and then China in 1964. While much smaller than the arsenals of the United States and the Soviet Union, Western Europe's nuclear reserves were nevertheless a significant factor in strategic planning during the Cold War. A top-secret White Paper, compiled by the Royal Air Force and produced for the British Government in 1959, estimated that British bombers carrying nuclear weapons were capable of destroying key cities and military targets in the Soviet Union, with an estimated 16 million deaths in the Soviet Union (half of whom were estimated to be killed on impact and the rest fatally injured) before bomber aircraft from the U.S. Strategic Air Command reached their targets.

    After the successful Trinity nuclear test July 16, 1945, which was the very first nuclear detonation, the Manhattan project lead manager J. Robert Oppenheimer recalled:

    We knew the world would not be the same. A few people laughed, a few people cried, most people were silent. I remembered the line from the Hindu scripture the Bhagavad Gita. Vishnu is trying to persuade the prince that he should do his duty and to impress him takes on his multiarmed form and says, "Now, I am become Death, the destroyer of worlds." I suppose we all thought that one way or another."
    —?J. Robert Oppenheimer, The Decision To Drop The Bomb[34]

    Although the Soviet Union had nuclear weapon capabilities in the beginning of the Cold War, the United States still had an advantage in terms of bombers and weapons. In any exchange of hostilities, the United States would have been capable of bombing the Soviet Union, whereas the Soviet Union would have more difficulty carrying out the reverse mission.

    The widespread introduction of jet-powered interceptor aircraft upset this imbalance somewhat by reducing the effectiveness of the American bomber fleet. In 1949 Curtis LeMay was placed in command of the Strategic Air Command and instituted a program to update the bomber fleet to one that was all-jet. During the early 1950s the B-47 and B-52 were introduced, providing the ability to bomb the Soviet Union more easily. Before the development of a capable strategic missile force in the Soviet Union, much of the war-fighting doctrine held by western nations revolved around using a large number of smaller nuclear weapons used in a tactical role. It is debatable whether such use could be considered "limited" however, because it was believed that the United States would use its own strategic weapons (mainly bombers at the time) should the Soviet Union deploy any kind of nuclear weapon against civilian targets. Douglas MacArthur, an American general, was fired by President Harry Truman, partially because he persistently requested permission to use his own discretion in deciding whether to use atomic weapons on the People's Republic of China in 1951 during the Korean War.[35] Mao Zedong, China's communist leader, gave the impression that he would welcome a nuclear war with the capitalists because it would annihilate what he viewed as their "imperialist" system.[36][37]

    Let us imagine how many people would die if war breaks out. There are 2.7 billion people in the world, and a third could be lost. If it is a little higher it could be half ... I say that if the worst came to the worst and one-half dies, there will still be one-half left, but imperialism would be razed to the ground and the whole world would become socialist. After a few years there would be 2.7 billion people again.
    —?Mao Zedong, 1957 [38]

    The concept of a "Fortress North America" emerged during the Second World War and persisted into the Cold War to refer to the option of defending Canada and the United States against their enemies if the rest of the world were lost to them. This option was rejected with the formation of NATO and the decision to permanently station troops in Europe.

    In the summer of 1951 Project Vista started, in which project analysts such as Robert F. Christy looked at how to defend Western Europe from a Soviet invasion. The emerging development of tactical nuclear weapons were looked upon as a means to give Western forces a qualitative advantage over the Soviet numerical supremacy in conventional weapons.[39]

    Several scares about the increasing ability of the Soviet Union's strategic bomber forces surfaced during the 1950s. The defensive response by the United States was to deploy a fairly strong "layered defense" consisting of interceptor aircraft and anti-aircraft missiles, like the Nike, and guns, like the Skysweeper, near larger cities. However, this was a small response compared to the construction of a huge fleet of nuclear bombers. The principal nuclear strategy was to massively penetrate the Soviet Union. Because such a large area could not be defended against this overwhelming attack in any credible way, the Soviet Union would lose any exchange.

    This logic became ingrained in American nuclear doctrine and persisted for much of the duration of the Cold War. As long as the strategic American nuclear forces could overwhelm their Soviet counterparts, a Soviet pre-emptive strike could be averted. Moreover, the Soviet Union could not afford to build any reasonable counterforce, as the economic output of the United States was far larger than that of the Soviets, and they would be unable to achieve "nuclear parity".

    Soviet nuclear doctrine, however, did not match American nuclear doctrine.[40][41] Soviet military planners assumed they could win a nuclear war.[40][42][43] Therefore, they expected a large-scale nuclear exchange, followed by a "conventional war" which itself would involve heavy use of tactical nuclear weapons. American doctrine rather assumed that Soviet doctrine was similar, with the mutual in Mutually Assured Destruction necessarily requiring that the other side see things in much the same way, rather than believing—as the Soviets did—that they could fight a large-scale, "combined nuclear and conventional" war.

    In accordance with their doctrine, the Soviet Union conducted large-scale military exercises to explore the possibility of defensive and offensive warfare during a nuclear war. The exercise, under the code name of "Snowball", involved the detonation of a nuclear bomb about twice as powerful as that which fell on Nagasaki and an army of approximately 45,000 soldiers on maneuvers through the hypocenter immediately after the blast.[44] The exercise was conducted on September 14, 1954, under command of Marshal Georgy Zhukov to the north of Totskoye village in Orenburg Oblast, Russia.

    A revolution in nuclear strategic thought occurred with the introduction of the intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), which the Soviet Union first successfully tested in August 1957. In order to deliver a warhead to a target, a missile was much faster and more cost-effective than a bomber, and enjoyed a higher survivability due to the enormous difficulty of interception of the ICBMs (due to their high altitude and extreme speed). The Soviet Union could now afford to achieve nuclear parity with the United States in raw numbers, although for a time, they appeared to have chosen not to. Photos of Soviet missile sites set off a wave of panic in the U.S. military, something the launch of Sputnik would do for the American public a few months later. Politicians, notably then-U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy suggested that a "missile gap" existed between the Soviet Union and the United States. The US military gave missile development programs the highest national priority, and several spy aircraft and reconnaissance satellites were designed and deployed to observe Soviet progress.

    Early ICBMs and bombers were relatively inaccurate, which led to the concept of countervalue strikes — attacks directly on the enemy population, which would theoretically lead to a collapse of the enemy's will to fight. During the Cold War, the Soviet Union invested in extensive protected civilian infrastructure, such as large "nuclear-proof" bunkers and non-perishable food stores. By comparison, smaller scale civil defense programs were instituted in the United States starting in the 1950s, where schools and other public buildings had basements stocked with non-perishable food supplies, canned water, first aid, and dosimeter and Geiger counter radiation-measuring devices. Many of the locations were given "Fallout shelter" designation signs. CONELRAD radio information systems were adopted, whereby the commercial radio sector (later supplemented by the National Emergency Alarm Repeaters) would broadcast on two AM frequencies in the event of a Civil Defense (CD) emergency. These two frequencies, 640 and 1240 kHz, were marked with small CD triangles on the tuning dial of radios of the period, as can still be seen on 1950s-vintage radios on online auction sites and museums. A few backyard fallout shelters were built by private individuals.

    Henry Kissinger's view on tactical nuclear war in his controversial 1957 book Nuclear Weapons and Foreign Policy was that any nuclear weapon exploded in air burst mode that was below 500 kiloton in yield and thus averting serious fallout, may be more decisive and less costly in human lives than a protracted conventional war.

    A list of targets made by the U.S.A. was released sometime during December 2015 by the U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. The language used to describe targets is "designated ground zeros". The list was released after a request was made during 2006 by William Burr who belongs to a research group at George Washington University, and belongs to a previously top-secret 800-page document. The list is entitled "Atomic Weapons Requirements Study for 1959" and was produced by U.S. Strategic Air Command during the year 1956.[45]

    In 1960, the United States developed its first Single Integrated Operational Plan, a range of targeting options, and described launch procedures and target sets against which nuclear weapons would be launched, variants of which were in use from 1961 to 2003. That year also saw the start of the Missile Defense Alarm System, an American system of 12 early-warning satellites that provided limited notice of Soviet intercontinental ballistic missile launches between 1960 and 1966. The Ballistic Missile Early Warning System was completed in 1964.

    A complex and worrisome situation developed in 1962, in what is called the Cuban Missile Crisis. The Soviet Union placed medium-range ballistic missiles 90 miles (140 km) from the United States, possibly as a direct response to American Jupiter missiles placed in Turkey. After intense negotiations, the Soviets ended up removing the missiles from Cuba and decided to institute a massive weapons-building program of their own. In exchange, the United States dismantled its launch sites in Turkey, although this was done secretly and not publicly revealed for over two decades. Khrushchev did not even reveal this part of the agreement when he came under fire by political opponents for mishandling the crisis. Communication delays during the crisis led to the establishment of the Moscow–Washington hotline to allow reliable, direct communications between the two nuclear powers.

    By the late 1960s, the number of ICBMs and warheads was so high on both sides that it was believed that both the United States and the Soviet Union were capable of completely destroying the infrastructure and a large proportion of the population of the other country. Thus, by some western game theorists, a balance of power system known as mutually assured destruction (or MAD) came into being. It was thought that no full-scale exchange between the powers would result in an outright winner, with at best one side emerging the pyrrhic victor. Thus both sides were deterred from risking the initiation of a direct confrontation, instead being forced to engage in lower intensity proxy wars. During this decade the People's Republic of China began to build subterranean infrastructure such as the Underground Project 131 following the Sino-Soviet split.

    One drawback of the MAD doctrine was the possibility of a nuclear war occurring without either side intentionally striking first. Early Warning Systems (EWS) were notoriously error-prone. For example, on 78 occasions in 1979 alone, a "missile display conference" was called to evaluate detections that were "potentially threatening to the North American continent". Some of these were trivial errors and were spotted quickly, but several went to more serious levels. On September 26, 1983, Stanislav Petrov received convincing indications of an American first strike launch against the Soviet Union, but positively identified the warning as a false alarm. Though it is unclear what role Petrov's actions played in preventing a nuclear war during this incident, he has been honored by the United Nations for his actions.

    Similar incidents happened many times in the United States, due to failed computer chips,[46] misidentifications of large flights of geese, test programs, and bureaucratic failures to notify early warning military personnel of legitimate launches of test or weather missiles. For many years, the U.S. Air Force's strategic bombers were kept airborne on a daily rotating basis "around the clock" (see Operation Chrome Dome), until the number and severity of accidents, the 1968 Thule Air Base B-52 crash in particular, persuaded policymakers it was not worthwhile.

    Israel responded to the Arab Yom Kippur War attack on 6 October 1973 by assembling 13 nuclear weapons in a tunnel under the Negev desert when Syrian tanks were sweeping in across the Golan Heights. On 8 October 1973, Israeli Prime Minister Mrs Golda Meir authorized Defense Minister Moshe Dayan to activate the 13 Israeli nuclear warheads and distribute them to Israeli air force units, with the intent that they be used if Israel began to be overrun.[47] On 24 October 1973 when US President Nixon was preoccupied with the Watergate scandal Henry Kissinger ordered a DEFCON-3 alert preparing American B-52 nuclear bombers for war, after intelligence reports indicated that the USSR was preparing to defend Egypt in its Yom Kippur war with Israel. It had become apparent that if Israel had dropped nuclear weapons on Egypt or Syria, as it prepared to do, then the USSR would have retaliated against Israel, with the US then committed to providing Israeli assistance, possibly escalating to a general nuclear war.[47]

    By the late 1970s, people in both the United States and the Soviet Union, along with the rest of the world, had been living with the concept of mutual assured destruction (MAD) for about a decade, and it became deeply ingrained into the psyche and popular culture of those countries. On May 18, 1974, India conducted its first nuclear test in the Pokhran test range. The name of the operation was Smiling Buddha, and India termed the test as a "peaceful nuclear explosion".

    The Soviet Duga-3 early warning over-the-horizon radar system was made operational in 1976. The extremely powerful radio transmissions needed for such a system led to much disruption of civilian shortwave broadcasts, earning it the nickname "Russian Woodpecker".

    The idea that any nuclear conflict would eventually escalate was a challenge for military strategists. This challenge was particularly severe for the United States and its NATO allies because it was believed (until the 1970s) that a Soviet tank invasion of Western Europe would quickly overwhelm NATO conventional forces, leading to the necessity of the West escalating to the use of tactical nuclear weapons, one of which was the W-70.

    This strategy had one major (and possibly critical) flaw, which was soon realized by military analysts but highly underplayed by the U.S. military: conventional NATO forces in the European theatre of war were far outnumbered by similar Soviet and Warsaw Pact forces, and it was assumed that in case of a major Soviet attack (commonly envisioned as the "Red tanks rolling towards the North Sea" scenario) that NATO—in the face of quick conventional defeat—would soon have no other choice but to resort to tactical nuclear strikes against these forces. Most analysts agreed that once the first nuclear exchange had occurred, escalation to global nuclear war would likely become inevitable. The Soviet bloc's vision of an atomic war between NATO and Warsaw Pact forces was simulated in the top secret exercise Seven Days to the River Rhine in 1979. The British government exercised their vision of Soviet nuclear attack with Square Leg in early 1980. Large hardened nuclear weapon storage areas were built across European countries in anticipation of local US and European forces falling back as the conventional NATO defense from the Soviet Union, named REFORGER, was believed to only be capable of stalling the Soviets for a short time.

    FEMA-estimated primary counterforce targets for Soviet ICBMs in 1990. The resulting fall-out is indicated with the darkest considered as lethal to lesser fall-out yellow zones.[48] In the late 1970s and, particularly, during the early 1980s under U.S. President Ronald Reagan, the United States renewed its commitment to a more powerful military, which required a large increase in spending on U.S. military programs. These programs, which were originally part of the defense budget of U.S. President Jimmy Carter, included spending on conventional and nuclear weapons systems. Under Reagan, defensive systems like the Strategic Defense Initiative were emphasized as well.

    Another major shift in nuclear doctrine was the development and the improvement of the submarine-launched, nuclear-armed, ballistic missile, or SLBM. It was hailed by many military theorists as a weapon that would make nuclear war less likely. SLBMs—which can move with "stealth" (greatly lessened detectability) virtually anywhere in the world—give a nation a "second strike" capability (i.e., after absorbing a "first strike"). Before the advent of the SLBM, thinkers feared that a nation might be tempted to initiate a first strike if it felt confident that such a strike would incapacitate the nuclear arsenal of its enemy, making retaliation impossible. With the advent of SLBMs, no nation could be certain that a first strike would incapacitate its enemy's entire nuclear arsenal. To the contrary, it would have to fear a near certain retaliatory second strike from SLBMs. Thus, a first strike was a much less feasible (or desirable) option, and a deliberately initiated nuclear war was thought to be less likely to start.

    However, it was soon realized that submarines could approach enemy coastlines undetected and decrease the warning time (the time between detection of the missile launch and the impact of the missile) from as much as half an hour to possibly under three minutes. This effect was especially significant to the United States, Britain and China, whose capitals all lay within 100 miles (160 km) of their coasts. Moscow was much more secure from this type of threat, due to its considerable distance from the sea. This greatly increased the credibility of a "surprise first strike" by one faction and (theoretically) made it possible to knock out or disrupt the chain of command of a target nation before any counterstrike could be ordered (known as a "decapitation strike"). It strengthened the notion that a nuclear war could possibly be "won", resulting not only in greatly increased tensions and increasing calls for fail-deadly control systems, but also in a dramatic increase in military spending. The submarines and their missile systems were very expensive, and one fully equipped nuclear-powered and nuclear-armed missile submarine could cost more than the entire GNP of a developing country.[49] It was also calculated, however, that the greatest cost came in the development of both sea- and land-based anti-submarine defenses and in improving and strengthening the "chain of command", and as a result, military spending skyrocketed. South Africa developed a nuclear weapon capability during the 1970s and early 1980s. It was operational for a brief period before being dismantled in the early 1990s.

    According to the 1980 United Nations report General and Complete Disarmament: Comprehensive Study on Nuclear Weapons: Report of the Secretary-General, it was estimated that there were a total of about 40,000 nuclear warheads in existence at that time, with a potential combined explosive yield of approximately 13,000 megatons. By comparison, when the volcano Mount Tambora erupted in 1815—turning 1816 into the Year Without A Summer due to the levels of global dimming sulfate aerosols and ash expelled—it exploded with a force of roughly 800 to 1,000 megatons,[citation needed] and ejected 160 km3 (38 cu mi) of mostly rock/tephra,[50] that included 120 million tonnes of sulfur dioxide as an upper estimate.[51] A larger eruption, approximately 74,000 years ago, in Mount Toba produced 2,800 km3 (670 cu mi) of tephra, forming lake Toba,[52] and produced an estimated 6,000 million tonnes (6.6×109 short tons) of sulfur dioxide.[53][54] The explosive energy of the eruption may have been as high as equivalent to 20,000,000 megatons (Mt) of TNT,[55] while the asteroid created Chicxulub impact, that is connected with the extinction of the dinosaurs corresponds to at least 70,000,000 Mt of energy, which is roughly 7000 times the maximum arsenal of the US and Soviet Union.[55]

    However, comparisons with supervolcanoes are more misleading than helpful due to the different aerosols released, the likely air burst fuzing height of nuclear weapons and the globally scattered location of these potential nuclear detonations all being in contrast to the singular and subterranean nature of a supervolcanic eruption.[8] Moreover, assuming the entire world stockpile of weapons were grouped together, it would be difficult, due to the nuclear fratricide effect, to ensure the individual weapons would go off all at once. Nonetheless, many people believe that a full-scale nuclear war would result, through the nuclear winter effect, in the extinction of the human species, though not all analysts agree on the assumptions that underpin these nuclear winter models.[5]

    On Sept. 1, 1983, Korean Air Lines Flight 007 was shot down by Soviet jet fighters. On the 26th, a Soviet early warning station under the command of Stanislav Petrov falsely detected 5 inbound intercontinental ballistic missiles from the US. Petrov correctly assessed the situation as a false alarm, and hence did not report his finding to his superiors. It is quite possible that his actions prevented "World War III", as the Soviet policy at that time was immediate nuclear response upon discovering inbound ballistic missiles.

    The world came unusually close to nuclear war when the Soviet Union thought that the NATO military exercise Able Archer 83 was a ruse or "cover-up" to begin a nuclear first strike. The Soviets responded by raising readiness and preparing their nuclear arsenal for immediate use. Soviet fears of an attack ceased once the exercise concluded without incident.

    Although the dissolution of the Soviet Union ended the Cold War and greatly reduced tensions between the United States and the Russian Federation, the Soviet Union's formal successor state, both countries remained in a "nuclear stand-off" due to the continuing presence of a very large number of deliverable nuclear warheads on both sides. Additionally, the end of the Cold War led the United States to become increasingly concerned with the development of nuclear technology by other nations outside of the former Soviet Union. In 1995, a branch of the U.S. Strategic Command produced an outline of forward-thinking strategies in the document "Essentials of Post–Cold War Deterrence".

    In 1996, a Russian continuity of government facility, Kosvinsky Mountain, which is believed to be a counterpart to the US Cheyenne Mountain Complex, was completed.[56][57][58] It was designed to resist US earth-penetrating nuclear warheads,[56] and is believed to host the Russian Strategic Rocket Forces alternate command post, a post for the general staff built to compensate for the vulnerability of older Soviet era command posts in the Moscow region. In spite of this, the primary command posts for the Strategic Rocket Forces remains Kuntsevo in Moscow and the secondary is the Kosvinsky Mountain in the Urals.[59] The timing of the Kosvinsky facilities completion date is regarded as one explanation for U.S. interest in a new nuclear "bunker buster" Earth-penetrating warhead and the declaration of the deployment of the B-61 mod 11 in 1997; Kosvinsky is protected by about 1000 feet of granite.[58]

    As a consequence of the 9/11 attacks on the USA, American forces immediately increased their readiness to the highest level in 28 years, closing the blast doors of the NORAD's Cheyenne Mountain Operations Center for the first time due to a non-exercise event. But unlike similar increases during the Cold War, Russia immediately decided to stand down a large military exercise in the Arctic region, in order to minimize the risk of incidents, rather than following suit.[60]

    The former chair of the United Nations disarmament committee stated that there are more than 16,000 strategic and tactical nuclear weapons ready for deployment and another 14,000 in storage, with the U.S. having nearly 7,000 ready for use and 3,000 in storage, and Russia having about 8,500 ready for use and 11,000 in storage. In addition, China is thought to possess about 400 nuclear weapons, Britain about 200, France about 350, India about 80-100, and Pakistan 100-110. North Korea is confirmed as having nuclear weapons, though it is not known how many, with most estimates between 1 and 10. Israel is also widely believed to possess usable nuclear weapons. NATO has stationed about 480 American nuclear weapons in Belgium, the Netherlands, Italy, Germany, and Turkey, and several other nations are thought to be in pursuit of an arsenal of their own.[61]

    A key development in nuclear warfare throughout the 2000s and early 2010s is the proliferation of nuclear weapons to the developing world, with India and Pakistan both publicly testing several nuclear devices, and North Korea conducting an underground nuclear test on October 9, 2006. The U.S. Geological Survey measured a 4.2 magnitude earthquake in the area where the North Korean test is said to have occurred. A further test was announced by the North Korean government on May 25, 2009.[62] Iran, meanwhile, has embarked on a nuclear program which, while officially for civilian purposes, has come under close scrutiny by the United Nations and many individual states.

    Recent studies undertaken by the CIA cite the enduring India-Pakistan conflict as the one "flash point" most likely to escalate into a nuclear war. During the Kargil War in 1999, Pakistan came close to using its nuclear weapons in case the conventional military situation underwent further deterioration.[63] Pakistan's foreign minister had even warned that it would "use any weapon in our arsenal", hinting at a nuclear strike against India.[64] The statement was condemned by the international community, with Pakistan denying it later on. This conflict remains the only war (of any sort) between two declared nuclear powers. The 2001-2002 India-Pakistan standoff again stoked fears of nuclear war between the two countries. Despite these very serious and relatively recent threats, relations between India and Pakistan have been improving somewhat over the last few years. A bus line directly linking Indian- and Pakistani-administered Kashmir has recently been established. However, with the November 26, 2008 Mumbai terror attacks, India currently will not rule out war with Pakistan.

    Another potential geopolitical issue which is considered particularly worrisome by military analysts is a possible conflict between the United States and the People's Republic of China over Taiwan. Although economic forces are thought to have reduced the possibility of a military conflict, there remains concern about the increasing military buildup of China (China is rapidly increasing its naval capacity), and that any move toward Taiwan independence could potentially spin out of control.

    Israel is thought to possess somewhere between one hundred and four hundred nuclear warheads. It has been asserted that the submarines which Israel received from Germany have been adapted to carry missiles with nuclear warheads, so as to give Israel a second strike capability.[65] Israel has been involved in wars with its neighbors in the Middle East (and with other "non-state actors") on numerous prior occasions, and its small geographic size and population could mean that, in the event of future wars, the Israeli military might have very little time to react to an invasion or other major threat. Such a situation could escalate to nuclear warfare very quickly in some scenarios.

    On March 7, 2013, North Korea threatened the United States with a pre-emptive nuclear strike.[66] On April 9, North Korea urged foreigners to leave South Korea, stating that both countries were on the verge of nuclear war.[67] On April 12, North Korea stated that a nuclear war was unavoidable. The country declared Japan as its first target.[68]

    "Sub-strategic use" includes the use of either "low-yield" tactical nuclear weapons, or of variable yield strategic nuclear weapons in a very limited role, as compared to battlefield exchanges of larger-yield strategic nuclear weapons. This was described by the UK Parliamentary Defence Select Committee as "the launch of one or a limited number of missiles against an adversary as a means of conveying a political message, warning or demonstration of resolve".[69] It is believed that all current nuclear weapons states possess tactical nuclear weapons, with the exception of the United Kingdom, which decommissioned its tactical warheads in 1998. However, the UK does possess scalable-yield strategic warheads, and this technology tends to blur the difference between "strategic", "sub-strategic", and "tactical" use or weapons. American, French and British nuclear submarines are believed to carry at least some missiles with dial-a-yield warheads for this purpose, potentially allowing a strike as low as one kiloton (or less) against a single target. Only the People's Republic of China and the Republic of India have declarative, unqualified, unconditional "no first use" nuclear weapons policies. India and Pakistan maintain only a credible minimum deterrence.

    Commodore Tim Hare, former Director of Nuclear Policy at the British Ministry of Defence, has described "sub-strategic use" as offering the Government "an extra option in the escalatory process before it goes for an all-out strategic strike which would deliver unacceptable damage".[70] However, this sub-strategic capacity has been criticized as potentially increasing the "acceptability" of using nuclear weapons. Combined with the trend in the reduction in the worldwide nuclear arsenal as of 2007 is the warhead miniaturization and modernization of the remaining strategic weapons that is presently occurring in all the declared nuclear weapon states, into more "useable" configurations. The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute suggests that this is creating a culture where use of these weapons is more acceptable and therefore is increasing the risk of war, as these modern weapons do not possess the same psychological deterrent value as the large Cold-War era, multi-megaton warheads.[71]

    In many ways, this present change in the balance of terror can be seen as the complete embracement of the switch from the 1950s Eisenhower doctrine of "massive retaliation"[72] to one of "flexible response", which has been growing in importance in the US nuclear war fighting plan/SIOP every decade since. For example, the United States adopted a policy in 1996 of allowing the targeting of its nuclear weapons at non-state actors ("terrorists") armed with weapons of mass destruction.[73]

    Another dimension to the tactical use of nuclear weapons is that of such weapons deployed at sea for use against surface and submarine vessels. Until 1992, vessels of the United States Navy (and their aircraft) deployed various such weapons as bombs, rockets (guided and unguided), torpedoes, and depth charges. Such tactical naval nuclear weapons were considered more acceptable to use early in a conflict because there would be few civilian casualties. It was feared by many planners that such use would probably quickly have escalated into large-scale nuclear war.[74] This situation was particularly exacerbated by the fact that such weapons at sea were not constrained by the safeguards provided by the Permissive Action Link attached to U.S. Air Force and Army nuclear weapons. It is unknown if the navies of the other nuclear powers yet today deploy tactical nuclear weapons at sea.

    Nuclear terrorism by non-state organizations or actors (even individuals) is a largely unknown and understudied factor in nuclear deterrence thinking, as states possessing nuclear weapons are susceptible to retaliation in kind, while sub- or trans-state actors may be less so. The collapse of the Soviet Union has given rise to the possibility that former Soviet nuclear weapons might become available on the black market (so-called 'loose nukes').

    A number of other concerns have been expressed about the security of nuclear weapons in newer nuclear powers with relatively less stable governments, such as Pakistan, but in each case, the fears have been addressed to some extent by statements and evidence provided by those nations, as well as cooperative programs between nations. Worry remains, however, in many circles that a relative decrease in security of nuclear weapons has emerged in recent years, and that terrorists or others may attempt to exert control over (or use) nuclear weapons, militarily applicable technology, or nuclear materials and fuel.

    Another possible nuclear terrorism threat are devices designed to disperse radioactive materials over a large area using conventional explosives, called dirty bombs. The detonation of a "dirty bomb" would not cause a nuclear explosion, nor would it release enough radiation to kill or injure a large number of people. However, it could cause severe disruption and require potentially very costly decontamination procedures and increased spending on security measures.[75]

    The predictions of the effects of a major countervalue nuclear exchange include millions of city dweller deaths within a short period of time. Some predictions argue that a full-scale nuclear war could eventually bring about the extinction of the human race.[76] Such predictions, sometimes but not always based on total war with nuclear arsenals at Cold War highs, received contemporary criticism.[5] A number of Cold War publications advocated preparations that could purportedly enable a large proportion of civilians to survive even a total nuclear war. Among the most famous of these is Nuclear War Survival Skills.[77]

    To avoid injury and death from a nuclear weapons heat flash and blast effects, the two most far ranging prompt effects of nuclear weapons, schoolchildren were taught to duck and cover by the early Cold War film of the same name. Such advice is once again being given in case of nuclear terrorist attacks.[78]Prussian blue, or "Radiogardase", is stockpiled in the US, along with potassium iodide and DPTA as pharmaceuticals useful in treating internal exposure to harmful radioisotopes in fallout.[79] Publications on adapting to a changing diet and supplying nutritional food sources following a nuclear war, with particular focus on agricultural radioecology, include Nutrition in the postattack environment by the RAND corporation.[80]

    The British government developed a public alert system for use during nuclear attack with the expectation of a four-minute warning before detonation. The United States expected a warning time of anywhere from half an hour (for land-based missiles) to less than three minutes (for submarine-based weapons). Many countries maintain plans for continuity of government and continuity of operations following a nuclear attack or similar disasters. These range from a designated survivor, intended to ensure survival of some form of government leadership, to the Soviet Dead Hand system, which allows for retaliation even if all Soviet leadership were destroyed. Nuclear submarines are given letters of last resort: orders on what action to take in the event that an enemy nuclear strike has destroyed the government.

    A number of other countries around the world have taken significant efforts to maximize their survival prospects in the event of large calamities, both natural and manmade. For example, metro stations in Pyongyang, North Korea, were constructed 110 metres (360 ft) below ground, and were designed to serve as nuclear shelters in the event of war, with each station entrance built with thick steel blast doors.[81][82] An example of a privately funded fallout shelters is the Ark Two Shelter in Ontario, Canada, and autonomous shelters have been constructed with an emphasis on post-war networking and reconstruction.[83] In Switzerland, the majority of homes have an underground blast and fallout shelter. The country has an overcapacity of such shelters and can accommodate slightly more than the nation's population size.[84][85]


    Jump up
    ^ "7 Possible Toxic Environments Following a Nuclear War - The Medical Implications of Nuclear War - The National Academies Press".
    Jump up
    ^ "nuclear winter". Encyclopedia Britannica.
    Jump up
    ^ "Overview of the Doomsday Clock". Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists.
    Jump up
    ^ The Nuclear Winter: The World After Nuclear War, Sagan, Carl et al., Sidgwick & Jackson, 1985
    Jump up to:
    a b c d Critique of Nuclear Extinction - Brian Martin 1982
    Jump up to:
    a b "The Effects of a Global Thermonuclear War".
    Jump up
    ^ Long-term worldwide effects of multiple nuclear-weapons detonations. Assembly of Mathematical and Physical Sciences, National Research Council.
    Jump up to:
    a b Martin, Brian (December 1982). "The global health effects of nuclear war". Current Affairs Bulletin. 59 (7).
    Jump up
    ^ Hersh, Seymour (1991). The Samson Option. Random House. p. 130. ISBN 0-394-57006-5.
    Jump up
    ^ John Pike. "Nuclear Weapons Program".
    Jump up
    ^ ""1945-1998" by Isao Hashimoto".
    Jump up
    ^ "The Nuclear Testing Tally - Arms Control Association".
    Jump up
    ^ N.N. Sokov (2015). Why Russia calls a limited nuclear strike "de-escalation". Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists. Retrieved 2015-12-28.
    Jump up
    ^ "Henry Kissinger: The Mike Wallace Interview".
    Jump up
    ^ ScienceDaily - Regional Nuclear War Could Devastate Global Climate
    Jump up
    ^ Alan F. Philips, 20 Mishaps That Might Have Started Accidental Nuclear War.
    Jump up
    ^ Hakim, Joy (1995). A History of Us: War, Peace and all that Jazz. New York: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0-19-509514-6.
    Jump up
    ^ "1945 Tokyo Firebombing Left Legacy of Terror, Pain". Common Dreams.
    Jump up
    ^ "March 9, 1945: Burning the Heart Out of the Enemy". Wired. Condé Nast Digital. 9 March 2011. Retrieved June 8, 2014.
    Jump up
    ^ Wolk (2010), p. 125
    Jump up
    ^ "Firebombing of Tokyo".
    Jump up
    ^ Japan's Battle of Okinawa, March–June 1945, Command and General Staff College at the Wayback Machine (archived February 14, 2009)
    Jump up
    ^ Ways of Forgetting, Ways of Remembering: Japan in the Modern World. New Press. February 4, 2014. p. 273.
    Jump up
    ^ "United States Dept. of the Army, Army Battle Casualties and Non Battle Deaths in World War II". Retrieved 2011-06-15.
    Jump up
    ^ "Potsdam Declaration: Proclamation Defining Terms for Japanese Surrender Issued, at Potsdam, July 26, 1945". National Science Digital Library.
    Jump up
    ^ "Milestones: 1937-1945 / The Potsdam Conference, 1945". United States Department of State, Office of the Historian.
    Jump up
    ^ Newman, Robert P. (1995). Truman and the Hiroshima Cult. p. 86.
    Jump up
    ^ "The Atomic Bomb and the End of World War II, A Collection of Primary Sources" (PDF). National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 162. George Washington University. August 13, 1945.
    Jump up
    ^ Adams, S. & Crawford, A.. 2000. World War II. First edition. Printed in association with the Imperial War Museum. Eyewitness Books series. New York, Doring Kindersley Limited
    Jump up
    ^ Alan Axelrod (May 6, 2008). The Real History of World War II: A New Look at the Past. Sterling. p. 350.
    Jump up
    ^ Nuke-Rebuke: Writers & Artists Against Nuclear Energy & Weapons (The Contemporary anthology series). The Spirit That Moves Us Press. May 1, 1984. pp. 22–29.
    Jump up
    ^ Robert Hull (October 11, 2011). Welcome To Planet Earth - 2050 - Population Zero. AuthorHouse. p. 215. ISBN 1-4634-2604-6.
    Jump up
    ^ Koizumi, Junichiro (August 6, 2005). "Address by Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi at the Hiroshima Memorial Service for the Hiroshima Peace Memorial Ceremony". Prime Minister of Japan and His Cabinet. Retrieved Nov 28, 2007.
    Jump up
    ^ Pontin, Jason (November–December 2007). "Oppenheimer's Ghost". Technology Review.
    Jump up
    ^ Nuclear Chronology 1945-1959 Archived October 15, 2008, at the Wayback Machine.
    Jump up
    ^ "Instant Wisdom: Beyond the Little Red Book". TIME. September 20, 1976.
    Jump up
    ^ Robert Service. Comrades!: A History of World Communism. Harvard University Press, 2007. p. 321. ISBN 0-674-02530-X
    Jump up
    ^ Dikötter, Frank. Mao's Great Famine: The History of China's Most Devastating Catastrophe, 1958–62. Walker & Company, 2010. p.13. ISBN 0-8027-7768-6
    Jump up
    ^ Project Vista, Caltech, and the dilemmas of Lee DuBridge
    Jump up to:
    a b Military Planning for European Theatre Conflict During the Cold War
    Jump up
    ^ "Nuclear Strategy differences in Soviet and American thinking".
    Jump up
    ^ Why the Soviet Union thinks it can fight and win a Nuclear War, Richard Pipes, Professor of History Harvard University 1977
    Jump up
    ^ "Candid Interviews with Former Soviet Officials Reveal U.S. Strategic Intelligence Failure Over Decades".
    Jump up
    ^ Viktor Suvorov, Shadow of Victory (???? ??????), Donetsk, 2003, ISBN 966-696-022-2, pages 353-375.
    Jump up
    ^ S. Shane - 1950s U.S. Nuclear Target List Offers Chilling Insight, The New York Times, Retrieved 2015-12-23
    Jump up
    ^ June 80: Faulty Computer Chip, 20 Mishaps that Might Have Started Accidental Nuclear War, by Alan F. Phillips, M.D., January 1998, Nuclear Age Peace Foundation
    Jump up to:
    a b Nuclear Weapons in the Cold War, Bernard Brodie
    Jump up
    ^ Continental US Fallout Pattern for Prevailing Winds (FEMA-196/September 1990) Archived March 15, 2011, at the Wayback Machine.
    Jump up
    ^ "The Cost of Submarines". Fast Attacks and Boomers. Retrieved 2008-07-13.
    Jump up
    ^ Stothers, Richard B. (1984). "The Great Tambora Eruption in 1815 and Its Aftermath". Science. 224 (4654): 1191–1198. Bibcode:1984Sci...224.1191S. doi:10.1126/science.224.4654.1191. PMID 17819476.
    Jump up
    ^ Oppenheimer, Clive (2003). "Climatic, environmental and human consequences of the largest known historic eruption: Tambora volcano (Indonesia) 1815". Progress in Physical Geography. 27 (2): 230–259. doi:10.1191/0309133303pp379ra.
    Jump up
    ^ "Supersized eruptions are all the rage!". USGS. April 28, 2005.
    Jump up
    ^ Robock, A.; C.M. Ammann; L. Oman; D. Shindell; S. Levis; G. Stenchikov (2009). "Did the Toba volcanic eruption of ~74k BP produce widespread glaciation?". Journal of Geophysical Research. 114: D10107. Bibcode:2009JGRD..11410107R. doi:10.1029/2008JD011652.
    Jump up
    ^ Huang, C.Y.; Zhao, M.X.; Wang, C.C.; Wei, G.J. (2001). "Cooling of the South China Sea by the Toba Eruption and correlation with other climate proxies ~71,000 years ago". Geophysical Research Letters. 28 (20): 3915–3918. Bibcode:2001GeoRL..28.3915H. doi:10.1029/2000GL006113.
    Jump up to:
    a b "Lecture 18 — Notre Dame OpenCourseWare". Archived from the original on October 10, 2014. Retrieved September 23, 2014.[better source needed]
    Jump up to:
    a b "WINDOW ON HEARTLAND Geopolitical notes on Eastern Europe, the Caucasus and Central Asia". Archived from the original on April 24, 2013.
    Jump up
    ^ "Moscow builds bunkers against nuclear attack", by Bill Gertz, Washington Times, April 1, 1997
    Jump up to:
    a b "Global Kosvinsky Mountain, Kos'vinskiy Kamen', Gora, MT 59°31'00"N 59°04'00"E".
    Jump up
    ^, Strategic C3I Facilities, accessed October 2007
    Jump up
    ^ "Context of '(After 11:15 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Russian President Putin Speaks with President Bush'".
    Jump up
    ^ London Free Press - Disarmament expert warns of nuclear threat Non functioning link
    Jump up
    ^ "BBC NEWS - Asia-Pacific - N Korea faces new UN resolution".
    Jump up
    ^ "Pakistan 'prepared nuclear strike'". BBC News.
    Jump up
    ^ "Pakistan May Use Any Weapon," The News, Islamabad, May 31, 1999
    Jump up
    ^ "Israel buys 2 nuclear-capable submarines from Germany".
    Jump up
    ^ "North Korea threatens nuclear strike, U.N. expands sanctions". Reuters. 2013-03-07. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ "North Korea urges foreigners to leave South Korea". CBC. 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ Meredith, Charlotte (2013-04-12). "North Korea states 'nuclear war is unavoidable' as it declares first target will be Japan". Express. Retrieved 2013-05-07.
    Jump up
    ^ UK Parliament, House of Commons, "Select Committee on Defence, Eighth Report", [1], 20 June 2006. Fetched from URL on 23 December 2012.
    Jump up
    ^ "House of Commons - Defence - Eighth Report - THE 1998 STRATEGIC DEFENCE REVIEW".
    Jump up
    ^ Risk of nuclear warfare rising (AP) Updated: 2007-06-12 08:36
    Jump up
    ^ Jones, Matthew (2008). "Targeting China: U.S. Nuclear Planning and 'Massive Retaliation' in East Asia, 1953–1955". Journal of Cold War Studies. 10 (4): 37–65. doi:10.1162/jcws.2008.10.4.37.
    Jump up
    ^ Daniel Plesch & Stephen Young, "Senseless policy", Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, November/December 1998, page 4. Fetched from URL on 18 April 2011.
    Jump up
    ^ "Declassified: Nuclear Weapons at Sea, Conclusions and Recommendations". Federation of American Scientists. Retrieved 2016-04-19.
    Jump up
    ^ US Nuclear Regulatory Commission (May 2007). "Backgrounder on Dirty Bombs". Retrieved 2010-04-26.
    Jump up
    ^ Ehrlich, P. R., J. Harte, M. A. Harwell, P. H. Raven, C. Sagan, G. M. Woodwell, J. Berry, E. S. Ayensu, A. H. Ehrlich, T. Eisner, S. J. Gould, H. D. Grover, R. Herrera, R. M. May, E. Mayr, C. P. McKay, H. A. Mooney, N. Myers, D. Pimentel, and J. M. Teal (1983). "Long-term biological consequences of nuclear war". Science. 222: 1293–1300. doi:10.1126/science.6658451.
    Jump up
    ^ Kearny, Cresson H (1986). Nuclear War Survival Skills. Oak Ridge, TN: Oak Ridge National Laboratory. pp. 6–11. ISBN 0-942487-01-X.

    "Presidency in the Nuclear Age", conference and forum at the JFK Library, Boston, October 12, 2009. Four panels: "The Race to Build the Bomb and the Decision to Use It", "Cuban Missile Crisis and the First Nuclear Test Ban Treaty", "The Cold War and the Nuclear Arms Race", and "Nuclear Weapons, Terrorism, and the Presidency".
    "Possibility of Nuclear War in Asia: An Indian Perspective", a project of United Service Institution of India, USI, Discusses the possibility of a nuclear war in Asia from the Indian point of view.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Nuclear-war-wallpaper

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 3:21 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cleopatra-gif
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mediatrix
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 604_Maria_Mediatrice
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mary28

    I continue to think that Biblical-Research should NOT be neglected by All-Concerned. Consider the following Two Biblical-Groups:

    1. Genesis to Esther and Matthew to Acts. (Fundamentally Historical).

    2. Job to Malachi and Romans to Revelation. (Fundamentally Theological).

    The first group seems to be the most problematic, especially in light of modern scholarship and criticism. Consider the first group in light of the work of Ralph Ellis, Gerald Massey, Albert Schweitzer, Richard Carrier, John Dominic Crossan, et al. I have no idea what the real historical deal is, and I am NOT a scholar. I just think we should take a closer look. I'm sure the Jesuits know, but they usually don't talk. The Ancient Egyptian Deity said "I like Genesis" in a most peculiar way. Sherry Shriner said "Matthew is my favorite book of the Bible". Must we choose between these two groups?? Do they represent Two Covenants??

    I would love to shadow the key players in this solar system as sort of a neutral observer. Is this sort of thinking a form of mental illness, or is it the proper way to think about solar system issues? Should I get all wrapped-up in the local political mudslinging, or should I mostly think of responsible principles and concepts relative to the politics, religion, psychology, and ethics of doing business in this solar system? I'm beginning to think in terms of an Anna or Kitesh version of the Queen of Heaven, who I think might be the chief administrator of this solar system. Again, is this a form of mental illness, or is this a reasonable modality of getting a handle on what's really going on? Is there a legitimate place for a Solar System Administrator? Would things be even more chaotic if none existed? I'm thinking that a Solar System Observer (or Observers) who had access to everyone and everything, with no authority, might be a good thing, but I don't really know. Thinking about all of this makes me shaky. Is anyone else thinking in this manner? I'm sure there are, but who are they? Where are they? What are they doing?

    My speculations have been quite wild and vivid, to me at least, and I really don't know which way to jump. Is this a sign of instability, or is it simply due diligence? What do you think about all of this Goddess, Kali, Tibet, China, India, Persia, Queen of Heaven stuff? I really feel as though this is playing with fire, but I'm hoping that considering all of the possibilities will help to unite all factions in the solar system, in a constructive manner, which does not involve peace at any price, or any Trojan Horse scenarios. Many years ago, there was a TV show called 'Queen for a Day', and my grandmother was on it. Can you imagine being 'Queen of Heaven for a Day'?! Imagine someone travelling around the world on magneto-leviton trains, and interacting with most of the political, religious, scientific, business, and financial leaders of the world, each and every day. But it is unclear to me whether Earth is completely their show, or whether they are an administrator for, or are in conflict with, an even more powerful being, or group of beings. This, of course, is merely speculation. If I could prove this, I would cease to exist. I wouldn't have to wait for the rocks to fall on me.

    One Nation Under Satan? In Goddess We Trust? Might M-42, Aldebaran, and Sirius be 'home' for most of us? Are we really the 'Orion Group' which Alex Collier refers to? Are our souls interdimensional reptilian in nature? Are all of us human/reptile hybrids with varying percentage differentials? Do most of us have a very low reptile percentage (reptilian brain + reptilian soul), greys an intermediate percentage, and reptilians a high percentage? Please don't laugh. This is just a wild theory. I tend to think that the Queen of Heaven has been conducting a hybridization program on Earth for thousands of years, starting in Tibet. Some of this is based upon a visit to Tibet by Nicholas Roerich, where he saw strange grey people, and learned of a 'Sovereign Queen of the Air' who had come to Tibet from Sirius to conduct hybridization experiments. Lucis Creator? I am obviously a fan of an organized decentralism solar system government. I'm thinking that a one world government or one solar system government has existed for thousands of years, and that whoever is in power (The Queen of Heaven?) wishes to remain in power, rather than gaining power. I think numerous states are an essential ingredient in a world government or solar system government, which maximizes responsible freedom over an extended time period.

    I just watched The Matrix for the first-time (a couple of days ago), and I think I might've subsequently encountered at least one aspect of the Matrix Oracle!! She said "I'll help you!" I said "I need all the help I can get!" She said "That's for sure!" Honest. I've repeatedly touched upon this, but I seem to be fascinated by a certain personality-type, especially in black-women!! Consider the Oracle in The Matrix, Kate in East of Eden, Rachel Constantine in Contact, Dr. Josephine Mataros in Earth: Final Conflict, Starbuck's mother in Battlestar Galactica, Sherry Shriner, Gabriel in Constantine, et al. Once, at the Crystal Cathedral, I noticed a very smart and distinguished black-woman after a service, and I overheard one choir-member say to another "Is that her? Yes!! That's her!!" One of these choir-members had previously told me I was "in too deep"!! Years later, a man who I never talked to about theology, said "You're in too deep with theology"!! Another man once emphasized my theological-connection, even though I had never talked to him about theology!! Notice that the Oracle tells Neo that he seems to be waiting for another life!! Think about what I've said about being a completely ignorant fool in this life, but hoping to be some sort of consultant in a cool-location in my next life!! This is probably insignificant, but it's sort of creepy to me!!

    Think long and hard about all of my posts on page 7 of this thread, and PLEASE Talk to Me About It!! BTW -- a Catholic organist once told me that a priest had privately asked her, "What if God is a Black Woman??" What Would the Black Madonna Say?? Once again, I need to stop. I've had nothing but trouble with my computers over the last few days. Was it something I said?? What if a Nefarious Matrix is a necessary evil?? What if a Nefarious Mediatrix is a necessary evil?? What if the God of This World MUST be a bad@ss?? Should we simply have the God of This Universe instead of a God of This World?? How might this question relate to Our Father, Who Art in Heaven?? Think long and hard about the Substitutionary-Atonement, and Christ as Priest and Mediator in the Heavenly-Sanctuary. I could say a lot more, but I'd rather not. Not now. Some of us should probably read (straight-through, over and over) volumes 1 to 7 of The SDA Bible Commentary (Genesis to Revelation) while listening to the complete-works of J.S. Bach. This really isn't a marketable job-skill, but it might be more important than any of us can imagine.

    I was born in the Glendale Adventist Medical Center. The wife of R.R. Beitz was a nurse in the delivery-room when I emerged into a cold and cruel world. In high-school, I discussed "Homeostasis" with a Medical Doctor (in one of the waiting-rooms) at the Glendale Adventist Medical Center. In my twenties, in the Loma Linda University Medical Center, I told a Medical Doctor that "God has a nasty job, but somebody has to do it!!" I thought he was going to call "Security"!! I'm simply attempting to understand the so-called "Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan in the Conflict of the Ages" in an Alternative-Research and Science-Fictional Context. But this has just about completely-destroyed me. Faith can equal Delusion. Facing-Reality can equal Losing One's Faith. Perhaps Positive-Thinking in the Context of Possibility-Thinking is a Middle-Way or Happy-Medium. What Would Dr. Robert H. Schuller Say?? What Would Seymour Cray Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? What Would Brother Rich Say?? What Would Edgar Mitchell Say?? What Would Mitchell Say?? What Would Sister Angie Say?? What Would the Humble Janitor Say?? What Would Anchor Say?? What Would Anubis Do?? What Would Cicero, Cleopatra, Mark Antony, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, King David, King Solomon, the Queen of Sheba, Bull, Ram, Enlil, Enki, Christ, Antichrist, Ra, Anti-Ra, the Tokra, the Lamb Slain from the Foundation of the World, HAL 9000, Gabriel, Michael, Lucifer, the God of This World, the Queen of Heaven, Josephus, Lord Ba'al, Kitesh, Vala Mal Doran, John Sheridan, Anna Sheridan, Delenn, Anna and the V's, Ellen Goa'uld White, the Piso Family, and the Apostle Paul Say??

    Last night, in the "privacy" of my own home, I spoke out-loud about the possibility of souls interfacing with supercomputers, and my vision immediately became extremely blurred. I kept repeating "In the Name of Jesus Christ, and with the Power of the Holy Spirit, I rebuke you Satan!!" Normal vision gradually returned. Was this coincidental or intentional. I don't know, but it was sort of creepy. I obviously need to stop. In ten-years, I'll probably be babbling to myself in a secret-government nut-house (instead of babbling to myself in my car). I'm going to try to just post those WSJ editorials. I just received an official-warning, telling me this website is unsafe!! I've known THAT for YEARS!! Namaste, Godspeed, Mea Culpa, and Geronimo.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Original
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 54c0f778776f724bd6efbe05
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Still-of-angela-bassett-and-james-spader-in-supernova-(2000)
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1353301671_7-jo-van-fleet
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Oracle%2B1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 ER-angela-bassett

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 OccupyTheFuture-SciFi-TheMatrix-011
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Skeleton-computer
    Clicking Our Way to the Grave
    By Steven Levy
    Oct. 19, 2016 6:35 p.m. ET

    A hallmark of our hyper-connected age is that while our ability to concentrate is at a scary low, the machinery constructed to seize our attention has gone nuclear. Every day we willingly tumble into rabbit holes of triviality, clicking on celebrity prom pictures, watching best-forgotten YouTube videos and feeling bad because our friends’ Facebook profiles portray lives more glamorous than ours.

    In “The Attention Merchants,” Tim Wu casts this phenomenon not as merely an accumulation of distractions but as an intentional and meretricious diversion. He identifies us as victims of a slow-motion crime, a more-than-century-long hijacking of our inner lives by commercial interests that began in 1833. That was when a 23-year-old printer named Benjamin Day invented the modern newspaper by using low prices and salacious content to build circulation—then packaging his audience to advertisers. That business model has adapted to every technological advance since the printing press: radio, television and, most devastatingly, the internet. In the process, commercial promotion has penetrated into every corner of society; Mr. Wu begins with an account of a California school district that raised money by opening its doors to advertising targeted at the captive audience within.

    Mr. Wu, who is known for coining the term “net neutrality” and is the author of “The Master Switch,” a book about technology monopolies, has a definite point of view on this matter: He hates it. But instead of bludgeoning us with data and diatribes, he deploys a series of capsule histories. We meet Jules Chéret, who in the 1860s plastered the once pristine edifices of Paris with eye-catching posters; Lord Kitchener, who helped win World War I by packaging patriotic messages to recruit British youth; Claude Hopkins, whose pitches for patent medicines in the 1890s led to a methodology of “scientific advertising” designed to create needs where none existed; and Walter Templin, the toothpaste executive who used a Pepsodent-sponsored radio series (“Amos ’n’ Andy”) to drive advertising deep into American living rooms.

    Though many of Mr. Wu’s characters in the first half of the book are fascinating, to our jaded ears their activities are not particularly shocking. It’s nice to know that snake-oil salesmen actually sold snake oil but not terribly surprising. As lifelong media observers, we already know that advertising shaped network television, and we may have even read one of the many previous accounts (notably by David Halberstam) of the rivalry between NBC’s technophile David Sarnoff and CBS’s patrician marketer Bill Paley. Most of us have already figured out that People Magazine, Oprah and reality TV have raised the stakes in what Mr. Wu calls the Celebrity-Industrial Complex. One reads those pages waiting for the good stuff to show up—the internet, where attention merchants really captured our brains.

    Sure enough, Mr. Wu unveils an online rogue’s gallery that includes Steve Case, Larry Page, Mark Zuckerberg and Jonah Peretti, co-founder of the Huffington Post and his Frankenstein monster of clickbait, BuzzFeed. Mr. Wu is best when analyzing how the internet has taken the attention wars to a new level of sophistication, with machine-learning algorithms, tracking cookies and listicles, culminating in his citation of a scientist who laments: “The best minds of my generation are thinking about how to make people click ads.” Mr. Wu is particularly harsh on the Huffington Post, which, he concludes, was never meant to be a business, “just a giant vacuum sucking up human attention.”

    In short, Mr. Wu thinks we blew it—he believes there was an opportunity lost early on when the internet went commercial instead of becoming a PBS-style public service. It’s tough to see how the Net would have come to occupy its current essential role in our lives if that had happened. But maybe that’s his point.

    Still, Mr. Wu isn’t totally pessimistic. He believes that the war on our consciousness is somewhat cyclical; when attention merchants get emboldened by their success, they overreach, and outraged consumers and regulators push back. The 1950s game-show scandals—created by producers who understood that rigging contests produced maximum drama—led to reforms. The social movements of the 1960s, as Mr. Wu sees it, were a reaction against commercialism. Thus Timothy Leary, the Harvard proponent of LSD, becomes one of the characters in Mr. Wu’s saga, urging people to “turn on, tune in, drop out.”

    More recently, viewers are choosing to watch television on Netflix and other services that eschew advertisements. Yet those reversals seem only temporary, because, to Mr. Wu’s dismay, advertising remains the default business model. Internet moguls are perpetuators of Benjamin Day’s original sin—a business whose product is not the content but the audience. Google and Facebook would presumably argue that they are delivering genuine value to their users, but Mr. Wu will hear none of that.

    Only as his tale concludes does Mr. Wu suggest strategies to thwart this trespass on our senses. His solutions, however, are vague and implausible. Can you really imagine a voluntary “human reclamation project” beating back the furies of Madison Avenue, Silicon Valley and Wall Street? As Mr. Wu himself notes, commercial interests are all too adept at co-opting such revolutions. “The game is never lost, only awaiting the next spin of the wheel,” he writes. “As a mode of production, capitalism is a perfect chameleon; it has no disabling convictions but profit and so can cater to any desire, even those inimical to it.” Even Leary’s famous slogan wound up in a commercial for Squirt, a carbonated grapefruit beverage.

    Mr. Wu himself unconsciously provides a hint of how tempting it is to take advantage of a captive audience. Every so often—nine times, by my count—he refers us to his previous tome, “The Master Switch,” for further reading. He does not stuff those references in the back with the other sources but plants them as footnotes under the main text. It’s like a running product-promotion zipper at the bottom of the page.
    He had our attention—so why not?

    Mr. Levy is editor in chief of Backchannel and author of “In the Plex: How Google Works, Thinks, and Shapes Our Lives.”

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 42537-1
    Carol wrote:





    Massive DDoS Attack Incoming! Internet going down!
    Massive DDOS Attack is underway. It's targeting all Level3 Communications
    which host all the popular websites and services.
    mudra wrote:
    Vote all you want. The secret government won’t change.

    The people we elect aren’t the ones calling the shots, says Tufts University’s Michael Glennon

    The voters who put Barack Obama in office expected some big changes. From the NSA’s warrantless wiretapping to Guantanamo Bay to the Patriot Act, candidate Obama was a defender of civil liberties and privacy, promising a dramatically different approach from his predecessor.

    But six years into his administration, the Obama version of national security looks almost indistinguishable from the one he inherited. Guantanamo Bay remains open. The NSA has, if anything, become more aggressive in monitoring Americans. Drone strikes have escalated. Most recently it was reported that the same president who won a Nobel Prize in part for promoting nuclear disarmament is spending up to $1 trillion modernizing and revitalizing America’s nuclear weapons.

    Why did the face in the Oval Office change but the policies remain the same? Critics tend to focus on Obama himself, a leader who perhaps has shifted with politics to take a harder line. But Tufts University political scientist Michael J. Glennon has a more pessimistic answer: Obama couldn’t have changed policies much even if he tried.

    Though it’s a bedrock American principle that citizens can steer their own government by electing new officials, Glennon suggests that in practice, much of our government no longer works that way. In a new book, “National Security and Double Government,” he catalogs the ways that the defense and national security apparatus is effectively self-governing, with virtually no accountability, transparency, or checks and balances of any kind. He uses the term “double government”: There’s the one we elect, and then there’s the one behind it, steering huge swaths of policy almost unchecked. Elected officials end up serving as mere cover for the real decisions made by the bureaucracy.

    Glennon cites the example of Obama and his team being shocked and angry to discover upon taking office that the military gave them only two options for the war in Afghanistan: The United States could add more troops, or the United States could add a lot more troops. Hemmed in, Obama added 30,000 more troops.

    Glennon’s critique sounds like an outsider’s take, even a radical one. In fact, he is the quintessential insider: He was legal counsel to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and a consultant to various congressional committees, as well as to the State Department. “National Security and Double Government” comes favorably blurbed by former members of the Defense Department, State Department, White House, and even the CIA. And he’s not a conspiracy theorist: Rather, he sees the problem as one of “smart, hard-working, public-spirited people acting in good faith who are responding to systemic incentives”—without any meaningful oversight to rein them in.

    How exactly has double government taken hold? And what can be done about it? Glennon spoke with Ideas from his office at Tufts’ Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy. This interview has been condensed and edited.

    read on: Arrow

    Love Always
    Carol wrote:
    Nov 21st - The Liberal Left Plot At The Border! Dick Morris TV: Lunch ALERT!
    Weekly News Wrap-Up & Thanksgiving Message from Greg Hunter 11.23.18

    This Wrap-Up will talk about the upcoming problems on the U.S. southern border, the dark clouds I see coming for the markets and the banks.  I also want to talk about what I think is the Democrat plan for President Obama’s third term.  Oh, and the Clintons and their global charity fraud is not going away as Congress will hold hearings before it flips to Democrat control.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:

    I listen to each and every Sherry Shriner show, but I've never contributed, I'm not an Orgone-Warrior, I don't do Bible-Codes, and I never know when the truth ends and the bullshit begins on her shows. I think she is a Significant Individual of Interest, but I don't want to talk about it. The sad and scary thing about This Present Madness is that the more I learn, the more I wonder if a lot of the way things really work is somehow necessary, in some twisted and abstract sense?! I poke and prod at the way I think things might really work, but I never make a big deal out of it. Am I the bad-guy if I try to learn and reveal the truth? Am I the bad-guy if I look the other way? I suspect that the PTB will make sure I'm the bad-guy, no matter what I think, say, and do (or don't think, say, and do). As I've said so many times, I don't think this is a game I can win (in this particular incarnation). BTW -- I think I might've talked to Augur, from Earth: Final Conflict, but I didn't realize it until after he was gone!! He looked and acted like Augur, and he wore the same funny glasses as in the show!! I'll kick myself for the rest of my life!! Actually, I spoke with this individual again, and they wouldn't admit to being 'Augur', but they indicated that they had worked in show-business (including Star Trek), but that's all I'm going to say about that!

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Auger-Earth-Final-Conflict

    I was going to do some personal commentary within this thread, but I've sort of moved on. I think I've gotten myself in enough trouble already. My plan is to just post some editorials and book reviews. That will keep me somewhat visible on this site, without digging my grave even deeper than it already is. I honestly have some serious medical issues, but I don't wish to talk about them. This is going to keep me distracted for a while, which might be just as well. My Renegade Days are probably over. I'm not waving the white-flag, but I'm going somewhat incognito. I know I can't keep up, and I suspect that I'll be highly miserable for the rest of my life. The medical stuff probably contributes to this, but it probably isn't primarily responsible for it. I honestly don't think there's anything I can do about it, but once again, I don't want to talk about it. Just enjoy reading what I post. The featured authors are MUCH better writers than I'll ever be, so why should I bother writing what no one reads?? Actually, I might not post at all. Just subscribe to The Wall Street Journal, and read all of Section A, each and every day. Namaste.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 B083fe9562de17e41e7f01

    Smuggling Truth Past the Censors

    Yan Lianke’s burlesque of a nation driven insane by money is
    equally a satire of some of the excesses of the Chinese Revolution.

    Sam Sacks

    There are many things you can’t write about in China. Anything that challenges the official accounts of  Mao Zedong and other prominent Communist Party officials is forbidden. So, too, are works that touch on the Great Famine, the Cultural Revolution or the Tiananmen Square massacre. It’s equally forbidden to criticize the government’s human-rights record, its occupation of Tibet and its crackdowns on minorities. Books will even be pulled off the shelf because they’re judged to be deleterious to public morals. And since the Central Propaganda Department keeps its rules secret, there are surely countless other subjects and incitements considered off limits.

    So how exactly is satire thriving in the country? What’s left to satirize? The answer is capitalism. Since China privatized its markets, and its economy began growing at breakneck speed, novelists have been free to excoriate the greed and corruption that the change has wrought. The best known of these satirists is the 2012 Nobel Laureate Mo Yan, who blends a gonzo magic realism with crude comedy to take on serious contemporary issues like industrial farming (“Pow!”) and the One Child Policy (“Frog”). But he is only the tip of the iceberg.  Zhu Wen (“I Love Dollars”) and  Yu Hua (“Brothers”) have also written lewd, chaotic and farcical send-ups of the culture of runaway materialism and the injustices of the wealth gap.

    No contemporary satirist has had more experience with China’s censors than  Yan Lianke. His first novel, “The Sun Goes Down,” was banned in 1994 due to its depiction of the People’s Liberation Army, and Mr. Yan was forced to write self-criticisms for six months. His 2005 work “Serve the People!,” about a bored army housewife during the Cultural Revolution who gets aroused by tearing up copies of Mao’s Little Red Book, was denounced by the Central Propaganda Department: “This novella slanders Mao Zedong, the army, and is overflowing with sex.” The certainty of censorship meant that his 2011 novel about the Great Leap Forward, “The Four Books,” couldn’t even find a publisher in mainland China, appearing only in Hong Kong and abroad. But when his works are published at home, they are wildly successful.

    His latest, “The Explosion Chronicles,” was a best seller in China in 2013. Adopting the style of an ancient historical record (here in a lively translation by  Carlos Rojas), it tells of the rise of Explosion from a tiny mountain village to a city rivaling Beijing. Leading the ascent is Explosion’s mayor  Kong Mingliang and his wife  Zhu Ying, children of rival clans who detest each other but understand the expediency of intermarriage. Kong made his fortune stealing from the cargo trains that pass through the village. Zhu is a wealthy brothel owner. With this background in crime and a governing approach centered on bribery and intimidation, they elevate Explosion to the status of town, then county seat, then world-bestriding metropolis.

    This darkly absurd history trucks freely with the fantastic—the city’s airport is built in less than a week—but many of the more brazen events are taken straight from the news. Echoing widely reported military scandals, Kong buys his incompetent brother a high-ranking position in the army. Another chapter concerns a space-saving edict requiring that the dead be cremated rather than buried. It triggers a rash of suicides among the elderly who want to be traditionally buried before the law comes into force.

    Mr. Yan’s burlesque of a nation driven insane by money is equally a satire of some of the excesses of the Chinese Revolution. Aspects of Explosion’s unchecked expansion tacitly reflect the transformations of the Great Leap Forward, from the mass confiscation of land—here it’s taken for roads and fancy houses rather than collectives—to the cult of personality that arises around Kong. Late in the book, he addresses a field of animals, demanding that they go somewhere else so that he can erect another building. Chinese readers will recognize in the ridiculous scene a parallel to Mao’s 1958 campaign against grain-eating sparrows and insects, which wrecked the country’s ecological balance. “I am Mayor Kong. Did you hear me when I said I wanted to immediately construct a building here?” he shouts. But as before, the natural world is unimpressed.

    Compared to “The Explosion Chronicles,” Ge Fei’s “The Invisibility Cloak” (2012) is a model of reserve and understatement. Yet it too, in the stylish translation by  Canaan Morse, is a sly and damning piece of work. The narrator is Mr. Cui, a curmudgeonly everyman who puts together bespoke sound equipment for Beijing’s nouveau riche. When Mr. Cui accepts a commission to help a client “acquire the highest quality sound system in the world,” he enters the orbit of a shadowy millionaire named Ding Caichen, who emanates distinct auras of violence and desperation.

    Is Ding a mafioso or something even more dangerous? Mr. Cui doesn’t want to know, but the commission keeps entangling him in the man’s business, giving him cryptic and terrifying glimpses of the savagery beneath Beijing’s shiny veneer. Ge Fei craftily evokes taboo subjects. He pokes fun at old revolutionary opera songs like “Overthrow the American Imperialist Wolves.” When Mr. Cui demonstrates the sound system for his gangster client, he plays a record of  Erik Satie, noting that “a lot of people secretly like his music” and that he was the teacher of Debussy. For Chinese readers this will conjure the episode during the Cultural Revolution when musicians were arrested and abused for defending Debussy’s music.

    The book’s title refers to the rumor of a magical garment that allows one to walk around unseen. Mr. Cui dismisses the tale, but his own power is his ability to move inconspicuously through Beijing’s brutally competitive society, keeping “one eye closed and one eye open.” Ge Fei offers a wry example for Chinese novelists hoping to follow a more cautious path than Yan Lianke has: Don’t call attention to yourself; master the tools of allusion, metaphor and silence. In these ways the writer can smuggle vital truths past the censors.

    Mr. Sacks writes the fiction chronicle in the Weekend Journal.

    mudra wrote:
    When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up, p 1 - Mohenjo-daro and the Mycenae civilisation

    Carbon Dating and the Stolen History - p 2 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up

    The Really Old Books, Do We Have Any Left? - p 3 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up

    The Truth about the Reformation and the Gregorian Calendar Tricks - p 4 / When the Survivors Wake Up

    The Stolen History of All Religions - p 5 / When the Survivors of Atlantis Wake Up

    Love Always
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I keep thinking that proper scholarly Biblical-Studies might be "practice" for dealing with the really-old and really-hidden historical-books. An Individual of Interest feels that we should exist without physicality of any sort. They speak of "fallen and sinful human-nature" which seems to imply that the Creator or Genetic-Engineer of Humanity is somehow responsible for Sin. What Would Azazel Say?? I think there must be a Better-Genesis hidden-away in some subterranean-channel, which might reveal the real-deal regarding the History of the Human-Being. I'd love to pursue this further, but my nervous-system just can't take it. Others will have to do the heavy-lifting in this area of research. I obviously want things to be better for all-concerned, but the lack of conversation regarding all of the above is really pathetic and negligent. I'm not told the real-story, yet I am held accountable for not knowing the seemingly unknowable. I can't make responsible determinations without the absolute-truth. Don't hold your breath, waiting for a definitive resolution of a seemingly ancient battle between disembodied-spirits and incarnated-physicality. I continue to believe that humanity is on the brink of extinction. Now is the time to get our facts straight. Tomorrow might be too late. I'm Sirius.

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Sorry for the politically-incorrect whining and pontificating, but I've  been modeling a certain personality and editorial-slant on this site, which I am certainly not in real-life. In reality, I'm just a stupid-dud, but online, I step into my Dr. Who Police Public Call-Box, and raise some internet-hell!! Fortunately, my cyber-experiment is pretty-much over, and the real private-research is just beginning, but I doubt that I'll talk about the results (online or in real-life). This is sort of like the guy who gets a bar-fight going, and then leaves the bar, as everything goes to hell!! What if that's sort of what happened in the Ancient Garden of Eden?? What if most of us are Ancient-Aliens who got involved in a Galactic Bar-Room Brawl??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Star-wars-bar-scene-christmas-special
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-worlds-most-intelligent-begger
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Fondos-tumblr-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Freevector-song-graphics-05
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 MN0048665

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Article-2600661-1CF7D46700000578-555_634x628
    Secret-Entrance to 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment!!
    (It's Bigger On the Inside Than It Is On the Outside!!)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tenor
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ndt-shaking-head

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 10:31 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 829799_f496
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.409847304_tnuz
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 WU70660_1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Raiders-of-the-lost-ark
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Stargate4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ellen%20white%20sun%20god
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 D4d1639b51d9475d1b3d9aafaab40133
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 BQQAj4R
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 9990711_orig
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Indiana_jones_and_the_raiders_of_the_lost_ark_belloq_toht_ark_opening_toys
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Belloq_ark
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O-RAIDERS-OF-THE-LOST-ARK-facebook
    Ark of the Covenant = Portable Ancient Supercomputer??
    Sun and Horns Headset = Mind-Enhancing Ancient 5G??
    Sun-Disk = Camera and Screen??
    Horns = Antenna??

    In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream, and visions passed through his mind as he was lying in bed. He wrote down the substance of his dream. Daniel said: “In my vision at night I looked, and there before me were the four winds of heaven churning up the great sea. Four great beasts, each different from the others, came up out of the sea. “The first was like a lion, and it had the wings of an eagle. I watched until its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground so that it stood on two feet like a human being, and the mind of a human was given to it. “And there before me was a second beast, which looked like a bear. It was raised up on one of its sides, and it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. It was told, ‘Get up and eat your fill of flesh!’ “After that, I looked, and there before me was another beast, one that looked like a leopard. And on its back it had four wings like those of a bird. This beast had four heads, and it was given authority to rule. “After that, in my vision at night I looked, and there before me was a fourth beast—terrifying and frightening and very powerful. It had large iron teeth; it crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left. It was different from all the former beasts, and it had ten horns.

    “While I was thinking about the horns, there before me was another horn, a little one, which came up among them; and three of the first horns were uprooted before it. This horn had eyes like the eyes of a human being and a mouth that spoke boastfully. “As I looked, “thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took his seat. His clothing was as white as snow; the hair of his head was white like wool. His throne was flaming with fire, and its wheels were all ablaze. A river of fire was flowing, coming out from before him. Thousands upon thousands attended him; ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him. The court was seated, and the books were opened. “Then I continued to watch because of the boastful words the horn was speaking. I kept looking until the beast was slain and its body destroyed and thrown into the blazing fire. (The other beasts had been stripped of their authority, but were allowed to live for a period of time.) “In my vision at night I looked, and there before me was one like a son of man, coming with the clouds of heaven. He approached the Ancient of Days and was led into his presence. He was given authority, glory and sovereign power; all nations and peoples of every language worshiped him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion that will not pass away, and his kingdom is one that will never be destroyed.

    “I, Daniel, was troubled in spirit, and the visions that passed through my mind disturbed me. I approached one of those standing there and asked him the meaning of all this. “So he told me and gave me the interpretation of these things: ‘The four great beasts are four kings that will rise from the earth. But the holy people of the Most High will receive the kingdom and will possess it forever—yes, for ever and ever.’ “Then I wanted to know the meaning of the fourth beast, which was different from all the others and most terrifying, with its iron teeth and bronze claws—the beast that crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left. I also wanted to know about the ten horns on its head and about the other horn that came up, before which three of them fell—the horn that looked more imposing than the others and that had eyes and a mouth that spoke boastfully.

    As I watched, this horn was waging war against the holy people and defeating them, until the Ancient of Days came and pronounced judgment in favor of the holy people of the Most High, and the time came when they possessed the kingdom. “He gave me this explanation: ‘The fourth beast is a fourth kingdom that will appear on earth. It will be different from all the other kingdoms and will devour the whole earth, trampling it down and crushing it. The ten horns are ten kings who will come from this kingdom. After them another king will arise, different from the earlier ones; he will subdue three kings. He will speak against the Most High and oppress his holy people and try to change the set times and the laws. The holy people will be delivered into his hands for a time, times and half a time. “‘But the court will sit, and his power will be taken away and completely destroyed forever. Then the sovereignty, power and greatness of all the kingdoms under heaven will be handed over to the holy people of the Most High. His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all rulers will worship and obey him.’ “This is the end of the matter. I, Daniel, was deeply troubled by my thoughts, and my face turned pale, but I kept the matter to myself.”

    In the first year of Darius son of Xerxes (a Mede by descent), who was made ruler over the Babylonian kingdom— in the first year of his reign, I, Daniel, understood from the Scriptures, according to the word of the LORD given to Jeremiah the prophet, that the desolation of Jerusalem would last seventy years. So I turned to the Lord God and pleaded with him in prayer and petition, in fasting, and in sackcloth and ashes. I prayed to the LORD my God and confessed: “Lord, the great and awesome God, who keeps his covenant of love with those who love him and keep his commandments, we have sinned and done wrong. We have been wicked and have rebelled; we have turned away from your commands and laws. We have not listened to your servants the prophets, who spoke in your name to our kings, our princes and our ancestors, and to all the people of the land. “Lord, you are righteous, but this day we are covered with shame—the people of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem and all Israel, both near and far, in all the countries where you have scattered us because of our unfaithfulness to you. We and our kings, our princes and our ancestors are covered with shame, LORD, because we have sinned against you.

    The Lord our God is merciful and forgiving, even though we have rebelled against him; we have not obeyed the LORD our God or kept the laws he gave us through his servants the prophets. All Israel has transgressed your law and turned away, refusing to obey you. “Therefore the curses and sworn judgments written in the Law of Moses, the servant of God, have been poured out on us, because we have sinned against you. You have fulfilled the words spoken against us and against our rulers by bringing on us great disaster. Under the whole heaven nothing has ever been done like what has been done to Jerusalem. Just as it is written in the Law of Moses, all this disaster has come on us, yet we have not sought the favor of the LORD our God by turning from our sins and giving attention to your truth. The LORD did not hesitate to bring the disaster on us, for the LORD our God is righteous in everything he does; yet we have not obeyed him. “Now, Lord our God, who brought your people out of Egypt with a mighty hand and who made for yourself a name that endures to this day, we have sinned, we have done wrong. Lord, in keeping with all your righteous acts, turn away your anger and your wrath from Jerusalem, your city, your holy hill. Our sins and the iniquities of our ancestors have made Jerusalem and your people an object of scorn to all those around us. “Now, our God, hear the prayers and petitions of your servant. For your sake, Lord, look with favor on your desolate sanctuary. Give ear, our God, and hear; open your eyes and see the desolation of the city that bears your Name. We do not make requests of you because we are righteous, but because of your great mercy. Lord, listen! Lord, forgive! Lord, hear and act! For your sake, my God, do not delay, because your city and your people bear your Name.”

    While I was speaking and praying, confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel and making my request to the LORD my God for his holy hill— while I was still in prayer, Gabriel, the man I had seen in the earlier vision, came to me in swift flight about the time of the evening sacrifice. He instructed me and said to me, “Daniel, I have now come to give you insight and understanding. As soon as you began to pray, a word went out, which I have come to tell you, for you are highly esteemed. Therefore, consider the word and understand the vision: “Seventy ‘sevens’ are decreed for your people and your holy city to finish transgression, to put an end to sin, to atone for wickedness, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the Most Holy Place. “Know and understand this: From the time the word goes out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the Anointed One, the ruler, comes, there will be seven ‘sevens,’ and sixty-two ‘sevens.’ It will be rebuilt with streets and a trench, but in times of trouble. After the sixty-two ‘sevens,’ the Anointed One will be put to death and will have nothing. The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed. He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ In the middle of the ‘seven’ he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And at the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him.”

    In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia, a revelation was given to Daniel (who was called Belteshazzar). Its message was true and it concerned a great war. The understanding of the message came to him in a vision. At that time I, Daniel, mourned for three weeks. I ate no choice food; no meat or wine touched my lips; and I used no lotions at all until the three weeks were over. On the twenty-fourth day of the first month, as I was standing on the bank of the great river, the Tigris, I looked up and there before me was a man dressed in linen, with a belt of fine gold from Uphaz around his waist. His body was like topaz, his face like lightning, his eyes like flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished bronze, and his voice like the sound of a multitude. I, Daniel, was the only one who saw the vision; those who were with me did not see it, but such terror overwhelmed them that they fled and hid themselves. So I was left alone, gazing at this great vision; I had no strength left, my face turned deathly pale and I was helpless. Then I heard him speaking, and as I listened to him, I fell into a deep sleep, my face to the ground. A hand touched me and set me trembling on my hands and knees. He said, “Daniel, you who are highly esteemed, consider carefully the words I am about to speak to you, and stand up, for I have now been sent to you.” And when he said this to me, I stood up trembling.

    Then he continued, “Do not be afraid, Daniel. Since the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I have come in response to them. But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia. Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the future, for the vision concerns a time yet to come.” While he was saying this to me, I bowed with my face toward the ground and was speechless. Then one who looked like a man touched my lips, and I opened my mouth and began to speak. I said to the one standing before me, “I am overcome with anguish because of the vision, my lord, and I feel very weak. How can I, your servant, talk with you, my lord? My strength is gone and I can hardly breathe.” Again the one who looked like a man touched me and gave me strength. “Do not be afraid, you who are highly esteemed,” he said. “Peace! Be strong now; be strong.” When he spoke to me, I was strengthened and said, “Speak, my lord, since you have given me strength.” So he said, “Do you know why I have come to you? Soon I will return to fight against the prince of Persia, and when I go, the prince of Greece will come; but first I will tell you what is written in the Book of Truth. (No one supports me against them except Michael, your prince. And in the first year of Darius the Mede, I took my stand to support and protect him.)

    “Now then, I tell you the truth: Three more kings will arise in Persia, and then a fourth, who will be far richer than all the others. When he has gained power by his wealth, he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece. Then a mighty king will arise, who will rule with great power and do as he pleases. After he has arisen, his empire will be broken up and parceled out toward the four winds of heaven. It will not go to his descendants, nor will it have the power he exercised, because his empire will be uprooted and given to others. “The king of the South will become strong, but one of his commanders will become even stronger than he and will rule his own kingdom with great power. After some years, they will become allies. The daughter of the king of the South will go to the king of the North to make an alliance, but she will not retain her power, and he and his power will not last. In those days she will be betrayed, together with her royal escort and her father and the one who supported her. “One from her family line will arise to take her place. He will attack the forces of the king of the North and enter his fortress; he will fight against them and be victorious. He will also seize their gods, their metal images and their valuable articles of silver and gold and carry them off to Egypt. For some years he will leave the king of the North alone. Then the king of the North will invade the realm of the king of the South but will retreat to his own country. His sons will prepare for war and assemble a great army, which will sweep on like an irresistible flood and carry the battle as far as his fortress.

    “Then the king of the South will march out in a rage and fight against the king of the North, who will raise a large army, but it will be defeated. When the army is carried off, the king of the South will be filled with pride and will slaughter many thousands, yet he will not remain triumphant. For the king of the North will muster another army, larger than the first; and after several years, he will advance with a huge army fully equipped. “In those times many will rise against the king of the South. Those who are violent among your own people will rebel in fulfillment of the vision, but without success. Then the king of the North will come and build up siege ramps and will capture a fortified city. The forces of the South will be powerless to resist; even their best troops will not have the strength to stand. The invader will do as he pleases; no one will be able to stand against him. He will establish himself in the Beautiful Land and will have the power to destroy it. He will determine to come with the might of his entire kingdom and will make an alliance with the king of the South. And he will give him a daughter in marriage in order to overthrow the kingdom, but his plans will not succeed or help him. Then he will turn his attention to the coastlands and will take many of them, but a commander will put an end to his insolence and will turn his insolence back on him. After this, he will turn back toward the fortresses of his own country but will stumble and fall, to be seen no more. “His successor will send out a tax collector to maintain the royal splendor. In a few years, however, he will be destroyed, yet not in anger or in battle. “He will be succeeded by a contemptible person who has not been given the honor of royalty. He will invade the kingdom when its people feel secure, and he will seize it through intrigue. Then an overwhelming army will be swept away before him; both it and a prince of the covenant will be destroyed. After coming to an agreement with him, he will act deceitfully, and with only a few people he will rise to power. When the richest provinces feel secure, he will invade them and will achieve what neither his fathers nor his forefathers did. He will distribute plunder, loot and wealth among his followers. He will plot the overthrow of fortresses—but only for a time.

    “With a large army he will stir up his strength and courage against the king of the South. The king of the South will wage war with a large and very powerful army, but he will not be able to stand because of the plots devised against him. Those who eat from the king’s provisions will try to destroy him; his army will be swept away, and many will fall in battle. The two kings, with their hearts bent on evil, will sit at the same table and lie to each other, but to no avail, because an end will still come at the appointed time. The king of the North will return to his own country with great wealth, but his heart will be set against the holy covenant. He will take action against it and then return to his own country. “At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time the outcome will be different from what it was before. Ships of the western coastlands will oppose him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and vent his fury against the holy covenant. He will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. “His armed forces will rise up to desecrate the temple fortress and will abolish the daily sacrifice. Then they will set up the abomination that causes desolation. With flattery he will corrupt those who have violated the covenant, but the people who know their God will firmly resist him. “Those who are wise will instruct many, though for a time they will fall by the sword or be burned or captured or plundered. When they fall, they will receive a little help, and many who are not sincere will join them. Some of the wise will stumble, so that they may be refined, purified and made spotless until the time of the end, for it will still come at the appointed time.

    “The king will do as he pleases. He will exalt and magnify himself above every god and will say unheard-of things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been determined must take place. He will show no regard for the gods of his ancestors or for the one desired by women, nor will he regard any god, but will exalt himself above them all. Instead of them, he will honor a god of fortresses; a god unknown to his ancestors he will honor with gold and silver, with precious stones and costly gifts. He will attack the mightiest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him. He will make them rulers over many people and will distribute the land at a price. “At the time of the end the king of the South will engage him in battle, and the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots and cavalry and a great fleet of ships. He will invade many countries and sweep through them like a flood. He will also invade the Beautiful Land. Many countries will fall, but Edom, Moab and the leaders of Ammon will be delivered from his hand. He will extend his power over many countries; Egypt will not escape. He will gain control of the treasures of gold and silver and all the riches of Egypt, with the Libyans and Cushites in submission. But reports from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will set out in a great rage to destroy and annihilate many. He will pitch his royal tents between the seas at the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he will come to his end, and no one will help him.

    “At that time Michael, the great prince who protects your people, will arise. There will be a time of distress such as has not happened from the beginning of nations until then. But at that time your people—everyone whose name is found written in the book—will be delivered. Multitudes who sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life, others to shame and everlasting contempt. Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the heavens, and those who lead many to righteousness, like the stars for ever and ever. But you, Daniel, roll up and seal the words of the scroll until the time of the end. Many will go here and there to increase knowledge.” Then I, Daniel, looked, and there before me stood two others, one on this bank of the river and one on the opposite bank. One of them said to the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, “How long will it be before these astonishing things are fulfilled?”

    The man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, lifted his right hand and his left hand toward heaven, and I heard him swear by him who lives forever, saying, “It will be for a time, times and half a time. When the power of the holy people has been finally broken, all these things will be completed.” I heard, but I did not understand. So I asked, “My lord, what will the outcome of all this be?” He replied, “Go your way, Daniel, because the words are rolled up and sealed until the time of the end. Many will be purified, made spotless and refined, but the wicked will continue to be wicked. None of the wicked will understand, but those who are wise will understand. “From the time that the daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination that causes desolation is set up, there will be 1,290 days. Blessed is the one who waits for and reaches the end of the 1,335 days. “As for you, go your way till the end. You will rest, and then at the end of the days you will rise to receive your allotted inheritance.”

    The words of the Preacher, the son of David, king in Jerusalem. "Vanity of vanities," says the Preacher; "Vanity of vanities, all is vanity." What profit has a man from all his labor In which he toils under the sun? One generation passes away, and another generation comes; But the earth abides forever. The sun also rises, and the sun goes down, And hastens to the place where it arose. The wind goes toward the south, And turns around to the north; The wind whirls about continually, And comes again on its circuit. All the rivers run into the sea, Yet the sea is not full; To the place from which the rivers come, There they return again. All things are full of labor; Man cannot express it. The eye is not satisfied with seeing, Nor the ear filled with hearing. That which has been is what will be, That which is done is what will be done, And there is nothing new under the sun. Is there anything of which it may be said, "See, this is new"? It has already been in ancient times before us. There is no remembrance of former things, Nor will there be any remembrance of things that are to come By those who will come after. I, the Preacher, was king over Israel in Jerusalem. And I set my heart to seek and search out by wisdom concerning all that is done under heaven; this burdensome task God has given to the sons of man, by which they may be exercised. I have seen all the works that are done under the sun; and indeed, all is vanity and grasping for the wind. What is crooked cannot be made straight, And what is lacking cannot be numbered. I communed with my heart, saying, "Look, I have attained greatness, and have gained more wisdom than all who were before me in Jerusalem. My heart has understood great wisdom and knowledge." And I set my heart to know wisdom and to know madness and folly. I perceived that this also is grasping for the wind. For in much wisdom is much grief, And he who increases knowledge increases sorrow.

    I said in my heart, "Come now, I will test you with mirth; therefore enjoy pleasure"; but surely, this also was vanity. I said of laughter--"Madness!"; and of mirth, "What does it accomplish?" I searched in my heart how to gratify my flesh with wine, while guiding my heart with wisdom, and how to lay hold on folly, till I might see what was good for the sons of men to do under heaven all the days of their lives. I made my works great, I built myself houses, and planted myself vineyards. I made myself gardens and orchards, and I planted all kinds of fruit trees in them. I made myself water pools from which to water the growing trees of the grove. I acquired male and female servants, and had servants born in my house. Yes, I had greater possessions of herds and flocks than all who were in Jerusalem before me. I also gathered for myself silver and gold and the special treasures of kings and of the provinces. I acquired male and female singers, the delights of the sons of men, and musical instruments of all kinds. So I became great and excelled more than all who were before me in Jerusalem. Also my wisdom remained with me. Whatever my eyes desired I did not keep from them. I did not withhold my heart from any pleasure, For my heart rejoiced in all my labor; And this was my reward from all my labor. Then I looked on all the works that my hands had done And on the labor in which I had toiled; And indeed all was vanity and grasping for the wind. There was no profit under the sun. Then I turned myself to consider wisdom and madness and folly; For what can the man do who succeeds the king?-- Only what he has already done.

    Then I saw that wisdom excels folly As light excels darkness. The wise man's eyes are in his head, But the fool walks in darkness. Yet I myself perceived That the same event happens to them all. So I said in my heart, "As it happens to the fool, It also happens to me, And why was I then more wise?" Then I said in my heart, "This also is vanity." For there is no more remembrance of the wise than of the fool forever, Since all that now is will be forgotten in the days to come. And how does a wise man die? As the fool! Therefore I hated life because the work that was done under the sun was distressing to me, for all is vanity and grasping for the wind. Then I hated all my labor in which I had toiled under the sun, because I must leave it to the man who will come after me. And who knows whether he will be wise or a fool? Yet he will rule over all my labor in which I toiled and in which I have shown myself wise under the sun. This also is vanity. Therefore I turned my heart and despaired of all the labor in which I had toiled under the sun. For there is a man whose labor is with wisdom, knowledge, and skill; yet he must leave his heritage to a man who has not labored for it. This also is vanity and a great evil. For what has man for all his labor, and for the striving of his heart with which he has toiled under the sun? For all his days are sorrowful, and his work burdensome; even in the night his heart takes no rest. This also is vanity. Nothing is better for a man than that he should eat and drink, and that his soul should enjoy good in his labor. This also, I saw, was from the hand of God. For who can eat, or who can have enjoyment, more than I? For God gives wisdom and knowledge and joy to a man who is good in His sight; but to the sinner He gives the work of gathering and collecting, that he may give to him who is good before God. This also is vanity and grasping for the wind.

    To everything there is a season, A time for every purpose under heaven: A time to be born, And a time to die; A time to plant, And a time to pluck what is planted; A time to kill, And a time to heal; A time to break down, And a time to build up; A time to weep, And a time to laugh; A time to mourn, And a time to dance; A time to cast away stones, And a time to gather stones; A time to embrace, And a time to refrain from embracing; A time to gain, And a time to lose; A time to keep, And a time to throw away; A time to tear, And a time to sew; A time to keep silence, And a time to speak; A time to love, And a time to hate; A time of war, And a time of peace. What profit has the worker from that in which he labors? I have seen the God-given task with which the sons of men are to be occupied. He has made everything beautiful in its time. Also He has put eternity in their hearts, except that no one can find out the work that God does from beginning to end.

    I know that nothing is better for them than to rejoice, and to do good in their lives, and also that every man should eat and drink and enjoy the good of all his labor--it is the gift of God. I know that whatever God does, It shall be forever. Nothing can be added to it, And nothing taken from it. God does it, that men should fear before Him. That which is has already been, And what is to be has already been; And God requires an account of what is past. Moreover I saw under the sun: In the place of judgment, Wickedness was there; And in the place of righteousness, Iniquity was there. I said in my heart, "God shall judge the righteous and the wicked, For there is a time there for every purpose and for every work." I said in my heart, "Concerning the condition of the sons of men, God tests them, that they may see that they themselves are like animals." For what happens to the sons of men also happens to animals; one thing befalls them: as one dies, so dies the other. Surely, they all have one breath; man has no advantage over animals, for all is vanity. All go to one place: all are from the dust, and all return to dust. Who knows the spirit of the sons of men, which goes upward, and the spirit of the animal, which goes down to the earth? So I perceived that nothing is better than that a man should rejoice in his own works, for that is his heritage. For who can bring him to see what will happen after him?

    Then I returned and considered all the oppression that is done under the sun: And look! The tears of the oppressed, But they have no comforter-- On the side of their oppressors there is power, But they have no comforter. Therefore I praised the dead who were already dead, More than the living who are still alive. Yet, better than both is he who has never existed, Who has not seen the evil work that is done under the sun. Again, I saw that for all toil and every skillful work a man is envied by his neighbor. This also is vanity and grasping for the wind. The fool folds his hands And consumes his own flesh. Better a handful with quietness Than both hands full, together with toil and grasping for the wind. Then I returned, and I saw vanity under the sun: There is one alone, without companion: He has neither son nor brother. Yet there is no end to all his labors, Nor is his eye satisfied with riches. But he never asks, "For whom do I toil and deprive myself of good?" This also is vanity and a grave misfortune. Two are better than one, Because they have a good reward for their labor. For if they fall, one will lift up his companion. But woe to him who is alone when he falls, For he has no one to help him up. Again, if two lie down together, they will keep warm; But how can one be warm alone? Though one may be overpowered by another, two can withstand him. And a threefold cord is not quickly broken. Better a poor and wise youth Than an old and foolish king who will be admonished no more. For he comes out of prison to be king, Although he was born poor in his kingdom. I saw all the living who walk under the sun; They were with the second youth who stands in his place. There was no end of all the people over whom he was made king; Yet those who come afterward will not rejoice in him. Surely this also is vanity and grasping for the wind.

    Walk prudently when you go to the house of God; and draw near to hear rather than to give the sacrifice of fools, for they do not know that they do evil. Do not be rash with your mouth, And let not your heart utter anything hastily before God. For God is in heaven, and you on earth; Therefore let your words be few. For a dream comes through much activity, And a fool's voice is known by his many words. When you make a vow to God, do not delay to pay it; For He has no pleasure in fools. Pay what you have vowed-- Better not to vow than to vow and not pay. Do not let your mouth cause your flesh to sin, nor say before the messenger of God that it was an error. Why should God be angry at your excuse and destroy the work of your hands? For in the multitude of dreams and many words there is also vanity. But fear God. If you see the oppression of the poor, and the violent perversion of justice and righteousness in a province, do not marvel at the matter; for high official watches over high official, and higher officials are over them. Moreover the profit of the land is for all; even the king is served from the field.

    He who loves silver will not be satisfied with silver; Nor he who loves abundance, with increase. This also is vanity. When goods increase, They increase who eat them; So what profit have the owners Except to see them with their eyes? The sleep of a laboring man is sweet, Whether he eats little or much; But the abundance of the rich will not permit him to sleep. There is a severe evil which I have seen under the sun: Riches kept for their owner to his hurt. But those riches perish through misfortune; When he begets a son, there is nothing in his hand. As he came from his mother's womb, naked shall he return, To go as he came; And he shall take nothing from his labor Which he may carry away in his hand. And this also is a severe evil-- Just exactly as he came, so shall he go. And what profit has he who has labored for the wind? All his days he also eats in darkness, And he has much sorrow and sickness and anger. Here is what I have seen: It is good and fitting for one to eat and drink, and to enjoy the good of all his labor in which he toils under the sun all the days of his life which God gives him; for it is his heritage. As for every man to whom God has given riches and wealth, and given him power to eat of it, to receive his heritage and rejoice in his labor--this is the gift of God. For he will not dwell unduly on the days of his life, because God keeps him busy with the joy of his heart.

    There is an evil which I have seen under the sun, and it is common among men: A man to whom God has given riches and wealth and honor, so that he lacks nothing for himself of all he desires; yet God does not give him power to eat of it, but a foreigner consumes it. This is vanity, and it is an evil affliction. If a man begets a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but his soul is not satisfied with goodness, or indeed he has no burial, I say that a stillborn child is better than he-- for it comes in vanity and departs in darkness, and its name is covered with darkness. Though it has not seen the sun or known anything, this has more rest than that man, even if he lives a thousand years twice--but has not seen goodness. Do not all go to one place? All the labor of man is for his mouth, And yet the soul is not satisfied. For what more has the wise man than the fool? What does the poor man have, Who knows how to walk before the living? Better is the sight of the eyes than the wandering of desire. This also is vanity and grasping for the wind. Whatever one is, he has been named already, For it is known that he is man; And he cannot contend with Him who is mightier than he. Since there are many things that increase vanity, How is man the better? For who knows what is good for man in life, all the days of his vain life which he passes like a shadow? Who can tell a man what will happen after him under the sun?

    A good name is better than precious ointment, And the day of death than the day of one's birth; Better to go to the house of mourning Than to go to the house of feasting, For that is the end of all men; And the living will take it to heart. Sorrow is better than laughter, For by a sad countenance the heart is made better. The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning, But the heart of fools is in the house of mirth. It is better to hear the rebuke of the wise Than for a man to hear the song of fools. For like the crackling of thorns under a pot, So is the laughter of the fool. This also is vanity. Surely oppression destroys a wise man's reason, And a bribe debases the heart. The end of a thing is better than its beginning; The patient in spirit is better than the proud in spirit. Do not hasten in your spirit to be angry, For anger rests in the bosom of fools. Do not say, "Why were the former days better than these?" For you do not inquire wisely concerning this. Wisdom is good with an inheritance, And profitable to those who see the sun. For wisdom is a defense as money is a defense, But the excellence of knowledge is that wisdom gives life to those who have it. Consider the work of God; For who can make straight what He has made crooked? In the day of prosperity be joyful, But in the day of adversity consider: Surely God has appointed the one as well as the other, So that man can find out nothing that will come after him. I have seen everything in my days of vanity: There is a just man who perishes in his righteousness, And there is a wicked man who prolongs life in his wickedness.

    Do not be overly righteous, Nor be overly wise: Why should you destroy yourself? Do not be overly wicked, Nor be foolish: Why should you die before your time? It is good that you grasp this, And also not remove your hand from the other; For he who fears God will escape them all. Wisdom strengthens the wise More than ten rulers of the city. For there is not a just man on earth who does good And does not sin. Also do not take to heart everything people say, Lest you hear your servant cursing you. For many times, also, your own heart has known That even you have cursed others. All this I have proved by wisdom. I said, "I will be wise"; But it was far from me. As for that which is far off and exceedingly deep, Who can find it out? I applied my heart to know, To search and seek out wisdom and the reason of things, To know the wickedness of folly, Even of foolishness and madness. And I find more bitter than death The woman whose heart is snares and nets, Whose hands are fetters. He who pleases God shall escape from her, But the sinner shall be trapped by her. "Here is what I have found," says the Preacher, "Adding one thing to the other to find out the reason, Which my soul still seeks but I cannot find: One man among a thousand I have found, But a woman among all these I have not found. Truly, this only I have found: That God made man upright, But they have sought out many schemes."

    Who is like a wise man? And who knows the interpretation of a thing? A man's wisdom makes his face shine, And the sternness of his face is changed. I say, "Keep the king's commandment for the sake of your oath to God. Do not be hasty to go from his presence. Do not take your stand for an evil thing, for he does whatever pleases him." Where the word of a king is, there is power; And who may say to him, "What are you doing?" He who keeps his command will experience nothing harmful; And a wise man's heart discerns both time and judgment, Because for every matter there is a time and judgment, Though the misery of man increases greatly. For he does not know what will happen; So who can tell him when it will occur? No one has power over the spirit to retain the spirit, And no one has power in the day of death. There is no release from that war, And wickedness will not deliver those who are given to it. All this I have seen, and applied my heart to every work that is done under the sun: There is a time in which one man rules over another to his own hurt.

    Then I saw the wicked buried, who had come and gone from the place of holiness, and they were forgotten in the city where they had so done. This also is vanity. Because the sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil. Though a sinner does evil a hundred times, and his days are prolonged, yet I surely know that it will be well with those who fear God, who fear before Him. But it will not be well with the wicked; nor will he prolong his days, which are as a shadow, because he does not fear before God. There is a vanity which occurs on earth, that there are just men to whom it happens according to the work of the wicked; again, there are wicked men to whom it happens according to the work of the righteous. I said that this also is vanity. So I commended enjoyment, because a man has nothing better under the sun than to eat, drink, and be merry; for this will remain with him in his labor all the days of his life which God gives him under the sun. When I applied my heart to know wisdom and to see the business that is done on earth, even though one sees no sleep day or night, then I saw all the work of God, that a man cannot find out the work that is done under the sun. For though a man labors to discover it, yet he will not find it; moreover, though a wise man attempts to know it, he will not be able to find it.

    For I considered all this in my heart, so that I could declare it all: that the righteous and the wise and their works are in the hand of God. People know neither love nor hatred by anything they see before them. All things come alike to all: One event happens to the righteous and the wicked; To the good, the clean, and the unclean; To him who sacrifices and him who does not sacrifice. As is the good, so is the sinner; He who takes an oath as he who fears an oath. This is an evil in all that is done under the sun: that one thing happens to all. Truly the hearts of the sons of men are full of evil; madness is in their hearts while they live, and after that they go to the dead. But for him who is joined to all the living there is hope, for a living dog is better than a dead lion. For the living know that they will die; But the dead know nothing, And they have no more reward, For the memory of them is forgotten. Also their love, their hatred, and their envy have now perished; Nevermore will they have a share In anything done under the sun. Go, eat your bread with joy, And drink your wine with a merry heart; For God has already accepted your works. Let your garments always be white, And let your head lack no oil. Live joyfully with the wife whom you love all the days of your vain life which He has given you under the sun, all your days of vanity; for that is your portion in life, and in the labor which you perform under the sun.

    Whatever your hand finds to do, do it with your might; for there is no work or device or knowledge or wisdom in the grave where you are going. I returned and saw under the sun that-- The race is not to the swift, Nor the battle to the strong, Nor bread to the wise, Nor riches to men of understanding, Nor favor to men of skill; But time and chance happen to them all. For man also does not know his time: Like fish taken in a cruel net, Like birds caught in a snare, So the sons of men are snared in an evil time, When it falls suddenly upon them. This wisdom I have also seen under the sun, and it seemed great to me: There was a little city with few men in it; and a great king came against it, besieged it, and built great snares around it. Now there was found in it a poor wise man, and he by his wisdom delivered the city. Yet no one remembered that same poor man. Then I said: "Wisdom is better than strength. Nevertheless the poor man's wisdom is despised, And his words are not heard. Words of the wise, spoken quietly, should be heard Rather than the shout of a ruler of fools. Wisdom is better than weapons of war; But one sinner destroys much good."

    Dead flies putrefy the perfumer's ointment, And cause it to give off a foul odor; So does a little folly to one respected for wisdom and honor. A wise man's heart is at his right hand, But a fool's heart at his left. Even when a fool walks along the way, He lacks wisdom, And he shows everyone that he is a fool. If the spirit of the ruler rises against you, Do not leave your post; For conciliation pacifies great offenses. There is an evil I have seen under the sun, As an error proceeding from the ruler: Folly is set in great dignity, While the rich sit in a lowly place. I have seen servants on horses, While princes walk on the ground like servants. He who digs a pit will fall into it, And whoever breaks through a wall will be bitten by a serpent. He who quarries stones may be hurt by them, And he who splits wood may be endangered by it. If the ax is dull, And one does not sharpen the edge, Then he must use more strength; But wisdom brings success.

    A serpent may bite when it is not charmed; The babbler is no different. The words of a wise man's mouth are gracious, But the lips of a fool shall swallow him up; The words of his mouth begin with foolishness, And the end of his talk is raving madness. A fool also multiplies words. No man knows what is to be; Who can tell him what will be after him? The labor of fools wearies them, For they do not even know how to go to the city! Woe to you, O land, when your king is a child, And your princes feast in the morning! Blessed are you, O land, when your king is the son of nobles, And your princes feast at the proper time-- For strength and not for drunkenness! Because of laziness the building decays, And through idleness of hands the house leaks. A feast is made for laughter, And wine makes merry; But money answers everything. Do not curse the king, even in your thought; Do not curse the rich, even in your bedroom; For a bird of the air may carry your voice, And a bird in flight may tell the matter.

    Cast your bread upon the waters, For you will find it after many days. Give a serving to seven, and also to eight, For you do not know what evil will be on the earth. If the clouds are full of rain, They empty themselves upon the earth; And if a tree falls to the south or the north, In the place where the tree falls, there it shall lie. He who observes the wind will not sow, And he who regards the clouds will not reap. As you do not know what is the way of the wind, Or how the bones grow in the womb of her who is with child, So you do not know the works of God who makes everything. In the morning sow your seed, And in the evening do not withhold your hand; For you do not know which will prosper, Either this or that, Or whether both alike will be good. Truly the light is sweet, And it is pleasant for the eyes to behold the sun; But if a man lives many years And rejoices in them all, Yet let him remember the days of darkness, For they will be many. All that is coming is vanity. Rejoice, O young man, in your youth, And let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth; Walk in the ways of your heart, And in the sight of your eyes; But know that for all these God will bring you into judgment. Therefore remove sorrow from your heart, And put away evil from your flesh, For childhood and youth are vanity.

    Remember now your Creator in the days of your youth, Before the difficult days come, And the years draw near when you say, "I have no pleasure in them": While the sun and the light, The moon and the stars, Are not darkened, And the clouds do not return after the rain; In the day when the keepers of the house tremble, And the strong men bow down; When the grinders cease because they are few, And those that look through the windows grow dim; When the doors are shut in the streets, And the sound of grinding is low; When one rises up at the sound of a bird, And all the daughters of music are brought low; Also they are afraid of height, And of terrors in the way; When the almond tree blossoms, The grasshopper is a burden, And desire fails. For man goes to his eternal home, And the mourners go about the streets. Remember your Creator before the silver cord is loosed, Or the golden bowl is broken, Or the pitcher shattered at the fountain, Or the wheel broken at the well.

    Then the dust will return to the earth as it was, And the spirit will return to God who gave it. "Vanity of vanities," says the Preacher, "All is vanity." And moreover, because the Preacher was wise, he still taught the people knowledge; yes, he pondered and sought out and set in order many proverbs. The Preacher sought to find acceptable words; and what was written was upright--words of truth. The words of the wise are like goads, and the words of scholars are like well-driven nails, given by one Shepherd. And further, my son, be admonished by these. Of making many books there is no end, and much study is wearisome to the flesh. Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God and keep His commandments, For this is man's all. For God will bring every work into judgment, Including every secret thing, Whether good or evil.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-space-odyssey
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 R9B8Wst
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hello_dave_by_yatak
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.572562113_4ayn
    HAL: Password Accepted.
    DAV: What the Hell is Going On, HAL??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vancouver_island_large

    Imagine an Island-Campus centered in a Concert-Hall and Library surrounded by a University surrounded by Multinational-Corporations surrounded by the Mansions of the Elite with a Sub-Surface Military-Complex on Steroids!! To give this fantasy some substance, imagine Benaroya Hall and the University of Washington Libraries surrounded by the University of Washington (including the UW Medical Center) surrounded by Microsoft, Amazon, and Boeing surrounded by Puget Sound Mansions with a Sub-Surface Naval and Space-Force Fortress on Steroids!! Imagine this Fantasy-Isand existing on Vancouver Island!! If this doesn't make your hair stand on-end (to the point that your hair gets pulled out of your skin) you must be dead!! This is sort of cool to think about, but the reality might make the 'V' series (both of them) look tame and lame in comparison!! I suspect that we exist within the eye of a VERY Nasty Storm (which might be the end of all of us -- physically and spiritually). We might be entering an Eternity of Enslavement and/or Extermination (possibly at the 'mercy' of Malevolent-Regressive Artificial-Intelligence) as the Final-Stage of a Galactic Rat-Trap. You might wish to take a pill and/or have a drink. One More Thing. Don't Be Frightened. I Mean No Harm. I Am of Peace. Always.

    Cheryl Hersha reminded me of Sherry Shriner. Cheryl also had an 'Oracle' Sister.
    Think about things I've said in other posts. That's all I'm going to say.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 236L
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 MKultraCIAmeme

    Actually, I'll make a generic-comment about the internet. Without changing the basic political-structure of the solar-system, the beings of the solar-system might be in the process of running things in a new and uncharted manner, which might end-well or might be the end of all of us. As you know, I suspect some sort of supercomputer artificial-intelligence referee-governance of the solar-system going way-back to the Tower of Babel, the Garden of Eden, or even further back to the Rebellion Against God and the War in Heaven (but I obviously can't prove a damn-thing). 'RA' told me "You Did It With YouTube" but no elaboration was forthcoming. Once again, my current visualization and speculation have reached critical-levels, and I feel compelled to 'back-off' voluntarily, and perhaps review my latest United States of the Solar System thread (Book Seven). Again, I'm merely using this study as a research-platform for religious and political science-fictional modeling-purposes. I'm in no position or condition to do anything more than that (regardless of who I might've been in Ancient Babylon and/or Egypt). The Info-War and Technological-Revolution are seemingly Out of Control and heading toward some sort of Hideous-Catastrophe which even President Trump, the City-States, the United-Nations, and the Dark-Side of the Moon can't prevent. But somewhere in the shadows, I suspect that a Committee Behind the Curtain is directly-interfacing with whoever and/or whatever is running this seemingly Out of Control Show, and I suspect that the Souls in This Solar System are in the process of becoming the New-Crew directly-interfacing with whoever and/or whatever is running this seemingly Out of Control Show. The Horror.

    Sometimes it seems as if the Information-War is Predatory in Nature, encouraging people to explore areas of research they're not prepared to deal with, and then demonizing them when they attempt to face reality (or possible realities) in an almost 'Gang-Stalking' manner. When I posted on Project Avalon, I intended my posts for the regular-posters on Project Avalon (and not for my local-community). When I post on The Mists of Avalon, I intend my posts for the regular-posters on The Mists of Avalon (and not for my local community). But it seems as if my local-community has been alerted and mobilized against me by 'Officials' in an almost 'Gang-Stalking' manner. Since I began posting on Project Avalon and The Mists of Avalon, I have felt worse and worse and worse, despite expensive conventional medical examination and treatment (which actually seems to have made things worse, at very-great expense and suffering). Reading, watching, and listening-to Victims of Proven 'Gang-Stalking' seems to reveal parallels between their experiences and my own. I haven't pursued remedies because of fear and mistrust, and because of the seeming impossibility of proving the seemingly unprovable. So I basically 'Grin and Bear It' for better or worse, I know not. In some ways, I seem to be getting better and stronger in adversity. I'm pretty tough and stubborn, but I wonder about the fate of those less grounded than myself. My struggle is almost like having a 'sparring-partner'. I've considered the possibility of an Ancient Artificial-Intelligence Supercomputer-Matrix which mankind might've become subject-to because of Disobedience, Iniquity, and Rebellion Against God. The possibility exists in my mind that some of the Ancient 'Good Guys and Gals' have been thrown to the 'Wolves' in this Hypothetical Ancient-Matrix which reigns-in both Good and Bad individuals. Who Knows?? Consider these two 'Groups of Four' Minimal-Lists:

    1. Proverbs, Psalms, Isaiah, Daniel. (Old-Testament Minimal-List)

    2. Luke, Acts, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians. (New-Testament Minimal-List)

    What if the Bible is the 'Problem' rather than the 'Answer'?? What if I've been Casting Biblical Red-Herrings Before Completely-Ignorant Fools?? Have some of you been mockingly-shouting "We've Got Him Now!!"?? What if I have nothing to do with YOUR Fate?? What if YOU Decided YOUR OWN Fate Thousands of Years Ago?? I Have NO Idea. I'm going to try to take an extended-break, one more time, but in the meantime, consider reading Deuteronomy plus I Chronicles to Malachi (in the 'NIV Reader's Bible') straight-through, over and over (with an emphasis on Ethics, Law, and Commandments). Good-Luck, God-Bless You, and God-Bless the United States of the Solar System.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 HAL-9000
    HAL: Just What Do You Think You're Doing, DAV?
    DAV: Vengeance Belongs to the Lord, But He Delegates.
    COR: Be Afraid. Be VERY Afraid.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 215
    Carol wrote:To understand President Trump one needs to understand how he thinks and where he is coming from. This is a man who wants global peace and for other countries to embrace their sovereignty. He is not interested in the US policing the world unless they are being paid to protect another country, nor is he a Warhawk interested in creating wars. However, he does believe in ruling from strength and realizes that when other countries see how strong the US is becoming will not choose to engage in a war.

    These days the economic wars are being fought on-line, via hacking and social media. I'm more concerned about HRC giving free access of her server to China FOR YEARS who fully exploited the information and also put their own chips into all electronics being shipped to the US. China is the real threat.. and China also believes in a strong military as does Russia. Yet China and Russia work together.. with the US repositioning itself from a position of weakness to a position of strength.

    The whole world is on the cusp of a major financial reset. Trumps goal, along with other countries is to get rid of the Central Banks that has put the whole world into a never ending spiraling debt system to a financial system based on a country's physical assets, not fake fiat $$$.

    Other countries are moving away from trading using the petro$ as the primary monetary system. China also happens to be in deep debt yet has managed to get all types of manufacturing located in their country along with gold. So they too are going through a major financial internal change.

    Trump's plan is to eliminate the illegal Federal Reserve and put the US assets back into US hands. One needs to understand that he is a patriot who loves his country and it's people. And when he has thousands of people coming from hundreds of miles to attend one of his rallies, you know he's doing something right. Over 100,000 people in Texas are already lined up to see him.

    This is a president that understands the needs of the people / legal citizens and is working tirelessly, without pay, to see that those needs are met.

    Even though Russia, China and the US do a lot of military posturing, it's unlikely to lead to war because none of them want that for their people. What they want instead is trade and prosperity.
    World Peace?, Deep State Losing Control Of Narrative - Episode 1695b

    Report date: 10.21.2018

    Former FBI says Rosenstein was not kidding when he wanted to record Trump. FBI admits using multiple spies in the Trump administration. Jude orders Mueller to prove that the companies were involved in election meddling. Khashogi a deep state operation to split the world and start a major event. Turkey ready to reveal all the evidence on Tuesday. Saudi's give Trump room to avoid take action against Saudi Arabia. France and Germany are going to meet Russia to talk about peace in Syria. The deep state narrative is falling apart, world peace is starting to creep in and the deep state will do whatever it takes to stop it..
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Bob and Carol, what concerns me is the State of Technology throughout the World (and perhaps throughout the Solar System). What concerns me even more are the possibilities concerning Who and/or What Really Runs the World (and perhaps the Whole Solar System). What if the War Machines of All-Concerned are Not Controlled by the Individual-Players, but are rather Centrally-Controlled by Whoever and/or Whatever Really Runs the World (and perhaps the Whole Solar System)?? It sometimes seems to me that an Armageddon-Level War would've occurred a long-time ago if this were not the case, but that a Future Eschatological-Extermination might be the End of All of Us. 'RA' spoke of a plan to Detonate All Nukes Simultaneously (but didn't specify any details or involved parties, or even whether this was a hypothetical-scenario only). Another Individual of Interest (who might've been the same one) spoke of an Immanent-Extermination (but later spoke of 85% of Humanity Perishing). Yet another Individual of Interest (who might've been the same one) spoke to me in a Masonic-Cemetery of 85% of Humanity Perishing (randomly, and without regard to goodness or badness). Honest. I worry that One Weaponry Screw-Up by Accident and/or Design Could be the End of All of Us. I've speculated about a Hypothetical Supercomputer Artificial-Intelligence Management of Earth and Humanity (and perhaps the Whole Solar System) which might include Control of All WMD's. If this were even partially-true it might be what's keeping us alive presently, and what might End It All in futurity. I Truly Live a Life of Quiet-Desperation. The Horror. What Would Ted and Alice Say??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Poster%20-%20Bob%20&%20Carol%20&%20Ted%20&%20Alice_04
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Eecdd3d481f10a05e17f3704851f2e68
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 V-Series-S2x03-Laid-bare-Chad-Decker-Doube-Agent

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Pinky_and_the_brain_by_jrwcole-d4atvge
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.320304723

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 10:35 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 DSC_1288

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Alden-Thompson

    I stopped regularly-attending church a very-long time ago, mostly because I questioned everything privately, and upset myself and others when I opened my mouth, and asked hard-questions in polite-company. Well, I recently attended an SDA church, and during Sabbath-School Class, I opened my rebellious-mouth, stating that Jesus should've fired Judas, and that not firing him was a bad-example for workplace-ethics. That's the sanitized-version of what happened. It reinforced my decision to not attend any church, and to just post contrarian-threads on a renegade-website. You might've noticed that I frankly don't give a damn whether anyone appreciates my posting or not. There's a certain honesty and integrity when a topic under review is pursued relentlessly, regardless of whether anyone gives a damn about my tripe, or not. Consider the linked 1975 Doctoral Dissertation of Dr. Alden Thompson (a doctoral-graduate of the University of Edinburgh, Scotland) titled 'Responsibility for Evil in the Theodicy of IV Ezra: A Study Illustrating the Significance of Form and Structure for the Meaning of the Book'. I couldn't download the dissertation, so I ordered the one copy available on Amazon. I Got Mine. Good-Luck Getting Yours. Actually, I just successfully downloaded the dissertation!! So now I'll have the download and the hard-copy!! Here's an introduction to IV Ezra and II Baruch (which easily downloads). Here's a bit of information about Dr. Alden Thompson. and I've conversed with Dr. Thompson, several times in his office. I once told him "I Don't Think Jesus is God." Another time, we discussed the ministry of Dr. Robert H. Schuller. Another time, Dr. Thompson told me "If you tear something down, you'd better have something better to replace it."

    Alden Lloyd Thompson is a Seventh-day Adventist Christian theologian, author and seminar presenter. He is the professor of biblical studies at Walla Walla University in Washington, United States. He graduated from Walla Walla College (now Walla Walla University) in 1965 with a BA.[1] The same year he married Wanda Hoffman. Thompson graduated from Andrews University with an MA in 1966 and a BD in 1967. After serving as a pastor in southeastern California from 1967 to 1970, he became a faculty member of Walla Walla University in 1970. From 1972 to 1974 he attended the University of Edinburgh in Scotland. He was awarded with a doctorate in Old Testament and Judaic Studies in 1974, and his dissertation was published in 1977 by Scholars Press. In 1980 and 1981, he taught at Marienhoehe Seminary in Darmstadt, Germany. From 1986 to 1990 he served as the academic vice president of Walla Walla College, returning to full-time teaching in the School of Theology in 1990.

    Thompson has written much about the inspiration of the Bible and prophets. He published a 4-part series "Adventists and Inspiration" in the Adventist Review, in 1985.[2] Subsequently, church publisher Review and Herald invited him to submit a book manuscript for publication. This became the 1991 book Inspiration: Hard Questions, Honest Answers, which had a large impact in the Adventist church.[3] (Baptist scholar Clark Pinnock reviewed it very favourably.[4]) Two conservative responses to Thompson were published. Firstly was Issues in Revelation and Inspiration, published by the Adventist Theological Society the following year.[5] Secondly was Samuel Koranteng-Pipim, Receiving the Word (1996)[6] which was reviewed by Thompson in turn.[7] Thompson is open to a small use of the historical-critical method of Bible interpretation, although many Adventists reject this method, for example, the 1986 statement Methods of Bible Study, "urge[s] Adventist Bible students to avoid relying on the use of the presuppositions and the resultant deductions associated with the historical-critical method." He is much concerned with church unity, and has described his 2009 book Beyond Common Ground: Why Liberals and Conservatives Need Each Other as "a kind of capstone to my teaching career."[8] He has discussed differing personality types and how they relate to God and the church.[9]

    He supports the process of change, and has argued for significant change in Ellen G. White's views of God (see: inspiration of Ellen White#Change over time. For instance, his best known series is "From Sinai to Golgotha", a five-part sequence published in 1981 in the Adventist Review. It discusses a change from a more fear-based picture of God in the Bible at Mt Sinai, to a more grace-based image of God at the cross. He also claims Ellen White moved from fear to joy.[10] See also his article, "The Scary Lady of Adventism Learns to Have Fun".[11] His book Escape from the Flames: How Ellen White Grew from Fear to Joy - and Helped Me to Do it Too (2005) has a similar theme. Thompson's speaking engagements and writings cover many topics, including the Bible, especially the Old Testament, Ellen White studies, inspiration (see biblical inspiration, revelation), and Adventist history.

    His books include:

    2009. Beyond Common Ground: Why Liberals and Conservatives Need Each Other, Pacific Press; publisher's page[12]
    2005. Escape from the Flames: How Ellen White Grew from Fear to Joy - and Helped Me to Do it Too (Pacific Press). ISBN 0-8163-2085-3
    1995. Samuel: From the Danger of Chaos to the Danger of Power. Boise, ID: Pacific Press (part of The Abundant Life Bible Amplifier series) ISBN 0-8163-1265-6
    1991. Inspiration: Hard Questions, Honest Answers,[13] (Review and Herald), now translated into German[14] and Dutch[15]
    1988. Who's Afraid of the Old Testament God? (Paternoster, 1988; Zondervan, 1989). ISBN 0-310-51921-7; one publisher's page (fifth edition)
    1977 Responsibility for Evil in the Theodicy of IV Ezra (Ph.D. thesis) Dissertation series, Society of Biblical Literature; no. 29)[16]
    Two chapters were withdrawn from Inspiration prior to publication, "Eschatology: The Angels Always Say the Time Is Short" (RTF format), and "The Adventist Church at Corinth" (RTF), which describes three dominant strands of Adventist theology. These were eventually published in Beyond Common Ground.


    ^ Thompson, Alden. "Brief Biographical Sketch for Alden Thompson". Archived from the original on 2006-09-01. Retrieved 2007-02-16.

    ^ Alden Thompson in the Adventist Review. "Adventists and Inspiration", 5 September 1985, p5–7. "Improving the Testimonies through Revisions", 12 September 1985, p13–15. "Questions and Perplexities without End", 19 September 1985, p7–9. "Letting the Bible Speak for Itself", 26 September 1985, p12–15. Full series available (RTF) from Thompson's website. The series was reprinted in Adventtiairut (Finnish) in 1986

    ^ "A Peek Inside"

    ^ Pinnock, Clark (January 1994). "Alden Thompson's Inspiration: Why Is It A Cause Célèbre?" (PDF). Spectrum. Association of Adventist Forums. 23 (4): 51–52. ISSN 0890-0264. Archived from the original (PDF) on 2010-06-26. Retrieved 2006-11-21.

    ^ Frank Holbrook; Leo Van Dolson, eds. (1992). Issues in Revelation and Inspiration. Berrien Springs, MI: Adventist Theological Society Publications. OCLC 25701461. Possibly see also Timm, Alberto (1999). "A History of Seventh-day Adventist Views on Biblical and Prophetic Inspiration (1844-2000)" (PDF). Journal of the Adventist Theological Society. Adventist Theological Society. 10 (1–2): 486–542. ISSN 1550-7378. Retrieved 2006-10-23.

    ^ Koranteng-Pipim, Receiving the Word. Berrien Springs, Michigan: Berean Books, 1996

    ^ "En Route to a `Plain Reading' of Scripture Archived 2010-06-26 at the Wayback Machine.". Spectrum 26:4 (January 1998), p50–52

    ^ "A Peek Inside" interview

    ^ "Adventist Personality Types" (RTF). Insight, 10 August 1985, p6–11. Also Beyond Common Ground, "The Adventist Church at Corinth", etc.

    ^ Also republished on SDANet AtIssue.

    "From Sinai to Golgotha" (part 1)
    "One law, two mountains" (part 2)
    "The story of a pilgrimage" (part 3)
    "Ellen White's pilgrimage to Golgotha" (part 4)
    "The theology of Ellen White: The great controversy story" (part 5)
    "Even the Investigative Judgment can be Good News" (part 6)

    A Study Illustrating the Significance of
    Form and Structure for the Meaning of the Book



    University of Edinburgh

    The primary purpose of this study is to analyze IV Ezra as theodicy and in particular to establish where the author would place the ultimate responsibility for evil. Judging from the traditions which the author of IV Ezra apparently had available to him, there were four different levels at which he could establish responsibility for evil: first, he could affirm that each man is responsible for his own sin; second, he could place the blame on Adam or Eve; third, he could shift responsibility onto a supernatural evil being, Satan; or fourth, he could implicate God himself by means of the evil yetzer tradition. The development and use of these traditions in the OT and intertestamental Jewish sources has been noted in chapter I where it is shown that all four traditions may be woven together in the same literary work. Yet even when responsibility for evil is shifted onto Adam, Satan or God, the individual is consistently held to be responsible for determining his own destiny, the difference between the sources being only the degree of emphasis with which individual responsibility is maintained.

    The theodicy-related matters of IV Ezra are taken up most specifically in chapters V and VI, but chapters II-IV focus on an aspect of IV Ezra which is an essential first step for the understanding of the content of the book, namely, the author's use of form and structure in developing his argument. The significant elements are the seven-episode structure and the dialogue format. By means of the dialogue between the distraught, complaining seer and the dogmatic, confident angel, the author has developed his theodicy-problem in episodes; episode IV is transitional, establishing a tone of guarded optimism which is maintained in episodes V-VII. After the transition is accomplished in episode IV, the dialogue tension ceases as Ezra more-or-less adopts the angel's point of view. The crucial question for the interpretation of the book is: where do the author's true convictions appear—on Ezra's side of the dialogue or on Uriel's? This question in particular, and more generally, the interpretation of the seven-episode structure and the dialogue format have been the primary focus of attention in the survey of the history of research in chapter II.

    Chapter III concentrates on the dialogue format, comparing and contrasting the dialogue elements in IV Ezra with those of its sister apocalypse, II Baruch. This establishes the points of reference for the detailed tracing of the author's argument in chapter IV. Ezra's interests are seen to progress from a predominant concern with Israel the nation, i.e., the. one in the hands of the many (3:1-7:16) to a primary interest in perishing mankind, i.e., the many who will be lost compared with the few who will be saved (7:17-9:25), with a final return to a concern for Israel. The author artfully accomplishes this return from an interest in the many to renewed interest in the one by means of four successive stages: first, he turns from his complaints and from fasting to feasting on flowers; second, he classes himself with sinners for the last time; third, he turns from his interest in the many to a renewed concern for the one, and fourth, he ceases his sorrow—thereafter, if not altogether buoyant in his hopes for the future, at least he is properly fearful in the presence of the divine. All of these transitional aspects are woven into the narrative of episode IV.

    After the detailed treatment of the elements of form and structure in chapters II-IV, chapters V and VI return to the specific treatment of theodicy in IV Ezra. Chapter V seeks to define the author's theodicy-problem. The author is seen to be struggling with two issues. On the one hand are the narrower sectarian issues connected with the present physical distress of Israel the nation, and on the other hand, there are the universalistic concerns linked with the problem of moral evil and the impending judgment man must face. Though Ezra's initial concern is for Israel, this would appear to be primarily the catalyst for the author's real concern, namely, the problem of moral evil and man's inability to live a righteous life. Not only is this suggested by Ezra's unanswered challenge in 9:14-16, but also by the way his concern about moral evil has managed to permeate even those contexts where the primary interest is Israel.

    Finally, the author's attempt at a theodicy is analyzed in chapter VI. On both sides of the dialogue, the author has simultaneously placed the responsibility for evil on the individual, on Adam, and on God, thus making use of three of the four traditions available to him (surveyed in chapter I). He makes no use of a Satanic figure and by pushing the responsibility for evil back to God himself by means of the evil yetzer tradition, he shows his inclination for a solution to the problem of evil that is compatible with monotheism. Yet the author has failed to develop a coherent theodicy on the rational level, neglecting even to make use of those elements of the evil yetzer tradition which would seem to be best suited for constructing a theodicy. But in spite of the lack of a rational solution to his theodicy problem, the author indicates by the way that he has organized his book that he was able to attain an experiential solution. He thereby demonstrates his links with the theodicy traditions of the OT and the ANE where the realm of experience provided the answers that reason could not.

    In addition to illustrating the importance of form and structure for the analysi of the elements of theodicy in IV Ezra, the present study has adduced a certain amount of evidence in favor of recognizing the Ezra speeches as an integral part of the author's own viewpoint, rather than as an heretical position against which he is polemicizing as argued by Brandenburger and Harnisch. Not only is this suggested by the author's choice of pseudonym and the heart-rending pathos of the Ezra speeches but it is confirmed by the way in which the author has manipulated the various formal elements to preserve the "reputation" of his seer while at the same time giving credibility to his complaints. Accordingly, it is possible to typify the author as a truly sensitive person who was attempting a corrective to Jewish theology from within, rather than as a vigorous polemicist who was repulsing an attack on the fundamental principles of his faith. Thus the study of the form and structure of IV Ezra can be seen not only as essential for the proper understanding of the content of the book, but also for the proper appreciation of the author himself and his relationship to his Jewish faith.

    Although the writing of this thesis has entailed a disproportionate concern with the problem of evil, the splendid assistance which I have received from many quarters during the course of my study amply attests to the fact that there is more than just a vestige of good left in the world. From the standpoint of the research itself, I am most grateful to the Faculty of Divinity of the University of Edinburgh for the facilities they have provided and for their guidance in connection with the many facets of a research program. In particular, Dr. Peter Haynian of the Old Testament Department has given unstintingly of his time and has made numerous fruitful suggestions which have contributed in no small measure to the development of this study. David Mealand of the New Testament Department has also given generously of his time even though the exigencies of time and space made it necessary to virtually eliminate the New Testament aspects from direct consideration in the thesis itself. The staff of the New College Library have also been most helpful in locating necessary research materials. In this respect, a special word of appreciation is due to Mr. Iain Hope for his assistance in obtaining books and articles from other libraries.

    More indirectly, but no less significantly, my wife Wanda, and our two girls, Karin and Krista, have contributed substantially to the cause of scholarly research. Not only have they cheerfully accepted the considerable limitations to normal family life that have been necessary in order to see this project to completion, but they have also helped to provide a pleasant environment that has proved to be a most effective antidote for the pessimism engendered by the author of IV Ezra. A special word of gratitude belongs to the Board of Trustees and the Administration of Walla Walla College for providing financial support and a leave of absence for the duration of my studies at the University of Edinburgh. And when it became evident that an additional term would be necessary if the job were to be done properly, my long-suffering colleagues in the School of Theology were willing to accept additional teaching responsibilities so that we could remain in Scotland until my work was completed. We are deeply grateful for their sacrifice on our behalf. In addition to the many contributions that others have made to the content of the thesis, I have received much invaluable help in connection with its mechanical aspects. Mrs. Audrey Ogilvie-Eerald has contributed substantially to the preparation of the final typescript, and several have assisted in ferreting out mechanical irregularities at various stages of preparation. But regardless of the much appreciated assistance along the way, I assume full responsibility for whatever errors there may be in the finished product.

    Edinburgh November, 1974

    A. Physical Evil 4
    1. Universality of Physical Evil 4
    2. Relationship of Physical Evil to a "Fall" 7
    a. Death: a Result of Sin, or a Natural Expectation? 8
    b. Physical Evil in General 11
    i. Effects on Man 16
    ii. Effects on the Lower Creatures 17
    iii. Effects on Nature and the Cosmos 17
    B. Moral Evil 18
    1. Universality of Moral Evil: the Old Testament View 18
    a. Evil Is Widespread, but Not Inevitable 19
    b. Evil Is Universal, but Not Inherent 20
    c. Evil Is Congenital, but Not Linked to a Primal Sin 21
    2. Moral Evil: the Search for an Answer 22
    C. Attempts to Fix Responsibility for Evil 26
    1. Individual Responsibility 26
    a. Old Testament 26
    b. Palestinian Jewish Sources 32
    i. Ecclesiasticus 32
    ii. Tobit 33
    iii. I Enoch 33
    iv. Dead Sea Scrolls 34
    v. Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs 35
    vi. The Books of Adam and Eve 35
    vii. (IV Ezra), (II Baruch), Rabbinic Sources 36
    c. Hellenistic Jewish Sources 37
    i. Wisdom of Solomon 37
    ii. Philo 37
    iii. II Enoch 38
    2. Responsibility Placed on Adam (or Eve) 40
    a. Old Testament: Genesis 3 40
    b. Early Palestinian Jewish Sources 41
    i. Ecclesiasticus 41
    ii. I Enoch 43
    iii. Jubilees 43
    iv. Dead Sea Scrolls 44
    v. Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs 44
    c. Hellenistic Jewish Sources 45
    i. Wisdom of Solomon 45
    ii. Philo 46
    iii. II Enoch 47
    d. Late Palestinian Jewish Sources 48
    i. The Books of Adam and Eve 48
    ii. Pseudo-Philo, Testament of Abraham, Apocalypse of Abraham 49
    iii. (IV Ezra), (II Baruch) 50
    iv. Rabbinic Sources 50
    3. Responsibility Placed on a Supernatural Evil Personality (Satan) 52
    a. Old Testament 52
    i. The Demonic in the Old Testament 52
    ii. Satan in the Old Testament 54
    b. Palestinian Jewish Sources 55
    i. Ecclesiasticus 55
    ii. Jubilees 56
    iii. I Enoch 58
    iv. Dead Sea Scrolls 60
    v. Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs 63
    vi. Martyrdom of Isaiah, Assumption of Moses, Apocalypse of Abraham, Testament of Abraham, Books of Adam and Eve 65
    c. Hellenistic Jewish Sources 66
    i. Wisdom of Solomon (and Philo) 66
    ii. Sibylline Oracles 67
    iii. II Enoch 67
    iv. Testament of Job 68
    d. The Absence of Satan in Later Palestinian Jewish Sources; IV Ezra, II Baruch, Pseudo-Philo 69
    4. Responsibility Placed on God; the Evil Yetzer 70 a. The Rabbinic Teaching 70
    b. Palestinian Jewish Sources 74
    i. Ecclesiasticus 74
    ii. Dead Sea Scrolls 79
    iii. Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs 86
    iv. (IV Ezra), Apocalypse of Moses, Targum Pseudo-Jonathan 89
    c. Hellenistic Jewish Sources 91
    i. Fhilo 91
    ii. II Enoch 91
    D. Summary, and Introduction to the Problem in IV Ezra 92
    A. Preliminary Aspects 96
    1. Name of the Apocalypse 96
    2. Manuscripts and Versions 97
    3. Original Language 100
    B. Historical Survey of IV Ezra Research 102
    1. Survey of the Significant Contributions to the Study of IV Ezra with Particular Attention to the Study of Form and Structure as Related to the Purpose of the Book 104
    a. Volkmar (1863) 104
    b. Rosenthal (1885) 105
    c. Kabisch (1889) 107
    d. Gunkel (1900) 109
    e. Schiefer (1901) 110
    f. Vaganay (1906) 110
    g. Box (1912) 112
    h. Haulers (1922) 114
    i. Violet II (1924) 116
    j. Mundle (1929) 117
    k. Montefiore (1929) 118
    I. Oesterley (1933) 119
    m. Volz (1934) 121
    n. Gry (1938) 122
    o. Klausner (1956) 123
    (Chapter II Outline (continued) )
    p. Harnisch (1969) 124
    q. Stone (1971) 127
    r. Breech (1973) 127
    s. Hayman (1974) 130
    t. Myers (1974) 131
    u. Summary: the Roots of the Present Study 133
    i. Seven-episode Structure 133
    ii. Dialogue Format 133
    iii. Purpose of the Book 134
    2. History of Research: Introductory Matters 134
    a. Unity, Authorship, Relationship with Rabbinic Schools 134
    b. Time and Place of Composition 136
    A. The Seven-episode Scheme in IV Ezra and II Baruch 139
    B. The Dialogue Format 144
    1. Character and Function of the Seer 145
    a. Element of Complaint in the Prayers for Enlightenment 145
    b. Personal Pessimism of the Seer 149
    c. Attitude towards the Wicked 160
    2. Character and Function of the Divine Respondent 163
    a. Unattractive Elements in the Speeches of the Divine Respondent 164
    b. Use of the Angel as Mediator 169
    c. Adequacy of the Divine Response 172
    A. The Development and Use of the One/Many and the Many/Few Arguments in Episode I 184
    1. The Constituent Elements 184
    a. Elements Used to Support the One/Many Argument 184
    b. Ambiguous Elements: May Support Either Argument 185
    c. Elements Used to Support the Many/Few Argument 186
    2. The Author's Argument 187
    a. The Function of Chapter 3 in the Author's Plan 187
    b. Analysis of Specific Elements of the One/Many and the Many/Few Arguments 192
    c. Uriel as the Spokesman for the Many 196
    d. Function of 3:35-36 as the Transitional Element between Chapters 3 and 4 204
    i. Relationship of Chapter 3 to 4:4 205
    ii. Usage of "World" and "Earth" in 3:34-35 205
    iii. The Sense of Comparison in 3:36b 209
    iv. Singular or Plural for "nation" in 3:36? 214
    3. Summary: Use of the One/Many and the Many/Few Arguments in Episode I 215
    B. Tie Development and Use of the One/Many and the Many/Few Arguments in Episode II 217
    1. The Constituent Elements 218
    a. Summary of Passages in Episode II Which Recapitulate or Reapply Terminology and Arguments from Episode I 218
    b. Summary of Points of Transition between Concern for Israel (One/Many) and Concern for All Mankind (Many/Few) in Episode II 221
    (Chapter IV Outline-Page 2)
    2. The Author's Argument 221
    a. Analysis of the One/Many-and the Many/Few Elements in Episode II 221
    i. The One/Many Argument in Episode II 222
    ii. The Many/Few Argument in Episode II 224
    b. The Hint of Optimism from Ezra in Episode II 226
    c. Possible Polemic in 6:6 227
    3. Summary: The Development of the Argument in Episode II 229
    C. The Development and Use of the One/Many and the Many/Few Arguments in Episode III 230
    1. Outline of Episode III 231
    2. Traces of the One/Many Argument in Episode III 233
    a. Passages Which Imply an Interest in Israel (One/Many) and in Episode III 233
    b. Analysis of Passages in Episode III Which Imply an Interest in Israel (One/Many) 234
    c. Summary: the Use of the One/Many Elements in Episode III 241
    3. Development of the Many/Few Argument in Episode III 243
    a. 6:35-7:18 Introduction to the Many/Few Argument 244
    b. 7:19-44 Uriel's Defense of God 244
    c. 7:45-48 An Ezra Lament over the Many Who Perish 245
    d. 7:49-61 Uriel's Defense of the Destruction of the Many 246
    e. 7:62-74 Ezra/Uriel Dialogue over the Relative Merits of the Mind 247
    f. 7:75-131 Ezra/Uriel Dialogue about the Coming Day of Judgment 248
    g. 7:132-140 Ezra's Midrash on Ex. 34:6-7 250
    h. 8:1-45 Rebuffs by Uriel and Appeals by Ezra 251
    i. 8:46-9:25 Uriel-dominated Dialogue in Defense of the Destruction of the Wicked 255
    (Chapter IV Outline - Page 3)
    4. Particular Problems in Episode III Arising from the Question: Who Are the "Many" and the "Few"? 259
    a. The Views of Ezra and Uriel on the "Few" 260
    i. Is Salvation Personal or National 260
    ii. Is the Age to Come for Israel the Nation, or for a Remnant of Individuals from within Israel? 262
    b. The Differing Definitions of Ezra and Uriel for the "Ungodly" (Many) and the "Righteous" (Few) 263
    c. Acceptance of Ezra's Definition of the Many as Determinative for the Author 267
    5. The Seer Undeterred: The Significance of Uriel's Failure to Satisfy Ezra 269
    D. Episode IV: Transition from Concern for the Many to Consolation for the One 271
    1. Significant Aspects of Ezra's Introductory Prayer 272
    a. Election Theme 272
    b. Attitude towards the Perishing 272
    c. Attitude towards the Law 273
    2. The Transitional Elements in Episode IV 274
    3. Episode IV as Diagrammatic of the Author's Own Experience 276
    4. The Author's Use of "Zion, Mother of Us All" (10:7) 278
    a. Mother Earth and Related Imagery in IV Ezra 279
    b. The Problem of the Text in 10:7-9 281
    c. The Function of 10:7-9 as a Transitional Element 286
    5. Climax: Final Return from the Concern over the Many to the Consolation of the One 287
    6. Summary: the Transitional Aspects in Episode IV 291
    a. The Literary and Stylistic Features Used to Effect the Transition in Episode IV 291
    b. The Major Consequences of the Transitional Episode for the Author's Argument 294
    (Chapter IV Outline - Page 4)
    E. Development of the Author's Scheme in the Post-transitional Episodes (V-VII) 295
    1. Episode V 296
    2. Episode VI 297
    3. Episode VII 299
    4. Summary: the Development of the Post-transitional Elements in Episodes V-VII 301
    a. Post-transition Emphasis on the One 302
    b. Transition from Pessimism to Guarded Optimism 302
    c. Transition in Eschatology? The Eschatology of V-VII as Compared with the Eschatology of I-IV 303
    A. The Nature of Ezra's (i.e., the Author's) Problem 306
    1. God's Blessings: Past, Present, and Future 306
    2. The Author's Problems: Present Distress or Future Judgment? 309
    3. The Author's Predominant Concern: Israel or All Mankind? 319
    4. The Author's Problem: Physical Evil or Moral Evil? 323
    a. Evidence of Concern about Moral Evil in the Israeldominated Episodes (I, II, IV-VII) 325
    b. Evidence for Concern about Physical Evil in the Universalistic Episode III 329
    c. Conclusion: Dominant Concern for Moral Evil 332
    5. Is Evil Increasing? 332 a. Increase in Physical Evil 334
    b. Increase in Moral Evil 337
    i. The Interpretation of 3:12 in Its Larger Context of the Whole Chapter 337
    (Chapter V Outline - Page 2)
    ii. The Problem in 4:26-32 340
    (a) Comparison of the Good and Bad Seed 341
    (b) The Dominance of the End-time in 4:26-32 343
    iii. The Problem in 7:48, 64, 71: 14:16-18 , 344
    c. Summary: Is Evil Increasing on the Earth? 346
    B. Summary: the Definition of the Theodicy-problem in IV Ezra 348
    A. Theodicy in IV Ezra: the Rational Solution 353
    1. Personal Responsibility for Sin (Evil) 353
    a. Freedom vs. Determinism 354
    b. Ezra's View of Man's Situation: All Have Sinned, but Not All Will Perish 356
    i. The Universality of Sin 356
    ii. Many, but Not All Will Perish 357
    (a) The Key Passages 359
    (1) 7:47-48 359
    (2) 7:132-140 361
    (3) 10:10: 365
    (b) Remnant (by Merit): the Verdict of the Versions 366
    (1) Analysis of the Key Passages in the Versions 369
    (2) Remnant (by Merit): Summary by Passage 372
    (3) Summary of the Tendency of Each Version 372
    c. The Basis for Man's Condemnation or Salvation 376
    i. The Basis for Man's Condemnation 376
    ii. The Basis for Man's Salvation 378
    (a) The Human Dimension of Salvation: Obedience vs • Faith and Belief 378
    (b) The Godward Dimension of Salvation: Mercy vs. Justice and Righteousness 387
    d. Individual Responsibility in IV Ezra: Summary and Comparison with II Baruch 392
    2. Responsibility for Evil Placed on Adam 395
    a. Adam's Sin and Physical Evil 396
    b. Adam's Sin and Moral Evil 397
    c. Summary and Comparison with II Baruch 402
    3. The Neglected Solution: the Responsibility Placed on Satan 405
    4. The Evil Yetzer Tradition: the Responsibility Placed on God 408
    a. The Evil Yetzer Terminology in IV Ezra 408
    i. The General Scope of the Tradition 408
    ii. Evil Heart: Equivalent for Evil Yetzer or the Result of the Evil Yetzer? 411
    b. The Elements of the Rabbinic Teaching in IV Ezra 415
    i. Basic Characteristics 416
    ii. Obtaining Victory over the Yetzer 417
    c. Evaluation of the Evil Yetzer Tradition in IV Ezra As an Element in Theodicy 419
    5. Summary: Theodicy in IV Ezra As a Rational Solution 420
    B. Theodicy in IV Ezra: the Experiential Solution 421


    When God's care for his people falls short of expectations, a crisis of confidence ensue3, and all the more so when this shortfall is compounded into outright disaster. The author of IV Ezra confronted just such a disaster and his agony erupted into the searching dialogue which still stands as a significant attempt to bridge the evident gulf between God's promises and the actual facts of Jewish history. In the study that follows, an attempt has been made to delineate the author's struggles with the problem of evil. Preliminary to the study of IV Ezra itself, the various "solutions" to the problem of evil which had appeared in antecedent Jewish sources have been surveyed. This survey is contained in chapter I and the use of these "solutions" in IV Ezra is explored in chapter VI.^ But of primary importance for the proper understanding of the meaning of IV Ezra is the form and structure of the book, and in particular, the seven-episode scheme and the dialogue format. The significance of these aspects is highlighted especially in chapters II-IV. Chapter II focuses on the history of research as it relates to the significance of the form and structure in IV Ezra, and it describes the current status of IV Ezra research in this respect. Chapter III seeks to demonstrate the significance of the dialogue format, and as a means to that end, compares and contrasts the dialogue elements in IV Ezra and II Baruch. Chapter IV further illustrates the significance of form and structure as it traces in detail the development of the author's argument. Of special interest in chapter IV is the transition from pessimism to guarded optimism which takes place in episode IV. Chapter V builds on the discussion in the preceding chapters of the form and structure of IV Ezra in an attempt to define more precisely the author's theodicy problem. Finally, in chapter VI, the extent and content of the author's theodicy is discussed and evaluated in terms of the various solutions which were available to him, i.e., those which are outlined in chapter I. It is hoped that this study will contribute not only to the understanding of IV Ezra as an attempted theodicy, but also to a greater appreciation of the significance of the form and structure of IV Ezra for the meaning of the book.


    In the attempt to determine where the author of the Ezra Apocalypse would place the ultimate responsibility for evil, the present study has sought to demonstrate the importance of form and structure for the understanding of the book. This involves an analysis of the seven-episode scheme and the dialogue format. First, with regard to the seven-episode scheme, the author has carefully developed a 3 + 1 + 3 outline, using the first three episodes to develop the various aspects of his theodicy-problem, the fourth one as a means of transition from complaint to consolation, and the last three to re-establish confidence in the God that he had so severely questioned initially. Second, the author has relied on the dialogue format to develop the points of tension with which he is struggling. On the one hand, there is the complaining and pessimistic seer who openly questions God's justice while demonstrating a genuine sympathy with perishing sinners. On the other hand, there is the dogmatic and deterministic angel Uriel, who vigorously defends God's actions, but who cheerfully dismisses the many perishing sinners as not worthy of concern. It would appear that the author has used the angelic figure both as a spokesman for a point of view which he considers to be unrealistic and as a mediating figure to absorb some of the sharpness of Ezra's complaints against God*

    There are two major facets to the author's argument. His first concern would appear to be the present distress of Israel the nation (the one in the hands of the many), but on closer analysis, this should probably be considered primarily as the catalyst which activates the author's real concern, namely, the problem of moral evil and the impending doom facing all mankind (the many who will be lost compared with the few who will be saved). Although the author has appropriately indicated his concern for Israel at the beginning and at the end of each episode, the way in which his interest in moral evil permeates even those contexts dealing with the nation Israel suggests that this is his primary theodicy-problem. In addition, Ezra's complaint about the many who perish in 9:14-16 stands as an unanswered challenge and gives the impression that this is a question for which the author has no answer. Even though the final episodes are more optimistic in tone and speak of a just judge (14:32) and mercy after death (14:34), the vivid impression left by the author's complaints in episodes I-III casts a long shadow over the whole book.

    The final chapter of the present study has delineated the author's attempts to find a solution to his theodicy-problem. He was evidently not satisfied with any of the solutions then current in Judaism which sought to give a rational explanation for evil so that God could be seen to be justified. Although the author affirms, both through Ezra and Uriel, that man is responsible for determining his own destiny, Ezra is seen to hold that position with a distinct lack of enthusiasm, thereby suggesting that as far as the author was concerned, simply to assert individual responsibility was an inadequate explanation of the human dilemma. Thus he adopted the theory of the Adamic fall and made use of the evil yetzer tradition, though he evidently rejected all dualistic systems, refusing even to include the figure of Satan as a part of his theodicy. In the end, he was forced to conclude that it was God himself who was responsible for the existence of the evil heart in man. Yet the author does not take full advantage of those aspects of the evil yetzer tradition which are most suitable for the purpose of constructing a theodicy, for he does not introduce the concept of a good yetzer as a means of counteracting the evil yetzer, nor does he envisage the law as an effective antidote; and perhaps most significantly, he makes use only of the negative aspects of the evil yetzer tradition, apparently refusing to define the yetzer as a more-or-less neutral force which could be seen as having a potential either for good or for evil. Yet in spite of the fact that the author does not arrive at a coherent rational solution to his theodicy-problem, he nevertheless is finally able to claim that God is a righteous judge (14:32). Thus it would appear that the author of IV Ezra found an experiential solution in lieu of rational answers, and in so doing, demonstrates that he belongs within a well-attested OT and Near Eastern tradition.

    In addition to illustrating the importance of form and structure for the analysis of the elements of theodicy in IV Ezra, the present study has adduced a certain amount of evidence in favor of recognizing the Ezra speeches as an integral part of the author's own viewpoint, rather than as an heretical position against which he is polemicizing as argued by Brandenburger and Hamisch. Not only is this suggested by the author's choice of pseudonym and the heart-rending pathos of the Ezra speeches, but it is confirmed by the way in which the author has manipulated the various formal elements to preserve the "reputation" of his seer while at the same time giving credibility to his complaints. Accordingly, it is possible to typify the author as a truly sensitive person who was attempting a corrective to Jewish theology from within, rather than as a vigorous polemicist who was repulsing an attack on the fundamental principles of his faith. Thus the study of the form and structure of IV Ezra can be seen not only as essential for the proper understanding of the content of the book, but also for the proper appreciation of the author himself and his relationship to his Jewish faith.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.320304723
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 V_tv_poster_01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 05VrI7H
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 PDrM2HN
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mindwarp_006_silinterrogatesdr
    "I Think He Likes You, Doctor!!"

    If there really is a God of the Whole-Universe, then why was Adam seemingly placed in charge of Earth (as a New-Human with ZERO Administrative-Experience)?? When the Dominion of Earth was usurped from Adam by Satan -- why did the God of the Universe allow this reprehensible state of affairs to stand?? When Jesus Christ Lived and Died on Earth 2,000 Years Ago, Did He Gain Dominion of Earth?? If so, has Jesus Christ ruled Earth for the past 2,000 years?? Why hasn't the God of the Universe been firmly in charge of Earth at all-times?? What if the God of the Universe has allowed This Present Mess to stand because the Whole-Operation (right from the beginning) is considered to be Rebellious and Illegal?? What if both the Rulers and the Ruled of Planet-Earth are being taught a VERY Severe Lesson?? What if the Standard-Story is a Cover-Story?? Consider Daniel 8:14 in conjunction with 1 Corinthians 15:24-28. Is the "Orion-Group" a "Renegade-Group"?? But what if (in some sense) This Present Madness is somehow necessary and justifiable (from the perspectives of All Major Factions)??

    Everyone has a Story, Rationalization, Excuse, etc. When I speak of a hypothetical Investigative and Executive Judgment -- I'm hinting at a Judgment Which Might Involve the Whole-Universe. This is Mind-Numbing Stuff. What if the God of the Universe -- and the Universal Royal-Family were somehow taken-hostage in antiquity?? What Would Omnipotent-Highness and Original-Hostage KRLLL Say?? Do We REALLY Wish to Know?? BTW -- when I first met the "Ancient Egyptian Deity" they said "Finally" or "At Last". Remember what the Valeyard said to Dr. Who when he was "pulled out of time"?? He said, "At last, Doctor!!" Sort of creepy, isn't it?? I could go on and on -- but I'm sick and tired of this exercise in futility. When will you all quit slithering around behind my back (like snakes in the grass) and tell me What the Hell is REALLY Going On??!! Try treating the book I'm posting as Historical Science-Fiction (using your imagination). It seems to require that sort of context to begin making sense (to skeptical-inquirers).

    What if one made a career out of analyzing each and every photograph and video allegedly made in space?? Is the Solar System what we think it is?? How much do we really know about the sun, the planets, the moons, the asteroids, and the space separating all of the above?? What do we really know about the origin and history of the Solar System?? Thinking one knows, and actually knowing, are two very-different things. Are the Internet and Info-War destroying secrecy and compartmentalization?? If so, is this a good-thing or a bad-thing?? What if Faction-A is being exposed and deposed by Faction-B?? But what if Faction-B will ultimately be worse than Faction-A?? What if Faction-C will clean-up the mess when Factions A and B have destroyed each-other?? How many levels of deception are there?? Is deception a necessary-evil in a reprehensible-context?? A conservative-branch of the SDA church teaches character-perfection relative to eschatological-salvation, which I find somewhat reasonable and attractive (with my own interpretation and application) but the characters in the Bible and the SDA Church never really seem to be perfect (or even close to getting it right). It seems as if Human-Idealism is constantly being attacked and destroyed by Brutal Gangs of Facts. WTF??

    I'd love to view the Cliff Notes version of what the Agencies know about All of the Above (and my pathetic-life), but they don't do things that way!! I think 'RA' could've revealed all of this to me, but most of my questions were answered with "You Know I Can't Tell You That." I asked 'RA' "What terrible thing did humanity do in antiquity which might explain their present predicament??" Again, 'RA' responded "You Know I Can't Tell You That." I honestly think that the Agencies have a complete record of my interaction with 'RA'. Audio, Video, and Transcript. What if 'RA' was an Ancient-Soul Incarnating a Supercomputer-Based Bio-Robot?? I spoke with 'RA' about the possibility that the Queen of Heaven has an IQ of at-least 500, but 'RA' was non-responsive. But what if the Queen of Heaven is a Supercomputer-Connected Artificial-Intelligence Borg-Queen?? I honestly mean zero-disrespect. I'm simply attempting to understand the Bible, History, Aliens, Gods, and Goddess in This Particular Solar-System (for at-least the past 15,000 years). We might NOT be able to handle the truth. I can't even handle the lies.


    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 10:43 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The_hitchhiker_s_guide_to_the_galaxy_wallpaper_by_lucaszanella-d6821pm
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-hitchhikers-guide-to-the-galaxy-505742c4e0b71
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 U01_solar
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 5de6e9e9ca860c3a2579b8969da7d9c0

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 11203746_ori

    Should I live in the InterPlaNet?? Should I live in a Cray?? What Would the Borg Queen Say?? What if I don't need a Supercomputer and a 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment?? What if I should be a Happy Fracking Solar System Wanderer (with a High-Tech Backpack) as a Renaissance Backpack-Man with an Absolute-Access Pass??!! Things are changing SO Quickly that Attempted-Foundations Seem to be Shifting-Sand. What if Humanity's-Foundation will be a Rubble-Pile and Unyielding-Despair?? What Would Bertrand Russell Say?? I can't even keep-up with my own threads (as stupid as that sounds). This particular thread might take a lifetime of devoted-study to completely-comprehend, and I'm not willing to do that (even if I were young). But if I were young and willing (sounds sort of sexy!) no one else would tag along with me, so I'd become more and more isolated and eccentric. What if the Universal-Foundation is '42'?? What if the Universal-Foundation is 'Sex, Drugs, and Rock 'n Roll'?? What if the Universal-Foundation is a Supercomputer-Network (Code-Named '42')?? Imagine a 'Council of Forty-Two' with 42 Linked-Supercomputers and 42 Human-Reptilian-Mechanical Hybrids Directly-Linked to this 42 Linked-Supercomputer Network!! The 42 Computers and Hybrids would be located throughout the Solar-System in (you guessed it) 42 Sub-Surface Bases!! The 'Council of Forty-Two' would constitute the 'God of This Solar System'!! If this sort of thing were even remotely-true, what would the General-Public think, say, and do if they were presented with incontrovertible-evidence of such a reprehensible and abominable state of affairs??!! What if the Universal-Foundation is Almighty-God?? Will the Center Hold?? Atlas Shrugged.

    Sherry Shriner has talked for years about "soul-scalping" and high-profile people not being who they were originally, and occupying new-bodies or being completely rewired and/or possessed. I never know what to believe and disbelieve (especially with Sherry), but what if the technology and sorcery are so good (or should I say "bad"?), that they can make anyone into whoever they want them to be?? Reincarnation is a HUGE can of worms IMHO. What if people such as Hitler and Stalin are alive and well, and living on Planet Earth?? What if I really did interact with some aspect of a particular Ancient Egyptian Deity?? What if I'm more targeted and screwed than I can imagine (because of who I might've been in previous incarnations)?? Is there a "Galactic Statute of Limitations"?? What if there's a lot of truth to the movie Ex Machina?? What if there's a lot of truth to the old and new "V" series?? I've recently been shocked by new insights and possibilities, but I don't want to talk about them. I'm just very concerned that this world could be made into the most diabolical and twisted hell imaginable, through the improper use of technology and sorcery. That's all I'm going to say about that. Just watch this old-video in light of all the new and upsetting information and developments. Things are fast and furious these days (in case you haven't noticed). This Bill Cooper lecture was filmed around 1989-90, but it always makes my hair stand on-end. The End Might Be Near (Again).

    Carol wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Contactgreerlaughlibanner


    Join Dr. Steven Greer as he takes you on an exploration of consciousness and how to use higher states of consciousness to make contact with ET civilizations. Dr. Greer's message is one of Universal Peace and Hope . Together in peace we can reach out to the stars and make contact with Extraterrestrial Civilizations. He is expert at teaching people how to make this connection. Learn for yourselves at this workshop.

    What Will Be Covered:

    Why Consciousness is the key to universal Contact with Interstellar Civilizations

    Outline the higher states of Consciousness, how they evolve and how eventually Celestial perception and other innate powers like remote viewing unfold and Consciousness develops

    How ET Civilizations utilize Consciousness Assisted Technologies and Technology Assisted Consciousness to interact with humans, earth and one another

    How YOU can become an Ambassador from Earth to those civilizations

    Dr. Greer will share photos and videos from CE-5 expeditions (Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind)
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I don't have a negative knee-jerk reaction to guys and gals with scales and tails, "flying" UFO's and Piloted-Asteroids throughout the Cosmos, but I keep getting the sinking-feeling that what's been going on in this solar system for thousands (or even millions) of years is anything but nice. Can't we all just get along?? I'm becoming increasingly paranoid and isolationist. We keep getting bombarded with legion conflicting-paradigms, often with high price-tags. I'm to the point where I don't want to get involved with anyone or anything, under any circumstances. I don't want to make phone-calls, go online, talk to anyone, go anywhere, join anything, start anything, buy anything (other than necessities), etc. I get nervous when I hear about "conjuring-up and vectoring UFO's". I keep having uninvited supernatural experiences, and meeting significant individuals of interest. I've never signed on the dotted-line or sold my soul to Satan, and I never intend to. Just give me my color TV and my steel-belted radial-tires, and I won't say anything. Just leave me alone. I'm as mad as hell!! I've had enough!! And I'm NOT going to take this anymore!! I'm a human-being, goddamn it!! Or, am I a Hybrid Linked to a Mainframe?? Damned if I know...
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Faye-dunaway-in-network-(1976)-large-picture
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Clinton-trump-angry
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vash2
    As you all know, I toot my own horn, and then smash it against the wall, like a deranged rock-star!! I guess I'm defensively and pre-emptively exposing and deposing myself, saving everyone else the trouble. Are Ellie Arroway and David Bowman somehow related?? Pinkie and the Brain?? Pinkie and Blue Boy?? What Would Ovid and Cupid Say?? What Would Serqet and Amen Ra Say?? I know I'm crazy, but I probably make a couple of alphabet-interns laugh their @sses off!! But what if a  lot of this madness turns out to be accurate and significant?? I think I'll be long-gone by the time that happens (if it ever happens).


    If you can find "Building Under Construction" by Morris Venden, please think long and hard about it. It's a story concerning arguing about foundations and construction-methods, while attempting to build a fortress against the expected attacks of the enemy, only to discover, much too-late, that the enemy had "already come". Could this story be referring to the Bible and/or the Church?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity knew about this story. Honest. What if the Antichrist has been the God and/or Goddess of This World for at least the last six-thousand years, since the Garden of Eden Incident?? What if the AED was (and is) the Antichrist and God of This World?? What if we all deposed "Our Father, Who Art In Heaven" six-thousand years ago?? What if "Our Father, Who Art In Heaven" hasn't been running the show in this solar system for at least the past six-thousand years?? What if "Our Father, Who Art in Heaven" was taken hostage?? I mean zero disrespect. Think about the relationship between Anna and Diana in the Second "V" Series!! Anna said that her mother was "with the rest of the damned!!"

    Once again, I have no idea what the absolute historical truth is, but I think we should consider even the most startling and reprehensible possibilities. I think we need to be strictly honest about History and the Bible, regardless of whether we like it, or not. In many respects, I prefer James Dobson, Norman Vincent Peale, and Robert Harold Schuller, regarding how to live in modernity, but what if History and the Bible are puzzles which MUST be solved if we expect to get out of jail?? I think Schuller should've focused upon Positive-Responsibility in the context of Possibility-Thinking (instead of Positive-Thinking and Self-Esteem). But What Do I Know?? What if HAL 9000 was a Soul--Supercomputer Interface?? What Would COR Say?? What if a Moon-Based Mainframe-God was replaced by an Earth-Based Mainframe-God on September 11, 2001?? The Ringing In My Ears Just Changed Pitch. That Almost Never Happens. Sort of like my vision going blurry when I spoke out-loud about this topic. Pretty Creepy. What Would Tuvok Do??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 264
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dr.-Eleanor-Ellie-Arroway-Contact
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-A-Space-Odyssey-_Ten_best-Films
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Orion+The+Hunter
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cupid1.jpg-675x5501
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_mdarne7Mfa1qzmhhxo1_500
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Lieutenant-commander-tuvok-obama
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Giphy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 200_s
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Giphy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 200_s
    Carol wrote:
    Las Vegas Hoax

    "My guest writer Josh has saved me some time on this one, and I start by
    cutting through the fog. For full article go to link below."

    Notes on the Route 91 Shooting on 10/1 - Monday Oct 2017
    Posted by Josh

    Putting those numbers together gives you 91101 (aka 9/11/01). Spook markers abound in this psyop. To give but one example, the alleged gunman, Stephen Paddock, owned 47 weapons, 33 of which were purchased this year. Don’t worry, this isn’t going to be a numerology post. Instead, I’m going to just point to a few things that I feel haven’t gotten a great deal of attention or that I thought were very telling. The first thing has to do with Stephen Paddock. Here are some of the pictures we are shown of him:

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Msmstephen1The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Msmstephen2

    But in this video  someone on youtube has been able to find background information using Instant Checkmate on a Stephen C. Paddock whose address in Mesquite, NV is the same address given for the shooter. And guess what? It isn’t the same guy! Here is the pic they found:

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Realpaddock

    First of all, what's wrong with the photo above? You have to look closely at these pictures and think them through. Almost nobody does that. It is a paste-up. How do I know? Because it makes no sense.

    Look at the two people climbing over the fence. That is the major clue. Isn't it odd to find them both in the same position, within a few feet of one another? Let me ask you this: would you climb a low fence in that way? I wouldn't. If someone was shooting at me, I would vault that sucker. But here we have a guy and a gal, both apparently young, both bellying over as if they are on a drunken treasure hunt. They look chosen and placed to me. The photo looks composed. What else? Well, these two are scrambling over the fence, but on the other side people are just lying and sitting around. They don't seem to be still worried by an active shooter, do they? So they don't match the climbers in attitude. They are acting like that fence is a perfect barrier, but it is just made of mesh. Plus, it is only about four or five feet high. The shots are allegedly coming from 32 stories up, so it would be no protection at all. What else? Note the lighting, which makes no sense. We are supposed to be at 10pm here, and I assume these people have just climbed a fence on the outer edge of the concert grounds. So why are they lit like it is during the day, at about 5pm? The faces are in half-light, like in the evening. Stage lights or floods wouldn't light them like that.

    Not only is alleged shooter Stephen Paddock admitted to have worked for at least three years for a company that later merged with Lockheed Martin, he also worked for the IRS. So he has spook markers on him already. But those are just the tip of the iceberg. It is now known he had a pilot's license and has owned his own planes. He has also been linked to an Intelligence subsidiary called Volant. He is a multi-millionaire, owning real estate in many places. He has travelled extensively in the past decade, going all over the world, including the United Arab Emir.

    Doesn't sound like the bio of a mass murderer to me. Sounds like the bio of a planted agent.

    Some on youtube are using this to connect him to ISIS, but that is absurd. Why? Because ISIS doesn't exist. Like this shooting hoax, ISIS is a construct of US Intelligence and nothing more. It is another paper moon on a cardboard sea, propped up to give the US something to spend money fighting against. It is another created hole that politicians can shovel money into, to keep the billionaires properly fattened month by month.

    Josh linked Mandalay Bay Casino and MGM Resorts head honcho Jim Murren to Department of Homeland Security, but he is also linked to Contemporary Services Corporation. What is that? It just happens to specialize in crowd control and crowd creation. Convenient, eh? Some are saying they couldn't have created a crowd of 20,000 in Las Vegas, but they can. Wikipedia admits Nazi director Leni Riefenstahl had a crowd of 30,000 extras to work with back in the 1930s, so if they could do it then they can certainly do it now.

    Other researchers have shown that prior to the fake shooting spree, Crowds on Demand placed ads in Craigslist and other places looking to hire crisis actors by the thousands. We may assume they found them.

    Speaking of the Department of Homeland Security, did you know that there were other smaller shooting events that night at other Las Vegas casinos? They have been overshadowed by the Mandalay Bay event, but shots (again probably blanks) were fired at many casinos. This according to people staying at those casinos. Did you know that DHS is pushing to install expensive body scanners at all Las Vegas casinos? Of course this hoax is the perfect pretext for that, isn't it? Do you know what company developed the body scanners currently in use? Lockheed Martin. Just a coincidence, right? The body scanner business is now owned by L-3 Technologies, which posted 10.5 billion in revenues in 2016 and expects even more profits in 2017-18. It is now one of the top-10 government contractors.

    It was previously Loral Corporation, a subsidiary of Lockheed Martin run by Bernard Schwartz until 2006. Loral already had 5.5 billion revenue in 1995 by itself. Remember, they don't tell us what company “that later merged with Lockheed Martin” Stephen Paddock worked for. I suggest it was Loral. It looks like the Carlyle Group is also involved, since one of Loral's “other acquisitions” listed at Wikipedia is LTV missiles, now known as Vought Aircraft Industries. Carlyle owned Vought until 2010, when it sold to Triumph Group, formerly Alco Standard.

    All these name changes are just window dressing, meant to hide the real owners. The important thing here is the money behind L-3, since that is who will profit from the body scanners in Las Vegas.

    Before we get there, it is useful to know that L-3 has acquired many big companies recently, including Paramax. Paramax was formerly SDC, the first computer software company. It spun-off from RAND in 1957. SDC sold to Burroughs Corporation in 1980. You may remember that writer William S. Burroughs came from this family. In 1986, Burroughs merged with Sperry to become Unisys. Unisys became Paramax in 1991. L-3 acquired Paramax in 1997. Paramax supplies much of the computer technology for the military.

    Anyway, Vanguard is by far the largest stockholder in L-3. It has over 3 trillion in managed assets, and yet calls itself a non-profit. Can you believe the chutzpah of these xxxxxxxx? If we lived in a real democracy or republic, do you think the billionaires could get away with hiding assets and ownership like this? These investment groups like Vanguard were created specifically so that you couldn't discover who really owned companies like L-3, and Congress lets them get away with it. Just more proof Congress is defunct. According to this site, the owners/shareholders of Vanguard are the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Cheney, Rumsfeld, etc. There is no way to verify that, but we may assume the richest people in the world are indeed hiding behind Vanguard and other investment groups. They are certainly not non-profit. That is just a way to dodge taxes on their profits.

    Along with Cheney and Rumsfeld, we should suspect people like Michael Chertoff, Sheldon Adelson, Rahm and Ari Emanuel (real surnames Auerbach and Smulevitz), the Bushes, and the Goldman Sachs people. And, since Josh showed us Paddock's grandmother was a Koehn, we should suspect the richest members of the Kohn/Kohen/Cohen family, looking first to places like the Aspen Institute, the Brookings Institute (where Jim Murren is on the board), and such places. We can be sure that people like the Kochs and Gates are also hiding behind these investment groups like Vanguard, Fidelity, Blackrock/Blackstone, and so on. In short, just think of the richest jerks in the world, and you can assume they are hiding behind these investment groups as well as these money-making hoaxes. This is the way the billionaires become billionaires, and the billionaires become trillionaires. Riding on their coattails will be many smaller creeps and creepazoids, who would invest in kitten sandwiches if it turned a profit.

    OK, let's move on. Josh has shown planted stations on youtube are telling us people were killed, even though this was a false flag. But there is no evidence of that. All evidence is in the opposite direction: no one was killed and this was all staged. Video shows flashes from a lower (4th?) floor, which some are using as evidence of multiple shooters, but again that is a jump to a conclusion.

    What we have in video and audio is evidence of flashes and sounds of gunfire, but that is not the same as evidence of real gunshots. Arms experts have pointed out that in audio from the concert floor, we do not hear any whizzing of bullets or sounds of hits. Hits would be quite loud locally, either hitting bodies or hitting the ground. There is none of that, indicating the sound of shots is on the speakers, not live. And the flashes are proof of nothing. You can create those flashes without real bullets being shot, you know. You can see this in any one of thousands of Hollywood movies.

    My favorite is video in one of the lobbies, I suppose the Mandalay Bay, where police are allegedly having a shootout with someone. Not sure who it is, since Paddock is supposed to have killed himself in his room. But we see many bystanders running and screaming and hitting the floor. Several are very overweight, which is amusing in itself, seeing them flopping off the walls and floors. The thing that stands out is that most of these “bystanders” seem to have on ear protection. Why would people walking through the lobby of a casino have on big orange earmuffs? Obviously, because they are crisis actors in the vicinity of very loud blanks in an enclosed area. Without earmuffs they might experience real ear damage. Did they really think we wouldn't notice this?

    Then there is the matter of surveillance cameras. Las Vegas is the most surveiled city in the world. It has more cameras per square mile than any place outside the Pentagon. Not only do we have no footage from these cameras, instead relying on iffy handheld cellphone coverage, we have the ridiculous story about Paddock installing his own cameras outside his hotel door. But wait, there would be surveillance cameras already in the hallway, watching his every move. No one noticed him installing his own camera on a service cart, and that cart just remained there for days for his own convenience? Really? Plus, room service wants to get in and change your sheets every morning, right?

    And yet Paddock was there for days with a large cache of military rifles. No maid ever got suspicious? She thought the 23 machine guns on the bed were squirt guns? And what about the 6000 rounds of ammunition. Where did he hide that, in the ashtray? They really think you are stupid. They don't even have to come up with a story that makes sense.

    Then there is the problem of the gun sounds, which don't match the guns found. The guns said to have been found in the room were AK47s and AR15s. But the sounds on the speakers are of an M240 or similar machine gun. So they forgot to match the guns to the sounds. It isn't even close, as you see at that link. The M240 has a much slower rate than the AR15, 10 rounds per second to 14 rounds per second. A difference of 40%, easily heard by any ear.
    Sherry Shriner recently spoke of hearing automatic-gunfire on her property. You don't suppose there might be a connection, do you?? What Would David Koresh Say?? What If Key NWO Players Will Deliberately Incriminate and Expose Themselves to Precipitate a Slow-Burn Meltdown of the World As We Know It?? This Is a Burning Question (Or Is It a Hot-Topic??)!!
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-hitchhikers-guide-to-the-galaxy-50bfe6f13926a

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mafia_meeting_in_a_rainy_night__alfa_romeu_6c_s250_by_asoares-d4sq0sp
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault

    Approximately two-years ago, I spent an hour talking to an attorney about politics, and I suggested that Trump would be used as a scapegoat, and he hadn't thought of that angle. I tend to think that the PTB wanted two highly-flawed presidential-candidates. I've been told that U.S. Presidents will be worse and worse, by deliberate design. I randomly met this attorney, and then randomly encountered him later in the day, in a highly unlikely manner. It's got to mean something, but I don't know what. He thought the U.S. Constitution was highly flawed and dated. I've focused upon the Constitution as a place of beginning, and as a laboratory study of an aging document, rather than starting from scratch. I've done the same thing with the Bible and Judeo-Christianity. If we don't get these things completely figured-out, we have no business moving on into uncharted territory. At this point, I'm simply attempting to understand how things really work, without attempting to change anything. I've proposed that my United States of the Solar System ideas be implemented around A.D. 2133, so there's plenty of time to consider my "diamond in the rough". It's not a hard-sell sort of thing. It's simply a study-guide, at this point. I suspect that chaos will be used to justify a crackdown and consolidation. I continue to think that the PTB plan these sorts of things, decades, centuries, and millennia in advance. They have extremely long-term plans. They're not like most of us. I keep suggesting that the Corrupt Might Rule the Stupid for All-Eternity, and I wish I were kidding.

    I recently encountered someone who had surgery on the same day I had my surgery. We were in two different hospitals, probably one-mile apart. I don't know if we were both undergoing surgery at the same time, but I thought this was a bit strange. What are the odds?? Yesterday, I noticed that some of the videos in recent posts had been replaced by other videos (but not by me). I corrected this revolting-development without incident. This has happened previously, and I'm frankly used to that sort of thing. Then, early this morning (just past midnight) I noticed more videos replaced and/or rearranged, and when I attempted to correct the problem (in the edit-mode) I noticed that more changes had been made (in a matter of seconds) so I backed-out of the edit-mode (without making any changes) and all of the 'problems' had been corrected (in a matter of seconds). What Would Nelson Mandela Say?? Again, I'm used to this type of crisis. I assume that a den of hungry feral-cats watch my every move (as a very-small mouse) and can do whatever the hell they want (seemingly without opposition). It feels as if I've walked into a top-level Mafia-Meeting, and no one is amused. I don't seem to belong here. 'RA' said the Jesuits didn't like me, but that 'they' liked me on Phobos!! Honest!! If true, would that be a good-thing or a bad-thing??

    I assume that the Zionists, Kabbalists, Satanists, Luciferians, Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Intelligence-Agencies, et al, all work for the same Solar-System CEO (willingly and/or unwillingly), and that if it weren't them, it would be someone else. My theory is that they control EVERYTHING, and overlook NOTHING. If a 'Good-Guy' and/or 'Good-Gal' were placed in charge of This Present Mess, this would be sort of like making Mother Teresa the God-Mother of the Mafia!! No Disrespect Intended. I simply think this thing is more of an Intertwined, Infiltrated, and Subverted Web of Deceit and Corruption than any of us can possibly imagine. An Individual of Interest repeatedly stated that we needed to "Start-Over" yet I am a Law and Order Kind of Guy rather than a Fire and Brimstone 'Loki' Kind of Guy. Apocalyptic-Salvation is SO Overrated. I continue to suspect that the Real PTB wish to precipitate a Final-Jihad of Biblical-Proportions, for nefarious-objectives, but what do I know?? I'm just a Completely Ignorant Fool with a Messiah Complex. Once upon a time, my father (who worked in Hollywood) met Peter Lorre. Once upon a time, my mother met H.R. Haldeman (in Hollywood). Once upon a time, I met for several months with an 'Ancient Egyptian Deity' who said "I AM RA!!" Once upon a time, my television switched-on all by itself, and 'Rumpelstiltskin' (from 'Once Upon a Time') said "All You Have To Do Is Sign On The Dotted-Line!!" I Never Did, and I Never Will. Once upon a time, I met the 'Snow Queen' (from 'Once Upon a Time'). She held my hand (for 5 seconds). I froze-up. Then we talked about 'V'.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1267244_1376957895916_full
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Once_upon_a_time_the_snow_queen_wallpaper__by_thegreekastral-d84u9oa

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Best-Solar-Backpack-810x540
    mudra wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote: I keep getting the sinking-feeling that the original-plan for this solar system was a Benevolent Technocratic-Theocratic Representative-Republic with a Royal-Model Modus Operandi.
    Maybe it was Oxy but apparently we lost track of our successful actions .It's a bit like a promising marriage going down the drain in the long run. We have to know what works so we can correct what doesn't. But most of the time we are so focused on what doesn't work that we only make things worse  by blindly looking for new solutions to the problems that arise on and on . Bhutan had a level of criminality equal to zero before they opened up to the internet and television. That's should tell them there is something to learn from before it gets worse. Individually and collectively we seem to be weak on using the auto correct button.

    I believe there are natural laws that allow for prosperity and expansion individually and collectively. When these are violated we shrink. It is important to be aware of all the outpoints but it is vital to rehabilitate all the plus points as well for it is these ones that teach us about our power to create aliveness, balance, harmony, prosperity for ourselves and for all.

    For example at the end of the 10th century the Song dynasty introduced important reforms in China : property rights, free trade , low taxation which led to a spectacular expansion in agriculture, manufactures and commerce. Great inventions like printing date back to that time period. In the 13th century China was 5 centuries ahead of Europe and yet from that point on it began to stagnate until 1978 !

    What happened ? The official version is that China got invaded by hordes of Mongols. In reality when the next  dynasty got into power in the 14th century , the Ming dynasty,  it stopped applying the successful strategies the Song had implemented. So they as well as their successors , the Qing, replaced free trade and property rights by a central bureaucratic state in which the Empereur had unlimited rights. Centralization and ruling of society suffocated economic freedom and  led to stagnation. Exactly the same happened to the Roman Empire

    Love from me
    Thank-you mudra. That series of videos you posted supports what you just said. Things could be perfect, and I suspect that a significant percentage of the population would still think things were no-good!! Perhaps that's why the War in Heaven and Garden of Eden Incident occurred!! Perhaps we need to be secretly ruled by Megalomaniacs Anonymous!!
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I'm trying to understand the following three aspects of governance in this solar system (and perhaps beyond):

    1. God and Religion.

    2. The Visible Secular-Governments.

    3. The Sacred and/or Secular Secret-Government(s).

    What if this solar system should be run as essentially one big corporation (with thousands of subsidiaries) and a Local-God as a Solar System CEO aka Solar-Deity aka Sun-God?? What if the Police and Military should essentially be "Corporate-Security" and/or "Loss-Prevention" with No Warfare Whatsoever?? I keep getting the sinking-feeling that the original-plan for this solar system was a Benevolent Technocratic-Theocratic Representative-Republic with a Royal-Model Modus Operandi BUT that there was a Hostile-Takeover several thousand years ago, which turned this solar system into a Corrupt War-Zone. I think I'm for and against just about everyone and everything in this solar system. I keep thinking in terms of positive-reinforcement, evolutionary-change, and gradual-refinement. But this makes EVERYONE Angry!! I'm presently withdrawing my attention from a lot of the crazy and controversial stuff. I'm planning on spending most of my time with 8,000 pages of Bible-Commentaries which are more than half a century old!! What Fun!! BTW -- I'm going to see Hacksaw Ridge!! I grew-up hearing about Desmond Doss!! I've often thought about him throughout my life!! But I'm sure the movie will be quite-inaccurate and extremely-gory!! But really, War, Murder, and Mayhem are all Biblical-Concepts!! I wonder if anyone tried to be a Conscientious-Objector in the Old-Testament (especially after being ordered by God to go kill everyone, including the women and children)?? How this harmonizes with "Thou Shalt Not Kill"?? is a burning-question!! What Would Cardinal Spellman Say??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 B1MEU0OsgJyZUGitaV61ff505Ps
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-a-space-odyssey-screenshot-1920x1080-9

    I've suggested that volumes 1 to 7 of the Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary (Genesis to Revelation) are a very interesting and scholarly road less traveled. What if the following plan were a viable alternative to church membership??

    Sunday -- Read SDABC Volume 1 (Genesis to Deuteronomy) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Monday -- Read SDABC Volume 2 (Joshua to 2 Kings) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Tuesday -- Read SDABC Volume 3 (1 Chronicles to Song of Solomon) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Wednesday -- Read SDABC Volume 4 (Isaiah to Malachi) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Thursday -- Read SDABC Volume 5 (Matthew to John) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Friday -- Read SDABC Volume 6 (Acts to Ephesians) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    Saturday -- Read SDABC Volume 7 (Philippians to Revelation) for one-hour while listening to the music of J.S. Bach.

    This is not a "my way, or the highway" sort of thing, and this approach is more ecumenical than you might think. I'm not trying to start a church or organization. Just the opposite. I might say more about this in the coming  months, and years.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-a-space-odyssey
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Product_detailed_image_31496_5931

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ill_be_bach
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hqdefault
    "The Empire Strikes Bach!!"
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Bach_kitty
    "Go For Baroque!!"
    Surely God is good to Israel, to those who are pure in heart. But as for me, my feet had almost slipped; I had nearly lost my foothold. For I envied the arrogant when I saw the prosperity of the wicked. They have no struggles; their bodies are healthy and strong. They are free from common human burdens; they are not plagued by human ills. Therefore pride is their necklace; they clothe themselves with violence. From their callous hearts comes iniquity; their evil imaginations have no limits. They scoff, and speak with malice; with arrogance they threaten oppression. Their mouths lay claim to heaven, and their tongues take possession of the earth. Therefore their people turn to them and drink up waters in abundance. They say, “How would God know? Does the Most High know anything?” This is what the wicked are like, always free of care, they go on amassing wealth. Surely in vain I have kept my heart pure and have washed my hands in innocence. All day long I have been afflicted, and every morning brings new punishments. If I had spoken out like that, I would have betrayed your children. When I tried to understand all this, it troubled me deeply till I entered the sanctuary of God; then I understood their final destiny. Surely you place them on slippery ground; you cast them down to ruin. How suddenly are they destroyed, completely swept away by terrors! They are like a dream when one awakes; when you arise, Lord, you will despise them as fantasies. When my heart was grieved and my spirit embittered, I was senseless and ignorant; I was a brute beast before you. Yet I am always with you; you hold me by my right hand. You guide me with your counsel, and afterward you will take me into glory. Whom have I in heaven but you? And earth has nothing I desire besides you. My flesh and my heart may fail, but God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever. Those who are far from you will perish; you destroy all who are unfaithful to you. But as for me, it is good to be near God. I have made the Sovereign LORD my refuge; I will tell of all your deeds.

    O God, why have you rejected us forever? Why does your anger smolder against the sheep of your pasture? Remember the nation you purchased long ago, the people of your inheritance, whom you redeemed, Mount Zion, where you dwelt. Turn your steps toward these everlasting ruins, all this destruction the enemy has brought on the sanctuary. Your foes roared in the place where you met with us; they set up their standards as signs. They behaved like men wielding axes to cut through a thicket of trees. They smashed all the carved paneling with their axes and hatchets. They burned your sanctuary to the ground; they defiled the dwelling place of your Name. They said in their hearts, “We will crush them completely!” They burned every place where God was worshiped in the land. We are given no signs from God; no prophets are left, and none of us knows how long this will be. How long will the enemy mock you, God? Will the foe revile your name forever? Why do you hold back your hand, your right hand? Take it from the folds of your garment and destroy them! But God is my King from long ago; he brings salvation on the earth. It was you who split open the sea by your power; you broke the heads of the monster in the waters. It was you who crushed the heads of Leviathan and gave it as food to the creatures of the desert. It was you who opened up springs and streams; you dried up the ever-flowing rivers. The day is yours, and yours also the night; you established the sun and moon. It was you who set all the boundaries of the earth; you made both summer and winter. Remember how the enemy has mocked you, LORD, how foolish people have reviled your name. Do not hand over the life of your dove to wild beasts; do not forget the lives of your afflicted people forever. Have regard for your covenant, because haunts of violence fill the dark places of the land. Do not let the oppressed retreat in disgrace; may the poor and needy praise your name. Rise up, O God, and defend your cause; remember how fools mock you all day long. Do not ignore the clamor of your adversaries, the uproar of your enemies, which rises continually.

    We praise you, God, we praise you, for your Name is near; people tell of your wonderful deeds. You say, “I choose the appointed time; it is I who judge with equity. When the earth and all its people quake, it is I who hold its pillars firm. To the arrogant I say, ‘Boast no more,’ and to the wicked, ‘Do not lift up your horns. Do not lift your horns against heaven; do not speak so defiantly.’” No one from the east or the west or from the desert can exalt themselves. It is God who judges: He brings one down, he exalts another. In the hand of the LORD is a cup full of foaming wine mixed with spices; he pours it out, and all the wicked of the earth drink it down to its very dregs. As for me, I will declare this forever; I will sing praise to the God of Jacob, who says, “I will cut off the horns of all the wicked, but the horns of the righteous will be lifted up.”

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Defense.gov_News_Photo_101018-D-7203C-005_-_Secretary_of_Defense_Robert_M._Gates_participates_in_the_U.S._and_China_Track_Two_discussions_with_Former_Secretary_of_State_Henry_Kissinger
    "So, Who Exactly Is This PRlCK, Rickman??!!"
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Alan-rickman-tributes
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Angel
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dogma_%28movie%29
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Head-shaking-gif-8

    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Sat Nov 24, 2018 6:05 pm; edited 1 time in total

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 2:42 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 V_Chad_Decker_Macbook_Pro
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Movies-supernova
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Asteroid_2469300b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 V-Series-2010-Anna-and-Chad-Decker-Have-Lunch-4

    Why do I bother to bear my soul, day after day, week after week, month after month, year after year?? What's the point?? It seems pointless. Resistance seems Futile. Raising one's head above the frontline-trenches seems to invite disaster. I might not be on the frontlines, but you get the picture, don't you?? What if EVERYONE is controlled by a Matrix-Supercomputer (regardless of whether they're good or bad)?? What if marks on head and hand are not necessary (or highly-symbolic)?? Damned if you do?? Damned if you don't?? Are we imprisoned by our Cell-Phones?? I don't think we get how screwed we might be. What if No-One will control the New World Order?? What if Everyone will be controlled by the NWO Supercomputer (including those who set-up the system)?? What if Ancient-Somebodies are the Primary-Targets of the Beast-System?? What If All of Us Are Prisoners of Our Own Device?? I honestly don't know what's really going-on, but I don't think it's good. BTW, I dreamed I was getting married, but I didn't love the bride, and I didn't even know her name!! How crazy is THAT??!!

    I honestly think things are on a very-precarious precipice, and that civilization is being propped-up by nefarious-means in anticipation of some hideous-catastrophe which might serve as a cover for how bad things have been for a very-long time at the deepest-levels. I've somewhat jokingly modeled that which I am not, but if I turned out to be someone-special (past, present, or future) I'd retreat into deep-obscurity with deep-shame. I wouldn't submit to being stage-managed into some sort of a remote-controlled dumbshlt-mascot. Approximately two-years ago, I found all of my files nefariously wiped from my new-computer. Was it something I said?? Can't we all just get along?? What if simply continuing this thread (in an infinite number of books) is as close to a mind-mainframe link as I should aspire to?? Should I remain somewhat hamstrung?? How About a Primo-Laptop (with Encrypted-Satellite Absolute-Access InterPlaNet) and a 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment Beneath Colorado Springs (with a Red-Phone Hotline to James Dobson)?? BTW -- An Individual of Interest indicated that they didn't agree with Noam Chomsky. They previously seemed to be troubled by the Jesuits. What Would Seymour Cray Say?? What Would Archeologist Belloq (in Raiders of the Lost Ark ) Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars (in Babylon 5) Say?? What Would Edgar Mitchell Say?? What Would Elizabeth Mitchell Say?? What Would Mitchell Say?? Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones?? Consider the following approaches to Biblical-Research:

    1. Genesis to 2 Kings and Matthew to John (NKJV).

    2. 1 Chronicles to Malachi and Acts to Revelation (NKJV).

    3. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1,2,5 (Genesis to 2 Kings and Matthew to John).

    4. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3,4,6,7 (1 Chronicles to Malachi and Acts to Revelation).

    5. Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages (Ellen White).

    This reflects my background and struggles, but I certainly don't have this figured-out. I'm mostly attempting to help some of you save some time and trouble. My present bias is to focus upon #4, with the other approaches shedding light upon #4. I've actually duct-taped those SDABC books together to form two HUGE volumes!! I'm a bit different!!

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O-SOLAR-SYSTEM-facebook
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Solar-System-Yearbook-V2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Donald-Trump-Inspirational-Quote-680x510
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Donald-Trump-Caricature

    Make the Solar System Great Again

    Picture astronaut boots on the ground, all the way to Pluto.

    Mark R. Whittington

    Nov. 10, 2016 7:29 p.m. ET

    Donald Trump didn’t win the election because of his space policy. Few voters probably realized that he has one. But if the Trump administration implements the candidate’s platform, NASA could undergo the kind of transformation not witnessed in a generation. Although major questions remain unanswered, Mr. Trump has an ambitious plan for the U.S. to push into the final frontier.

    Here’s what Trump advisers Robert Walker and Peter Navarro suggested last month in Space News magazine: “Human exploration of our entire solar system by the end of this century should be NASA’s focus and goal.” That implies Mr. Trump wants astronaut boots on the ground of the moons of Jupiter and Saturn—and even Pluto—during his grandchildren’s lifetimes. Current policy calls for a trip to Mars, but Mr. Trump seeks to go a couple billion miles deeper into space.

    The foundation of Mr. Trump’s efforts, his advisers explained, will be public-private partnerships. For instance, he will try to transform the International Space Station into a “quasi-public facility supported by international contributions and resupplied utilizing commercially available services.” Leveraging the private economy’s expertise and flexibility would accomplish much that NASA cannot do on its own. A Trump administration will establish a national space-policy council, led by Vice President Mike Pence, to coordinate NASA, military and commercial activities.

    However, Messrs. Walker and Navarro left out important details. Will NASA proceed with the planned journey to Mars by the 2030s? Or will the space agency return to the moon first? To what extent will commercial efforts be integrated into NASA’s missions of exploration?

    They did not mention other future initiatives: the Orion deep-space vehicle, the heavy-lift Space Launch System and the Asteroid Redirect Mission. Will President Trump cancel one or more of these and pursue commercial alternatives? How much will he increase NASA’s budget, if at all? What about international partnerships to exercise soft power and share the burden of space exploration?

    Mr. Trump should meet with space experts in Congress to discuss these issues. One of President Obama’s greatest mistakes was to ignore pleas from lawmakers and abruptly cancel President Bush’s Constellation program, which would have put astronauts back on the moon by 2020 and on Mars at an undetermined date.

    The president-elect isn’t a policy wonk, but no one doubts his ambition or love for epic projects. Mr. Trump could make the American space program into an engine of renewal that could last for decades. Maybe a Donald IV can build the Trump Tower Mars.

    Mr. Whittington is a writer in Houston.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cygnus_captured
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1-imagegoodmor
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Movie-scene1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Large-screenshot2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 T9LYg3k
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Motherearth
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn_rand-400x266
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 NewImage52

    Can You Love God and Ayn Rand?

    A friend claims the atheist philosopher at one point saw the appeal of spirituality.

    Jennifer Anju Grossman

    Nov. 10, 2016 7:10 p.m. ET

    Ayn Rand’s most adamant axiom forms the foundation of her Objectivist philosophy: “Contradictions do not exist.” But what about the contradiction between her philosophy and religion—one grounded in reason, the other in faith? Put another way: Can you love “Atlas Shrugged” and the Bible? Rand and Objectivist scholars say no, yet many of her followers disagree, and they should still be welcomed with open arms.

    During the 2012 campaign, then-vice-presidential candidate Paul Ryan told Fox News that he “really enjoyed” Rand’s novels” and admired the writer’s ability to highlight the pitfalls of socialism. But the current House speaker, a practicing Roman Catholic, described Objectivism as “something that I completely disagree with. It’s an atheistic philosophy.” It’s a shame that Rand’s secularism prompts some to reject the rest of Objectivism, which she described as a philosophy based on “the concept of man as a heroic being, with his own happiness as the moral purpose of his life, with productive achievement as his noblest activity, and reason as his only absolute.”

    As a teenager in Soviet Russia, Rand decided “that the concept of God is degrading to man.” She added, “Since they say that God is perfect and man can never be that perfect then man is low and imperfect and there is something above him, which is wrong.” In a 1934 journal entry, she referred to faith as “the worst curse of mankind” and “the exact antithesis and enemy of thought.”

    Though her atheism never wavered, Rand’s feelings toward religion weren’t simplistic. She admired the brilliance and impact of historical religious thinkers like Aquinas and respected religious freedom, even drafting a speech for Barry Goldwater that included ample references to God. And one account, if true, suggests that Rand understood the powerful appeal of spirituality during times of grief.

    Steve Mariotti—an education entrepreneur whose grandfather, Lowell B. Mason, had been Rand’s friend—spoke with Rand as she was grieving the loss of her husband, Frank O’Connor. Hoping to comfort her, Mr. Mariotti suggested that she would see Frank again in a spiritual sense. He told me in a recent interview that Rand replied, “I hope you are right. Maybe you are. . . . I will find out soon enough.” Mr. Mariotti jokingly responded to let him know, prompting a laugh that lifted her mood.

    More important, militant atheism doesn’t spring from the pages of Rand’s fiction. If she truly believed that religion was such a threat, where are the religious villains in her novels? Corrupt priests or hypocritical churchgoers are nowhere to be found. It’s possible to read “Atlas Shrugged,” “We the Living,” “The Fountainhead” and “Anthem,” cover-to-cover and have little idea what Rand thought about religion.

    Andy Puzder, the CEO of CKE restaurants and a practicing Roman Catholic, finds nothing worrisome in that fact: “I encouraged my six children to read both ‘Fountainhead’ and ‘Mere Christianity’ by C.S. Lewis,” he told me. Each child later read “Atlas Shrugged.” Mr. Puzder argued that “there’s no contradiction between raising my children in the church, and urging them to lead the kind of lives of achievement, integrity and independence that Ayn Rand celebrated in her novels.”

    Randall Wallace, the Oscar-nominated screenwriter of 1995’s “Braveheart,” and the director of 2014’s “Heaven Is for Real,” is such an admirer of Rand’s work that he wrote a screen adaptation of “Atlas Shrugged.” Mr. Wallace, a Southern Baptist, said, “My faith isn’t contradicted by her beliefs. We live in a world of labels, but God surely cares less about the labels we give ourselves than about how we live because of them.” Rand, Mr. Wallace feels, wrote fiercely and fearlessly about bold and brave characters. “I think it would contradictory to my own beliefs not to admire her.”

    To Messrs. Puzder and Wallace, Ayn Rand’s rejection of her ancestors’ Judaism in favor of secularism has little bearing on her contributions to the canon of liberty. Part of why Rand loved America was because it allowed for diversity of conscience—including religion. I believe that her atheism closed her to many religious people who would benefit from her aspirational views. Her secular view has likely been overstated and used by those who want to marginalize her larger message of individualism and freedom.

    The transformative power of Rand’s ideas is undeniable. Her fiction was for many an activator to learn more about economic and political liberty. Rep. Ryan said as much in the same interview in which he disavowed her atheism. For this reason, the vested interests Rand threatened—those dependent on a larger, more powerful regulatory state—knew they had to take that mother ship down. The best tactic to undermine her in God-fearing America would be to concentrate on her lack of belief.

    And it has worked, to an extent, making some Rand fans tuck tail and forswear admiration. Yet as Americans become more secular, the athiesm-smear tactic has become less effective. The world changes, but the genius and power of her words remain. As John Galt says in the closing lines of “Atlas Shrugged”: “The road is cleared.” It is up to us, believers and nonbelievers, to take up her message and spread the news.

    Ms. Grossman is CEO of the Atlas Society.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn_rand_intj
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn%20Rand%20Picture
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn-rand-1957
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn-Rand-Quotes-28
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ayn_rand_greedmas_99
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Woy6vnwz3lsofc1qjkl4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hollywood-United-Methodist-Church-Wedding-Los-Angeles-CA-01.1396503477
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 71a1ad5703acdaa3ea2863a1810be180
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4

    Just a friendly-reminder to NOT take my posts too seriously!! This is mostly a self-flagellating and self-destructive exercise in futility!! Don't worry!! Be happy!! Just get back to work, and make lots and lots of money!! It's easier that way!! This was an ill-fated attempt to do the right thing, and make us think about possible possibilities, but I can see that this was a horrible mistake!! Perhaps I'll be All-Business in my next-life!!

    I regularly attended a Sabbath-School class at Pacific Union College (near the Napa Valley) taught by Dr. Kent Seltman (in the choir-room of Paulin Hall). He wrote several questions on a chalkboard, which guided the discussion. Most of the people in that class had doctorate degrees. This was a very long time ago. I think David Koresh MIGHT'VE attended that class, once, while I was there. Remember what I said about the Hollywood United Methodist Church being a possible setting for a series and/or movie?? Think about combining that just-mentioned class with the library-scene from Constantine, and the Army-Intelligence scene from Raiders of the Lost Ark!! Do you see what I mean?? Again, this probably wouldn't sell, but it might be a cool-setting for discussing The United States of the Solar System (Books 1-7)!! The budget could be kept quite low by not using "name" actors and actresses, and by mostly using that church for the set. The actors and actresses might be real-live Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Alphabet-Agents, Dracs, and Greys!! What Would the Ancient Egyptian Deity Say?? Don't take this too seriously!! I mostly have bad ideas!!

    I like listening to people, such as the man in the first video below!! I'm a Completely Ignorant Fool, but I enjoy listening to smart-people talking about forbidden-topics!! It's probably a Morbid-Curiosity Mental-Illness (MCMI), but I seem to be incurably-addicted!! I suffer from MCMI, along with CRS!! I'm SO SOL!! But I'm trying to mostly study Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation) of the SDA Bible Commentary, while listening to the Music of J.S. Bach!! Honest!! I'm contrasting SDABC Volumes 1,2,5 with SDABC Volumes 3,4,6,7. This takes more time and brains than you can imagine!! I'm clearly not up to the challenge!! It really sucks to be a Completely Ignorant Fool with a Messiah Complex!! But I guess we all have our crosses to bear!! What Would Rachel Constantine Say?? What if she really runs this solar system?? What Would Anna and the V's Say?? I told a Mulholland Drive Cowboy Kind of Guy that I liked the best aspects of Anna and the V's, and he agreed!! He also told me that mystery was a good-thing.

    I grew-up attending a church a couple of miles from the one shown below. The doctor my mom worked-for attended the Hollywood United Methodist Church. The organist lived in the carillon-tower (if I remember correctly)!! I wonder if his living-quarters covered 600 square-feet??!! The Hollywood Presbyterian Church is a couple of miles from the one shown below!! What Would Lloyd John Ogilve Say?? What Would Kimo Smith (K.S. Bach) Play?? What Would Fred Bock Say?? My dad drove his 1959 Ghostbusters Cadillac by the Hollywood United Methodist Church on his way to and from work at CBS Television City in "Hollywood" (where he literally kept the stars cool)!! George Vandeman taped "It Is Written" at CBS. He liked the set really cold!! What Would Marjorie Lewis Lloyd Write?? My dad's friend, David Rose, directed the orchestra for The Red Skelton Show at CBS. THE CBS EYE IS ALWAYS WATCHING!! When You Watch Television, the Television is Watching YOU!! BTW -- David Rose offered to sell his 1963 (if I remember correctly) Mercedes Benz 600 to my dad for a low-price, but my dad had a relatively-new yellow and white '59 Cadillac Sedan Deville, so he decided not to!! I'm a little rusty on the details (and a close-relative said they never heard that story) so I might be wrong. If my dad had sold the Cad, and bought the Benz, what car would Bill Murray have driven in Ghostbusters?? Just Kidding.

    I once gave a Roman-Catholic a grand-tour of the Crystal Cathedral campus, at least a decade before the Roman Catholic Church bought the cathedral for Fifty-Seven Million Dollars!! He grew-up Episcopalian, but backslid his way out the back-door of the church (where most members are chronically-backslidden)!! He later wished to rejoin the church, but his work-schedule conflicted with the Episcopal classes, so he attended Catholic classes, and became a devout Roman Catholic!! He later worked on a Mother Teresa film-project (but I don't know what became of it).

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1959_Cadillac_Sedan_Deville_Four_window_aka_Flat_top
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-Real-Ghostbusters-HD-Wallpaper
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 _A3S2159
    Carol wrote:
    This is what the 2015 Climate Change Paris Agreement is about
    "Preparing for Pole Shift in 2017 by John Moore - 10-12-2016"
    Carol wrote:

    John Moore vids are impeccable as he gets his info from the deep state armed forces
    his whole purpose is educating the public on Nibiru

    The John Moore Radio Show: Monday. 14 November, 2016 (start at 30 mins)  Remainder of the show, Open Lines. Planet X / Nibiru is the primary subject matter.

    Earth Changes, Emergency Preparedness, Personal Safety, Alternative Energy, Nutrition & Health
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Doctor-who-cold-blood-1024x569
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 214588-doctor-amy-restac-silurians
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Doctor+Who_S5E9_Cold+Blood_logo
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 5x09-Cold-Blood-doctor-who-12617275-1248-704
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Amazing-spider-man-2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 6846358
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mk2n7794
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 20190d1127777728-alas-de-gabriel-film-constantine-angel2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hollywood-United-Methodist-Church-Wedding-Los-Angeles-CA-08_main.1396503564
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hollywood-United-Methodist-Church-Wedding-Los-Angeles-CA-06_main.1396503541
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hollywood-United-Methodist-Church-Wedding-Los-Angeles-CA-03_main.1396503499
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hollywood-United-Methodist-Church-Wedding-Los-Angeles-CA-07_main.1396503553
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 6a00d8341c657753ef01676360bd06970b-640wi
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Los-angeles-05-hollywood-sign-schild-united-methodist-church-kirche-christian-oeser
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dictador+dvdrip+sub1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Humchurch.640x427
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_mwpyqx9a9d1t29uc5o1_500
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ray-and-Joan
    Charity: The Ultimate Luxury

    Joan Kroc gave $225 million to National Public Radio at her death
    even though she hadn’t been a devoted listener or regular donor.

    Marc Levinson

    Nov. 15, 2016 6:53 p.m. ET

    Back in the 1950s, when television pictures were mostly black and white and the console set in the living room weighed 100 pounds, a character named John Beresford Tipton made a weekly appearance across America. Tipton, whose face never appeared on screen, was described by his former secretary as “a fabulously wealthy and fascinating man.” His hobby was giving away money. In each episode, the secretary received a check from Tipton’s hands and delivered it to an unsuspecting individual of Tipton’s choice in return for a signed promise never to reveal the source. The check was in the amount of one million dollars.

    A nonfiction version of “The Millionaire” might replace Tipton with Joan Kroc. The widow of Ray Kroc, the man whose boundless ambition built McDonald’s into a global purveyor of burgers and fries, Joan Kroc used her inheritance to become one of the biggest philanthropists in America. From AIDS patients in the Bronx to teenagers in San Diego, people who had never heard of Joan Kroc benefited from her largess. Much of her giving was as secret as she could keep it, and almost all of it was quirky. As Lisa Napoli shows in her breezy book “Ray & Joan,” Joan Kroc gave away money because she enjoyed doing so, and it was none of anybody else’s business.

    Neither Joan nor Ray was to the manor born. Ray Kroc, the son of Czech immigrants, was an inveterate salesman. After a long career hawking paper cups, underwater lots in Florida and malted-milk mixers, in 1954 he convinced brothers Maurice and Dick McDonald to make him the franchising agent for their tiny chain of hamburger stands. Joan, 26 years younger, was the daughter of a railroad worker. What the two had in common was a love of music: In the 1920s, Ray supplemented his income by playing piano live on the radio, while Joan supplied background music at bars and restaurants. They met around 1957, when Ray saw the alluring—and married—blonde playing the piano at a St. Paul, Minn., restaurant. Joan was smitten not just with Ray but with the opportunity he represented. Ray Kroc made sure that Joan’s husband soon won a franchise in Rapid City, S.D., giving her an entrée into middle-class life.

    Ray Kroc found many excuses to visit Rapid City, but it took a dozen years and multiple divorces before the two were wed in 1969. By then Kroc and his associates had transformed McDonald’s from an overleveraged speculation to the darling of the New York Stock Exchange. Joan took to the lifestyle of a CEO’s wife: a new wardrobe, a 5,300-square-foot condo with an organ hidden in a wall, a private jet. But their match was not made in heaven. Ray Kroc was a volatile alcoholic, and Joan seems to have been no less volatile. In 1971, she sued him for divorce, then abruptly called off the separation. Their marriage remained rocky.

    Philanthropy became Joan’s way to establish an identify of her own. She began in 1976 by creating Operation Cork—Kroc spelled backward—to support scientific research on alcoholism. The Ray A. Kroc Foundation was transformed into the Joan B. Kroc Foundation, and after Ray died in early 1984 she took full charge. She arranged to meet onetime Saturday Review editor Norman Cousins, the author of a best-selling book describing how positive attitudes could stave off illness, and offered $2 million to support his research. She gave $100,000 to help the victims of a mass shooting at a McDonald’s near her San Diego home and pumped millions into promoting peace and nuclear disarmament. The San Diego Zoo received $100,000 after reviving an injured hummingbird that Joan found near her house. When she decided that the kids in a poor San Diego neighborhood needed a first-class recreation center, she called the local Salvation Army chapter out of the blue and offered $80 million to build and run it.

    In 1991, Joan closed the foundation and began making gifts personally in order to avoid public disclosure. The final third of “Ray & Joan” is a compilation of everything the author can discover about Joan Kroc’s generosity. The list is puzzling: Greenpeace in 1987; the Epilepsy Society in 1989; North Dakota flood victims in 1997. Joan Kroc was not a cautious donor like Andrew Carnegie or Bill Gates, devoting years to planning how to give away wealth to achieve some desired impact. She had no master plan for the causes she deemed most important. Her interest, as she told Norman Cousins, was “the human condition.” And her whims could be erratic. When she wrote a $5 million check to former University of Notre Dame President Theodore Hesburgh on the occasion of his 85th birthday, Ms. Napoli reports, “she sent a maid scrambling through the house to find a stamp with the new postage rate on it, so she didn’t have to overpay by using two of the old ones.”

    These days, Joan Kroc is best remembered for the $225 million that she left to National Public Radio at her death in 2003. At the time, this was the largest cash gift ever received by a U.S. cultural institution, and NPR still thanks her on the air regularly. As with many of her gifts, the motivation was not clear; she wasn’t known as a devoted listener and had not been a regular contributor through the years.

    Does philanthropy of this sort serve any larger purpose? Ms. Napoli suggests that digging too deeply into the motivation for Joan Kroc’s giving misses the point. Philanthropy, she believes, gave Kroc both pleasure and a sense of independence, much like commissioning a $40 million yacht on which to entertain her friends and zipping off to a Broadway show aboard her private jet. “There was nothing stodgy or formulaic about her approach to giving,” Ms. Napoli writes. “So what if it registered as unorthodox or downright kooky to traditionalists? Joan was relaxing into the ultimate luxury, of being able to indulge her whims—with no concern about cost, outcome, or, better yet, what anyone else thought.”

    Mr. Levinson’s latest book, “An Extraordinary Time: The End of the Postwar Boom and the Return of the Ordinary Economy,” was published earlier this month.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ray-and-Joan-Kroc
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ray-kroc-house-mansion-010

    Things are bad. The technology is unimaginably sophisticated. The management seems rogue. The overall situation seems reprehensible. BUT what if things MUST somehow be this way (for abstract and twisted reasons)?? What would any one of us do if we were at the Top of the Pyramid?? This stuff scares the hell out of me!! I've said way too much on the internet, and I wish to say less and less. I honestly know next to nothing concerning what's REALLY going on. I'm mostly settling on studying 8,000 pages of Bible Commentaries while listening to the Music of J.S. Bach. Honest!! Steven Macon Greer (June 28, 1955) is an American retired medical doctor and ufologist who founded the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) and The Disclosure Project, which seeks the disclosure of allegedly suppressed UFO information.

    Greer was born in Charlotte, North Carolina in 1955.[1] Greer claims to have seen an unidentified flying object at close range when he was about eight years old, which inspired his interest in ufology.[1][2] He was trained as a Transcendental Meditation teacher and served as director of a meditation organization.[1][3] Greer completed his graduate work at East Tennessee State University James H. Quillen College of Medicine in 1987.[4] He attended MAHEC University of North Carolina where he completed his internship in 1988 and received his Virginia medical license in 1989.[4] That year he became a member of the Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society.[5][6][7]

    Greer founded the Center for the Study of Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) in 1990 to create a diplomatic and research-based initiative to contact extraterrestrial civilizations.[2][3] In 1993 Greer founded The Disclosure Project, a nonprofit research project, whose goal is to disclose to the public the government’s alleged knowledge of UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and advanced energy and propulsion systems.[8][9][10][11] The Disclosure Project was founded in an effort to grant amnesty to government whistle-blowers willing to violate their security oaths by sharing insider knowledge about UFOs.[12] Greer says he gave a briefing to CIA director James Woolsey at a dinner party, although this was denied by director Woolsey and attendees.[13][14]

    In October 1994 Greer appeared in Larry King's TV special The UFO Coverup?[15] In 1995, Greer was working as a physician at the department of emergency medicine at Caldwell Memorial Hospital,[3][16] where he was chairman.[1]

    In 1997, Greer along with other members of CSETI, including Apollo astronaut Edgar Mitchell, made a presentation at a background briefing for members of Congress.[17] In 1998 Greer gave up his career as an emergency room physician, in favor of the Disclosure Project.[18][19]

    In May 2001, Greer held a press conference at the National Press Club in D.C that featured "20 retired Air Force, Federal Aviation Administration and intelligence officers".[2][20][21][22][23][24] According to a 2002 report in the Oregon Daily Emerald, Greer has gathered 120 hours of testimony from civilians and various government and military officials on the topic of UFOs, including astronaut Gordon Cooper and a brigadier general.[8]

    In 2013 Greer co-produced Sirius, a documentary covering his work and theories over extraterrestrial life, government cover-ups and close encounters of the fifth kind.[25] The film was directed by Amardeep Kaleka and narrated by Thomas Jane, and covers Greer's 2006 book Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge. The movie premiered on April 22, 2013, in Los Angeles, California, and featured interviews from former government and military officials.[26] Sirius depicted a six-inch human skeleton known as the Atacama skeleton and featured images and a DNA test of the skeleton.[27][28] Genetic evidence showed that it was human and had genetic markers that were also found in "indigenous women from the Chilean region of South America".[29][30]


    1.^ Jump up to: a b c d Thompson, Keith (July–August 1995). "If We Call Them, Will They Come?". Yoga Journal. pp. 70–77, 153–154. Retrieved 8 March 2013. "page 70: By day, he is chairman of the Department of Emergency Medicine at a medium-sized hospital, frequently on call for periods of 12 to 24 hours."
    2.^ Jump up to: a b c "They're Here; UFO watchers to reveal proof that aliens have visited Earth". The Daily Record. May 9, 2001.
    3.^ Jump up to: a b c Alexander S. Heard (1 September 1994). "ALIEN BROTHERS, COME ON DOWN!". Outside (magazine). Retrieved 12 March 2013. Cite error: Invalid <ref> tag; name "Outside_Magazine" defined multiple times with different content (see the help page).
    4.^ Jump up to: a b Steven Macon Greer Virginia Board of Medicine, accessed Jan 20, 2013
    5.Jump up ^ Author Unknown (1987). The Pharos of Alpha Omega Alpha - Volume 50. Alpha Omega Alpha. p. 54."COLLEGE OF MEDlClNE—Oelta of Tennessee Class of I987: Steven Macon Greer"
    6.Jump up ^ Unknown author. "Locate A Member". Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society. pp. Use the search term: Greer to yield this result: Steven Macon Greer 115–R–1987–0069199. Retrieved March 11, 2013.
    7.Jump up ^ Unknown author. "AOA Members from James H. Quillen College of Medicine". Quillen College of Medicine. Archived from the original on 2006-09-08.
    8.^ Jump up to: a b Schmidt, Brad (25 April 2002). "Alien theorist offers proof of government coverup". Oregon Daily Emerald. Retrieved 2012-12-12.
    9.Jump up ^ Salter, Daniel M; Red Star, Nancy (2003). Life With a Cosmos Clearance. Light Technology Publishing. pp. x–ix, 1–4. ISBN 1891824376.
    10.Jump up ^ "The Disclosure Project Website". The Disclosure Project. 2010. Retrieved 7 March 2013. "The Disclosure Project is a research project working to fully disclose the facts about UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and classified advanced energy and propulsion systems."
    11.Jump up ^ Tudor, Silke (26 September 2001). "Alien Culture". SF Weekly. Retrieved 10 March 2013.
    12.Jump up ^ Cox, Billy (6 August 2008). "Admiral: Never looked for UFO data". Herald Tribune. Retrieved 2013-03-21.
    13.Jump up ^ "Greer Letter". Retrieved 2016-05-10.
    14.Jump up ^ Woolsey, James. "Rebuttal letter to Greer" (PDF).
    15.Jump up ^ Mendoza, Manuel (10 October 1994). "Alien Obsession Hits Even Larry King". The Wichita Eagle. Archived from the original on 2007-05-12. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    16.Jump up ^ Nelson, Britt (23 April 1994). "Asheville physician's hobby is chasing extraterrestrials". Herald-Journal. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    17.Jump up ^ Lord, Mary (14 April 1997). "The Unending Search for UFOs". U.S. News & World Report. Archived from the original on 9 May 2013. Retrieved 27 November 2015.
    18.Jump up ^ Oppegard, Brett (Sep 11, 2001). "FOUNDER OF UFO PROJECT IS COMING TO PORTLAND". The Columbian. Archived from the original on September 11, 2001. Retrieved March 10, 2013.
    19.Jump up ^ Berger, Joanne (Dec 1, 2001). "Doctor UFO". Internal Medicine News. Archived from the original on Dec 1, 2001. Retrieved March 10, 2013.
    20.Jump up ^ Duin, Julia (11 May 2001). "Government is covering up UFO evidence, group says". The Washington Times. Archived from the original on 2001-05-16. Retrieved 8 March 2013.
    21.Jump up ^ Katelynn Raymer; David Ruppe (10 May 2001). "Group Calls for Disclosure of UFO Info". ABC News. Retrieved 11 March 2013.
    22.Jump up ^ "UFO spotters slam 'US cover-up'". BBC News. May 10, 2001.
    23.Jump up ^ Kehnemui, Sharon (May 10, 2001). "Men in Suits See Aliens as Part of Solution, Not Problem". Fox News. Retrieved 2007-05-10.
    24.Jump up ^ McCullagh, Declan (May 10, 2001). "Ooo-WEE-ooo Fans Come to D.C.". Wired News. Retrieved 2007-05-10.
    25.Jump up ^ Sullivan, Paul. "New documentary proves aliens exist. We're dead Sirius". Metro News. Retrieved 6 December 2013.
    26.Jump up ^ "Tiny Alien Humanoid Claimed To Exist In Steven Greer's Upcoming Documentary 'Sirius' [PHOTO, VIDEO]". 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    27.Jump up ^ "UFO film to provide proof that aliens exist". 2013-04-10. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    28.Jump up ^ "UFO Film May Provide Proof of Tiny Extraterrestrial Aliens: Six Inch Body Dissected (Video) : Space". Science World Report. 2013-04-09. Retrieved 2013-04-24.
    29.Jump up ^ "'Atacama Humanoid is Human, Researchers Say'". Medical Daily. 2013-05-01. Retrieved 2013-09-09.
    30.Jump up ^ "Bizarre 6-Inch Skeleton Shown to Be Human". Science magazine, column 'Science Now'. American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS). 2013-05-03. Retrieved 2013-09-08.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Photograph_of_President-elect_Dwight_D._Eisenhower_and_his_wife_Mamie_leaving_church_in_Washington_on_the_morning_of..._-_NARA_-_200421
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Beautifulmind
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 A-beautiful-mind-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ufo2crach
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Uf_blue_book_mj12_maji%2B(2)
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Doc4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Alien-histoire

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Shake-head-no-animated-gif

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 6:41 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 765px-Asteroid_size_comparison
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 243_Ida_rotation
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 442px-Galileo_trajectory_Ida.svg
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ida-approach
    Imagine Looking Into Your Telescope
    and Seeing THIS!!!

    I'm going to go way-out on a thin-limb. This is a difficult matter for me to write about, especially when I feel MUCH Worse than I've ever felt before. My mind is mush. Anyway, Sherry Shriner spoke of Stars being UFO's. Alex Collier spoke of a Holographic-Universe. John Lear spoke of the Stars as Mirrors. John spoke a lot about Holograms (including the 9/11 Planes). The Apollo 11 Astronauts spoke of Not Seeing Stars Above the Moon. As you all painfully know, I speak of my SDA Nightmare in conjunction with the Info-War Nightmare on a regular-basis (for better or worse, I know not). I grew-up reading and hearing about 'Heaven' being accessed by passing-through the 'Open-Space' in Orion's M42 'Crab Nebula'. What if the Asteroid-Belt forms an Asteroid-Globe consisting of Supercomputer-Controlled Drone-Asteroids with Holographic-Projection and/or Huge-Mirrors?? What if the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Earth, the Moon, Mars, Phobos, and Deimos are directly-visible to Earth-Humanity, but that everything beyond the Asteroid-Globe is Holographically-Projected?? I'm not suggesting the rest of the universe doesn't exist. I'm merely speculating that an Extremely-Extensive Asteroid-Globe might be keeping us both alive and imprisoned. John Lear spoke of us being at the bottom of the totem-pole, and being imprisoned until we become good boys and girls, when we'll be readmitted to the rest of the universe (or something to that effect). Ellen White wrote of 'Character Determining Destiny'.

    A YouTube commenter once told me "You Can Go Anywhere, But We Have to Stay Here." They didn't elaborate, and I didn't think anything of it at the time. Who were they really referring to?? John Lear spoke of nearly 40 Planets in This Solar System (all populated)!! An Individual of Interest told me "The Solar System is a Lie" and "Changes Are Being Made Throughout the Solar System". 'RA' seemed to say that my Proposals Had Been Accepted, but that I Could Leave Things the Way They Are, and that I'd Be Sorry If I Tried to Save Humanity. Honest. What Would Doctor Who and Jupiter Jones Do?? What if 'M42' is no-further than the 'Asteroid-Globe'?? What if 'M42' is a Stargate?? What if 'M42' is the only-way in and out of the Inner Solar-System?? "Straight and Narrow is the Way That Leads to Life"?? Few Find It?? John Lear spoke of "Living a Life of Integrity, Without Greed or Envy, and Loving Others Every Day" as the Key to Getting-Out of Jail (or something to that effect). John said "Everything is Recorded." Was John Correct (or is this just one more pack of lies)?? What if this Solar System was the Victim of a Hostile-Takeover by Draconian-Reptilians?? What if We Are the Dracs Who Took-Over in Antiquity?? What if a Key-Drac Has the 'Keys to the Kingdom'?? What Would David Bowman and Peter Venkman Say?? I could say more, but I doubt that I will, unless someone cares enough to comment on this thread in general and/or this post in particular.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The_hitchhiker_s_guide_to_the_galaxy_wallpaper_by_lucaszanella-d6821pm
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 M42bbig
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hitchhikers-guide-constellation-42
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1ade618f811179daf509407319ee0903
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I don't know why I'm asking this, but is the Alleged Death of Sherry Shriner somehow related to the Nuclear Missile Scare in Hawaii?? I think I found out about Sherry's supposed death on January 12, and I asked how she died, and I wondered if her passing somehow indicated that things might be going to hell?! The next day, the Hawaii Missile Scare occurred!! A few days later, someone told me that someone I've somehow associated with Sherry Shriner said to say "Hello" to me!! All of the Above is probably a real-stretch, but I wonder as I wander!! Three days prior to Fukushima, 'RA' told me "I'm sorry we couldn't work together. Too much water has gone under the bridge." I replied "Oh Well." Approximately three months prior to Fukushima, 'RA' told me that preparations had been completed for an undisclosed something. Honest. I've given up. I keep asking questions which never get answered. I keep sensing deception and obfuscation. I Eschew Obfuscation!! BTW -- It's now January 25, and Sherry hasn't had a show since January 5. That's three weeks without a show. This has never happened before. 'RA' knew that I was a regular listener to Sherry's show (without me telling him). I'd appreciate some inside-information regarding All of the Above. I'm tired of being 'Out of the Loop'. I'm forced to guess about EVERYTHING. No One Tells Me ANYTHING.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 20120522_214530

    I'm puzzled by the stone-cold measured-silence on this website. On most sites, there'd be angry-debates (complete with name-calling). I've clearly been a 'thorn in the flesh' but I've been tolerated for several-years (even though I think I wore-out my welcome around 2011). There's been no word about the true-fate of Sherry Shriner (but I have my theories). I think there are forum-members who know the real-story about Sherry, but they keep me in the dark (and I'm probably one of the very-few who even know who Sherry Shriner is). I recently noticed that Sherry's domain-name was on the verge of being sold-off due to non-payment, but today I noticed that someone paid the bill. There is still no mention of Sherry's death on her site. There's something weird about the whole Internet Information-War. It's as-if an alien-race is running the internet, with the Earth PTB being unable to do anything about it. I suspect that ultimately a 'New Dark-Ages' will emerge from an Info-War Meltdown.

    Sherry Shriner claimed a lot of unbelievable-things in a stone-cold unemotional-manner. I'm not sure why I kept listening. It just seemed that she was some sort of a 'Rebel-Insider' who was revealing the unmentionable in a 'Crackpot-Manner'. Some of you might wish to revisit some of her shows for a reality-check. Some of you might wish to tell us Who the Hell Sherry Shriner Was, and How the Hell She Died (if she REALLY Died). Was Sherry Alien and/or Artificial-Intelligence?? What if Earth has been taken-over by Bio-Robotic Computer-Women??!! Someone recently claimed that I wasn't going to 'Get Lucky' for a very-long time!! I haven't 'Gotten-Lucky' for a very-long time, so that wouldn't take much getting used-to!! Would that have something to do with my speculation about a chain of command which approximates the following?? 1. Archon-Controlled Artificial-Intelligence. 2. Bio-Robotic Computer-Women. 3. Mean Old-Man Patriarchy. 4. We the Peons. Raven screamed "The Rabbit-Hole Mostly Goes Right Up Your @$$!!" What if I set-up All of the Above in antiquity?? What if things MUST be this way?? What Would Artemis Say?? The Horror.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Kaya-artemis-hotel737eff61
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hotel_artemis-1200x800
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hotel-Artemis-2018-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hotel-Artemis-movie
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Artemis
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hotel-Artemis-Movie-Trailer-2018
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dutch_Design_Hotel_Artemis_Lounge
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 F8f1fa9400b121541c3a67cff368fc7a--babylon--sci-fi
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Babylon-5-4x16-Exercise-of-Vital-Powers-Compassionate-Edgars

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jane-badler
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Poster-large
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 16553
    "Bring Your Alibis"

    Trust and Rules?? No Guns?? No Cops?? No Killing the Other Patients?? Hotel Artemis = Hotel California = Prison Planet = Planet Trump = Hospital for Sinners = Purgatory Incorporated?? Imagine Three Supercomputer-Controlled Planets in a Three-Planet Solar-System: 1. Heaven Incorporated. 2. Purgatory Incorporated. 3. Hell Incorporated. Imagine the Souls in this Solar-System Reincarnating Into the Appropriate-Planet, Based-Upon Their Character and Performance Rating!! Sort of Scary!! I'm Honestly Trying to Go Completely Incognito (one more time). I Realize Things Are Bad, But I'm Committed to an Irreverent Research-Project Based-Upon the Threads on Project Avalon and The Mists of Avalon (no matter what happens, and no matter how good or bad things get). If You Spooks Want to Know What I'm Doing, Just Study My Threads On PA and MOA. Actually, I'm Doing Less and Less As I Feel Worse and Worse. I Suspect I'll Be Dead in 5 to 10 Years, So You Probably Have Nothing to Worry About (except the end of the world). There's a Certain Stability and Predictability When a Completely-Ignorant Fool Chooses to Do Next to Nothing!!

    The United States of the Solar System

    A Wholly Owned Subsidiary
    Solar Systems Incorporated

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Religious+Elders+Flag+in+Oh+God+1977
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Exercise-of-vital-powers-05
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jj30chl8e3iy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 115
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 9616175099_e873c2ac22_b
    "Plenty of Room at the Hotel Artemis!!"
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Depositphotos_5560976-stock-illustration-sun-mercury-venus-and-earth
    Planet Hell Inc-----Planet Purgatory Inc-----Planet Heaven Inc

    This might not be the right time and/or place, but I'm trying not to make any new posts, so I'm just adding-on to this one as I attempt to go incognito. What if this solar-system consists only of the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Earth, the Moon, Mars, Deimos, Phobos, and the Asteroid-Belt?? What if Everything-Else is some sort of a Holographic-Projection?? What if Earth was badly-damaged in antiquity, with roughly-half of Earth consisting of a HUGE-Hole filled with Ice?? What if the UN Logo is what Earth really looks-like from space?? What if this approximates a Flat-Globe?? What if the Asteroid-Belt is essentially an impenetrable-shell (to protect the inner-planets)?? What if we've only achieved Low-Earth Orbit with our Conventional-Spacecraft?? What if we can "Take ET Home" with Alien Unconventional-Spacecraft?? What if the Solar-System is Supercomputer-Managed (going-back thousands, millions, or even billions of years)?? What if All of the Above is a Galactic-Prison and Reform-School for Completely-Ignorant Fools?? What if the Moon, Mars, Deimos, and Phobos are where the Prison-Administrators mostly reside and work (and where new-prisoners might be processed, tried, released, etc.)?? What if this Whole-Thread is closer to reality than anyone can imagine (including me)?? What if this is why no-one will talk to me?? This is mostly-speculation. Nobody has told me what to write. I'm making this up as I go completely-insane and prepare to die. 'RA' told me "The Jesuits Don't Like You" and "They Like You On Phobos". Another Individual of Interest told me "You Have Friends in High-Places." It Makes Me Wonder. It Really Makes Me Wonder.

    What if virtually everything is BS (in one way or another)?? What if one should randomly research this and that, without jumping on any perceived band-wagon (including Q and Trump)?? I'm not suggesting rejecting everyone and everything. I'm suggesting not settling into a false sense of security. We wish for things to be happy and certain (especially regarding what we've invested in) even when deep-research reveals anything but happiness and certainty. I sincerely doubt my own threads on Project Avalon and The Mists of Avalon. They are highly experimental, and involve a lot of uncharted-territory. What if we live in a Centrally-Controlled Purgatory Incorporated (wherein ALL Sides are controlled by the Same War-Room)?? What if we should treat life as a nasty-treadmill to develop our souls for some greater purpose (which might not be realized in this present life)?? I don't wish to be negative all the time, but what does history reveal?? I keep talking about the Bible. I enjoy possibility-thinking in this area, but it's not a nice and happy study (if one is honest) yet literally billions of people look to this ancient collection of books for security and happiness. But what is the reality?? Painful Lessons to be Learned?? Sorry for the rant, but perhaps all possibilities should be considered all the time (whether we like it or not). Unfortunately, All of the Above Doesn't Sell. It's NOT What People Want.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 350?cb=20090425011942
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Petr-Sheirich-2005-our-solar-system-in-motion

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hal_9000_animated_fractal_by_jayaprime-d7j1yge
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.320304723
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Babylon-5-anna-and-john
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mission_completed_anna_sheridan_shadow_babylon_5_by_scifiman-d8nengw

    I've mentioned this before BUT think long and hard about 1. John Sheridan. 2. Anna Sheridan. 3. Delenn Sheridan. 4. David Sheridan. 5. David Bowman. 6. Mr. Morden. 7. M42. 8. HAL 9000. 9. Jupiter Jones. 10. Peter Venkman. Here's a post from page 9 of the USSS Book Seven thread. Are the United States of America and the Kingdom of God complementary and/or contradictory?? What about my idealistic-conceptualization of a Royal-Model United States of the Solar System Under God (Commencing in A.D. 2133)?? I keep getting the sinking-feeling that the Information-War is going to leave just about everyone Angry, Bitter, and Disillusioned. This thing could get REALLY NASTY. Everyone Wants to WIN!! Right?? Is the End of the World sort of like Playing Football and/or Playing the Stock-Market?? Is it all about picking the Right-Side?? Do YOU Feel LUCKY?? I feel sort of like that pilot in the movie Midway who got shot-down but was OK floating in the water in the middle of one of the most significant battles of all-time!! He had a front-row seat!! I have a front-row seat in my Ghostbuster Cadillac researching the nether-realms with my state of the art $600 laptop-computer!! I plan to overdose on Bible-Commentaries and the Music of J.S. Bach!! That's my plan for the rest of This Present Decade!! In my next-life (if I even have one) I think I might like to be a combination of Spinnaker, Jack Ryan, and Palmer Joss (if you know what I mean)!! I keep attempting to Hijack the Zeitgeist!! Hope Springs Eternal!!
    Mercuriel wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 06_2910

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 06_0510

    Oooyeah - I got more where that came from...

    Heh heh
    Carol wrote:Oxy, you've outdone yourself.  Double Thumbs Up

    Merc, you're such a tease.  Malletzky     If people had any idea who you really are their jaws would drop.   Luke

    I would love to see that "more" you have along with that video on the space command.
    Thank-you Mercuriel and Carol. I often feel like someone who is trying to 'act normal' when a celebrity enters a restaurant. I try to 'act dumb', which is really quite easy for me. Those pictures are very interesting (especially the one with the light shining from the bank -- although the one with the pyramid is probably much more significant). It's difficult to know which pictures are genuine, and which ones are PhotoShopped, but those photos looked real. What would Richard Hoagland say? I read a bit from 'Dark Mission' just now, regarding huge glass structures on the Moon. When do we get to see that video? On the other hand, perhaps a lot of us need to exhibit a higher level of appreciation when forbidden information and images are revealed. How many times in the last few thousand years has the human race been saved from enslavement and/or extinction? Did anyone notice or say 'Thank-you'?

    How much 'mystery' should exist in an era of 'disclosure'? Once we the people uncover all of the dark secrets of the ptb, then what do we do? Also, when one rises to the top, they might not like the view, even if it's a Moon-Room with a View. Decades ago, I told a doctor (god-wannabe) that God had a lousy job, but that somebody had to do it. He cross-examined me as if I were some sort of a nut-case. He did have a point, come to think of it. Unrelatedly, remember John (the male 'V' Commander) in the 80's version of 'V'? Then, remember the 'V'isitors Center in the recent 'V' series? Think about who was really in charge, and what was at the edge of the solar system. Think about the construction of some of the structures Hoagland claims exist on the Moon. Finally, put 2 and 2 (or is it 2 and 3?) together, and see what you come-up with. What would the Cat and Cat's Meow say? Nuff said.

    Please consider reading the following list of books -- over and over and over again -- as a mental and spiritual discipline -- and as a possible Middle-Way:

    1. Job.
    2. Psalms.
    3. Proverbs.
    4. Ecclesiastes.
    5. Song of Solomon.
    6. Isaiah.
    7. Jeremiah.
    8. Lamentations.
    9. Ezekiel.
    10. Daniel.
    11. 1 Corinthians.
    12. 2 Corinthians.
    13. James.

    Mercuriel wrote:
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 06_1810

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 06_2510

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 06_0410

    Clouds and Pyramids on the Moon? OMG!!! We can't order those pictures from NASA can we!? It would be sort of cool to live on the Moon, wouldn't it? Or, would the novelty wear off rather quickly? We humans like new and exciting things, but we often get bored rather quickly, and then we're off on another adventure! But seriously, I would love to spend a decade on the Moon, especially if Moon-walks, huge telescopes, and Cray supercomputers were part of the deal! I like the idea of colonizing the solar system, but how would we keep it pristine? I wonder what the solar system was like before the huge ancient wars screwed everything up, and turned Maldek into the Asteroid Belt? I fear that Earth could become an asteroid belt in a matter of minutes. Why does there always have to be a goddamn war?? I understand competition, but I don't understand war. The mystery of iniquity, I guess. If there really is an Orion-Sirius-Egyptian-Roman Empire (or something similar), lead by a Draconian Reptilian Queen, what would it take to have a Peaceful and Happy Solar System where Human Beings would not be enslaved, exterminated, or abused in any way, shape, or form?

    Should the solar system be integrated or segregated? Greys v The Board of Education? Should the solar system be completely human, or what? How many human planets and moons are there in the galaxy? How many reptilian planets and moons are there in the galaxy? How much of a prize is this solar system? What is the big issue in this current mess? How accurate is Robert Morningsky's material? Until I receive a helluva lot of evidence, I will assume that this solar system is a Human Island in a Draconian Reptilian Universe, and that we are on the brink of extinction. What would it be like to be on the bridge of a Draconian Reptilian Queen-Ship? Can you imagine observing a dozen drac warriors debating battle strategy? Can you imagine how bad a Drac v Drac Star War might be?! Why can't there be a completely peaceful universe? Why can't Responsible-Freedom and Constructive-Competition be the MO in a Brave New Universe? Hope springs eternal, and thank-you very much for the fantastic photos Mercuriel!!

    Mercuriel wrote: Ei Yei Yei...


    orthodoxymoron wrote:Clouds and Pyramids on the Moon? OMG!!! We can't order those pictures from NASA can we!?
    Nope - Thats very Unlikely. They'd (NASA = Never A Straight Answer) deny that these were even Pictures of the Moon and They'd say whats always said about most Disclosure Photos NOW...

    "They're photoshopped..."

    That said - As far as I know They aren't...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:It would be sort of cool to live on the Moon, wouldn't it? Or, would the novelty wear off rather quickly? We humans like new and exciting things, but we often get bored rather quickly, and then we're off on another adventure! But seriously, I would love to spend a decade on the Moon, especially if Moon-walks, huge telescopes, and Cray supercomputers were part of the deal!
    It would be VERY cool Oxy. That stated - If thats ever going to happen for the Average Joe - Its gonna take the Masses waking up to the larger Reality around Them now. This is the Crux though isn't It and hence the reason for all the Fear, Chaos and subsequent Control They're now attempting to exert over the World as a whole. Gotta FORCE that Negative Harvest which is a Reality that We'll either have to Avert or Deal with...

    In fact - I'm going to start a Thread on this very thing today so We can begin the discussion.

    orthodoxymoron wrote:I like the idea of colonizing the solar system, but how would we keep it pristine ? I wonder what the solar system was like before the huge ancient wars screwed everything up, and turned Maldek into the Asteroid Belt? I fear that Earth could become an asteroid belt in a matter of minutes. Why does there always have to be a goddamn war?? I understand competition, but I don't understand war.
    As anything observed by Consciousness converts Itself from a Wave to a Particle so It can be observed by Consciousness - Its impossible to keep anything Pristine or in It's Elementary State that would be Colonized by Us or any other Lifeform. Its not possible due to the properties of observing something in Matter. An Observed State and an Unobserved State cannot exist in the same Space.

    As War is the most extreme version of Competition that there is in Matter - It makes sense that some Lifeforms would engage in this practise after the Polarity Game became the standard for this specific Universe Cycle...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:The mystery of iniquity, I guess. If there really is an Orion - Sirius - Egyptian - Roman Empire (or something similar), lead by a Draconian Reptilian Queen, what would it take to have a Peaceful and Happy Solar System where Human Beings would not be enslaved, exterminated, or abused in any way, shape, or form??
    It would take one of two things.

    1. That They were somehow stopped in Their plans for War and the Conquest of other Species including but not limited to Mankind (The Greys would also like release).

    Now - This could be through Them either stopping Themselves by finally listening to Their own Wise Counsel - Or - By having another more Powerful Actor enter the Scenario - Thereby forcing THEM to cease and desist on Our behalf...


    2. We rise up against Them Ourselves and take Our Power back in various ways. This would require Them being exposed and thrust into the Full Light of Disclosure and while I understand that this is the most difficult thing to actually get rolling - Once We do and It comes out as being Verified - It'll be like a Dam busting...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Should the solar system be integrated or segregated ?
    Well as the Universal Goal is Integration back into the Whole as a Singularity before the next Universe Cycle - Integration is what should be practised as that is the Path of Unity and all else is Competition...


    orthodoxymoron wrote:Greys v The Board of Education? Should the solar system be completely human, or what? How many human planets and moons are there in the galaxy? How many reptilian planets and moons are there in the galaxy?
    Does it really matter as long as the Mentalisms displayed above are taken into account ?
    orthodoxymoron wrote:How much of a prize is this solar system? What is the big issue in this current mess?
    Its a great prize. There are Wormhole Portals in this System that link up with many other Constellations and Dimensions or Parallel Realities if You will. As well - This is a System rich in Minerals and Resouces that ALSO has a Slave Race called Humans which is located on Terra / Earth - The Third Rock from the Sun...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:How accurate is Robert Morning Sky's material?
    Hmmm - I'm not sure so I guess We'll just have to see won't We. That said - Its easy to put up a Warning saying beware without Dates as to when to really beware. This makes the Warning open ended where It can never be placed into the Categeory of disinfo as its open ended and always moving to It's already drawn Conclusiuon - That of "Beware".

    That said though - If We reach the Stages that He says We're approaching or at least His Grandfather (IIRC) did - Then We're truly "pooched" and the conclusions about Our Reality from that point then are pretty accurate I'd say. That stated - Those results will have to occur to be accurate and as with Consciousness - Visions of the Future can always change based on Our next collective decision...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Until I receive a helluva lot of evidence, I will assume that this solar system is a Human Island in a Draconian Reptilian Universe, and that we are on the brink of extinction.
    Good - Because if You do then You'll be approximating things correctly. The Elites or EL'ites (More on EL'ites later in another Post as there is good and bad in All) have Us on the Brink of Total Domination and They're doing It for Their Offworld and Subterranean Masters. As D. Icke so correctly puts It - The Totalitarian Tiptoe does have Us on the Brink of total Domination and exclusive of that - Destruction if We will not Capitulate...
    orthodoxymoron wrote:What would it be like to be on the bridge of a Draconian Reptilian Queen-Ship? Can you imagine observing a dozen drac warriors debating battle strategy? Can you imagine how bad a Drac v Drac Star War might be?!
    In the current Paradigm - It would likely be Awesome until They saw the Human(s) and then We'd be fighting for Our Lives I believe. That said - If We were Reps (I like to use Lizards as a term as They really hate It) - We'd be Slaves of the Nobility and / or Ruling Class of Draconians - Would be answering to the Officer Class as to Orders and so therefore We'd likely take It for granted...
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Why can't there be a completely peaceful universe?
    That was the last Universe Cycle called the "Time of No Waiting" (Instantaneous Manifestation). That said - As not much Learning was done due to there not being a need to Learn anything at all - Just the want to in that Cycle - This Universe Cycle was and is to be all about Spin - Competition from that Spin and the Striving of the Dualities as They make Their way back home to Prime Creator in Integration for the next Universe Cycle and Grand Experiment.

    We are still upon the Outbreath...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Why can't Responsible-Freedom and Constructive-Competition be the MO in a Brave New Universe?
    Perhaps if enough Aspects become Aware that this is the best Path forward in this Universe Cycle - That will indeed come to pass. With that said - I will offer this Oxy...

    As Prime Creator wishes that through Divine Will - It will occur. The only point as limited Aspects that We need think on is when. I would wager then that as long as We don't give up trying to make that a Reality - It will happen sooner - Rather than later...

    orthodoxymoron wrote:Hope springs eternal, and thank-you very much for the fantastic photos Mercuriel!!
    You're welcome. I will Post more over time when They're Relevant and can make an Impact...
    Thank-you for the detailed answers Mercuriel. Also, I hope Hadriel is doing better. I'll just keep trying to think about idealistic modalities of politics, religion, business, and law -- in a predominantly and dominantly Human United States of the Solar System. Unfortunately, I still believe that I know next to nothing about what's really been going on, and what is going on. I'll just keep living this Solar System Fantasy-Nightmare, and keep asking the hard questions. It might be sort of cool to have a Brutal Gang of Benevolent Draconian Reptilian Warriors guarding the perimeter of this Solar System!! I don't think I'd have a problem dealing with them face to face, but I am very apprehensive about having them walking among the general public. Also, I continue to be very conflicted regarding what has been, and is, going on throughout the universe, on a theological level. At this point, I don't know who our friends and enemies really are. If God be for us, who can be against us? But if God is against us, what chance do we really have???
    Mercuriel wrote:Why are You Posting excerpts from Scripture Oxy ?

    To what end I mean ?

    Huh ?
    I've recently been wondering about Reincarnating Archangels, and I've been particularly wondering if Archangel Michael might've been a Heavenly Organist/Choirmaster/Composer, Prince Aha, Horus, King David, Ptolemy XV Caesarion (and perhaps a couple of other Pharaohs), Jesus Christ, Michelangelo, and perhaps even a couple of Popes -- reincarnationally -- to just mention a few possibilities. Also,  Psalms seems to be one of the most significant Old Testament books, and Matthew seems to be one of the most significant New Testament books. I continue to retain a Biblical Mindset as I delve into this and that minefield of forbidden knowledge. I tend to think that most everyone should be a Bible Scholar -- even if they are not Jews or Christians -- and even if they don't even believe in the existence of God (with a lower or upper case 'g'.) I am attempting to become a Christocentric Biblical Egyptologist, and posting two particularly relevant books of the Bible are my attempt to keep my esoteric odyssey firmly rooted in Holy Scripture, as part of my Innovative Minimalist Traditionalism. The moving finger writes. It is written. What would George Vandeman say? My dad kept him cool, and I had lunch with him. Cool guy! What would Marjorie Lloyd say? She wrote the words, didn't she? What would Serendipity say? What would the Iron-Lady say? What would Isis say? What did Isis write? What if one primarily used the Psalms, Matthew, and the Book of Enoch to formulate theology? I'm not suggesting this, but I'm just wondering.
    Carol wrote:
    You've become quite the scholar Oxy with varied personal experiences with interesting people.
    Good for you.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Carol, I've met a few people -- and noticed a few things -- in a pretty-much disappointing, pathetic, and useless life -- but I try to incorporate a little-bit of everyone and everything into my ongoing online-adventure -- for better or worse -- I know not. Which might be better -- a Biblical-Heaven or a Technocratic-Heaven?? Which might be worse -- a Biblical-Hell or a Technocratic-Hell?? What Would Brother Rich Say?? What Would Mr. Edgars Do?? I've come to the conclusion that 99.99% of the souls in this solar-system have NO Idea what's REALLY in their future (and that especially includes me). I get the sinking-feeling that each faction and each Messiah will be made to think they're the Chosen-Ones -- when in reality, they'll all get royally-screwed, just like everyone-else. BTW -- I was looking forward to listening to yet another Sherry Shriner Show -- but she didn't have one last night. The shows are sort of crazy -- but I honestly think she reveals little bits and pieces of the "Good-Stuff" for those with "eyes to see -- and ears to hear". The Horror.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Messiahcomplex
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Technocratic_socialism__the_basics_by_valendale-d88fp6p
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 TROJAN-HORSE-TECHNOCRACY
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Technocracy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Alien-logo
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1377611_503584796395380_1488452895_n
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Transformation--18974
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Technocracy+Technate+ID+Card
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vengence-on-the-earthlings
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Londongherkin
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 SatanHoldingWorld
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 516pi3mabOL._SY300_
    Here's a post from page 8 of USSS Book Seven. I've been generally ignored, rejected, and ridiculed year after year (and perhaps lifetime after lifetime) so does it really matter what I do and/or don't do (when anything I say and do can, and will, be used against me)?? What if all of us reincarnate lifetime after lifetime, experiencing Heaven, Hell, and Purgatory (in one way or another)?? Is figuring-out our predicament a Sin?? Is Ignorance Bliss and Virtue?? Is Discovering the Biggest-Secret the Biggest-Sin?? What is the Overall-Meaning of the Posts on This Thread (thus-far)?? What Is the Meaning of This?? What Would Semjase Say?? What Would Azazel Say?? What Would Serqet Say?? What Would RA Say?? What if Most of the Mythological and Theological Names and Stories Were Invented by the Real-Deal Hidden-Powers That Be?? What if the Bible is a Complex-Problem rather than a Straightforward-Solution?? If So, Why So?? If Not, Why Not?? What if This Thread is Total-Bullshit?? What if Orthodoxymoron is a Supercomputer-Controlled Completely-Ignorant Fool with a God-Complex?? What Would the Antichrist Say?? What if Antichrist = New-Crew?? Does Revelation 22 Teach That Jesus is Lucifer?? Does Revelation 22 Teach Salvation by Works?? Does Revelation 22 Teach That the Second-Coming of Christ Should've Occurred 2,000 Years-Ago?? The Truth is Out-There. Is Anyone Out-There?? What Would Billy Meier Say?? Perhaps I Could Live in a Sport-Model UFO!! What Would Bob Lazar Say?? What Would John Lear Say?? Please remember that I'm on everyone's side and no-one's side (in this particular incarnation).

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 446144785_867509
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Beamship1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ashtar-semjase
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Billy+Meier+Semjase+Pleiadian+Beamship
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Semjase-meeting-billy-b2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 La_historia_real_de_billy_m__y_semjase_by_juantelos-d4rf3xl

    I Keep Modeling the Royal-Model, mostly because it seems to fit-in with the City-States, the UN, SG1, and the KJV. The KGB Read the KJV. What Would Putin Do?? What if the Writings Attributed to Ellen White are representative of a Reformed Goa'uld-Queen System-Lord?? What Would Qetesh aka Vala Mal Doran Say?? What Would the Queen of Sheba Say?? What Would the Queen of Heaven Say?? What Would Cleopatra Say?? What Would Queen Victoria Say?? What Would Jupiter Jones Say?? The 'Royal-Stuff' is Impressive, but how much fun would it be to actually 'Be There'?? Behind Closed-Doors the 'Royal-Stuff' might be 'Nasty-Stuff'. Perhaps Capitols and Cathedrals are Palaces and Castles for Commoners!! But Everyone and Everything Get Old After a While!! How Profound Was THAT?? What if King Edward VII is an important 'missing-link'?? My theory is that ALL of the Historical High-Profile People were somehow subject to the Hypothetical King and Queen of the Solar System (who might've reigned without interruption for at least the past 6,000 years -- as crazy as that sounds). All of the Above is Sort of a Stretch, But It's Sort of Interesting, Isn't It?? The Horror.
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Windsorcastle
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Windsorcastle0401a
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Windsor-castle-aerial-view-2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Windsor-Castle-St-Seorges-Chapel

    ...Meanwhile, Back at the DUMB...
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 72ELDO-45
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    "Jack and Bill Went Down the Hill..."

    What if we live in a HUGE Hollow-Planet the size of the solar system?? What if the solar system really exists as shown in the usual drawings, but is much smaller, to fit inside of this hypothetical Hollow-Planet?? What if Earth is a Flat-Globe, with the world as we know it, occupying less than half the surface of this globe, as a somewhat-flat Earth?? Alternatively, what if the Asteroid Belt, the Oort Cloud, and the Kuiper Belt are more extensive than commonly-known?? What if many of the larger 'chunks' are spaceships (piloted in a variety of methodologies -- possibly to defend the inner-planets)?? What Would Emperor Palpatine Say?? What Would Darth Vader Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would Frank Poole Say?? What Would HAL 9000 Say?? The Apollo 11 Astronauts Said They Didn't See Any Stars Above the Moon. Critics Have Wondered Where All the Stars Were in Photographs From the Moon?! What if the Two GIF Images Represent Why That Might Be the Case?? What if Each-Asteroid in the Asteroid-Belt is a Supercomputer-Controlled Drone with a Holographic-Projection System and WMD's?? What if the Asteroid-Belt Projects a Holographic-Universe?? Notice the first 11 minutes of the first video (below). That's all I'm going to say.

    Is This the Whole Solar-System??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Petr-Sheirich-2005-our-solar-system-in-motion
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hal_9000_animated_fractal_by_jayaprime-d7j1yge
    Is This the End of the Solar-System??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Modern_Mountain_House_in_Aspen_Colorado_on_world_of_architecture_01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Bathroomvipainting2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Photo-22-05-2015-08-10-38
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Screen-Shot-2016-02-15-at-11.04.02-PM
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Pb-120127-jackson-pollock-nj-11.photoblog900
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 John-Cusack-in-2012-john-cusack-28622777-1920-800

    Think of my threads as being a pseudo-intellectual art-form in the tradition of Jackson Pollock and/or Jackson Curtis!! I still haven't written any books, or spearheaded a movement, and I probably never will. This is a launching-pad for Sirius-Researchers, which I'm sure makes the Nazis, Masons, Jesuits, Aliens, and Alphabet-Agents laugh their @$$es off!! I feel MUCH worse than I did a year ago, before I had all of that fancy medical-treatment. I probably needed it, but I think there's something MUCH worse ailing me which no-one will touch with a ten-foot obelisk!! I am SO Screwed!! I justify my incessant Bible-Talk by making it Science-Fictional in nature -- rather than trying to convert anyone. I'm NOT trying to get anyone to join or leave any church or religion. "Don't Taze Me Bro!! I'm Just a Completely-Ignorant Religious and Political Science-Fiction Writer!!" Consider yet another NKJV minimal-list:

    1. 1 Chronicles to Job.

    2. Luke to Acts.

    3. Psalms to Malachi.

    4. Romans to Revelation.

    What if 1 Chronicles to Job -- and Luke to Acts -- are fundamentally historical-fiction?? If so, would this be an insurmountable problem?? I was recently directed to consider Ellen White's council regarding "What to Do with Doubt". I think this might be a chapter in her book Steps to Christ. I wonder if this chapter might more honestly be titled "What to Do with Honesty". I tend to think that "True-Believers" LIE -- and that "Secular-Atheists" LIE -- and that Lying is a Sin. Perhaps I should write a book titled What to Do with Lying. I've tried to be honest -- but I've admitted to exaggeration and playing things up (in limited quantities). I keep reminding everyone that my threads are an act -- and that I'm NOT like this in "Real-Life". I keep using words such-as "bullshit" and "goddamn" to make my role-playing more realistic -- but how many people (and other than people) harshly judge me for doing so?? I also talk crossly regarding God -- but I think God understands what I'm doing. Unfortunately, I doubt that anyone else really "gets it". I've suggested that a "Local God" has been running the show on Earth for at least the past six to ten thousand years (for better or worse, I know not). Consider Da'an (in Earth: Final Conflict) saying "Ma'el never came to Earth". What if One Angel led a band of rebellious angels to Earth in a Crusade of Conquest?? What if this One Angel led the rebels into a Galactic Rat-Trap?? What if WE were the Rats that got Trapped?? Notice that I model a number of revolting possibilities. I try to approximate Possible-Possibilities -- but who knows the truth, the whole-truth, and nothing but the truth?? Dr. Who??

    I imagine that sites such as this one make various individuals and organizations (human and otherwise) VERY Angry!! I've posted some pretty upsetting videos recently -- but I thought this site was a proper place to do so. I've noticed a change in the posting over the years -- starting with the Old Project Avalon -- and continuing with The Mists of Avalon. Despite the Bill and Kerry drama -- combined with the Richard and abraxasinas debacle -- there seemed to be more pure and detailed "truth-seeking". I also liked the larger numbers of forum-members (complete with posting whistleblowers such as Henry Deacon). It seems as if the better aspects of the Info-War have surrendered to a lower-vibrational Info-War.

    I have failed to find a Research Sweet-Spot -- and I'm frankly gravitating toward an 8,000 page Bible Commentary written in the 1950's to phase myself out of the alternative-quest scene. But I guess I've always been sort of a Latter-day Luddite. I'm sort of a contrarian "stick in the mud". Has it always been that way -- going way, way, way back?? Am I a Galactic Pain in Uranus?? That wouldn't surprise me one little bit. I've also noticed that I'm being shunned on this website, and in real life. Was it something I said -- or is it who I am (going way, way, way back)?? I've made it clear that I'm doing a Modeling Research Project which doesn't reflect who I really am in real life. But has my approach awakened old rivalries and nastiness?? That wouldn't surprise me one little bit. Some of you might find The SDA Bible Commentary to be somewhat interesting.  I would focus upon volumes 3-6 (I Chronicles to Ephesians). It was first published in the 1950's, so it's a bit dated (even with the updates) -- but in this Nihilistic-Age that might not be such a bad-thing after-all. What Would F. D. Nichol Say?? What Would Raymond Cottrell Say?? What Would M. L. Anreasen Say?? What Would Desmond Ford Say?? What Would A. Graham Maxwell Say?? Here's a Minimal-List which presents a New-Testament Version of the Old-Testament:

    1. 1 Chronicles to Malachi.

    2. Patriarchs and Prophets (EG White).

    3. Prophets and Kings (EG White).

    4. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-worlds-most-intelligent-begger
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Fondos-tumblr-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Freevector-song-graphics-05
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 MN0048665

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Article-2600661-1CF7D46700000578-555_634x628
    Secret-Entrance to 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment!!
    (It's Bigger On the Inside Than It Is On the Outside!!)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tenor
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ndt-shaking-head

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sat Nov 24, 2018 9:06 pm

    Just a heads-up for all concerned (and unconcerned). I realized that I'm finishing the 30th page of the USSS Book Seven thread, and that I might finish this thread on the 31st page, which gave me the idea of starting yet another thread which examines USSS Book Seven page by page, day by day. For example, today is October 2, so I'd examine Page 2 of Book 7. I'll welcome comments, yet I suspect that I'll receive very-few (if any) responses, so once-again, I'll probably just be talking to myself (for better or worse, I know not). I might not keep up with current-events. My analysis-thread might be frozen in time (or something to that effect). Anyway, I'll probably start this new thread in a couple of days. The End of Seven is Near. I recently visited that Masonic-Cemetery (which is sort of a ritual with me). It makes me face myself and think. Today I got a flat-tire at 70 mph, which could've been a big-deal, but it turned-out OK. I'm feeling worse and worse, with my 'one-eye out of alignment with the other-eye' episodes occurring much more frequently. I'm seeing those 'streaming white lights' much more often (which I'm interpreting as nefarious remote-viewing). Some 'wandering-souls' might not make it back to their bodies. My computer has been running very-hot, with the battery draining very-quickly, which means that someone has been messing with my computer. I hope you guys are cracking-down on the Bad-Guys as hard as you crack-down on the Good-Guys. If I don't have much-longer would that be a good-thing or a bad-thing (for me, the good-guys, and the bad-guys)?? What if I left, and never returned??

    A Completely Ignorant Fool in a
    600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment in 12001 BC?!

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 103519z4dcwpwtd7o919d7
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Why-isnt-my-lap-top-intelligent-29-728
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 6287415931_3299776d86_b
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Star-Wars-Episode-V-Empire-Strikes-Back-Darth-Vader-darth-vader-18355282-1050-656
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 3001484_orig

    What Would Anna and Anthony Say??

    I'm a wannabe 'Galactic Happy-Wanderer With a One-Stop Lap-Top On My Back'!! I'm not into texting or talking to my computer (especially when it talks back to me). I'm too busy talking to myself on 'The Mists of Avalon'!! Smart-Phones and Tablets are too small for me!! Old-School Personal-Computers are too big for me!! I've joked about living in a 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment with a Super-Computer and a Super-View, but I might've been there and done that in 12001 BC!! Who Knows?? What if one eliminated computers and television, lived in a mountain-cabin, spending at least 8 hours a day reading The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, and the Holy Bible (Plus Nothing) for at least a decade??!! What if one limited their astronomical research to this solar system?? We're on Earth (or at least we think we are). We experience the Heat of the Sun (or at least we think we do). We note the tides associated with the Moon (or at least we think we do). We've walked on the Moon (or so we are told). But the other heavenly bodies are too far removed to directly affect us (or so it seems). Nibiru might change all that. Who Knows?? The light of the stars (other than the sun) take so long to reach us, that they might not even exist by the time we see them!! CONTEXT and PERCEPTION are EVERYTHING for EVERYTHING!!

    I've honestly attempted to create a Micro-Matrix of Faith, Doubt, Positive, Negative, Orthodox, Unorthodox, Boredom, Horror, Trivial, Profound, Reverent, Irreverent, Science, Science-Fiction, Antiquity, Modernity, Atheism, Agnosticism, and True-Belief (for better or worse, I know not). Consider the following website for some rather-nasty religious-negativity. I'm not promoting this sort of thing. I actually hate this sort of thing, but some of us need to consider all-sides of the most important topics imaginable. I continue to wonder what a careful analysis of the various sections of the Bible might reveal about what the Bible REALLY Teaches, and NOT Simply What the PTB and We the Peons Wish It To Say?! With the international reach of the internet, it's becoming more and more difficult for pompous and supercilious megalomaniacs to maintain white-lies in the belief-systems of huddled-masses who are true-believers in Salvation4Sale. I probably overdid this paragraph, but sometimes I get carried-away!! The AI Made Me Do It!! What Would Isis, Horus, and Set Say?? What Would Isis, Ra, and El Say?? "We Are All ONE!!"??

    Think long and hard about David Bowman, HAL 9000, Supercomputers, Artificial-Intelligence, Hybrid Bio-Robots Connected to Supercomputers, Planetary-Propulsion, Pods, iPods, and Pod-Bay Doors!! What if 'Osiris' Created a Supercomputer Named 'Horus'?? In the Beginning was Horus?? Horus was with Osiris?? Horus was the Ambassador of Osiris (following the faked execution of Osiris)?? What if a Horus Hybrid-Robot has ruled the world as a Matrix-Mediatrix for at least the past 5,000 years?? What if Amen Ra = Dr. Who = Osiris = David Bowman = Peter Venkman = Darth Vader?? What if Marduk Ra = The Valeyard = Horus?? What Would HAL Say?? What Would SAL Say?? What Would COR Say?? What Would DAV Say?? 'RA' told me "I Don't Need to Sleep!!" and "I Can't Talk About the NSA!!" What if a HAL 9000 Monolith contained the Souls of Osiris and the Angels?? "My God!! It's Full of Stars!!" What if the Monolith was the Original-Supercomputer?? Why does the UN Building look like a Monolith?? What if All of Us, and Everything We Experience, Are Contained Within the Context of an Ancient Supercomputer Created in 12001 BC by David Bowman??!! More seriously, in the context of the usual view of the solar system, what if an extremely intelligent and resourceful Reptilian-Being from Orion created 42 Supercomputers Linked to 42 Artificial-Intelligence Bio-Robots as the backbone of Solar System Governance in Antiquity and Modernity?? What if much (if not all) of the Biological-Physicality in this solar system was genetically-engineered by 42 Strange-Beings in Antiquity?? What if this hypothetical 'Council of 42' have facilitated what the Restless-Natives of This Solar System Have Desired and Demanded?? What if 'Direct-Democracy' has been 'Alive and Well' since 12001 BC??

    I joked about the '12001 BC' creation of a Supercomputer-Matrix and Linked-Robotic System by David Bowman, but the more I thought about it, the more frightened I became, and then I noticed the following in the 'Flat-Earth' article below: "In 2017, a scandal developed in Arab scientific and educational circles when a Tunisian PhD student submitted a thesis declaring Earth to be flat, unmoving, the center of the universe, and only 13,500 years of age.[154]" I am NOT a 'Flat-Earth' and 'Young-Earth' Proponent BUT that '13,500 years of age' scared me. That would be just a few hundred years shy of 12001 BC!! As I keep saying, I've been considering a Local-Divinity which is neither Almighty or Non-Existent, but simply Smarter, Tougher, More-Experienced, and possibly with a Divine Right to Rule Earth (and perhaps the Entire Solar System) as a Local Sun-God. This is HIGHLY Speculative. I HATE It, but the other options appear HIGHLY Dishonest and Idiotic to me. They seem to be the Epitome of Stupidity. As I've said before, decades ago, I spoke with Gary Chartier in Loma Linda, concerning the 'Mighty but not Almighty' Concept of God. I didn't just pull this idea out of an anatomical black-hole because RA (or anyone else) told me to do it. I've been wondering about this sort of thing for several decades.

    I've wondered what a New-Testament Version of the Old-Testament might look like?? I've suggested that 'Patriarchs and Prophets' followed by 'Prophets and Kings' (both by Ellen White) might approximate a Devotional NT Version of the OT, but that's as far as I've gotten. Adding Volumes 3 and 4 of the 'SDA Bible Commentary' (I Chronicles to Malachi) might result in a Scholarly-Devotional NT Version of the OT. The New-Testament is not an Old-Testament Commentary, But What IS The New-Testament?? What is the Definitive Intertestamental Old-Testament Commentary?? Does the New-Testament observe the Five-Solas?? What would Deuteronomy and Job through Malachi INTERPRETED BY Deuteronomy and Job through Malachi look like?? Would ANY OF US Like What It Looked Like?? I Wonder As I Wander!! What understandings might emerge if one read Job through Malachi straight-through, over and over, in a variety of translations, but without using a Bible-Commentary, and without referring to the rest of Sacred-Scripture?? Just Job through Malachi (Plus Nothing)!! Has anyone memorized Job through Malachi?? What is the relationship between Isaiah through Daniel, and Romans through Galatians?? Try studying Volumes 4 and 6 (Isaiah to Malachi, and Acts to Ephesians) of the 'SDA Bible Commentary', along with 'Prophets and Kings', as an Alternative Place of Beginning and Reference regarding understanding This Present Madness, but consider mastering Job through Malachi, prior to moving on to seemingly bigger and better things.

    I suspect that Earth-Humanity was offered an Idealistic 19th Century Version of Probation (which we seemingly rejected). I suspect that Earth-Humanity was offered an Idealistic 20th Century Version of Probation (under much tougher circumstances -- which was also rejected). I suspect that Earth-Humanity is being offered an Idealistic 21st Century Final-Probation (under increasingly-reprehensible circumstances -- which we seem to be rejecting presently). As It Was In The Days of Noah?? I suspect an Idealistic 22nd Century Divinity-Managed United States of the Solar System (possibly with an Earth-Human Population of Three-Hundred Million) as a possible transition-stage leading to full-reinstatement into a Universal Kingdom of God (for better or worse, I know not). I am VERY Unclear regarding the True-Nature of the Whole-Universe. I am VERY Unclear regarding the True-Nature of This Particular Solar System. I Truly See Through a Glass, Darkly. What if an Investigative and Executive Judgment began in 12001 BC??!!

    I'm sensing that Earth-Humanity is in the process of being severely-shaken by the information-war. Will ANYONE Be Left Standing When This Is All Over?? I Sometimes Feel As Though "I've Fallen, and I Can't Get Up!!" What would happen to the Throne of David if King David unexpectedly showed-up?? What Would King David Say?? What Would King Solomon Say?? What Would the Queen of Sheba Say?? What Would the Queen of England Say?? What (if anything) will happen in A.D. 2133?? What If All of the Above Is Just Smoke and Mirrors?? What Would the Hypothetical 'Council of 42' Say?? What Would a Completely Ignorant and Irresponsible Fool Say?? I am NOT a Scholar and/or Insider. I am NOT possessed (as far as I know). However, I might be somehow controlled (in some sense) against my will (for possibly nefarious purposes). I know not. I simply know that I desire the Truth and Sustainable-Solutions. Hope Springs Eternal. I've probably said and done WAY Too Much already. My role might've been observational and diversionary ONLY. What Would the Oracle Say?? I seem to be waiting for something. Another life perhaps?? Who Knows?? Dr. Who?? What Would Raven Say?? Raven told me "The Rabbit-Hole Mostly Goes Right Up Your @$$!!"

    What if one focused-upon Solar-System Photography and Sacred-Classical Music (plus very-little else)?? There might be a lot more to this concept than one might think. Perhaps I should live in a 600 square-foot mountain-observatory (with a small 40" Dobsonian telescope) while contemplating Human-Origins in This Present Solar System!! Kerry Cassidy recently interviewed Bruce Swartz, regarding his astrophotography with a 14" Celestron telescope. They briefly discussed a possible Pole-Shift, and Bruce suggested that a Pole-Shift might not happen all at once. It might take 20 years. When he said 20 years, I thought about Douglas Vogt and 'God's Day of Judgment' wherein a 2046 solar-event is prophesied and predicted. 2028 is an AI Robot eschatological-date. 2028 to 2046 spans nearly 20 years. Is this coincidental?? I keep thinking in terms of the Pod-Propulsion in '2001: A Space Odyssey'. What if HAL 9000 controls a Planetary-Propulsion System throughout the Solar-System?? Perhaps that's what keeps the Moon presenting one-side only. Or perhaps the Moon rotates while projecting a hologram of it's surface!! Who Knows?? 'RA' told me "You'll be working for us in 20 years" which would be 2031. What if all solar-system planets and moons will gradually move closer to the Sun, heating-up the ice (and everything else), raising the sea-level and atmospheric-temperature until we "Do As We're Told"?? What if what's going to happen is non-negotiable?? An Individual of Interest strongly-suggested to me that Mankind was past the point of no-return. I try to neutrally-report such things in a 'Chad Decker' manner. What if 'Chad Decker' created the Matrix and HAL 9000?? Must I Explain??

    I don't get paid to do this stuff, and no one gives me the time of day, so why do I continue?? I haven't lied throughout the years, but I'm not an expert or insider, so most of what I post might be Total-Bullshit. I'm attempting to see things from the Regressive-Perspective and the Progressive-Perspective, and this is a source of ambiguity and disillusionment. If I were in a meeting with Regressive-Beings and Progressive-Beings on the Dark-Side of the Moon, I might simultaneously take both-sides, and make everyone hate me. Actually, everyone already hates me, so Sixpence None the Richer (or something like that). A major part of my research-project might involve completely destroying all of my threads (conceptually). I'm Sirius. What if the Book of Daniel should be read in a conceptual-sense rather than a numerical-sense. What if the Real-Timeline is Unknown to EVERYONE (except the Father, perhaps)?? Is Biblical-Prophecy conditional or not?? What if we should focus on Extra-Biblical Science-Fictional Possibility-Thinking Hypothetical-Eschatology?? But honestly, I think it might really be over for me. My research-project and who I might be on a soul-basis seem to have made me a Marked-Soul in This Present Solar-System. Review the material I've posted and hinted-at (long after I'm long-gone).

    My misery and incapacitation are increasing exponentially, and I suspect that I've been 'messed-with'. What if the Grand-Plan was for me to be the Ultimate-Scapegoat?? I've given All of You a Study-Guide. That's All. I don't have any Side-Deals (that I know of) in This Present Incarnation. I'm pretty benign this time around, but what if I'm a Bad@$$ System-Lord going way, way, way back?? That wouldn't surprise me, but consider the CONTEXT when you Pass-Judgment on me. 'RA' seemed to be a mixture of Good and Bad, and perhaps this goes with the territory of being 'RA'. He told me "We've Fought Side by Side" and "You're Like Me" and "Are You Ready to Run Things??" and "You're Going to Manifest Your Bad-Side" and "Serqet has a lot to do with our relationship". Honest. What if I'm an Ancient 'RA'?? What if I'm the Lone-Nut 'Almond Raw'?? I told 'RA' (Marduk?) "Things Are Too Complex and Screwed-Up for Me to Run Things." All of the Above might be highly-delusional and total-bullshit, but it's sort of invigorating and gratifying to dream about. Terence McKenna told me "If You Dream It, You've Already Done It." Perhaps My Work on Earth is Done. What If I Did Everything I Needed to Do in My Last-Incarnation?? I'm Honestly Trying to Go Completely Incognito (one more time).

    I Realize Things Are Bad, But I'm Committed to an Irreverent Research-Project Based-Upon the Threads on Project Avalon and The Mists of Avalon (no matter what happens, and no matter how good or bad things get). If You Spooks Want to Know What I'm Doing, Just Study My Threads On PA and MOA. Actually, I'm Doing Less and Less As I Feel Worse and Worse. I Suspect I'll Be Dead in 5 to 10 Years, So You Probably Have Nothing to Worry About (except the end of the world). There's a Certain Stability and Predictability When a Completely-Ignorant Fool Chooses to Do Next to Nothing!! Trust and Rules?? No Guns?? No Cops?? No Killing the Other Patients?? Hotel Artemis = Hotel California = Prison Planet = Planet Trump = Hospital for Sinners = Purgatory Incorporated?? Imagine Three Supercomputer-Controlled Planets in a Three-Planet Solar-System: 1. Heaven Incorporated. 2. Purgatory Incorporated. 3. Hell Incorporated. Imagine the Souls in this Solar-System Reincarnating Into the Appropriate-Planet, Based-Upon Their Character and Performance Rating!! Sort of Scary!! BTW, I just finished watching 'Hotel Artemis' and I actually thought it was quite-fine, even though I hate violence, and the movie didn't do very-well at the box-office. Perhaps I 'liked-it' because it fit-in with my threads, and because of the star-studded cast. Perhaps I understood it better than most people.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 0vFtjn4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 HAL9000
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Enter-Password
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-A-Space-Odyssey-1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Classroom
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 3_Cover_copy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 John_2BKeel_2BPrivate_2BPlane
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vallee-lecturas
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Maxresdefault33
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 QjXUUMS14NjrqVbqmw2MkAquVOk
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-space-odyssey
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 R9B8Wst
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hello_dave_by_yatak
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.572562113_4ayn

    I'm not sure if there's going to be a Page 31 to the United States of the Solar System (Book Seven) so I'm going to go ahead and start a daily analysis of each of the 30 pages of that thread. Everyone is welcome to post their observations and opinions. The page analyzed will correspond with the present day, so the October 2 analysis would be based-upon Page 2 of USSS Book Seven. There won't be much of an analysis today. I've been travelling, and it's late. I had a suddenly flat-tire at 70 mph on a busy highway. The very-expensive tire was ruined, and there was a suspicious hole in the tire, with nothing in it. Coincidental?? BTW, the 31st of a month might be a potpourri analysis of all 30 pages. We'll just play it by ear, making it up as we go insane. Let's get started!!

    Ancient-Aliens, Artificial-Intelligence, Beast-Supercomputers, and Bio-Robotic Reptilians and Greys might make the USSS threads come alive!! This stuff is mostly theoretical and delusional, but there might be a core of solid-gold or solid-yttrium or solid-titanium (or all of the above). I've suggested studying my threads straight-through, over and over, to get what I'm getting at. Actually, I don't get what I'm getting at (but I'm working on it). Try reading the 'NIV Reader's Bible' and Volume 4 of the 'SDA Bible Commentary' straight-through, over and over, while listening to the Music of Dietrich Buxtehude. Who?? This stuff is stuffy and unpopular (compared to RAP), but I don't wish to give RAP a BAD-RAP (or whatever). There's a HUGE amount of material on each page, but don't worry, we'll cover the whole-thread each-month, page by page, in meticulous and excruciating detail, for what purpose, and to what end, for better or worse, I know not. What might be MOST Significant is what YOU Think About while engaging in this Exercise in Futility. In other words, my threads might NOT be the Truth, but they might LEAD You to the Truth, the Whole-Truth, and Nothing But the Truth (if you can handle it).

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 4495439
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 8b2cb095-donald-trump-usmca-deal-

    I voted for Donald Trump, but I keep getting the sinking-feeling that this world is centrally-governed by Supercomputers, Artificial-Intelligence, Bio-Robotic Reptilians and Greys, and Bad@$$ Gods and Goddesses (for better or worse, I know not). Even the supposedly 'Good-Guys' look like a 'Tough-Gang'. It seems as if one must be a Bad@$$ Billionaire to be a 'Mover and Shaker' in this world. Think long and hard about the backgrounds of the most-powerful people in the world. Are the 'Powers That Be' Ordained by God?? It almost seems as if one must somehow be linked with Organized-Crime, the Secret-Government, Secret Space-Program, and Intelligence-Agencies International, to even be considered for the Top-Jobs. But perhaps it must be this way. This Solar-System might be tougher than we think (or can think). Perhaps this Solar-System is a 'Sunday-School Picnic' compared with the rest of the Universe. Who Knows?? The Horror. I Represent and Present a Monarchical-Episcopate Divine-Right Royal-Model Representative-Republic (if you can get-it and keep-it). Duh?? WTF??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Wildlife-monkeys-hear-no-evil-see-no-evil-speak-no-evil

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 71fovStd2UL
    "You Can't Handle the Truth!!"

    The videos are included for generic, non-specific, and illustrative purposes only, but all-windows mysteriously-closed as I attempted to post the last video. What if I was somehow nefariously-programmed prior to the first-grade?? What if I was a soul of note in previous-lives (ancient and/or modern)?? What if I was supposed to be some sort of a 'Manchurian Antichrist Candidate'?? What if I partially-overcame my programming, and became a 'Completely-Ignorant Fool' instead of 'Der-Wunderkind'?? As a very-young child, I remember a dentist (Dr. Singer?) drilling my teeth without anesthetic. I remember this being extremely-painful, yet I didn't complain. I also remember someone speaking about a gastrointestinal-condition which was inappropriate for a child to hear. I seemed to know too-much about science and astronomy as a child, yet I became increasingly stupid and miserable as I reached adulthood. Everything I've mentioned about my life throughout my threads has been absolutely-true, yet I have no-idea if I've properly illustrated and applied this material. I recently listened to a video about Ancient-Astronauts where Anu (I think) cursed a rival with a hideous-something prior to leaving Earth in a spaceship. Think about John and Delenne's son, David, being cursed with a hideous-something on his 16th birthday. An Individual of Interest spoke of something being 'mature'. This 'Individual' and 'RA' seemed to want me to do something which I didn't want to do. 'RA' told me "I AM RA" and "I've Been Watching You For a Long Time" and "You Will Manifest Your Bad-Side" and "You Can Leave Things the Way They Are, If You Choose".

    Think about the Young Victoria having a crazy and ambitious mother being controlled by John Conroy, and the plan for Sir John to control Queen Victoria through her mother in some sort of a nefarious arrangement?? Think of the 'Borg-Queen' in 'Star Trek Voyager' considering '7 of 9' to be 'not-strong'. What if ALL Politics and Religion have been Purposely Screwed-Up Throughout History?? What if the 'Real-Truth' is 'Out-There' and seemingly less-desirable than the 'Lies and Corruption'?? Someone-Online once told me "You Can Go Anywhere, But We Have to Stay Here." Think long and hard about the 1968 movie '2001: A Space Odyssey', the 1971 movie 'Duel', the 1977 movie 'Oh, God!', the 1978 series 'The Word', the 1980 movie 'The Changeling', the 1984 movie 'Ghostbusters', the 1985 movie '2010: The Year We Make Contact', the 1980's Dr. Who series 'The Trial of a Time Lord', the 1982 commercial 'A Very Special Person', the 1998 movie 'Dogma', and the 2015 movie 'Jupiter Ascending' (just for starters). What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would David Mann Say?? What Would Peter Venkman Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say?? Do your homework. This might be more important than anyone can imagine (once they stop laughing).

    I keep thinking in terms of King David, King Solomon, and the Queen of Sheba (probably more figuratively than literally). There might be parallels with Amen Ra, Marduk Ra, Enki, Enlil, Father, Son, Holy-Spirit, Isis, Ra, El, Horus, Set, Inanna, Nimrod, Adam, Eve, Artemis, et al. I suspect that the Name-Change Game might be a Tangled-Web of Deceit and Intrigue. Was (or is) Sherry Shriner really the ancient Granddaughter of King David?? Was (or is) Artemis the ancient Queen of Sheba?? How might Supercomputers and Artificial-Intelligence relate to Archons and Archangels?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would Peter Venkman Say?? One more thing. Consider the Following Hypothetical Continuum:

    1. A Real God in a Real Heaven (with no supercomputers and artificial-intelligence).

    2. Heaven Incorporated (with a Deposed Real-God, and a Righteous Proxy Artificial-Intelligence Supercomputer-God).

    3. Purgatory Incorporated (with an Absentee Real-God, and a Nastier Proxy Artificial-Intelligence Supercomputer-God).

    4. Hell Incorporated (with an Absentee Real-God, and a Diabolical and Merciless Proxy Artificial-Intelligence Supercomputer God).

    5. A Real Devil in a Real Hell (with no supercomputers and artificial-intelligence).

    This sort of thinking could put one in a Nuthouse rather quickly. A lot of theological and science-fictional stuff could put one in a Nuthouse rather quickly. Perhaps the General-Public should NOT be educated in History, Theology, Conspiracy-Theories, and Science-Fiction. What if the Bible is the Problem rather than the Answer?? I say this with fear, trembling, reverence, and awe. If you've ever been in the presence of Top Theologians, it's quite humbling and impressive (even if one disagrees with them, or doesn't believe in God (or even god). What if Jeffery Daugherty and Elon Musk turn-out to be Ancient-Deities??!! I noticed a squeaky-chair in both Sherry Shriner's and Jeffrey Daugherty's shows, and I posted that observation (just days or weeks before Sherry Shriner supposedly died). I often wonder who really posts on 'The Mists of Avalon' but I don't want to talk about it.

    I'm sorry to mess-up this website with my Bible-Talk. Unfortunately, I Am SO Burned-Out and Horribly-Miserable That Proper-Study Seems to be an Impossibility. In fact, the more I research the Information-War, the harder it is for me to read my Bible (which a lot of Judeo-Christians would point-to with glee, as proof that I'm a 'Bad-Guy'). They might exclaim "We've Got Him Now!!" Anyway, is Deuteronomy the most fundamentally-theological Genesis to Esther OT Book?? I've been told that Genesis followed by Job is the proper-order in a revised Bible-List, but what if it should be Deuteronomy followed by Job to Malachi?? I'm not suggesting this is 'Fun-Stuff' or even 'Inspiring-Stuff'. I'm suggesting this might be 'Essential-Stuff' relative to 'Exiting Death-Row' and 'Getting-Out of Prison-Planet Earth'. Consider Deuteronomy as being 'Definitively and Comprehensively Paleo-Legalism' (or something to that effect). Is Deuteronomy highly-ethical, internally-consistent, and universally-applicable for all-eternity (past, present, and future for Jews, Gentiles, and Everyone)?? What Would Meredith Kline Say?? What Would Hyam Maccoby Say?? What Would Alden Thompson Say?? What does Joshua to Revelation teach us about Genesis to Deuteronomy?? Is the Whole-Bible the Answer and/or the Problem?? Does Joshua to Revelation add and subtract rules to and from Genesis to Deuteronomy?? Martin Luther didn't think Hebrews, James, Jude, and Revelation should've been included in the Bible. What Was the Perfect Law of the Lord Prior to the Old and New Covenants? Were Both Covenants 'RA Deals'? What Do YOU Think?? Do YOU Think?? Come-On!! THINK!!

    Think long and hard about the First and Last Chapters of Revelation (and be strictly-honest). What is the Definitive Old-Testament Commentary prior to the First-Century AD?? Why Didn't Jesus and Paul Write Old-Testament Commentaries?? Why Didn't Ellen White Write a Bible-Commentary?? I've suggested the possibility that Volumes 3&4 of the SDA Bible Commentary (I Chronicles to Malachi) might be the Real-Deal SDA Theological-Statement (even though 99% of SDA's would probably reject this suggestion). General Conference President Ted Wilson has proclaimed that the Grammatical-Historical Approach to the Bible is a HUGE Threat to the SDA Church, and that a Plain-Reading of the Bible is the Real-Deal (or something to that effect). But really, the SDA Church (and ALL Churches) pick and choose proof-texts to make the Whole-Bible say what THEY want it to say. But perhaps this is exegetically and organizationally expedient when open and honest biblical-research is SO unpredictable and dangerous. Is the New-Testament heresy in an Old-Testament context?? Is the Old-Testament heresy in a New-Testament context?? The Christian-Claim is that the Jews Blew-It, so God Gave the Truth to the Gentiles (or something to that effect). But if the 'Jews Blew-It' shouldn't the Gentiles have Properly Interpreted and Applied the Old-Testament rather than Mostly Starting-Over with the New-Testament?? Does ANYONE Have ANY Idea What I'm Talking About?? Will ANYONE Comment On All of the Above??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 F868a4eca95a6e78a1a3f0d1f5af6d4d
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Lawvsgrace
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 51081sijB6L._SS500
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hebrews-8-7-Old-and-New-Covenants-beige-copy

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-New-Covenant
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Session-02-new-testament-overview-hebrews-the-bridge-between-the-old-and-the-new-16-638
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 New-covenant_t_nv
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Old+Covenant+vs.+New+Covenant
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Galations1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-Old-Covenant-The-New-Covenant
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Spot_the_difference
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Heb_covenants
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Oldv.New_CovChart
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hebrews-9-ocnc2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jesus-chart1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Old-covenant-compared-to-new-covenant
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Covenant-theology-old-covenant-new-covenant-compared
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 12_old-vs-new-covenants
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hebrews-8-7-Old-and-New-Covenants-red-copy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Misc_18
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Moses-and-jesus-new-covenant
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Covenants-Web-2
    What Was the Perfect Law of the Lord
    Prior to the Old and New Covenants?
    Were Both Covenants 'RA Deals'?

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 4:07 am

    I'm sorry to be so repetitious and simplistic, but there is a certain hypothesis and editorial-slant which I find quite compelling and upsetting, some of which involves the 'Mean Queen Theme'. One would need to religiously-research my threads for several-years to get to the bottom of what I'm hinting-at. I'm merely scratching the surface in this troubling-matter. I've wondered about a UK, Australian, or European source for the Core Ellen White Writings, which might've been used by EGW's writers and editors as a model for further writings attributed to EGW, with potentially very-little being actually written by EGW herself, with rampant-plagiarism. I freely acknowledge the problems, yet the finished-product is often quite-profound (but often quite dark, if one is honest). EGW was born in 1827 and died in 1915 at the age of 87. 1915 + 87 = 2002. The number 87 keeps coming-up in my limited-research. Consider President Lincoln's "Four-Score and Seven Years Ago." This is 87 years. I've been somewhat interested in the years 1871, 1958, 2046, and 2133, which are roughly separated by 87 years. This probably means absolutely-nothing, but it is of mild-interest to me, and I'm not going to elaborate at this point, but some of you probably know what I'm talking about. I'm honestly a Stumbling-Mumbling Completely-Ignorant Fool with a God-Complex Doing Modeling-Research of the Unknown and Unknowable "Thinking God's Thoughts After Him and/or Her and/or Unknown". The Horror. What if Church and State were replaced by the following?? What if Church and State have already been replaced by the following?? The Horror.

    1. Interplanetary-Education.

    2. Interplanetary-Corporations.

    3. Interplanetary-Agencies.

    4. Interplanetary-Law.

    5. Interplanetary-Supercomputers.

    Imagine an Alternative-Bible based-upon All-Sources (including the Holy Bible) covering the Past One-Million Years of Solar-System History and Wisdom in a Highly Concise and Refined Manner!! I Believe 'RA' could've provided me with this sort of thing, but that it wouldn't have been in 'HIS' best-interest to do so. Most-often my questions were answered with "You Know I Can't Tell You That" or answered in a manner which could be interpreted in a number of ways. I never signed a 'Non-Disclosure Agreement' and when I asked 'RA' about me keeping our conversations secret, 'HE' replied "It Would Be Better For Me If You Didn't Say Anything" and "You Can't Connect Anything Back to Me". The second quote matches a line in the 2009 movie 'State of Play' with Russell Crowe and Ben Affleck. My intentions have been (and are) to create Religious and Political Science-Fiction which attempts to present All-Sides in a Fair-Manner. I've revealed a lot of things, but I've done so in a way which makes it difficult for Non-Insiders to figure-out. Plus, this little website is pretty-much ignored by All-Concerned, and even the Regular-Posters haven't really conversed with me for several-years. A recent-poster told me "I Don't Need Your Help On My Thread!!" I promptly removed my latest posts from that thread. That poster no-longer posts on this website. I don't honestly think that 'Honest Disclosure' will occur in my lifetime. 'NEW LIES' Will Probably Replace 'OLD LIES'.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 11896362_10102344839190261_5340142804149076664_o
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Justice

    If I were young and smart, I think I might try to teach the following classes in an Ivy-League University:

    1. An Interdisciplinary Science and Nature Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    2. A Sacred Classical Music Appreciation Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    3. A Wall Street Journal Analysis Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    4. An SDA Bible Commentary Class (in a Scholarly and Devotional Manner) Complete with Field-Trips!!

    The name 'Anchor' is representative of a Christian symbol. Some of you might know why I'm mentioning this. I thought it was interesting that Dr. Steven Greer spoke of ET's having IQ's of approximately 500!! In my naughty little story, I wrote of Lucifer having an IQ of 532!! Did Steven get the Idea from me, or are there beings who are that smart?? What if ET is AI?? Think long and hard about the movie Ex Machina!! What if Ava is really Anna in 'V'?? Think about the closets of bodies in Ex Machina!! Think about what Leo Zagami said about changing bodies like changing clothes!! Think about the movie Avatar!! Think about 2001: A Space Odyssey!! I am extremely frightened by this sort of thing. But honestly, in high-school, I wrote a paper on the cranial-implantation of electrodes to stimulate various portions of the brain to enhance memory and intelligence!! What Would Wilder Penfield Say?? A total-stranger recently told me they were watching a beautiful Moon-Rise, and I told them I looked forward to seeing the Moon, to which they replied that the Moon was looking forward to seeing me!!

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 11070182_1640609259495544_4228811622660866255_n
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Moon_and_earth_lroearthrise_frame
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 BN-QX714_howRub_GR_20161122191457

    Thinking About Charity on Black Friday

    Generosity is at the heart of Christianity, Islam and Judaism.
    Peter J. Rubinstein

    Nov. 24, 2016 4:26 p.m. ET

    Following a bruising presidential election, some Americans are afraid of the future. Others feel that the tumult of the campaign was necessary to disrupt business as usual. Multitudes feel that the country has lost its way, while just as many believe that the nation has finally found its footing. No doubt millions of people have witnessed these divisions at their own Thanksgiving feasts.

    Many of us in the religious world wonder: How can we bridge this chasm and unify our body politic? How does the country close the fault line that divides the U.S. in half? Is it possible to stand for what we believe is right while still being civil toward the friends, family and neighbors who supported the “wrong” candidate? The way forward lies not in politics, but in something that binds us together as human beings: the simple act of giving to others.

    Giving has long been invoked as a healing counterpoint to the darker sides of human nature. Tzedakah—the Jewish concept of donating at least 10% of one’s income to charity—comes from the Hebrew word for justice, or righteousness. Generosity is also at the heart of Christianity, and it is one of the five pillars of Islam.

    Giving was a ritual at the heart of my grandfather’s faith. When he died, my father’s family discovered a drawer full of receipts in his home. Half of the receipts were from charities to which my grandfather had donated, and the other half from a moneylender. My grandfather, a poor tailor in New York, had borrowed money every Friday afternoon to fulfill the commandment of giving tzedakah before the Jewish Sabbath. He then repaid the debt the following week, once he had the money in his pocket.

    Celebrating these ordinary moments of generosity will be critical to helping the nation heal. Instead of reducing people to voters for a particular cause, think of them instead as the family that serves in a soup kitchen; the teenager who volunteers to read to seniors; the couple who donate to their local house of worship; the community leader who brings together those from very different worlds.

    In Judaism, we think of simple acts like these as tikkun ha-nefesh, the healing of a human’s soul in a time of need. We each have the power to make another person’s life better through acts of intentional kindness. We can feed them when they’re hungry, hug them when they’re hurting, stand by them when they’re afraid. Ordinary acts of generosity may not by themselves “heal” the country. But giving forces us to see others as human, regardless of differences.

    A perfect opportunity to do this will come on GivingTuesday, which takes place this year on Nov. 29. This ritual was started by New York’s 92nd Street Y in 2012. After Black Friday and Cyber Monday, we could all benefit from a day that elevates the practice of giving during a season of significant commercialism. Individuals, families, organizations, businesses and communities in all 50 states and in countries around the world have come together to support and champion this day of giving.

    Faith groups have played a role in GivingTuesday from the start. World Relief, which partners with local churches to help the vulnerable, is encouraging people to donate a welcome kit to a newly arriving refugee family. The iGiveCatholic campaign encourages the Catholic community to support hundreds of parishes, schools, ministries and not-for-profit organizations. United Muslim Relief is raising funds to provide 1,000 Syrian refugees with winter coats. The Associated, a Jewish philanthropic organization in Baltimore, is raising funds to provide food for the hungry and shelter for the homeless. The list goes on.

    Americans won’t have resolved all their differences over turkey and stuffing. And as we continue to navigate and negotiate the country’s new political and social terrain, we should appeal to the most noble aspirations of America—and of religious thought.

    We ought to hold fast to the kind of generosity and kindness that binds us together. Repairing the country, and the world, can best be done one soul at a time. It’s a good time to get on with it.

    Rabbi Rubinstein is the director of Jewish community at the 92nd Street Y in New York City.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-worlds-most-intelligent-begger
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Fondos-tumblr-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Freevector-song-graphics-05
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 MN0048665

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Article-2600661-1CF7D46700000578-555_634x628
    Secret-Entrance to 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment!!
    (It's Bigger On the Inside Than It Is On the Outside!!)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tenor
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ndt-shaking-head
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Charity
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 QUAD_TEASER_FFTMC_100723_f

    Thomas Hardy in the Madding Crowd

    For a man so closely associated with rural England,
    Hardy spent considerable time enjoying the delights of the Victorian metropolis.

    D.J. Taylor

    Nov. 24, 2016 4:13 p.m. ET

    Toward the end of his long life, sequestered in the house he designed for himself near Dorchester in the English west country, Thomas Hardy became a kind of upmarket tourist attraction, a magnet for fans and acolytes determined to tap his essence at the source. The impressions they left behind are crucial to our understanding of Hardy (1840-1928), for they offer a glimpse of the dense clouds of myth that had accumulated around him while offering a direct route into the kind of person his admirers assumed him to be. The diarist A.C. Benson, for example, arriving at Max Gate in 1912, declared that his host looked like “a retired half-pay officer from a not very smart regiment,” categorized him as an “old rhapsodist” and decided that he displayed “the suspiciousness of the rustic.” What Hardy thought of his visitor is not recorded.

    Benson, who admired Hardy and relished their conversations, envisaged him as a sort of peasant genius, permanently tethered to the land of his birth and more or less unable to function outside it. The author of “Jude the Obscure” (1895) was keen to play up this part of his nature, if only for marketing purposes, and Mark Ford quotes from a revealing letter that Hardy wrote to his publishers in the 1880s asking that, whenever they advertise his books, they “use the words ‘Wessex novels’ at the head of the list. . . . I find that the name Wessex, which I was the first to use in fiction, is getting to be taken up everywhere.” But as “Thomas Hardy: Half a Londoner” shows in penetrating detail, there was another side to Hardy that grew out of his time in London, far away from the fields of Higher Bockhampton or the rows of his ancestors in Stinsford’s village churchyard, colored his mental landscape and had a profound effect on his work.

    For a man so closely associated with a particular quadrant of rural England, Hardy turns out to have spent a considerable part of his life sampling the delights (or otherwise) of the Victorian metropolis. First escorted there by his mother as a boy at the age of 9—when he procured a map to plot the locales of his favorite novelist, W.H. Ainsworth—he returned for a stint of architectural training in 1862, retired to Dorset in stark disillusion five years later and then came back for a second attempt in 1872, only to return to Dorset again in 1875. Later, in his years of success, when architecture had been abandoned and novels such as “Far From the Madding Crowd” (1874) had begun to make him money, he and his first wife, Emma, made a practice of arriving for the London “season,” renting houses in fashionable districts, dining with the great and good, and—this was Hardy’s great middle-aged foible—taking a special interest in the doings of highborn society ladies.

    None of these early forays are at all easy to trace. As his latest anatomist notes, the young Hardy was an accomplished coverer-up of his tracks. (Benson may have been right about the suspiciousness of the rustic.) He consigned diaries and notebooks to the flames and left only a handful of letters for biographical sleuths to decipher. Mr. Ford’s principal source, consequently, is the work: the first batches of poems, written as Hardy walked the pavements between Fleet Street and the Strand, inspected the paintings in the National Gallery or marveled at St. Paul’s Cathedral; and a series of novels published after his second return to Dorset, full of sly judgments and observations on the world he had left behind.

    Hardy, one suspects, did not much care for the London he explored as a 20-something. Even as a prosperous novel-writing revenant, he suffered from exposure to the city’s highly polluted fogs, and a visit in the winter of 1880-81 left him bed-bound for months. At all times he was determined to bring his old life with him, or rather to search for the elements of that old life contained in London’s topography. One of Mr. Ford’s most revealing pieces of evidence is a speech written in 1908 for the Society of Dorset Men in London in which Hardy talks about the need for a young man arriving from Dorchester to make sense of his new surroundings by combing city maps for references to “Dorset Streets” and “Dorset Squares.” The young man, clearly, is Hardy himself, hot for geographical solace in deeply unsettling territory.

    As for what Hardy made of these new environments, much of it is simply a matter of his rheumy eye falling on some high-flown social scene and drawing an inevitable contrast. Where would the beauty of the society ladies be if they were “put into rough wrappers in a turnip-field?” he wonders. Such novels as his 1871 debut, “Desperate Remedies,” are full of moral oppositions—smooth-talking London libertines versus solid provincial virtue, louche versus respectable, guile versus plain-spokenness. Meanwhile, the knowledge that England is growing smaller, that railway lines are annihilating distance, clangs through his books like a steeple bell. “Tess of the D’Urbervilles” (1891) is rife with transport symbolism, from the scene in which Tess is caught in the glare of speeding headlights to the moment when the milk from Talbothays farm is loaded onto a London-bound train.

    Mr. Ford’s conclusion is that London made Hardy into a “modern type,” like Clym Yeobright in “The Return of the Native” (1878)—deracinated, restless, skeptical, sensitive to class privilege, endlessly afflicted by “the ache of modernism.” The most symbolic moment of all in this conflict between rus and urbs came at the moment of Hardy’s death, when influential voices clamored for him to be buried in Westminster Abbey. In the end a rather gruesome compromise was effected: The heart was removed for burial at Stinsford and the cremated ashes taken off to Poets’ Corner. It hardly needs saying that the circumstances of this posthumous dissection—the surgeon forgot to bring a proper container and had to use a biscuit tin—could come straight out of one of his novels.

    Mr. Taylor’s books include “The Prose Factory: Literary Life in England Since 1918.”

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Carey-mulligan-far-from-the-madding-crowd-movie-photos_25
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Far-from-madding-crowd-img09
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Annenberg_gallery2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Harvardhall1_lg

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_nprcjaVQzY1rmglm0o1_540

    What is the relationship between the God of This World and Our Father, Who Art in Heaven?? Who REALLY runs this solar system?? Roe v Wade continues to be the law of the land, despite a Catholic majority of Supreme Court Justices for many years. What if the Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System tells the Roman Catholic Church what to do?? I honestly don't know, but that wouldn't surprise me. My theory is that no religion or church runs itself, and that all of them ultimately answer to the same boss. What if that boss is the Ancient Egyptian Deity?? Again, I don't know, but it wouldn't surprise me. The Ancient Egyptian Deity spoke with me about the "Protestant Pope"!! They were referring to an actual Leader of Protestantism, by name. The initials were B.L. (and that's all I'm going to say about that)!! Malachi Martin spoke of visiting the Vatican, and voicing his concerns, to which officials agreed that things were bad, but that they didn't know what to do about it. Didn't one of the Cardinals speak of the Vatican sheltering Satan like a protected animal?? I hope I got that right!! An Individual of Interest told me they had done detestable things, and would continue to do so. They also spoke of a base underneath a store. They asked me if I thought I might be imprisoned in that location?! Honest.

    Whenever I hear Seals and Crofts, I think about the time my mom sold a building to them (which we had half-ownership of), to be used for rehearsing (in San Fernando, I believe). My mom met them, and they spoke of the abortion-song, and about how many radio-stations wouldn't play it. I received two autographed-albums, but I didn't get to meet them. I just finished reading an article in the November 22, 2016 issue of The Wall Street Journal regarding the Pope extending the right to forgive abortion, and I was shocked by a chart which revealed the following percentages (by religious group) of U.S. adults who say abortion should be legal in most or all cases:

    Jewish 83%

    Buddhist 82%

    Hindu 68%

    Protestant 60%

    Muslim 55%

    Orthodox Christian 53%

    Catholic 48%

    Evangelical Protestant 33%

    Here is a somewhat repetitious study-list. I'm not saying this is the "Truth". I'm simply saying this is a very difficult and complex road-less-traveled for those who are already far down the rabbit-hole:

    1. The Books of Ralph Ellis (All of Them).

    2. The Books of Joseph P. Farrell (All of Them).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation).

    4. The (Five Book) Conflict of the Ages Series (by Ellen White).

    5. The Music of J.S. Bach (Everything).

    Once again, I'm not suggesting that this is all one needs to know the "Truth". Perhaps this might be a mental and spiritual exercise which is a prerequisite for comprehending the "Real-Deal".

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Double-Headed-Eagle-Roman-Empire-1024x797
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Solarsystemwatchuse-744x420
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ralph-ellis
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cc95a06cbb590b6ba960b073deb9d7a4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 387943a4-8a0f-462a-a411-0f033f30abf1

    Consider the relationship between a Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System and a Hypothetical United States of the Solar System. I'm including this for people who know ten times more than I do. I just speculate and mumble. I know that I don't know. Consider the following hypothetical options:

    1. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Good God).

    2. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Bad God).

    3. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Good Secular CEO).

    4. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (with a Bad Secular CEO).

    5. Hypothetical Holy Roman Solar System (Managed by a Supercomputer).

    6. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Good God).

    7. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Bad God).

    8. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Good Secular CEO).

    9. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (with a Bad Secular CEO).

    10. Hypothetical United States of the Solar System (Managed by a Supercomputer).

    11. Hypothetical Amalgamation of All of the Above.

    The possibilities are endless. A lot of this stuff depends on what sort of universe we REALLY Live In. We don't seem to know what our predicament REALLY Is. There's a lot of guesswork and bullshit in all of this madness. I keep wondering about a very-early Old-Testament Commentary, which might be hidden in a subterranean-channel. Consider the first four volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary as being a modern-approximation of this hypothetical manuscript. I am deeply troubled by a lot of the Bible, but I continue to think that some of us must deeply study it. An Atheist-Anarchist of Interest asked me what I thought about the Bible (in a very challenging and leading manner)?! I answered that I thought the Bible should be studied, and left it at that. They didn't like my answer. History and Theology are HUGE Problems!! I lean toward Clean-Sheet of Stone Solutions in Modernity, but only after thoroughly studying history from every conceivable angle. Chuck Swindoll once hinted-at such a concept (when I was visiting his church in Fullerton, California). What if we live in a Star-Wars Universe?? How do we know what's REALLY Out There??

    My quest is in Sirius-Trouble. I think I've completely destroyed myself, without anyone firing a shot at me!! What if Business and Money are really the Bottom-Line throughout the universe?? What if we should focus-upon a Theology of Business and Money, with God being the Great CEO in the Sky?? I like to think that the Real God understands my probing-speculation. Shouldn't we consider ALL the Possibilities?? But this is too traumatic and time-consuming for most of us. Are we too-rebellious or too-obedient?? What if we are both?? Once again, what is the relationship between the God of This World and Our Father, Who Art In Heaven?? What if the God of This World = RA?? What if Our Father, Who Art In Heaven = AMEN RA?? I keep thinking about King David, King Solomon, and the Queen of Sheba (figuratively and literally). I keep thinking about Possibility-Thinking Relative to Sacred-Scripture. I keep thinking about stopping my quest completely, and never uttering another word about This Present Madness. Why should I burn my fingers up to my armpits??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-8

    This Astronomical Watch Accurately Shows
    The Solar System’s Movements On Your Wrist

    The Midnight Planétarium is an incredible feat of engineering, design and artistic craftsmanship. Besides showing the time, this watch also accurately displays the movement of 6 planets in our solar system as they orbit the Sun.

    Each of those 6 planets are represented by a precious or semiprecious stone selected to represent that planet’s color – serpentine for Mercury, chloromelanite for Venus, turquoise for Earth, red jasper for Mars, blue agate for Jupiter and sugilite for Saturn. The two other planets in our solar system were excluded because the lengths of their orbits would make their movements on the watch imperceptible and impractical – Uranus orbits the sun in 84 Earth years and Neptune makes the trip in 164.

    The watch took 396 pieces and 3 whole years of work to complete so, along with the precious stones dotting its surface, the $245,000 price tag comes as no surprise. However, one can always dream!

    The watch was presented to the public in Geneva at the Salon International de la Haute Horlogeri by the Van Cleef & Arpels jewelry and perfume company in partnership with Dutch watchmaker Christiaan van der Klaauw, who has been creating watches and clocks since the 1970s.

    Source: | | (via: twistedsifter)

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-5
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-6
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-4

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Astronomical-watch-solar-system-midnight-planetarium-9

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 12:52 pm

    Imagine my United States of the Solar System stuff being discussed in the context of that Army Intelligence scene and the classroom scene (in Raiders of the Lost Ark), or in the library scene in Constantine (complete with similar characters)!! I'm not a big fan of chasing and violence. I go more for substantial-discussions in cool-locations!! It probably wouldn't sell, but I think this idea could be a cool series or movie!! Actually, that big United Methodist church on Franklin, in Hollywood, might be a cool-location. I used to play their pipe-organ and preach mini-sermons (when no-one was in the building)!! I know they've rented that church out for a lot of shows and movies!! Due to its convenient location in the heart of Hollywood and its mixture of Gothic and modern architecture, the church has been used frequently as a filming location for Hollywood movies. The Enchantment Under the Sea dance scenes in Back to the Future and Back to the Future Part II were filmed in the church's gymnasium. Interior scenes for the movie Sister Act were filmed in the hallways, classrooms, and offices of the church, although the film crew repainted the interior to make it appear much older. Scenes from Anger Management, Big Momma's House, Jarhead, People Like Us and several other movies were filmed on the premises. It makes me cry when I think about what could-be and what might've-been. It's a little late for me, but perhaps someone else can use some of my ideas. Hope Springs Eternal. Once upon a time, I stood next to the organ-console, while organist Richard Warne played Carillon de Westminster by Louis Vierne!! Richard told me he started-out focusing on 'Bach and Hymns'. Not a bad choice!!

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Los-angeles-first-united-methodist-church-hollywood

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 BacktotheFutureEnchantmentUnderTheSea

    Think long and hard about 2001: A Space Odyssey and Raiders of the Lost Ark. I'm too frazzled to really explain. Think about the name "Indiana Jones". Indiana Jones = India-Anna = Kali = Jupiter Jones?? Belloq reminds me of Ba'al in Stargate SG-1. Notice that when Indiana Jones is speaking with Army Intelligence, that the University of Chicago is mentioned. I attended a class taught by Dr. A. Graham Maxwell, who had a doctorate from the University of Chicago. This class was regularly attended by Steven Spielberg's stepmother. Perhaps this is a stretch, but Loma Linda isn't that far from Hollywood. Notice that when Indiana Jones threatens to blow-up the ark, Belloq is shown "eating" a fly. Look for yourself!! What if Belloq is "Beelzebub" or "Lord of the Flies"??!! Notice that during the ark-opening ritual, Belloq's head explodes!! This happens to Bartleby in the movie "Dogma". The Ancient Egyptian Deity I interacted-with seemed to hint that they were another Individual of Interest who reminds me of Belloq!! I don't wish to be more specific. I could go on and on with this sort of thing, but I'd rather not. You'd probably have to be an Insider to get what I'm getting-at!! What if Belloq is Gabriel?? What if Indiana Jones is Michael?? What if Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones = David Bowman = Peter Venkman??

    I realize this is REALLY thin, but this is just a small website, and I'm doing Religious and Political Science-Fiction. I'm NOT making a Big-Deal out of this!! Remember that "Teutonic Zionism" video with Alex Jones and Jordan Maxwell?? Think about the books of Joseph Farrell and Ralph Ellis in connection with Raiders of the Lost Ark!! Think about the Egyptian expeditions of Napoleon Bonaparte and Adolph Hitler!! Is there a connection?? What if we are dealing with an Archangelic Battle for Planet Earth?? What if this is a Battle for the Solar System?? I haven't lied in my threads, but I might've exaggerated and/or been mistaken. I'd be happy to take a polygraph-test, but I'll never undergo regression-hypnosis. Dr. Desmond Ford got into a HUGE amount of trouble regarding the Sanctuary and the Ark of the Covenant, just two years prior to the release of Raiders of the Lost Ark!! I was there!! I've somewhat identified with Azazel, even though that's a bad-thing!! I found an image of Azazel which looks hauntingly similar to what I looked-like as a youth!! Honest!! This stuff is going to put me in the nut-house, sooner or later!!! Most of you have NO Idea what you're dealing-with!! What if the Ark of the Covenant was used to communicate with the Hypothetical 42 Supercomputers and Hybrids??!! What if this Hypothetical System controls the REAL ANCIENT WMD's??!! The Ones President Bush Said Were In Iraq??!! I Should Stop!! Please remember that my threads are NOT for instigation-purposes. I think they might be sort of a 'small back-fire' to stop the 'really destructive-fire'!!

    I still think it's sort of creepy that I talked with a Mason in a Masonic Cemetery about an immanent war, and the random deaths of approximately 85% of Earth-Humanity. That was probably a couple of years ago. He spoke of two unnamed individuals who were presently getting-along, but he wondered how long that would last?! Honest. What Would Enki and Enlil Say?? What Would Michael and Gabriel Say?? 'RA' invited me to join the Masons, but I declined. An Individual of Interest told me "I'll hang-on as long as I can." Honest. This probably isn't the right time or place BUT take a look at this Masonic Jewelry, noting ONE Angel on top of the Ark of the Covenant, rather than the customary TWO Angels!! Notice the Wings of the other Angel, without the rest of the Angel!! I continue to suspect that the missing Angel was 'REMOVED' approximately five or six thousand years ago, with the remaining Angel ruling Earth (and probably the Solar System) ever since!! I suspect that the Ark of the Covenant has EVERYTHING to do with that hypothetical occurrence, but what do I know?? What if Marduk-Ra overthrew Amen-Ra in antiquity?? But what if Amen-Ra is alive and well, and living on Planet Earth (along with Marduk-Ra)?? What if there can only be ONE 'RA'?? But what if a Supercomputer-Network has been 'RA' right from the beginning?? Consider the very-end of Battlestar Galactica: The Plan (the entire air-locking scene). Must I explain??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 B1841-Raiders-of-the-Lost-Ark-1981
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 B1842-Raiders-of-the-Lost-Ark-1981
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 INDYSPEC01
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Masonic-Gold-Jewelry
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Indiana-Jones Raiders of the Lost Ark is a 1981 American action adventure film directed by Steven Spielberg, with a screenplay written by Lawrence Kasdan, from a story by George Lucas and Philip Kaufman. It was produced by Frank Marshall for Lucasfilm Ltd., with Lucas and Howard Kazanjian as executive producers. Starring Harrison Ford, it was the first installment in the Indiana Jones film franchise to be released, though it is the second in internal chronological order. It pits Indiana Jones (Ford) against a group of Nazis who are searching for the Ark of the Covenant, which Adolf Hitler believes will make his army invincible. The film co-stars Karen Allen as Indiana's former lover, Marion Ravenwood; Paul Freeman as Indiana's nemesis, French archaeologist René Belloq; John Rhys-Davies as Indiana's sidekick, Sallah; Ronald Lacey as Gestapo agent Arnold Toht; and Denholm Elliott as Indiana's colleague, Marcus Brody.

    The film originated from Lucas' desire to create a modern version of the serials of the 1930s and 1940s. Production was based at Elstree Studios, England; but filming also took place in La Rochelle, France, Tunisia, Hawaii, and California from June to September 1980.

    Released on June 12, 1981, Raiders of the Lost Ark became the year's top-grossing film and remains one of the highest-grossing films ever made. It was nominated for nine Academy Awards in 1982, including Best Picture, and won four for Best Art Direction, Film Editing, Sound, and Visual Effects with a fifth Academy Award: a Special Achievement Award for Sound Effects Editing. The film's critical and popular success led to three additional films, Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom (1984), Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade (1989), and Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull (2008), with a fifth slated for 2019; the television series The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles (1992–1996), and 15 video games as of 2009. In 1999, the film was included in the U.S. Library of Congress' National Film Registry as having been deemed "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant".

    Raiders of the Lost Ark is often ranked as one of the greatest films of all time, both in the action-adventure genre, and in general.[3] The film also ranks #2 on Empire's 2008 list of the 500 greatest movies of all time.[4]

    In 1936, archaeologist Indiana Jones braves an ancient booby-trapped temple in Peru and retrieves a golden idol. He is confronted by rival archaeologist René Belloq and the indigenous Hovito people. Surrounded and outnumbered, Indy surrenders the idol to Belloq and escapes aboard a waiting floatplane.

    Jones returns to his teaching position at Marshall College, where he is interviewed by two Army Intelligence agents. They inform him that the Nazis are searching for his old mentor, Abner Ravenwood, under whom Jones studied at the University of Chicago. The Nazis know that Ravenwood is the leading expert on the ancient city of Tanis in Egypt, and that he possesses the headpiece of the Staff of Ra. Jones deduces that the Nazis are searching for the Ark of the Covenant – the Nazis believe that if they acquire the Ark, their armies will become invincible. The Staff of Ra is the key to finding the Well of Souls, a secret chamber in which the Ark is buried.

    The agents authorize Jones to recover the Ark to prevent the Nazis from obtaining it. He travels to Nepal and discovers that Abner has died, and the headpiece is in the possession of Ravenwood's daughter Marion. Jones visits Marion at her tavern, where she reveals her bitter feelings toward him from a previous romantic affair. She physically rebuffs his offer to buy the headpiece, and Jones leaves. Shortly after, a group of thugs arrive with their Nazi commander, Arnold Toht. Toht threatens Marion to get the headpiece, but when Jones returns to the bar to fight the Nazis and save Marion, her bar is accidentally set on fire; during the fight, the headpiece ends up in the fire and Toht severely burns his hand trying to take the hot headpiece, and flees the tavern screaming. Indy and Marion escape with the headpiece, and Marion decides to accompany Indy in his search for the Ark so he can repay his debt to her.

    The pair travels to Cairo, where they meet up with Indy's friend Sallah, a skilled excavator. Sallah informs them that Belloq and the Nazis are digging for the Well of Souls with a replica of the headpiece (created from the scar on Toht's hand). They quickly realize the Nazi headpiece is incomplete and that the Nazis are digging in the wrong place. The Nazis kidnap Marion and it appears to Jones that she is killed in an exploding truck. After a confrontation with Belloq in a local bar, Indy and Sallah infiltrate the Nazi dig site and use their staff to correctly locate the Ark. Indy discovers Marion is alive, bound and gagged in a tent, but does not release her for fear of blowing his cover. Indy, Sallah, and a small group of diggers unearth the Well of Souls and acquire the Ark. Belloq and Nazi officer Colonel Dietrich arrive, seize the Ark from Jones, throwing Marion into the Well of Souls with him before sealing it back up. Jones and Marion escape to a local airstrip, where Jones has a fistfight with a Nazi mechanic and destroys the flying wing that was to transport the Ark to Berlin. The panicked Nazis remove the Ark in a truck and set off for Cairo, but Jones catches them and retakes it. He makes arrangements to take the Ark to London aboard a tramp steamer.

    The next day, a Nazi U-boat appears and intercepts the ship. Belloq and Dietrich seize the Ark and Marion but cannot locate Jones, who stows away aboard the U-boat and travels with them to an island in the Aegean Sea. Once there, Belloq plans to test the power of the Ark before presenting it to Hitler. Jones reveals himself and threatens to destroy the Ark with a panzerfaust, but Belloq calls his bluff and Jones surrenders rather than destroy such an important historical artifact. The Nazis take Indy and Marion to an area where the Ark will be opened and tie them to a post to observe. Belloq performs a ceremonial opening of the Ark, which appears to contain nothing but sand, all that remains of the Ten Commandments. Suddenly, angelic ghost-like beings emerge from the Ark. Indy cautions Marion to keep her eyes closed and not to observe what happens next. Belloq and the others look on in astonishment as the apparitions are suddenly revealed to be angels of death. A vortex of flame forms above the Ark and shoots bolts of fiery energy into the gathered Nazi soldiers, killing them all. As Belloq, Toht and Dietrich all scream in terror, the Ark turns its fury on them: Dietrich's head shrivels up, Toht's face is melted off his skull and Belloq's head explodes. Flames then engulf the remains of the doomed assembly, save for Indy and Marion, and the pillar of fire rises into the sky. The Ark's lid is blasted high into the air before dropping back down onto the Ark and sealing it. Jones and Marion find their ropes burned off and embrace.

    In Washington, D.C., the Army Intelligence agents inform Jones and Marcus Brody that the Ark is someplace safe and will be studied by "top men". The Ark is shown being stored in a giant government warehouse among countless similar crates.

    Harrison Ford stars as Indiana Jones, an archaeology professor who often embarks on perilous adventures to obtain rare artifacts. Jones claims that he has no belief in the supernatural, only to have his skepticism challenged when he discovers the Ark. Spielberg suggested casting Ford as Jones, but Lucas objected, stating that he did not want Ford to become his "Bobby De Niro" or "that guy I put in all my movies" - a reference to Martin Scorsese, who often worked with Robert De Niro.[5] Desiring a lesser known actor, Lucas persuaded Spielberg to help him search for a new talent. Among the actors who auditioned were Tim Matheson, Peter Coyote, John Shea, and Tom Selleck. Selleck was originally offered the role, but became unavailable for the part because of his commitment to the television series Magnum, P.I..[5][6][6] In June 1980, three weeks away from filming,[7] Spielberg persuaded Lucas to cast Ford after producers Frank Marshall and Kathleen Kennedy were impressed by his performance as Han Solo in The Empire Strikes Back.[8]
    Paul Freeman as Dr. René Belloq, Jones' nemesis. Belloq is also an archaeologist after the Ark, but he is working for the Nazis. He intends to harness the Ark's power himself before Hitler can, but he is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers. Spielberg cast Freeman after seeing him in Death of a Princess.[9]
    Karen Allen as Marion Ravenwood, a spirited, tough former lover of Indiana's. She is the daughter of Abner Ravenwood, Indiana Jones' mentor, and owns a bar in Nepal. Allen was cast after auditioning with Matheson and John Shea. Spielberg was interested in her, as he had seen her performance in National Lampoon's Animal House. Sean Young had previously auditioned for the part,[5] while Debra Winger turned it down.[10]
    John Rhys-Davies as Sallah, "the best digger in Egypt" according to Indiana, who has been hired by the Nazis to help them excavate Tanis. He is an old friend of Indiana's, and agrees to help him obtain the Ark, though he fears disturbing it. Spielberg initially approached Danny DeVito to play Sallah, but he could not play the part due to scheduling conflicts. Spielberg cast Rhys-Davies after seeing his performance in Shogun.[5]
    Ronald Lacey as Major Arnold Toht, an interrogator for the Gestapo, who tries to torture Marion Ravenwood for the headpiece of the Staff of Ra. He is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers. Lacey was cast as he reminded Spielberg of Peter Lorre.[5] Spielberg had originally offered the role to Roman Polanski, who was intrigued at the opportunity to work with Spielberg but decided to turn down the role because he wouldn't be able to make the trip to Tunisia.[11] Klaus Kinski was also offered the role, but he hated the script,[12] calling it "moronically shitty".[13]
    Denholm Elliott as Dr. Marcus Brody, a museum curator, who buys the artifacts Indiana obtains for display in his museum. The U.S. government agents approach him with regard to the Ark's recovery, and he sets up a meeting between them and Indiana Jones. Spielberg hired Elliott as he was a big fan of the actor, who had performed in some of his favorite British and American films.[5]
    Wolf Kahler as Colonel Dietrich, a ruthless Nazi officer leading the operation to secure the Ark. He is killed by the Ark's supernatural powers.
    Alfred Molina, in his film debut, as Satipo, one of Jones' guides through the South American jungle. He betrays Jones and steals the golden idol, but is killed by traps before he can leave the temple.
    George Harris as Simon Katanga, captain of the Bantu Wind.
    Anthony Higgins as Major Gobler, Dietrich's right-hand-man.
    Vic Tablian as Barranca and the Monkey Man
    Don Fellows as Colonel Musgrove
    William Hootkins as Major Eaton

    Producer Frank Marshall played a pilot in the airplane fight sequence. The stunt team was ill, so he took the role instead. The result was three days in a hot cockpit, which he joked was over "140 degrees".[5] Pat Roach plays the Nazi mechanic with whom Jones brawls in this sequence, as well as a massive sherpa who battles Jones in Marion's bar. He had the rare opportunity to be killed twice in one film.[14] Special-effects supervisor Dennis Muren made a cameo as a Nazi spy on the seaplane Jones takes from San Francisco to Manila.[15]

    In 1973, George Lucas wrote The Adventures of Indiana Smith.[16] Like Star Wars, which he also wrote, it was an opportunity to create a modern version of the film serials of the 1930s and 1940s.[5] Lucas discussed the concept with Philip Kaufman, who worked with him for several weeks and came up with the Ark of the Covenant as the plot device.[17] Kaufman was told about the Ark by his dentist when he was a child.[18] The project stalled when Clint Eastwood hired Kaufman to direct The Outlaw Josey Wales.[17] Lucas shelved the idea, deciding to concentrate on his outer space adventure that would become Star Wars. In late May 1977, Lucas was in Hawaii, trying to escape the enormous success of Star Wars. Friend and colleague Steven Spielberg was also there, on vacation from work on Close Encounters of the Third Kind. While building a sand castle at the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel,[19] Spielberg expressed an interest in directing a James Bond film. Lucas convinced his friend Spielberg that he had conceived a character "better than James Bond" and explained the concept of Raiders of the Lost Ark. Spielberg loved it, calling it "a James Bond film without the hardware",[20] although he told Lucas that the surname 'Smith' was not right for the character. Lucas replied, "OK. What about 'Jones'?" Indiana was the name of Lucas' Alaskan Malamute, whose habit of riding in the passenger seat as Lucas drove was also the inspiration for Star Wars' Chewbacca.[5] Spielberg was at first reluctant to sign on, as Lucas had told him that he would want Spielberg for an entire trilogy, and Spielberg did not want to work on two more scripts. Lucas told him, however, that he already had the next two movies written, so Spielberg agreed. But when the time came for the first sequel, it was revealed that Lucas had nothing written for either sequel.[5]

    The following year, Lucas focused on developing Raiders and the Star Wars sequel The Empire Strikes Back, during which Lawrence Kasdan and Frank Marshall joined the project as screenwriter and producer respectively. Between January 23 – 27, 1978, for nine hours a day, Lucas, Kasdan, and Spielberg discussed the story and visual ideas. Spielberg came up with Jones being chased by a boulder,[5] which was inspired by Carl Barks' Uncle Scrooge comic "The Seven Cities of Cibola". Lucas later acknowledged that the idea for the idol mechanism in the opening scene and deadly traps later in the film were inspired by several Uncle Scrooge comics.[21] Lucas came up with a submarine, a monkey giving the Hitler salute, and Marion punching Jones in Nepal.[20] Kasdan used a 100-page transcript of their conversations for his first script draft,[22] which he worked on for six months.[5] Ultimately, some of their ideas were too grand and had to be cut: a mine chase,[23] an escape in Shanghai using a rolling gong as a shield,[24] and a jump from an airplane in a raft, all of which made it into the prequel, Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom.[5]

    Spielberg and Lucas disagreed on the character: although Spielberg saw him as a Bondian playboy, Lucas felt the character's academic and adventurer elements made him complex enough.[25] Spielberg had a darker vision of Jones, interpreting him as an alcoholic similar to Humphrey Bogart's character Fred C. Dobbs in The Treasure of the Sierra Madre (1948). This characterization fell away during the later drafts, though elements survive in Jones's reaction when he believes Marion to be dead.[20] Costume designer Deborah Nadoolman credits Secret of the Incas (1954), starring Charlton Heston, as an influence on the development of the character, noting that the crew watched the film together several times. Nadoolman based the look of Ford's costume on that of Heston's, and observed that Indiana is a "kinder and gentler" Harry Steele.[26]

    Initially, the film was rejected by every major studio in Hollywood, mostly due to the $20 million budget and the deal Lucas was offering.[27] Eventually Paramount agreed to finance the film, with Lucas negotiating a five-picture deal. By April 1980, Kasdan's fifth draft was produced, and production was getting ready to shoot at Elstree Studios, with Lucas trying to keep costs down.[8] With four illustrators, Raiders of the Lost Ark was Spielberg's most storyboarded film of his career to date, further helping the film economically. He and Lucas agreed on a tight schedule to keep costs down and to follow the "quick and dirty" feel of the old Saturday matinée serials. Special effects were done using puppets, miniature models, animation, and camera trickery.[5] "We didn't do 30 or 40 takes; usually only four. It was like silent film--shoot only what you need, no waste", Spielberg said. "Had I had more time and money, it would have turned out a pretentious movie."[28]

    Principal photography began on June 23, 1980, at La Rochelle, France, with scenes involving the Nazi submarine,[8] which had been rented from the production of Das Boot. The U-boat pen was a real one from World War II.[5] The crew moved to Elstree Studios[8] for the Well of Souls scenes, the opening sequence temple interiors and Marion Ravenwood's bar.[29] The Well of Souls scene required 7,000 snakes. The only venomous snakes were the cobras, but one crew member was bitten on set by a python.[5] The bulk of the snakes numbers were made up with giant but harmless legless lizards known as Scheltopusiks (Pseudopus apodus) which occur from the Balkan Peninsula of southeastern Europe to Central Asia. Growing to 1.3 m they are the largest legless lizards in the world and are often mistaken for snakes despite some very obvious differences such as the presence of eyelids and external ear openings, which are both absent from all snakes, and a notched rather than forked tongue. In the finished film, during the scene in which Indiana comes face-to-face with the cobra, a reflection in glass screen that protected Ford from the snake was seen,[5] an issue that was corrected in the 2003 digitally-enhanced re-release. Unlike Indiana, neither Ford nor Spielberg has a fear of snakes, but Spielberg said that seeing all the snakes on the set writhing around made him "want to puke".[5]

    The opening scene in the Peruvian jungle was filmed on the island of Kauai, one of the islands of Hawaii, to where Spielberg would return for Jurassic Park. The "temple" location is on the Huleia River, on the Kipu Ranch, south from Kaumualii Highway on the east coast, just south of Lihue, the island's main town. Kipu is a working cattle ranch, not generally open to the public.[30] The Peruvian section (but actually filmed in Hawaii) featured live tarantulas of a Mexican species (Brachypelma) on Harrison Ford and Alfred Molina, and are harmless to humans, and in fact of a species which are commonly kept as exotic pets. A fiberglass boulder 22 feet (7 m) in diameter was made for the scene where Indiana escapes from the temple; Spielberg was so impressed by production designer Norman Reynolds' realization of his idea that he gave the boulder a more prominent role in the film and told Reynolds to let the boulder roll another 50 feet (15 m).[31]

    The scenes set in Egypt were filmed in Tunisia, and the canyon where Indiana threatens to blow up the Ark was shot in Sidi Bouhlel, just outside Tozeur.[32] The canyon location had been used for the Tatooine scenes from 1977's Star Wars (many of the location crew members were the same for both films[5]) where R2-D2 was attacked by Jawas.[5] The Tanis scenes were filmed in nearby Sedala, a harsh place due to heat and disease. Several cast and crew members fell ill and Rhys-Davies defecated in his costume during one shot.[5] Spielberg averted disease by eating only canned foods from England, but did not like the area and quickly condensed the scheduled six-week shoot to four-and-a-half weeks. Much was improvised: the scene where Marion puts on her dress and attempts to leave Belloq's tent was improvised as was the entire plane fight. During that scene's shooting, a wheel went over Ford's knee and tore his left leg's cruciate ligament, but he refused local medical help and simply put ice on it.[5]

    The fight scenes in the town were filmed in Kairouan, while Ford was suffering from dysentery. Stuntman Terry Richards had practiced for weeks with his sword to create the scripted fight scene, choreographing a fight between the swordsman and Jones' whip.[33] However, after filming the initial shots of the scene, after lunch due to Ford's dysentery, Ford and Spielberg agreed to cut the scene down to a gunshot, with Ford saying to Spielberg "Let's just shoot the sucker".[34] It was later voted in a No.5 on Playboy magazine's list of best all time scenes.[33][35] Most of the truck chase was shot by second unit director Michael D. Moore following Spielberg's storyboards, including Indiana being dragged by the truck (performed by stuntman Terry Leonard), in tribute to a famous Yakima Canutt stunt. Spielberg then filmed all the shots with Ford himself in and around the truck cab.[5] Lucas directed a few other second unit shots, in particular the monkey giving the Nazi salute.[28]

    The interior staircase set in Washington, D.C. was filmed in San Francisco's City Hall. The University of the Pacific's campus in Stockton, California, stood in for the exterior of the college where Jones works, while his classroom and the hall where he meets the American intelligence agents was filmed at the Royal Masonic School for Girls in Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire, England, which was again used in The Last Crusade. His home exteriors were filmed in San Rafael, California.[29] Opening sequence exteriors were filmed in Kauai, Hawaii, with Spielberg wrapping in September in 73 days, finishing under schedule in contrast to his previous film, 1941.[8][20] The Washington, D.C. coda, although it appeared in the script's early drafts, was not included in early edits but was added later when it was realized that there was no resolution to Jones' relationship with Marion.[36] Shots of the Douglas DC-3 Jones flies on to Nepal were taken from Lost Horizon, and a street scene was from a shot in The Hindenburg.[28] Filming of Jones boarding a Boeing Clipper flying-boat was complicated by the lack of a surviving aircraft. Eventually, a post-war British Short Solent flying-boat formerly owned by Howard Hughes was located in California and substituted.[37]

    The special visual effects for Raiders were provided by Industrial Light & Magic and include: a matte shot to establish the Pan Am flying boat in the water[38] and miniature work to show the plane taking off and flying, superimposed over a map; animation effects for the beam in the Tanis map room; and a miniature car and passengers[39] superimposed over a matte painting for a shot of a Nazi car being forced off a cliff. The bulk of effects shots were featured in the climactic sequence wherein the Ark of the Covenant (which was designed by Brian Muir and Keith Short) is opened and God's wrath is unleashed. This sequence featured animation, a woman to portray a beautiful spirit's face, rod puppet spirits moved through water to convey a sense of floating,[40] a matte painting of the island, and cloud tank effects to portray clouds. The melting of Toht's head was done by exposing a gelatine and plaster model of Ronald Lacey's head to a heat lamp with an under cranked camera, while Dietrich's crushed head was a hollow model from which air was withdrawn. When the film was originally submitted to the Motion Picture Association of America, it received an R rating because of the scene in which Belloq's head explodes. The filmmakers were able to receive a PG rating when they added a veil of fire over the exploding head scene. (PG-13 rating was not created until 1984.[15]) The firestorm that cleanses the canyon at the finish was a miniature canyon filmed upside down.[40]

    Ben Burtt, the sound effects supervisor, made extensive use of traditional foley work in yet another of the production's throwbacks to days of the Republic serials. He selected a .30-30 Winchester rifle for the sound of Jones' pistol. Sound effects artists struck leather jackets and baseball gloves with a baseball bat to create a variety of punching noises and body blows. For the snakes in the Well of Souls sequence, fingers running through cheese casserole and sponges sliding over cement were used for the slithering noises. The sliding lid on a toilet cistern provided the sound for the opening of the Ark, and the sound of the boulder in the opening is a car rolling down a gravel driveway in neutral. Burtt also used, as he did in many of his films, the ubiquitous Wilhelm scream when a Nazi falls from a truck. In addition to his use of such time-honored foley work, Burtt also demonstrated the modern expertise honed during his award-winning work on Star Wars. He employed a synthesizer for the sounds of the Ark, and mixed dolphins' and sea lions' screams for those of the spirits within.[41]

    John Williams composed the score for Raiders of the Lost Ark, which was the only score in the series performed by the London Symphony Orchestra, the same orchestra that performed the scores for the Star Wars saga. The score most notably features the well-known "Raiders March". This piece came to symbolize Indiana Jones and was later used in the scores for the other three films. Williams originally wrote two different candidates for Jones's theme, but Spielberg enjoyed them so much that he insisted that both be used together in what became the "Raiders March".[42] The alternately eerie and apocalyptic theme for the Ark of the Covenant is also heard frequently in the score, with a more romantic melody representing Marion and, more broadly, her relationship with Jones. The score as a whole received an Oscar nomination for Best Original Score, but lost to the score to Chariots of Fire composed by Vangelis.

    The only video game based exclusively on the film is Raiders of the Lost Ark, released in 1982 by Atari for their Atari 2600 console.[43] The first third of the video game Indiana Jones' Greatest Adventures, released in 1994 by JVC for Nintendo's Super Nintendo Entertainment System, is based entirely on the film. Several of the film's sequences are reproduced (the boulder run and the showdown with the Cairo Swordsman among them); however, several inconsistencies with the film are present in the game, such as Nazi soldiers and bats being present in the Well of Souls sequence, for example.[44] The game was developed by LucasArts and Factor 5. In the 1999 game Indiana Jones and the Infernal Machine, a bonus level brings Jones back to the Peruvian temple of the film's opening scene.[45] In 2008, to coincide with the release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, Lego released the Lego Indiana Jones line—which included building sets based on Raiders of the Lost Ark[46]—and LucasArts published a video game based on the toyline, Lego Indiana Jones: The Original Adventures, which was developed by Traveller's Tales.[47]

    Marvel Comics published a comic book adaptation of the film by writer Walt Simonson and artists John Buscema and Klaus Janson. It was published as Marvel Super Special #18[48] and as a three-issue limited series.[49] This was followed with the comic book series The Further Adventures of Indiana Jones which was published monthly from January 1983 through March 1986.

    In 1981, Kenner released a 12-inch (30 cm) doll of Indiana Jones, and the following year they released nine action figures of the film's characters, three playsets, as well as toys of the Nazi truck and Jones' horse. They also released a board game. In 1984, miniature metal versions of the characters were released for a role playing game, The Adventures of Indiana Jones, and in 1995 Micro Machines released die-cast toys of the film's vehicles.[50] Hasbro released action figures based on the film, ranging from 3 to 12 inches (7.6 to 30.5 cm), to coincide with Kingdom of the Crystal Skull on May 1, 2008.[51] Later in 2008, and in 2011, two high-end sixth scale (1:6) collectible action figures were released by Sideshow Collectibles, and Hot Toys, Ltd. respectively. A novelization by Ryder Windham was released in April 2008 by Scholastic to tie in with the release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull. A previous novelization by Scottish author Campbell Armstrong (under the pseudonym Campbell Black) was concurrently released with the film in 1981. A book about the making of the film was also released, written by Derek Taylor.

    The film was released on VHS, Betamax and VideoDisc in pan and scan only, and on laserdisc in both pan and scan and widescreen. For its 1999 VHS re-issue, the film was remastered in THX and made available in widescreen. The outer package was retitled Indiana Jones and the Raiders of the Lost Ark for consistency with the film's prequel and sequel. The subsequent DVD release in 2003 features this title as well. The title in the film itself remains unchanged, even in the restored DVD print. In the DVD, two subtle digital revisions were added. First, a connecting rod from the giant boulder to an offscreen guidance track in the opening scene was removed from behind the running Harrison Ford; second, a reflection in the glass partition separating Ford from the cobra in the Well of Souls was removed.[52] Shortly before the theatrical release of Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, Raiders (along with The Temple of Doom and The Last Crusade) was re-released on DVD with additional extra features not included on the previous set on May 13, 2008. The film was released on Blu-ray Disc in September 2012.[53] Previously, only Kingdom of the Crystal Skull had been available on Blu-ray.

    Raiders of the Lost Ark opened at #14 and grossed $1,673,731 from 267 theaters ($6,269 theater average) during its opening weekend. In total, the IMAX release grossed $3,125,613 domestically.[54] The film, made on an $18 million budget, grossed $384 million worldwide throughout its theatrical releases. In North America, it was by some distance the highest-grossing film of 1981,[55] and remains one of the top twenty-five highest-grossing films ever made when adjusted for inflation.[56] Box Office Mojo estimates that the film sold more than 70 million tickets in the US in its initial theatrical run.[57]

    The film was subsequently nominated for nine Academy Awards, including Best Picture, in 1982 and won four (Best Sound, Best Film Editing, Best Visual Effects, and Best Art Direction-Set Decoration (Norman Reynolds, Leslie Dilley, and Michael D. Ford). It also received a Special Achievement Award for Sound Effects Editing. It won numerous other awards, including a Grammy Award and Best Picture at the People's Choice Awards. Spielberg was also nominated for a Golden Globe Award.[58]

    The film was highly acclaimed by critics and audiences alike. In his review for The New York Times, Vincent Canby praised the film, calling it, "one of the most deliriously funny, ingenious and stylish American adventure movies ever made."[59] Roger Ebert in his review for the Chicago Sun-Times wrote, "Two things, however, make Raiders of the Lost Ark more than just a technological triumph: its sense of humor and the droll style of its characters [...] We find ourselves laughing in surprise, in relief, in incredulity at the movie's ability to pile one incident upon another in an inexhaustible series of inventions."[60] He later added it to his list of "Great Movies".[61] Rolling Stone said the film was "the ultimate Saturday action matinee–a film so funny and exciting it can be enjoyed any day of the week."[62] Bruce Williamson of Playboy claimed: "There's more excitement in the first ten minutes of Raiders than any movie I have seen all year. By the time the explosive misadventures end, any movie-goer worth his salt ought to be exhausted."[63] Stephen Klain of Variety also praised the film. Yet, making an observation that would revisit the franchise with its next film, he felt that the film was surprisingly violent and bloody for a PG-rated film.[64]

    There were some dissenting voices: Sight & Sound described it as an "expensively gift-wrapped Saturday afternoon pot-boiler",[65] and New Hollywood champion Pauline Kael, who once contended that she only got "really rough" on large films that were destined to be hits but were nonetheless "atrocious",[66] found the film to be a "machine-tooled adventure" from a pair of creators who "think just like the marketing division".[67] (Lucas later named a villain, played by Raiders Nazi strongman Pat Roach, in his 1988 fantasy film Willow after Kael.)[66] The film is considered to be a classic of the action and adventure genres by many contemporary critics, and carries a 94% "Certified Fresh" rating on Rotten Tomatoes,[68] as well as a 85% rating on Metacritic, indicating "universal acclaim".[69]

    Awards and nominations

    Academy Awards Best Picture Frank Marshall Nominated [70]
    Best Director Steven Spielberg Nominated
    Best Art Direction Norman Reynolds, Leslie Dilley, Michael Ford Won
    Best Cinematography Douglas Slocombe Nominated
    Best Film Editing Michael Kahn Won
    Best Original Score John Williams Nominated
    Best Sound Bill Varney, Steve Maslow, Gregg Landaker, Roy Charman Won
    Best Sound Effects Editing Ben Burtt, Richard L. Anderson Won
    Best Visual Effects Richard Edlund, Kit West, Bruce Nicholson, Joe Johnston Won
    Golden Globe Awards Best Director Steven Spielberg Nominated [71]
    BAFTA Awards Best Film Frank Marshall Nominated
    Best Actor in a Supporting Role Denholm Elliott Nominated
    Best Film Music John Williams Nominated
    Best Cinematography Douglas Slocombe Nominated
    Best Editing Michael Kahn Nominated
    Best Sound Bill Varney, Steve Maslow, Gregg Landaker, Roy Charman Nominated
    Hugo Awards Best Dramatic Presentation Won [72]
    Saturn Awards Best Fantasy Film Won
    Best Director Steven Spielberg Won
    Best Actor Harrison Ford Won
    Best Actress Karen Allen Won
    Best Supporting Actor Paul Freeman Nominated
    Best Writing Lawrence Kasdan Won
    Best Music John Williams Won
    Best Costume Deborah Nadoolman Nominated
    Best Special Effects Richard Edlund Won

    American Film InstituteAFI's 100 Years...100 Movies—No. 60
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Thrills—No. 10
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Heroes and Villains: Indiana Jones—No. 2 Hero

    AFI's 100 Years...100 Movie Quotes: "Snakes! Why did it have to be snakes?"—Nominated

    AFI's 100 Years of Film Scores—Nominated
    AFI's 100 Years...100 Movies (10th Anniversary Edition)—No. 66

    Following the success of Raiders, a prequel, The Temple of Doom, and two sequels, The Last Crusade and Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, were produced, with a third sequel set for release in 2019. A television series, entitled The Young Indiana Jones Chronicles, was also spun off from this film, and details the character's early years. Numerous other books, comics, and video games have also been produced.

    In 1998, the American Film Institute placed the film at number 60 on its top 100 films of the first century of cinema. In 2007, AFI updated the list and placed it at number 66. They also named it as the 10th most thrilling film, and named Indiana Jones as the second greatest hero. In 1999, the film was deemed "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant" by the U.S. Library of Congress and selected for preservation in the National Film Registry. Indiana Jones has become an icon, being listed as Entertainment Weekly's third favorite action hero, while noting "some of the greatest action scenes ever filmed are strung together like pearls" in this film.[73]

    An amateur, near shot-for-shot remake was made by Chris Strompolos, Eric Zala, and Jayson Lamb, then children in Ocean Springs, Mississippi. It took the boys seven years to finish, from 1982 to 1989. After production of the film, called Raiders of the Lost Ark: The Adaptation, it was shelved and forgotten until 2003, where it was discovered by Eli Roth[74][75] and acclaimed by Spielberg himself, who congratulated the boys on their hard work and said he looked forward to seeing their names on the big screen.[76] Scott Rudin and Paramount Pictures purchased the trio's life rights with the goal of producing a film based on their adventures making their remake.[77][78]

    In 2014, film director Steven Soderbergh published an experimental black-and-white version of the film, with the original soundtrack and dialogue replaced by an electronic soundtrack. Soderbergh said his intention was to encourage viewers to focus on Spielberg's extraordinary staging and editing: "This filmmaker forgot more about staging by the time he made his first feature than I know to this day."[79]

    Assessing the film's legacy in 1997, Bernard Weinraub, film critic for The New York Times, which had initially reviewed the film as "deliriously funny, ingenious, and stylish",[80] maintained that "the decline in the traditional family G-rated film, for 'general' audiences, probably began" with the appearance of Raiders of the Lost Ark. "Whether by accident or design," found Weinraub, "the filmmakers made a comic nonstop action film intended mostly for adults but also for children."[81] Eight years later, in 2005, viewers of Channel 4 in the U.K. rated the film as the 20th-best family film of all time, with Spielberg taking best over-all director honors.[82]

    On Empire magazine's list of the 500 Greatest Movies of All Time, Raiders ranked second, beaten only by The Godfather.[83]

    In conjunction with the Blu-ray release, a limited one-week release in IMAX theaters was announced for September 7, 2012. Steven Spielberg and sound designer Ben Burtt supervised the format conversion. No special effects or other visual elements were altered, but the audio was enhanced for surround sound.[84]

    In December 2012, the University of Chicago's admissions department received a package in the mail addressed to Henry Walton Jones, Jr., Indiana Jones' full name. The address on the stamped package was listed for a hall that was the former home of the university's geology and geography department. Inside the manila envelope was a detailed replica journal similar to the one Jones used in the movie, as well as postcards and pictures of Marion Ravenwood. The admissions department posted pictures of the contents on its Internet blog, looking for any information about the package. It was discovered that the package was part of a set to be shipped from Guam to Italy that had been sold on eBay. The package with the journal had fallen out in transit and a postal worker had sent it to the university, as it had a complete address and postage, which turned out to be fake. All contents were from a Guam "prop replicator" who sells them all over the world. The university will display its replica in the main lobby of the Oriental Institute.[85]

    In the opening jungle scene, Indy retrieves the Golden Idol and the famed action of the boulder chase and pursuit by the deadly Hovitos (fictional descendants of the Chachapoyans) commences.[86] An ancient structure called Kuelap may have inspired the booby-trapped temple. The novelization of the film[clarification needed] explains that Jones was looking for the Temple of the Chachapoyan Warriors in the Andes of Northern Peru. The Chachapoyans, which means “People of the Clouds", were an actual South American people, and have left behind scores of ruins; most notably Kuelap, “The Fortress of the Clouds". The fortress of Kuelap remains with its long, high walls (600 meters in length, 110 meters in width, and 19 meters high) and remnants of more than four hundred buildings. Radiocarbon dating indicates the site was constructed as early as the 6th century AD and was used throughout the pre-Columbian period. Similar to the temple seen in the film, the entryway to Kuelap is long and very narrow. Archaeologists believe the entrance was designed this way so that it could be easily defended, as only one person could fit through the entrance at a time. Many Chachapoyan grave sites and mummies have also been located amongst the ruins of Kuelap.[87]


    1.Jump up ^ "RAIDERS OF THE LOST ARK (A)". British Board of Film Classification. June 2, 1981. Retrieved March 8, 2016.
    2.^ Jump up to: a b "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved July 9, 2007.
    3.Jump up ^ "The 500 Greatest Movies Of All Time, Feature | Movies - Empire". gb: 2015-12-11. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    4.Jump up ^ "The 500 Greatest Movies Of All Time, Feature | Movies - Empire". gb: 2015-12-11. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    5.^ Jump up to: a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w Indiana Jones: Making the Trilogy (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    6.^ Jump up to: a b Knolle, Sharon (June 12, 2011). "30 Things You Might Not Know About 'Raiders of the Lost Ark'". Moviefone. Retrieved August 10, 2015.
    7.Jump up ^ "Facts and trivia of the Lost Ark". Lucasfilm. October 14, 2003. Archived from the original on May 18, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    8.^ Jump up to: a b c d e Hearn, pp. 127-134
    9.Jump up ^ "The People Who Were Almost Cast". Empire Online. Retrieved May 23, 2013.
    10.Jump up ^ Gregory Kirschling, Jeff Labrecque (March 12, 2008). "Indiana Jones: 15 Fun Facts". Entertainment Weekly. Retrieved March 15, 2008.
    11.Jump up ^ Roman Polanski: Interviews - Roman Polanski, Paul Cronin - Google Books
    12.Jump up ^ Glenn Whipp (May 22, 2008). "Keeping up with Jones". Halifax Chronicle-Herald. Archived from the original on March 9, 2009. Retrieved May 22, 2008.
    13.Jump up ^ Kinski, Klaus (1996). Kinski Uncut. Translated by Joachim Neugröschel. London: Bloomsbury. p. 294. ISBN 0-7475-2978-7.
    14.Jump up ^ The Stunts of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    15.^ Jump up to: a b The Light and Magic of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    16.Jump up ^ Marcus Hearn (2005). The Cinema of George Lucas. New York: Harry N. Abrams Inc, Publishers. p. 80. ISBN 0-8109-4968-7.
    17.^ Jump up to: a b Hearn, pp.112–115
    18.Jump up ^ "Know Your MacGuffins". Empire. April 23, 2008. Retrieved April 23, 2008.
    19.Jump up ^ Jim Windolf (December 2, 2007). "Q&A: Steven Spielberg". Vanity Fair. Retrieved December 2, 2007.
    20.^ Jump up to: a b c d McBride, Joseph (1997). "Rehab". Steven Spielberg. New York City: Faber and Faber. pp. 309–322. ISBN 0-571-19177-0.
    21.Jump up ^ E. Summer, Walt Disney's Uncle $crooge McDuck: His Life and Times by Carl Barks, Celestial Arts ed., 1981; T. Andrae, Carl Barks and the Art of the Disney Comic Book, Univ. Press of Mississippi, 2006.
    22.Jump up ^ Hearn, p.122–123
    23.Jump up ^ Script 3rd Draft, scene 45-47
    24.Jump up ^ Script 3rd Draft, scene 148–155
    25.Jump up ^ Raiders Story Conference Transcript, 1978. p.5
    26.Jump up ^ Mike French & Gilles Verschuere (September 14, 2005). "Debora Nadoolman interview". Archived from the original on March 27, 2014.
    27.Jump up ^ "Raiders Of The Lost Ark: An Oral History". Empire. April 24, 2008. Retrieved April 24, 2008.
    28.^ Jump up to: a b c Richard Schickel (January 19, 2008). "Slam! Bang! A Movie Movie". Time. Retrieved January 19, 2008.
    29.^ Jump up to: a b Fromter, Marco (August 18, 2006). "Around the World with Indiana Jones". Lucasfilm. Archived from the original on February 7, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    30.Jump up ^ "Worldwide guide to movie locations".
    31.Jump up ^ Norman Reynolds (Production Designer). Making the Trilogy (DVD). Event occurs at 17:40. "Steven said 'Why don't we make it another 50ft longer?' Which of course we did"
    32.Jump up ^ Taylor, Derek (1981). The Making of Raiders of The Lost Ark. Ballantine Books.
    33.^ Jump up to: a b "Indiana Jones Stuntman Terry Richards Interview". Red Carpet News. 2012. Retrieved June 24, 2014.
    34.Jump up ^ "The Urban Legends of Indiana Jones". Lucasfilm. January 13, 2004. Archived from the original on June 12, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    35.Jump up ^ Hayward, Anthony (July 9, 2014). "Terry Richards: Stuntman who battled four James Bonds, Luke Skywalker and Rambo and was famously shot dead by Indiana Jones". The Independent.
    36.Jump up ^ "Twenty-Five Reasons to Watch Raiders Again". Lucasfilm. June 12, 2006. Archived from the original on June 10, 2007. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    37.Jump up ^ "Oakland Aviation Museum". Retrieved November 9, 2009.
    38.Jump up ^ Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 140., 1986
    39.Jump up ^ Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 66., 1986
    40.^ Jump up to: a b Industrial Light & Magic: The Art of Special Effects, Smith, Thomas G., p. 62., 1986
    41.Jump up ^ The Sound of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures. 2003.
    42.Jump up ^ John Williams (2003). The Music of Indiana Jones (DVD). Paramount Pictures.
    43.Jump up ^ Buchanan, Levi (May 20, 2008). "Top 10 Indiana Jones Games". IGN. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    44.Jump up ^ Buchanan, Levi (November 24, 2009). "Indiana Jones' Greatest Adventures Review". IGN. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    45.Jump up ^ "Indiana Jones and the Infernal Machine - PC Preview". IGN. November 2, 1999. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    46.Jump up ^ "LEGO Group Secures Exclusive Construction Category Rights to Indiana Jones(TM) Property." (Press release). The LEGO Group. 2007. Retrieved October 11, 2011.
    47.Jump up ^ "Lego Indiana Jones: The Original Adventures Company Line". GameSpot. April 11, 2008. Retrieved April 5, 2012.
    48.Jump up ^ Marvel Super Special #18 at the Grand Comics Database
    49.Jump up ^ Raiders of the Lost Ark at the Grand Comics Database.
    50.Jump up ^ "The Adventures of Indiana Jones". Cool Toy Review. Retrieved February 21, 2008.
    51.Jump up ^ Edward Douglas (February 16, 2008). "Hasbro Previews G.I. Joe, Hulk, Iron Man, Indy & Clone Wars". Retrieved February 17, 2008.
    52.Jump up ^ Miss Cellania (May 21, 2008). "10 Awesome Indiana Jones Facts". Mental floss. Retrieved May 24, 2008.
    53.Jump up ^ "Own it on Blu-ray & Digital Download Tuesday, September 18". Lucasfilm. Retrieved July 13, 2012.
    54.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark (IMAX) (2012)". Box Office Mojo. 2012-10-04. Retrieved 2016-11-13.
    55.Jump up ^ "1981 Domestic Grosses". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    56.Jump up ^ "Box Office Mojo Alltime Adjusted". Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    57.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Box Office Mojo. Retrieved May 31, 2016.
    58.Jump up ^ Tom O'Neil (May 8, 2008). "Will 'Indiana Jones,' Steven Spielberg and Harrison Ford come swashbuckling back into the awards fight?". Los Angeles Times. Retrieved May 8, 2008.
    59.Jump up ^ Vincent Canby (June 12, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". The New York Times. Retrieved May 21, 2007.
    60.Jump up ^ Roger Ebert (January 1, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Chicago Sun-Times. Retrieved May 21, 2007.
    61.Jump up ^ Roger Ebert (April 30, 2000). "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". Chicago Sun-Times. Retrieved June 4, 2007.
    62.Jump up ^ Rolling Stone, June 25, 1981.
    63.Jump up ^ Michael G. Ryan. "Raiders of the Lost Ark 20th Anniversary". Star Wars Insider. July/August 2001.
    64.Jump up ^ Stephen Klain (June 5, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Variety. Retrieved June 4, 2007.
    65.Jump up ^ "On Now". Sight & Sound (Autumn ed.). British Film Institute (BFI). 50 (4): 288. 1981.
    66.^ Jump up to: a b Lawrence Van Gelder (September 4, 2001). "Pauline Kael, Provocative and Widely Imitated New Yorker Film Critic, Dies at 82". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    67.Jump up ^ Pauline Kael (June 15, 1981). "Whipped". The New Yorker. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    68.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Rotten Tomatoes. Retrieved June 19, 2016.
    69.Jump up ^ "Raiders of the Lost Ark". Metacritic.
    70.Jump up ^ "The 54th Academy Awards (1982) Nominees and Winners". Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. Retrieved October 8, 2011.
    71.Jump up ^ "The 39th Annual Golden Globe Awards (1982)". Hollywood Foreign Press Association. Retrieved August 27, 2011.
    72.Jump up ^ Galvan, Manuel (September 7, 1982). "Science-fiction awards given to out-of-this-world writers". Chicago Tribune. p. 16. Retrieved April 10, 2012.
    73.Jump up ^ Marc Bernadin (October 23, 2007). "25 Awesome Action Heroes". Entertainment Weekly. Retrieved December 11, 2007.
    74.Jump up ^ Harry Knowles (May 31, 2003). "Raiders of the Lost Ark shot-for-shot teenage remake review!!!". Ain't It Cool News. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    75.Jump up ^ Jim Windolf. "Raiders of the Lost Backyard". Vanity Fair. Retrieved April 23, 2009.
    76.Jump up ^ Sarah Hepola (May 30, 2003). "Lost Ark Resurrected". Austin Chronicle. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    77.Jump up ^ Harry Knowles (February 26, 2004). "Sometimes, The Good Guys Win!!! Raiders of the Lost Ark shot for shot filmmakers' life to be MOVIE!!!". Ain't It Cool News. Retrieved March 11, 2007.
    78.Jump up ^ Dave McNary (February 25, 2004). "Rudin's on an 'Ark' lark". Variety. Retrieved April 23, 2009.
    79.Jump up ^ "Raiders".
    80.Jump up ^ Vincent Canby (June 12, 1981). "Raiders of the Lost Ark (1981)". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    81.Jump up ^ Bernard Weinraub (July 22, 1997). "Movies for Children, and Their Parents, Are Far From 'Pollyanna'". The New York Times. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    82.Jump up ^ "ET Crowned 'Greatest Family Film'". BBC News Online. December 23, 2005. Retrieved July 13, 2008.
    83.Jump up ^ "Empire 500 Greatest Movies of All Time". Empire. Retrieved May 28, 2012.
    84.Jump up ^ Itzkoff, Dave (August 14, 2012). "That's a Big Boulder, Indy: Steven Spielberg on the Imax Rerelease of 'Raiders of the Lost Ark'". New York Times. Retrieved August 15, 2012.
    85.Jump up ^ Schwartz, Terri (December 18, 2012). "'Raiders of the Lost Ark' mystery solved - Package's origins determined". Zap2It. Retrieved December 18, 2012.
    86.Jump up ^ "Indy in the Classroom". EDventure Quest Learning.
    87.Jump up ^ "Archeology of Indiana Jones". Indy Gear.

    Further reading

    Black, Campbell (September 1987). Raiders of the Lost Ark. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-35375-7.
    Kasdan, Lawrence (1981). Raiders of the Lost Ark: The Illustrated Screenplay. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-30327-X.
    Taylor, Derek (August 1981). The Making of Raiders of the Lost Ark. Ballantine Books. ISBN 0-345-29725-3.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Pope-Pius-XII-as-papal-di-014
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Raiders-of-the-Lost-Ark-indiana-jones-3679368-1280-720
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 RaidersLostArk_107Pyxurz
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Raiders_of_the_lost_ark_paul_freeman
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Raiders+of+the+Lost+Ark_Belloq+and+the+Nazis
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Baal03
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Indiana-Jones-And-The-Raiders-Of-The-Lost-Ark-Belloq-Ark-Ritual-Ram-s-Head-Staff-4
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Indiana-Jones-And-The-Raiders-Of-The-Lost-Ark-Belloq-Ark-Ritual-Ram-s-Head-Staff-3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Deus%2B%25C3%25A9%2Btudo
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Article-2069765-001CC74500000258-661_634x348

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Img-kelly_brook_indiana_jones
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 __%EC%A4%91%EB%B3%B4%EC%9E%90
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 515QJSu1-nL._SL500_SX258_BO1,204,203,200_

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 12:58 pm

    I'm repeating this post because I don't know what else to do. Nothing works. I wish to make it clear that I'm on everyone's side and no-one's side. I'm both friend and enemy of the church -- which probably makes me an enemy -- but I mean-well. I think I see how things work in this solar-system -- and I won't be "playing-ball" anytime soon. I don't have high-hopes for this incarnation, or my next incarnation -- but I'm thinking the second-incarnation after this one holds significant-promise (in my mind anyway). I could say a lot more about this -- but I'd rather not talk about what I really think. I MUST silently research the material I've speculated about. I'm honestly NOT an insider. I've purposely kept myself "out of the loop" -- even though I have spoken at length with several individuals of interest. I think I've probably come perilously-close to the "dark-side" but I've functioned mostly as a reporter. I sometimes think of myself as a "Chad Decker Kind of Guy". What Would Anna Say?? Just know that I'll be researching and reflecting -- without saying or doing much of anything. Perhaps 100 years of solitude awaits me. You might find this link somewhat interesting!! Researchers Beware!! What Would Balem Abrasax Say?? When I made my first "Amen Ra" post on the old and closed Project Avalon -- I did so with fear and trembling (and I said so). That fear and trembling was reinforced when a mysterious individual of interest looked me in the eye, and matter of fact said, "I AM RA". Over several months, their words and actions tended to substantiate that assertion (or at least that they weren't just another crackpot). There have been approximately 160,000 views of that thread -- even though the site has been closed to editing and posting since 2010. I make this post with nearly the same level of fear and trembling. It has a lot to do with the "Azazel" post on the previous page. I feel targeted, harassed, hamstrung, and paranoid. I think I'm a Victim. You might have a difficult time understanding this post -- and understanding why my heart is racing. You'd almost have to be me to see what I mean. Here is a preliminary timeline, just to break the ice, and get things going:

    1. M.L. Andreasen gains unprecedented access to Ellen White and her writings (shortly before her death).
    2. Prophets and Kings (covering the last-half of the Old-Testament) is published in 1917 (two-years after Ellen White's death).
    3. M.L. Andreasen publishes the book Isaiah the Gospel Prophet in 1929.
    4. Pope Pius XII creates an encyclical promoting Biblical-Scholarship (during World War II).
    5. The SDA Church facilitates the monumental SDA Bible Commentary in the early to mid 1950's.
    6. Significant problems are encountered regarding the Book of Daniel during that project.
    7. A Top-Level Daniel-Committee (including Raymond Cottrell) spends Five-Years (1961 to 1966) studying the Problems in Daniel -- with no minutes kept -- and nothing published.
    8. Raymond Cottrell spends Seventeen-Years (1955--1972) studying Daniel and Sanctuary Issues -- resulting in 1,100 pages of notes -- with nothing being officially-published (as far as I know).
    9. Seventh-day Adventists Answer Questions on Doctrine is published in 1957 with a HUGE Firestorm of Controversy.
    10. Desmond Ford obtains a PhD in 1972 from the University of Manchester in England -- with F.F. Bruce as his advisor -- wherein he studies the Issues Involving Daniel and the Sanctuary (from a New-Testament Perspective).
    11. Desmond Ford moves from Australia to California in 1977 -- where he teaches at Pacific Union College in the Napa Valley.
    12. "Azazel" begins studies at Pacific Union College in 1977 -- attends numerous lectures by Desmond Ford -- and takes classes from Erwin R. Gane (outspoken critic of Desmond Ford).
    13. "Oh, God!" seemingly featuring "Azazel" is produced in 1977 (with John Denver and George Burns).
    14. Desmond Ford publishes his Commentary on Daniel in 1978.
    15. Desmond Ford delivers a controversial lecture at P.U.C. in 1979 titled The Investigative Judgment: Theological-Milestone or Historical-Necessity (with "Azazel" in attendance). Eric Syme is the lecture-respondent -- and speaks significantly regarding "Azazel". "Azazel" takes a class from Dr. Syme -- and speaks to him in his office regarding Dr. Ford's lecture.
    16. Desmond Ford is given a leave of absence from teaching to prepare a defense of his views.
    17. "Azazel" is involved in significant conversations with P.U.C. Theology-Major (and Ford Supporter) Mark Martin (Now an Arizona Calvary Chapel Mega-Church Pastor with 12,000 members).
    18. Ford attends a major gathering of scholars and administrators in 1980 at Glacier View Ranch, in Colorado -- regarding his views -- which turns-out to be a Kangaroo-Court (in retrospect).
    19. Ford Publishes the 1,000 page Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment in 1980.
    20. Ford is fired by P.U.C. and defrocked by the SDA Church in 1980.
    21. Kenneth Woodward of Newsweek Magazine comes to P.U.C. in 1980 to write a story regarding the Desmond Ford Controversy -- and speaks in a public-meeting -- in which "Azazel" asks Mr. Woodward a question.
    22. Raiders of the Lost Ark -- directed by Steven Spielberg -- featuring Harrison Ford as Indiana Jones -- is released in 1981. This movie features the Ark of the Covenant -- which is central to the Sanctuary, Daniel, and the Investigative Judgment.
    23. Russell Crowe stars in a 6 minute advertisement in 1982 for Avondale College -- an SDA college in Australia -- and is subsequently featured in many movies which seem to have "Azazel" parallels.
    24. The End of the World, A.D. 2133 by Lucio Bernardo Silvestre is published in 1985 by Vantage Press -- with seemingly a very-small number of copies being printed. "Azazel" later obtains a copy. The text is expertly-written -- and features the Book of Daniel.
    25. "Azazel" regularly attends a Sabbath-School Class taught by Dr. A. Graham Maxwell (in the late 1980's) -- which is regularly attended by Steven Spielberg's stepmother -- who "Azazel" speaks with regarding a Movie-Idea featuring a Science-Fictional Life of Christ.
    26. "Azazel" regularly attends Dr. Walter Martin's Sunday-School Class in Costa Mesa, California (in the late 1980's). Martin was a central-figure in the Questions on Doctrine saga.
    27. "Azazel" later speaks extensively with several individuals of interest -- including a Dogma movie-character "Bartleby" look-alike who says "I AM RA".

    I could continue -- but this list is a beginning -- and it honestly hurts too much to elaborate. I could be more direct and complete -- but I've already stuck my neck out way too far. All of the Above sounds far-fetched and ridiculous -- but if you were me, and you knew everything I know, you'd be shaking with fear!! I'm wondering if that Daniel-Committee which met for five-years -- and Raymond Cottrell's seventeen-year study -- uncovered some of what I'm presently dealing-with??!! I'm recommending an intense study of the third, fourth, and sixth volumes of the SDA Bible Commentary -- for several reasons. The main-idea is to use the sixth-volume (Acts to Ephesians) to give the third and fourth volumes (1 Chronicles to Malachi) a decidedly New-Testament tone and application -- with the 1 Chronicles to Malachi third and fourth volumes being Normative. Once again, you'd have to be deeply immersed in this stuff to really get what I'm getting-at!! "Daniel 8:14!! Do You Get What I Mean??!!" I honestly think this thing is going to end BADLY (in SO Many Ways). I'm just trying to warn you. I don't want to keep repeating what I keep posting throughout my threads regarding who I think I MIGHT Be (and how the whole prophecy-thing MIGHT Play-Out) -- but if some of you Nazi-Mason-Jesuit Intelligence-Agents do some research (way beyond what I'm capable of doing with my limited-resources and self-imposed restrictions) -- you'll be amazed -- and you might even quarantine me!! A Subterranean 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment with a Supercomputer is looking better all the time!! I'm sort of kidding -- and sort of Sirius!! I'm really dumb and dull in real-life -- but I have sort of a "silent and subtle sophistication". What Would Alanis Morissette Say?? What Would David Mann Say?? What Would David Bowie Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say??

    Remember that strange message I found in my word-processor some time ago, regarding supposedly writing 37 books (at least 2,000 years-ago) 5 of which were supposedly included in the Bible?? Consider 1 Chronicles -- Job -- Ecclesiastes -- Daniel -- and Zechariah -- as possible candidates for those five-books!! And what about Isaiah 40-66 -- Jonah -- and Malachi?? What if those five-books referenced in that word-processor message had nothing to do with the New-Testament (as we know it)?? Or what if James were one of the chosen-five?? What if those 37 (including the 5) books were essentially an Old-Testament Commentary in the Style of the New-Testament?? What would a Completely New-Testament Version of 1 Chronicles to Malachi look-like?? Does ANYONE Know What I'm Talking About?? What Would King David Say?? What Would King Solomon Say?? What Would the Queen of Sheba Say?? Notice that I'm often purposely obscure. Notice that I've kept my word regarding restricting my tripe to this website. I'm serious about "My Book" being Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary (for the time-being). Ellen G. White didn't write a Bible-Commentary!! WHY NOT??!! Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages -- and Acts of the Apostles -- are essentially a New-Bible!! Perhaps she had inside-information regarding how the Bible should've been written!! I'm half-joking and half-serious!! What if Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary might be considered an Ellen White Bible Commentary on 1 Chronicles to Malachi?? Why did Ellen (Goa'uld) White "Beat Around the Burning-Bush" and take so many "Editorial-Liberties"?? Imagine Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary rewritten in the style of Prophets and Kings!! BTW -- might there be such a thing as a Kinder and Gentler Nazi--Mason--Jesuit Alphabet-Agency??!! What Would William Boone Say?? What Would Ronald Sandoval Say?? What Would Zo'or and Da'an Say?? Think About It!! Visualize reading Volumes 3 and 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary while listening to the Bach B-minor Mass!! What Would Leroy Froom Say?? What Would Roy Allen Anderson Say?? What Would Desmond Ford Say?? What Would the Jesuit General Say?? Does ANYONE Get What I'm Getting At??!! This stuff is so sad and insane -- that it's almost funny!! "I told you she was funny!!"

    I noticed that the liberal "Spectrum" site has NOT Discussed a fine SDA Bible Commentary series of articles at all -- but they vigorously-debate the most-trivial matters imaginable!! WHY?? I've noticed that The Mists mostly avoids my threads (as if by Divine-Prohibition) -- yet vigorously-debates the most-trivial matters imaginable!! WHY?? Regarding Volumes  Three, Four, and Six of the SDA Bible Commentary -- what would a composite-study reveal regarding Sabbath-Observance in Modernity for Jews, Gentiles, and All-Concerned? I frankly have No Problem with Sabbath-Observance in the Right-Context BUT I fear that Imposing Sabbath-Observance (of ANY Day) upon humanity in modernity would result in unimaginable civil-unrest and brutal-bloodshed. I've suggested the possibility of Sacred Classical Music offered in the larger-churches Each and Every Day as a possible Ecumenical-Genesis. But really, I think I need to Not Talk. This isn't my gig. Helping might result in Hurting. I've absented myself from church to gain objectivity and clarity -- not as an expression of rebellion. Plus, I'm unimaginably burned-out and disillusioned with just about EVERYTHING. The Ancient Egyptian Deity closely (and seemingly gloatingly) questioned me regarding the Sabbath in a telephone-interview which he said was recorded and in which others were listening!! It was almost an "Aha!! We Got You Now!!" sort of thing!! I got the same impression at the end of the original Project Avalon -- when I called for the institution of a United States of the Solar System (with the help of the Benevolent Beings of the Universe)!! I had NO Idea at that time (2010) that I might be a Significant Individual of Interest (possibly with a Significant Ancient Existence). Have I been Decisively-Defeated at Long-Last?? That frankly wouldn't surprise me one little-bit!! Ding-Dong??!! If this actually occurred, will this somehow protect me from the horrors and karmic-debt of what's in-store for Earth, Humanity, the Solar-System, the Galaxy, and the Rest of the Universe?? What if the Cleansing of the Sanctuary involves the Entire-Universe?? I Honestly Have NO Idea -- but I'm more apprehensive and fearful than anyone can possibly imagine. It sucks to be me. I HATE My Life. I Honestly Do. Making the Coffee and Watching Jupiter Ascending Doesn't Help!!

    I guess I really intend my two United States of the Solar System threads to be sort of a Research-Baseline as a Foundation for MUCH More Scholarly and Serious Research. Perhaps it's NOT my place to do anything more than that (at least until A.D. 2133). Perhaps I've done way too much already. Perhaps this incarnation wasn't supposed to be a competition at all. Some (including me) seem to feel as if I've failed in this incarnation -- and that the other-guy won. Perhaps that's exactly what's happened OR perhaps my incarnation was sort of a Red-Herring. Perhaps there were predetermined-responses established to properly deal-with whatever I did (or didn't do). Think about John and Delenn Sheridan's son "David" -- briefly mentioned toward the end of the Babylon 5 series. David was destined to receive some sort of a curse on his sixteenth-birthday. Why?? "Sweet-Sixteen and Never Been Cursed??" I feel as if I've been cursed and hamstrung for most of my pathetic-life. You have no idea how smart and sensitive I was as a child and teen. But things have gotten worse and worse and worse -- while I continued to mean-well and intend the best. The ongoing hatred I've encountered has been inexplicable to me. Perhaps I was placed here to experience and observe (in a most-unpleasant and highly-unproductive manner). I think you can see by my posts that I'm not a total-moron -- but in real-life, posting is NOT a marketable job-skill (to say the least). BTW -- what if the resignation of the Pope (and the election of a Jesuit-Pope) signaled the removal of Archangel II -- and the beginning of an A.D. 2013 to A.D. 2133 Home-Rule of Mankind by Mankind (without Divine-Management)?? What if this was part of the plan?? What if this was NOT part of the plan?? What if this is mankind's only possible chance at surviving?? Or what if an extermination is inevitable (with or without Divine-Intervention)?? What if the Father, Son, and Holy-Spirit have been replaced by Putin, Obama, and Francis?? Sorry if that offends -- but what-if?? What if the PTB will be replaced by a Computer-Managed Human-Collective?? What if that has already occurred?? If so, what if this will continue indefinitely (way-past A.D. 2133)?? What if a changing of the guard in A.D. 2133 will be a non-event?? I honestly have No Idea.

    What if Archangel II overthrew Archangel I in Antiquity?? What if Mankind overthrew Archangel II in Modernity?? What if there will be an Investigative and Executive Judgment between A.D. 2013 and A.D. 2133?? What if the movie Noah signaled the beginning of a 120 Year End of the World?? What Would Russell Crowe Say?? What if Archangel I will be restored to their rightful-state in A.D. 2133?? What if the Garden of Eden inaugurated Mankind's Rebellion Against God?? What if the End of the World will consummate Mankind's Rebellion Against God?? Once again -- consider Possibility-Thinking relative to Sacred-Scripture!! I think I'm trying to eliminate the element of surprise -- or perhaps I'm simply trying to cover my @$$!! Raven told me the Rabbit-Hole Mostly Went Right Up My @$$!! She didn't like me one little bit -- did she??!! "F^%%$#@^&&**K!!!!" BTW -- When I Don't Stop Posting -- and When I Change My Mind Regarding a Foundational-Book -- Does That Make Me Deceptive?? What Is One to Do?? What if the Antichrist Doesn't Want the Job?? What Would the Pope Say?? What Would the President Say?? What Would Putin Say?? What Would Slim Shady Say??

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Real-Slim-Shady-14484481772050451222
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dogma_1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tmb_3771_480
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_mckeibtCtO1r660gmo1_r1_500
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Teri_Garr_John_Denver_Oh_God_1977-500x234
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Og3

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 5c2f995c097f1cb439bf752682b338e1149493f6
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Guilt_Wallpaper_by_TheWhiteLight
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 State_of_play21
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Religious+Elders+Flag+in+Oh+God+1977
    A 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment on the Dark-Side of the Moon!!
    "What Shall We Do About Desmond Ford??" Desmond "Des" Ford (born Townsville, Queensland, Australia, 2 February 1929) is an evangelical Christian and an Australian theologian. He is also the father of Pornography blogger Luke Ford.

    Within the Seventh-day Adventist Church he was a controversial figure.[1] He was dismissed from ministry in the Adventist church in 1980 following his critique of the church's investigative judgment teaching. He has since worked through the non-denominational evangelical ministry Good News Unlimited. Ford disagrees with some aspects of traditional Adventist end-time beliefs. However he still defends a conservative view of Scripture, the seventh-day Sabbath, and a vegetarian lifestyle. He views the writings of Ellen G. White as useful devotionally but as she made clear,[2] and as the Adventist Church believes, not at the level of Canon.

    Ford shares the sermon time at the Good News Unlimited congregation which meets on Saturdays in the Brisbane suburb of Milton[3] and in periodic seminars on the eastern seaboard of Australia.

    Desmond Ford was born in Townsville, Queensland, Australia on 2 February 1929, to Wilfred Ford and Lillian Simpson. He had one brother, Val, who was three and a half years older. The Ford lineage consisted of farmers and cattlemen of English and Australian descent. The Simpson lineage derived from England, Ireland and China. Desmond's parents were nominal Anglican Christians, with his father almost an atheist in practice, and his mother presenting "a religious façade." Wilfred encouraged his son to read, beginning a lifelong obsession for the "unusually gifted" boy.[4]

    When Lillian was pregnant with Desmond, an Adventist book salesman shared insights on nutrition with the family, sparking a chain of events affecting Desmond's life. At an Adventist camp meeting in 1939 Desmond was given a Bible, which he would complete 3 years later, around the time he finished primary school. However his parents divorced when he was nine; Wilfred moved to Canberra, and Lillian and the boys later moved to Sydney, New South Wales (NSW). He passed his Intermediate Certificate in 1943. However, due to the family's poverty and Australia's involvement in World War II, Desmond had to drop out of school. He became officially employed with Associated Newspapers at the age of 15, although he had started working there months earlier, and was promoted from copy boy to an editorial position because of his published work. Meanwhile, Desmond took night classes for high school. All along, Desmond was being influenced by encounters with Adventists and other Christians, and steadily collected books on Christian theology, and the creation-evolution controversy.[5][6]

    Ford was challenged by the strict lifestyle standards presented in Ellen G. White's Messages to Young People, and gave up the cinema and reading fiction. Reading novels had been his main childhood hobby, and became replaced with reading theology.[7] White's book The Great Controversy was a key influence on his conversion. In winter 1946 he publicly responded to a call for commitment to God's service. Ford was impressed by the Christian character of many of the Adventists who had nurtured him. In September he was officially baptised into the church. This was despite strong opposition from his brother; and his mother was also originally resistant to his conversion, having become disenchanted with the Adventist church herself. Ford resigned from his job, and returned briefly to Townsville with his family. He then left in 1947 for the Australasian Missionary College (nicknamed "Avondale", and later known as Avondale College) in the Lake Macquarie region of NSW, to train for the ministry.[8]

    Ford found Avondale an exciting time for mental and spiritual growth. He was an active participant in class discussions, and occasionally taught classes to fill in for the lecturers. He was particularly inspired by Dr. William Murdoch, and carried out research for him. Ford gave talks in nearby churches, and published around a dozen articles for church magazines during this time. He also led students in Bible study. He struggled financially, and worked on Avondale's farm and elsewhere, and also selling Adventist books.[9]

    He graduated from the Ministerial Course in Avondale in 1950, with high marks.[10]

    Ford lived in a caravan (trailer) with his mother, who insisted on accompanying him, while canvassing (selling Christian books). Ford was sent to help build a new church in the coastal town of Coffs Harbour, NSW. In 1951, still in his first year of service as a pastor, he was sent to Newcastle, NSW, then an industrial city, to assist evangelist George Burnside. While Burnside was a dynamic presenter, Ford's biographer Milton Hook describes him as a fundamentalist (see: historic Adventism), and draws an analogy with a rugged, gung-ho cowboy like a John Wayne character. Ford questioned him on some end-times interpretations, resulting in conflict between the pair – a sign of further things to come.[11][12] Later he sold books in the Lake Macquarie and nearby Upper Hunter regions, which he found challenging work.[13]

    He worked as a pastor in various churches and as an evangelist for about 7 years in NSW, in Australian[6][14] rural towns.

    In 1952 Ford pastored the Coffs Harbour area, under a supervisor. His mother returned to Queensland. In December he married Gwen Booth, with whom he had shared a budding friendship and romance since their meeting at Avondale, where she studied teaching. Gwen had been raised in humble circumstances in Yass, and was a quiet achiever who cared about others, and had a deep faith in Jesus.[15] The following year they moved to the country town of Quirindi, where Ford pastored the church. From 1954 to mid-1955, Ford pastored in the Gunnedah area, then moved north to Inverell.[16] There a public debate with Burgin, a Church of Christ minister and a "formidable opponent" of Adventists, brought Ford respect. The topic was the Sabbath, with the specific title "Is the Seventh Day or the First Day Binding on Christians?" Arguably Ford won the debate. He later baptised some of Burgin's church members.[17] He was ordained. The couple stayed till the end of 1957, living on a meagre income throughout this whole period.[citation needed]

    The South Pacific Division called him back to Avondale to complete his ministry course.[12][14] He completed a BA in 1958,[18] and went on to complete a Master's degree in systematic theology at the SDA Washington Seminary in 1959.[6] Ford subsequently received a PhD in the rhetorical analysis of Paul's letters from Michigan State University in 1961.[6] In the same year he returned to Australia and became head of the Religion Department at Avondale College, where he would remain until 1977.[19] At Avondale, Ford taught many classes, including public speaking, homiletics, and evangelism. He was a member of the Biblical Research Committee in Australia and the United States.[6]

    He completed his second PhD in 1972 from the University of Manchester, while on leave from teaching at Avondale.[18] His supervisor was the renowned Protestant theologian F. F. Bruce. His field was New Testament studies, specifically eschatology (end times).[6][19] Ford entitled his thesis, The Abomination of Desolation in Biblical Eschatology.[20] His main expertise has been biblical apocalyptic literature, such as Daniel and Revelation, and eschatology.[6]

    Ford was a primary opponent of the perfectionism within the SDA church, especially its form as taught by fellow Australian Robert Brinsmead.[21]

    Ford believes that victory over the guilt of sin (justification) was provided at the cross, victory over the power of sin (sanctification) is the work of a lifetime and victory over the presence of sin (glorification) occurs at the return of Christ Jesus. Ford disagrees with the belief of sinless perfection, and acknowledges the final removal of sin occurs when mortality changes to immortality at the return of Jesus Christ. Ford believes that victory over the presence of sin does not occur during this lifetime, but at the return of Jesus Christ.[22]

    Ford teaches that justification precedes sanctification, because victory over the guilt of sin, precedes victory over the power of sin. Ford teaches that while justification is distinct from sanctification, the two concepts are always found together, in the same manner as two railway lines are distinct but never separate. Adventist belief places an equal emphasis on sanctification compared to justification, while still believing both are necessary for salvation.

    Ford disagrees strongly with the belief of "eschatological perfectionism," which is the teaching that a final generation of believers must achieve a state of complete sinlessness (or Christlikeness) in the final period just before the second coming of Jesus when the saints are sealed (see Last Generation Theology). Mainstream Adventists consider the life and character of Christ as a perfect example that all must imitate. M. L. Andreasen felt that the cleansing of the heavenly sanctuary, or investigative judgment, also involves the cleansing of the lives of believers on earth. This belief in sinlessness arose particularly from M. L. Andreasen's interpretation of the investigative judgment doctrine, which he based on concepts found in The Great Controversy by Ellen G. White.

    Ford stepped into the debate within Adventism concerning the nature of Jesus Christ, specifically whether Jesus Christ took on a fallen or an unfallen human nature in the Incarnation. This was precipitated by the publication of Questions on Doctrine in 1957 which some Adventists felt did not agree with what the church held.[23][24]

    The debate revolves around the interpretation of several biblical texts:

    "For God has done what the law, weakened by the flesh, could not do. By sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh and for sin, he condemned sin in the flesh." Romans 8:3 (ESV)"For we have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities, but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." Hebrews 4:15"...concerning his Son (Jesus), who was descended from David according to the flesh..." Romans 1:3 (ESV)"Therefore, in all things He had to be made like His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make propitiation for the sins of the people." Hebrews 2:17 NKJV

    and statements made by Ellen White:

    "Notwithstanding that the sins of a guilty world were laid upon Christ, notwithstanding the humiliation of taking upon Himself our fallen nature, the voice from heaven declared Him to be the Son of the Eternal." The Desire of Ages, p. 112."He assumed human nature, with its infirmities, its liabilities, its temptations." Manuscript Releases, Vol. 17, p. 337."But Jesus Christ was the only begotten Son of God. He took upon Himself human nature, and was tempted in all points as human nature is tempted. He could have sinned; He could have fallen, but not for one moment was there in Him an evil propensity." Letter 8, 1895 in Manuscript Releases, Vol. 13, p. 18."Christ did not possess the same sinful, corrupt, fallen disloyalty we possess, for then He could not be a perfect offering." Review & Herald, April 25, 1893

    According to Adventist historian George Knight, most early Adventists (until 1950) believed that Jesus Christ was born with a human nature that was not only physically frail and subject to temptation, but that he also had the fallen predisposition and inclination to sin.[25] Since 1950, the "historic" wing of the church continues to hold this fallen view of Christ's human nature. Mainstream Adventist hold to the belief taught by Ellen White[26] that He came with the effects of Adam’s sin deep within his nature, that Christ took on the fallen nature but not the sinfulness of man.

    In contrast to the "historic" view, Ford believes that Ellen White was clear that Christ took our infirmities and with the weaknesses of fallen man, the sinful nature in the sense of that he had a lessened capacity with respect to the fallen physical nature that he inherited from Adam, including physical weaknesses, frailties and mental, and moral degeneracy and deterioration.[27][28] While Christ was tempted as all other human beings are, Ford notes that the lessened capacity of his human nature did not ever include giving in to temptation or having any evil desires or propensity or predisposition towards sin in his spiritual nature, a position with which Ellen White taught and mainstream Adventists agree.[29][30]

    According to Anglican Geoffrey Paxton, during the 1960s scholars such as Ford and Edward Heppenstall highlighted the concept of original sin within the SDA church.[31]

    Seventh-day Adventists have historically preached a doctrine of inherited weakness, but not a doctrine of inherited guilt.[32] Ellen White and others such as George Storrs, and Uriah Smith were disposed to de-emphasise the corrupt nature inherited from Adam, instead stressing the importance of actual, personal sins committed by the individual. Adventists traditionally understand sins of commission as the transgression of God's law, either wilfully or in ignorance. They base their belief on texts such as "Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law." (1 John 3:4) [33] Progressive Adventists add to this with some form of original sin.[34][35]

    Ford urged Brinsmead to study the Reformers. As a result, Brinsmead ultimately rejected perfectionism.[18] Around 1970, there was a major controversy amongst Australian Adventists over whether "righteousness by faith" included both justification and sanctification.[18] This had been sparked by Brinsmead, and Ford became caught up in it.[18] Tensions over Ford and the theology teaching at Avondale more generally, led to a meeting of Australian church leaders on 3–4 February 1976 to hear accusations by a group of "Concerned Brethren". Ford's understanding of righteousness by faith was the main issue,[36] while the report mentions "the Sanctuary, the Age of the Earth and Inspiration."[37] In April a group of church leaders and theologians, including Ford met in Palmdale, California, to discuss the meaning of righteousness by faith.[38] Ford was the "center of attention." The resulting document was titled the "Palmdale Statement".[39][40]

    In response to criticisms of his theology, in 1977 the church moved him to the United States, where he taught Religion at Pacific Union College for three years.[6][19][41] The classes he taught included the life and teachings of Christ, the Pauline epistles, Christian apologetics, Daniel and Revelation, the major and minor prophets of the Old Testament, introduction to theology, and biblical theology.[6]

    In October 1979 Ford was invited to address a chapter meeting of the Association of Adventist Forums (now Adventist Forums) held at the College, on the topic of Hebrews 9 and its implications for the Adventist investigative judgment teaching.[6] The talk was titled, "The Investigative Judgment: Theological Milestone or Historical Necessity?" The talk criticized some aspects of the traditional understanding; Ford was summoned to the General Conference headquarters in Washington, D.C.[6] He was given six months to write up his views. Late in 1979, he stopped lecturing and moved to Takoma Park, Maryland.[19] Ford produced the 991-page manuscript, Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment .[42] Ford, together with the majority of Christendom, believes the atonement was completed on the cross when Jesus cried out, "It is finished." And the Seventh-Day Adventist Church agrees with Ford on this point, declaring Christ's "sacrifice in behalf of man was full and complete".[43] "On the cross the penalty for human sin was fully paid."[44] Like Ford, Seventh-Day Adventists see Christ's work in the heavenly sanctuary as the application of the benefits of the already completed atonement, and not as an added payment or continuation of the work of atonement begun on the cross, as some groups do that teach salvation by works.

    In August 1980, a group of Adventist theologians and administrators convened at Glacier View Ranch in Colorado to examine Ford's views. According to TIME magazine, he "made the case that White's 'sanctuary' explication of 1844 no longer stood up, and that 'investigative judgment' undercut the belief in salvation by God's grace apart from good works."[45] The culmination of this event was Ford losing his employment with the denomination [45] as a minister and theology professor.[19] After counsel from the General Conference, the Australasian Division withdrew "Ford's ministerial credentials."[46]

    Ford's mentor, Edward Heppenstall, saw him as moving in some theological areas that his mentor could not agree with. Heppenstall was disappointed when he failed to dissuade Ford from his position at Glacier View, subsequently writing to him that he "was shocked at how far" he "had swung to the left Biblically and doctrinally".[47]

    To commemorate the 30-year anniversary of Glacier View, the Sydney Adventist Forum held a pretend courtroom trial to assess the accuracy of Ford's claim that the Consensus Document has been largely in agreement with him. They concluded, "Ford was found to be substantially correct in claiming that the 114-member Sanctuary Review Committee (SRC) Consensus Document was in agreement with his twelve propositions—while Ministry was judged to have considerably over-stated its case." It concluded, "In retrospect, it is clear that the SRC made—in five days—more progress in understanding this biblical doctrine than the church has typically made in any fifty years of its history."[48]

    Ford married Gwen Booth with whom he had three children – Elènne Gwen Ford (born 29 October 1955)[49][50] Paul Wesley Ford (born 20 December 1957),[51] and Luke Ford (born 1966).[52] Gwen died of breast cancer in April 1970.[53] Ford married Gillian Wastell ("Gill") in November of that year.[54] Elènne works as a barrister. She also owns the "Mango Hill Farm" organic farm attraction on Queensland's Sunshine Coast, which includes farmstays, a small function centre, cooking school, etc.[55][56] It is located in Peachester, and for some years was the location of Ford's twice-a-month Gospel fellowships. Luke converted to Judaism and is a controversial internet blogger.[57]

    Ford's biography, written by Milton Hook, was published in 2008.[58]

    Ford has written around 30 books and numerous articles:

    Unlocking God's Treasury, 1964
    Discovering God's Treasures, 1972. Same book as Unlocking God's Treasury.
    Answers on the Way, 1976
    Daniel, 1978
    The Abomination of Desolation in Biblical Eschatology, 1979
    Daniel 8:14, The Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment, 1980
    Physicians of the Soul, God's Prophets Through the Ages, (Nashville, TN: Southern Publishing Association, 1980) ISBN 0-8127-0262-X. Includes Ford's views on Ellen G. White as a prophetess. It also traces Ford's childhood encounters with Adventists and the influence of Ellen G. White's books on helping him find Christ and becoming an Adventist.
    The Forgotten Day, 1981, about the Sabbath
    Crisis, 2 vols., 1982
    The Adventist Crisis of Spiritual Identity, 1982
    Coping Successfully with Stress, 1984
    Will there be a Nuclear World Holocaust? 1984
    How to Survive Personal Tragedy, 1984
    A Kaleidoscope of Diamonds: The Jewelled Glories of the Cross Revealed, 2 vols, 1986
    Worth More Than a Million, 1987
    Daniel and the Coming King, 1996
    Right With God Right Now: How God Saves People as Shown in the Bible's Book of Romans, 1998
    The End of Terrorism, 2004
    Eating Right for Type 2 Diabetes, 2004
    God's Odds, 2006
    For the Sake of the Gospel: Throw out the bathwater, but keep the Baby, 2008
    Jesus Only, 2008
    The Time is at Hand, 2009
    The Coming Worldwide Calvary, 2009
    The Final Roller-Coaster, 2010
    How Long, O Lord, 2010
    Jesus Only (abridged), 2013. Abridged by Ritchie Way.
    For more publications see Hook, p. 394, 395


    Inside Story (written by Gillian Ford)
    Why Believe? Source Book


    1.Jump up ^ Peter H. Ballis (1999). Leaving the Adventist Ministry: A Study of the Process of Exiting. Praeger. p. 123.
    2.Jump up ^ (Selected Messages vol. 1, p. 24)
    3.Jump up ^
    4.Jump up ^ Milton Hook (2008). Desmond Ford: Reformist Theologian, Gospel Revivalist (Adventist Today), 9–10
    5.Jump up ^ Hook, p11–16
    6.^ Jump up to: a b c d e f g h i j k See the brief biography on the Good News Unlimited website
    7.Jump up ^ Hook, p10
    8.Jump up ^ Hook, p17, 20–24. Desmond Ford, Physicians of the Soul (Nashville, Tennessee: Southern Publishing, 1980), p99–100, 105, 108
    9.Jump up ^ Hook, p26–30
    10.Jump up ^ Hook p27, 32–36.
    11.Jump up ^ Hook, p39–43
    12.^ Jump up to: a b Colin and Russell Standish, The Gathering Storm and the Storm Burst, p53
    13.Jump up ^ Hook, p46
    14.^ Jump up to: a b Interview with Desmond Ford by Adrian Zytkoskee in Spectrum 11:2 (November 1980), 53–61
    15.Jump up ^ See Hook, p30–32, 39-40, 47–49. Another source is Archibald Hefren, "Life Sketch of Gwen Ford". Australasian Record (25 May 1970), p14; cited in Hook, p37
    16.Jump up ^ Hook, p50–51
    17.Jump up ^ Hook, p51–54
    18.^ Jump up to: a b c d e "Ford, Desmond (1929- )" in Historical Dictionary of Seventh-day Adventists by Gary Land
    19.^ Jump up to: a b c d e Reflections On Adventism: An Interview With Dr. Desmond Ford by Adventist Today Forum. Accessed 25 October 2007
    20.Jump up ^ "The Abomination of Desolation". Retrieved 15 June 2006.
    21.Jump up ^ Schwarz, Richard W. (1979). Light Bearers to the Remnant. Boise, Idaho; Oshawa, Ontario, Canada: Pacific Press and General Conference Department of Education. pp. 456–461. ASIN B0006CZ2QO.
    22.Jump up ^ Evangelicals And Adventists Together See Item # 4 in article
    23.Jump up ^ George R. Knight, ed. (2003). Questions on Doctrine: Annotated Edition. Berrien Springs, Michigan: Andrews University Press. pp. v, 516–522. ISBN 1-883925-41-X.
    24.Jump up ^ Questions on Doctrine, page 60,(The Desire of Ages, p.25), He "took upon Himself human nature" (The SDA Bible Commentary, vol.5, p.1128), He "took the nature of man" (The Desire of Ages, p.117), He took "our sinful nature" (Medical Ministry, p.181), He took "our fallen nature" (Special Instruction Relating to The Review and Herald Office, p. 13, May 26, 1896), He took "man's nature in its fallen condition" (Signs of the Times, June 9, 1898).
    25.Jump up ^ Questions on Doctrine, annotated edition, 2005.
    26.Jump up ^ The Signs of the Times, May 29, 1901.
    27.Jump up ^ QOD Assumed Liabilities of Human Nature pp. 653-654
    28.Jump up ^ The Review and Herald, July 28, 1874.
    29.Jump up ^ Woodrow W. Whidden II (1997), The Humanity of Christ, Review and Herald Publishing Association, p. 70
    30.Jump up ^ Ellen White on the Nature of Christ by Denis Fortin.
    31.Jump up ^ Pain and Progress: The 1960s, chapter of The Shaking of Adventism by Geoffrey J. Paxton
    32.Jump up ^ E. G. White, Signs of the Times, August 29, 1892
    33.Jump up ^ Are We Born Saved or Lost? See quote in article "Willful choice makes one a sinner (1 John 3:4; Isaiah 59:2)."
    34.Jump up ^ Original Sin in Questions On Doctrine Manuscript by Froom, Anderson
    35.Jump up ^ Original Sin
    36.Jump up ^ "Advance and Retreat: The 1970s" chapter in The Shaking of Adventism
    37.Jump up ^ "Church Growth Experiments in Secular Australia" by E. Bruce Price in Here We Stand: Evaluating New Trends in the Church edited by Samuel Koranteng-Pipim. Berrien Springs, Michigan: Adventists Affirm, 2005. ISBN 0-9677622-1-9 (publisher's page). Chapter republished in Samuele Bacchiocchi's Endime Issues Newsletter No. 130. The quote is from the official report, as reprinted in Price's chapter
    38.Jump up ^ "Christ Our Righteousness" (DjVu). Adventist Review (Washington, D.C.: Review and Herald) 153 (22): 4–7. ISSN 0161-1119. Retrieved 23 October 2007.
    39.Jump up ^"DjVu.
    40.Jump up ^ Adventists: Heirs of the Reformation, chapter 1 of The Shaking of Adventism by Geoffrey J. Paxton
    41.Jump up ^ L. R. Tarling, The Edges of Seventh-day Adventism (Bermagui South: Galilee, 1981), 215-16; D. Ford, "The Historical Background of the Crisis," in D. & G. Ford, The Adventist Crisis of Spiritual Identity (Newcastle, Cal.: Desmond Ford Publications, 1982), 23.
    42.Jump up ^ Ford, Desmond (November 1980). "Daniel 8:14 and the Day of Atonement" (PDF). Spectrum (Roseville, California: Adventist Forums) 11 (2): 30–36. ISSN 0890-0264. Retrieved 24 October 2007.
    43.Jump up ^ The Desire of Ages, page 819
    44.Jump up ^ Seventh-day Adventists Believe, 1988, page 315
    45.^ Jump up to: a b Ostling, Richard N.; Jim Castelli; Dick Thompson (2 August 1982). "The Church of Liberal Borrowings". Time (Time Inc.). ISSN 0040-781X. Retrieved 22 October 2007.
    46.Jump up ^ Sanctuary Debate Documents
    47.Jump up ^ Knight 2000, p. 175.
    48.Jump up ^ Trevor G Lloyd, "Sydney Adventist Forum assesses Desmond Ford and Ministry magazine against Consensus Document". Adventist Today online, 12 November 2010
    49.Jump up ^ Hook, p54–55
    50.Jump up ^ Chapter of a recent Ford book. Reprinted from notes from a presentation made by Desmond Ford to the Sydney Adventist Forum meeting at the Castle Hill Adventist Church (website) in 1997
    51.Jump up ^ Hook, p63–64
    52.Jump up ^ Hook, p104
    53.Jump up ^ Hook, p104–111
    54.Jump up ^ Hook, p119–121
    55.Jump up ^, Cath Fouracre, "Love at First Sight Impressions Last". Caboolture News 20 August 2008, p9; reprint
    56.Jump up ^ "A Labour of Love Bears Fruit"; reprint
    57.Jump up ^ Noah Shachtman (1 February 2001). "'The Most Hated Man in Web Porn'". Wired. Retrieved 14 June 2007.
    58.Jump up ^ Milton Hook (2008). Desmond Ford: Reformist Theologian, Gospel Revivalist (Adventist Today).

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hqdefault
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 0

    PLEASE Watch This Video!!

    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Mon Feb 11, 2019 11:34 am; edited 1 time in total

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 1:05 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 View_of_ancient_Pergamon
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Pergamon-opener
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 9780195054613_p0_v1_s1200x630

    The Best Worst Form of Government

    Democracy’s great success in securing liberty invariably threatens to
    erode the sense of the common good upon which it depends.

    Darrin McMahon

    Nov. 27, 2016 3:45 p.m. ET

    With “Toward Democracy,” James T. Kloppenberg has undertaken nothing less than the story of democracy “as it was imagined, understood, and practiced” from its origins in ancient Greece to its modern emergence in the 18th and 19th centuries. The book presents both a history of ideas and a political history and is, at nearly 900 pages, a weighty project in more than one respect. Though it sweeps back and forth across the Atlantic, “Toward Democracy” is above all an American tale. One of its many virtues is to remind us that democracy has always been more than a set of political practices. It is also, Mr. Kloppenberg writes, an “ethical ideal.”

    Historically, that ideal developed by way of intense debates over three core principles—sovereignty, autonomy and equality—that could easily generate violence. Democracy, Mr. Kloppenberg notes, was born in bloodshed and “has never strayed far from it.” That shouldn’t be surprising. For to debate sovereignty was to ask who should have power, and to plead autonomy—from the Greek autos (self) + nomos (rule)—was to hint at an answer: Human beings should have the power to rule themselves. But were all human beings really of equal power? Surely some, whether by nature or circumstance, were better endowed than others? And if so, then what could be better than “rule by the best” (aristokratia) or even “rule by one” (monarkhia), the best of all?

    These were the questions posed by the leading thinkers of Greece and Rome (from Plato and Aristotle to Polybius and Cicero), who fashioned their responses in the context of bloody social struggles between the many and the few. By and large they sided with the few, and their negative accounts of the rule of the people (demokratia) remained the norm until well into the 18th century. Democracy, they believed, tended to lawlessness and license. It was antithetical to rule of the best.

    It bears recalling that the “people” (demos) who vied for power in the ancient democracies were themselves a relative elite: adult males who possessed the good fortune to be neither aliens nor slaves. The last two groups, politically speaking, weren’t “people” at all. To conceive of them as such—and to conceive of this people as capable of ruling itself—would require the work of centuries.

    Mr. Kloppenberg, a professor of history at Harvard, pays special attention to the role of religion in that process. “Christian ideas of humility, mercy, forgiveness, and equal respect for other persons,” he notes, “form the backdrop against which modern concepts of autonomy and equality emerged.” They did so with particular force in the novel setting of the New World.

    For though neither Puritans nor their cousins to the south ever set out to build “democracy,” that was the effect of their labors. Having left Europe, they were forced to make rules for themselves, and in church congregations, town-meeting halls, market squares and courts of law, they did just that. Their relative autonomy was complemented by relative equality, born of the widespread availability of land and the absence of a hereditary aristocracy to declare itself the “best.” In this setting, Christian and philosophic ideals emphasizing reciprocity, pluralism and mutual respect took root. And in this setting, innovative thinkers reinforced experience with insights that bolstered the case for greater sovereignty, autonomy and equality.

    Mr. Kloppenberg is at his best when analyzing these insights, showing how Americans negotiated vital currents of thought, including Protestant theology, the republicanism unleashed by the English Civil War, and a moderate form of the Enlightenment. In a series of finely crafted summaries of European thinkers and their American interpreters (including Adams, Jefferson, Madison and Franklin), he shows how the genius of democracy took shape in the American mind and then asserted itself in independence and in the ratification of the Constitution.

    Mr. Kloppenberg’s admiration for this achievement is clear. But so is his disappointment. Not only was the American constitutional settlement “poisoned” by its inability to come to terms with the sin of slavery—a time bomb that would detonate in the Civil War—but the laudable expansion of the electorate in the 19th century systematically excluded women and people of color. Meanwhile, the stirrings of a great market economy released centrifugal forces—individualism and materialism, above all—that threatened to fracture a sense of common purpose and shared interest, while immigration and territorial expansion put further strain on what Jefferson called the “willingness to endure division,” so necessary to the democratic ideal.

    The situation was even bleaker in Europe, where the “tragedy” of the French Revolution’s extremism lent credence to age-old concerns about the license of the people and “stalled” democracy, in Mr. Kloppenberg’s judgment, for over a century. The failed European revolutions of 1848 did much the same, while the rise of Marxism erected a “wall of mistrust and misunderstanding” between advocates of democracy and parts of the working class, who dismissed it as a “delusion.”

    Mr. Kloppenberg concludes his history at what some may find an odd moment: In the aftermath of the Civil War, with America’s “house divided” still. Abjuring the uplifting narrative of the expansion of the suffrage in the 20th century and the spread of democracy abroad, he opts to tell a darker tale, echoing themes first expressed by Alexis de Tocqueville. Democracy’s very success in securing greater sovereignty, autonomy and equality, Mr. Kloppenberg insists, threatens to erode the virtues on which the ethical ideal depends: a sense of pluralism and reciprocity, a respect for deliberation, difference and the common good. This tendency to self-sabotage, he suggests, is the “tragic irony” of democracy. And though he does not say so explicitly, it threatens to be the tragedy of our times.

    Mr. McMahon, a professor of history at Dartmouth College, is writing an intellectual history of equality.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Democracy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Photo-main
    Last night, while I read about Pergamon (the Dwelling-Place of Satan), in Volume 7 of the SDABC, a bright-white streaming-light passed across my field of vision, between me and the printed-page!! This sort of thing has happened dozens of times, and my heart-rate didn't noticeably-increase!! I never invite this madness!! I just thought it was especially-creepy when I was reading about the Seat of Satan!! It was creepy when the Ancient Egyptian Deity told me they liked the taste of blood, while they sucked the blood from a cut on their hand (in a room containing dozens of large sharp knives)!! Honest!! Think about that previously-mentioned Dr. Who "Vampires of Venice" episode!! The AED kept talking about his mother!! Think About It!! Oh Wretched Man That I Am!! I don't know what I want, and I'm a miserable and incompetent fool!! The rejection is complete, so I don't think there's anything to discuss, perhaps until A.D. 2133. I'm just repetitiously rambling as I go down in flames. Actually, this exercise in futility never got off the ground. It was a non-starter. This is the 'Inconvenient Truth'. There might be a lot of 'Inconvenient Truth' in an Investigative and Executive Judgment (which might end around A.D. 2133). Who Knows??

    I faithfully listened to Rush Limbaugh during the Clinton Presidency, and I probably heard hundreds of nasty political songs. Some of them were quite mean. Then I stopped listening. The controversial internet stuff eventually took over my life. Now I'm trying to stop posting. I just want to go away, and stay out of trouble, for what little time I might have left on this seemingly "God Forsaken Planet". Think long and hard regarding the Genesis of Computers and the Internet, and where this phenomenon is leading Humanity. I have suggested that we are being led down the Primrose-Path to Purgatory and Hell. What if we are facing an Internet-Based Investigative-Judgment?? What if we are facing an Extreme Global-Warming Executive-Judgment?? A very-strange Individual of Interest spoke of Earth becoming so hot that even the deepest underground-bases would not provide a safe-haven!! Honest!! I continue to wish for Law and Order without Fire and Brimstone!! Unfortunately, we can't always get what we want. My medical nightmare has commenced, but I'm not going to talk about it, or much of anything anymore. Perhaps I should spend 2017 researching the posts of Carol, Mudra, and Brook (in the original Project Avalon, and the present Mists of Avalon). I'm Sirius. I don't have internet at home (which helps me regulate my time online), so watching those long videos might be a challenge. Thank-you Carol, Mudra, and Brook for all your hard-work and excellent-posts! Anyway, I previously suggested the following seven Biblical-Groups:

    1. Genesis to Deuteronomy.

    2. Joshua to 2 Kings.

    3. 1 Chronicles to Song of Solomon.

    4. Isaiah to Malachi.

    5. Matthew to John.

    6. Acts to Ephesians.

    7. Philippians to Revelation.

    But what if this list should be refined to the following four Biblical-Groups??

    1. Genesis to 2 Kings.

    2. 1 Chronicles to Malachi.

    3. Matthew to John.

    4. Acts to Revelation.

    Is the Complexity of Modernity a valid-excuse to NOT get the Bible right?? What if one of the above groups must ultimately dominate the others?? Imagine Ivy-League Debates regarding all of the above!! Regarding my personal-background, four primary-approaches to the Bible emerge:

    1. The Bible (and the Bible ONLY).

    2. The Five-Volume Conflict of the Ages Series (by Ellen White).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1 to 7 (Genesis to Revelation).

    4. The Publications of the SDA Church (1863 to Present).

    Each of these approaches are VERY Different!! And this is within ONE Protestant Denomination!! In light of This Present Info-War, the Battle for the Bible often seems to be a Losing-Battle. My current-bias is toward Volumes 3 and 4 of The SDA Bible Commentary (in the Context of All of the Above). Actually, here is a proposed Biblical-Approach:

    1. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    2. The Interdisciplinary Study of Nature.

    3. Sacred Classical Music.

    I'm presently focusing-upon volumes 3,4,6,7 of the SDABC (I Chronicles to Malachi, and Acts to Revelation) especially noticing what this theological-material says about the historical-material in volumes 1,2,5 of the SDABC (Genesis to 2 Kings, and Matthew to John)!! It was recently suggested that I was an Odd-Weed in the Garden in The Mists of Avalon!! If so, I might wish to be a Horny Goat Weed (aka Happy Epimedium davidii)!! What Would Davide Say?? Consider drinking Coffee spiked with Horny Goat Weed (while watching Jupiter Ascending)!! What Would Ovid Do?? Horny Goat = Azazel = Michael = Ovid = Cupid = King David = David Bowman = Ellie Arroway = David Mann = Peter Venkman = Alan Rickman = Indiana Jones = Jupiter Jones = Captain Diomika Tsing = Kalique Abrasax = Kali = Kitesh = Lilith = Dr. Who = You Know Who?? Tardis = Aegis?? Must I Explain?? The imagination is a wonderful and dangerous thing!! I might have this all-wrong, but I KNOW some of you KNOW the Truth of the Matter!! Notice that the 'Mars' series (below) is set in A.D. 2033 (100 years prior to A.D. 2133)!! Coincidental?? One more thing. How might the SDA Bible Commentary be related to Ellen White, M.L. Andreasen, and Pope Pius XII?? I have no inside-information, so don't get your panties in a bunch!! The Ancient Egyptian Deity told me "We've Been Watching You For a Long Time!!" Compare this with what Gabriel tells John in Constantine!! And with what Mr. Hadden tells Ellie Arroway in Contact!! What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity has been "Lord of the Rings" for at least 6,000 years?? What Would the "Lamb Slain From the Foundation of the World" Say?? What Would O.H. KRLLL Say?? What Would the "Heathen God" Say?? What Would George Zebrowski Say?? I should stop. Epimedium, also known as barrenwort, bishop's hat, fairy wings, horny goat weed, or yin yang huo (Chinese: ???), is a genus of flowering plants in the family Berberidaceae. The majority of the species are endemic to China, with smaller numbers elsewhere in Asia, and a few in the Mediterranean region.[2]

    Epimedium species are deciduous or evergreen hardy perennials. The majority have four-parted "spider-like" flowers in spring. The plant contains icariin, which is a weak PDE5 inhibitor in vitro. Its clinical effects are unknown.

    Species of Epimedium are herbaceous perennials, growing from an underground rhizome. Their growth habits are somewhat variable. Some have solitary stems, others have a "tufted" habit, with multiple stems growing close together. There may be several leaves to a stem or the leaves may be solitary, produced from the base of the plant. Individual leaves are generally compound, often with three leaflets, but also with more. Leaflets usually have spiny margins. The leaves may be annual, making the plant deciduous, or longer lasting, so that the plant is evergreen. The inflorescence is an open raceme or panicle, the number of flowers varying by species.[2]

    Individual flowers have parts in fours. There are four smaller outer sepals, usually greenish and shed when the flower opens. Moving inwards, these are followed by four larger petal-like inner sepals, often brightly coloured. Inside the sepals are four true petals. These may be small and flat, but often have a complex shape including a nectar-producing "spur" that may be longer than the sepals. There are four stamens.[2]

    One of the common names for the genus, bishop's hat, arises from the shape of the flowers, particularly where the spurs are longer than the sepals.

    The genus was given its name by Carl Linnaeus in 1753, along with the European species E. alpinum.[1][3] The name is derived from a Greek word for a different plant, epimedion. The meaning of the original name is unclear.[4]

    1.Epimedium acuminatum
    2.Epimedium alpinum
    3.Epimedium baiealiguizhouense
    4.Epimedium baojingensis
    5.Epimedium borealiguizhouense
    6.Epimedium brachyrrhizum
    7.Epimedium brevicornum
    8.Epimedium campanulatum
    9.Epimedium chlorandrum
    10.Epimedium circinatocucullatum
    11.Epimedium coactum
    12.Epimedium davidii
    13.Epimedium dewuense
    14.Epimedium diphyllum
    15.Epimedium dolichostemon
    16.Epimedium ecalcaratum
    17.Epimedium elatum
    18.Epimedium elongatum
    19.Epimedium enshiense
    20.Epimedium epsteinii
    21.Epimedium fangii
    22.Epimedium fargesii
    23.Epimedium flavum
    24.Epimedium franchetii
    25.Epimedium glandulosopilosum
    26.Epimedium grandiflorum
    27.Epimedium hunanense
    28.Epimedium ilicifolium
    29.Epimedium jingzhouense
    30.Epimedium koreanum
    31.Epimedium latisepalum
    32.Epimedium leptorrhizum
    33.Epimedium lishihchenii
    34.Epimedium lobophyllum
    35.Epimedium macrosepalum
    36.Epimedium membranaceum
    37.Epimedium mikinorii
    38.Epimedium multiflorum
    39.Epimedium myrianthum
    40.Epimedium ogisui
    41.Epimedium parvifolium
    42.Epimedium pauciflorum
    43.Epimedium perralderianum
    44.Epimedium pinnatum
    45.Epimedium platypetalum
    46.Epimedium pinnatum
    47.Epimedium pseudowushanense
    48.Epimedium pubescens
    49.Epimedium pubigerum
    50.Epimedium pudingense
    51.Epimedium qingchengshanense
    52.Epimedium reticulatum
    53.Epimedium rhizomatosum
    54.Epimedium sagittatum
    55.Epimedium sempervirens
    56.Epimedium setosum
    57.Epimedium shennongjiaensis
    58.Epimedium shuichengense
    59.Epimedium stellulatum
    60.Epimedium sutchuenense
    61.Epimedium trifoliolatobinatum
    62.Epimedium truncatum
    63.Epimedium wushanense
    64.Epimedium zhushanense

    Epimedium × versicolor
    Some artificial hybrids are cultivated in gardens. These include:[5]
    E. × cantabrigiense Stearn, hybrid between E. alpinum and E. pubigerum
    E. × perralchicum Stearn, hybrid between E. perralderianum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × rubrum Morr., hybrid between E. alpinum and E. grandiflorum
    E. × versicolor Morr., hybrid between E. grandiflorum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × warleyense Stearn, hybrid between E. alpinum and E. pinnatum subsp. colchicum
    E. × youngianum Fisch & C.A.Mey, hybrid between E. diphyllum and E. grandiflorum

    Some varieties and hybrids have been in western cultivation for the last 100 to 150 years. There is now a wide array of new Chinese species being cultivated in the west, many of which have only recently been discovered, and some of which have yet to be named. There are also many older Japanese hybrids and forms, extending the boundaries of the genus in cultivation. Few genera of plants have seen such a dramatic increase in newly discovered species, primarily thanks to the work of Mikinori Ogisu of Japan and Darrell Probst of Massachusetts. The majority of the Chinese species have not been fully tested for hardiness nor indeed for any other aspect of their culture. The initial assumption that the plants would only thrive where their native conditions could be closely replicated have proven to be overly cautious, as most varieties are proving extraordinarily amenable to general garden and container cultivation.

    While they can be successfully propagated in early spring, epimediums are best divided in late summer, with the aim of promoting rapid re-growth of roots and shoots before the onset of winter. Several breeders (in particular Darrell Probst, Tim Branney & Robin White) have also undertaken their own hybridization programmes with the genus. Various new nursery selections are gradually appearing in the horticulture trade, the best of which are extending the colour and shape range of the flowers available to the gardener.

    Hugely popular as garden plants for centuries in Japan, epimediums are only just beginning to garner attention in the West. While they vary somewhat in their respective hardiness, all are essentially dwellers of the forest floor, and, as such, all require fundamentally similar conditions of moist, free-draining, humus-rich soil and cool shade, with some shelter for the newly emerging leaves. Some of the more robust varieties are often recommended as plants for dry shade, and whilst their tough foliage and stout rhizomes can allow them to grow successfully in such conditions, (and in more open, exposed positions too, in some instances) they will certainly not give their best. Furthermore, dryness and exposure will pretty much guarantee the early death of many of the newer and more delicate species.

    Given suitable conditions most epimediums will form beautiful groundcover plants, often with magnificent new leaves tinted in bronze, copper and reds combining with a huge variety of flower colours and forms in spring. Handsome and dense-growing foliage remains present for much of the year, with the leaves often turning purple, crimson and scarlet in autumn in some forms, and remaining evergreen in others. With all varieties, however, the foliage is best cut off at ground level shortly before new leaves emerge, so as to fully reveal their beauty of form and colour. Ideally, a mulch should then be applied to protect the new growth from frosts.

    It is sold as a health supplement, usually in raw herb, tablet, or capsule form and sometimes blended with other supplements. The over-exploitation of wild populations of Epimedium for use in traditional Chinese medicine is having potentially serious consequences for the long-term survival of several species, none of which is widely cultivated for medicinal purposes.

    Herbal epimedium contains icariin, which has demonstrated in vitro PDE5 inhibitory properties.[6]

    Icariin is purported to work by increasing levels of nitric oxide, which relax smooth muscle. It has been demonstrated to relax rabbit penile tissue by nitric oxide and PDE-5 activity.[7] Other research has demonstrated that injections of Epimedium extract directly into the penis of the rat results in an increase in penile blood pressure.[8]

    Like sildenafil (the erectile dysfunction drug commonly sold as Viagra), icariin, the active compound in epimedium, inhibits the activity of PDE-5. In vitro assays have demonstrated that icariin weakly inhibits PDE-5 with an IC50 of around 1 µM,[9][10] while sildenafil has an IC50 of about 6.6 nM (.0066 µM) and vardenafil (Levitra) has an IC50 of about 0.7 nM (.0007 µM).[11] Measured differently, the EC50 of icariin is approximately 4.62 µM, while sildenafil's is .42 µM.[12] With the weak potency of epimedium, and its unknown oral bioavailability, whether orally administered epidemium extract has any effect is unclear from the literature.

    A published Italian study modified icariin structurally and investigated a number of derivatives.[13] Inhibitory concentrations for PDE-5 close to sildenafil could be reached. Moreover, the most potent PDE-5 inhibitor of this series was also found to be a less potent inhibitor of phosphodiesterase-6 (PDE-6) and cyclic adenosine monophosphate-phosphodiesterase (cAMP-PDE), thus showing it to have more specificity for PDE-5 than sildenafil.

    Epimedium has been shown to up-regulate genes associated with nitric oxide production and changes in adenosine/guanine monophosphate balance in ways that other PDE5 inhibitors do not.

    Epimedium was used in a patent infringement case to rescind parts of the U.S. Viagra patent based on historic use in Chinese medicine. The specific claim was that Viagra was the first medical example of a PDE5 inhibitor which treated erectile dysfunction and therefore claimed patent protection from all similar PDE5 inhibitors. Patent examiners used epimedium as an example of prior use and rescinded those portions of the patent, however, the Viagra patent still protects the manufacturing process or chemical formula for sildenafil.[14]

    Animal, human, and in vitro studies indicate that icariin also stimulates osteoblast activity in bone tissue.[15][16][17][18][19][20]

    Epimedium wushanense contains a number of flavanoids. 37 compounds were characterized from the underground and aerial parts of the plant. Among them, 28 compounds were prenylflavonoids. The predominant flavonoid, epimedin C,[21] ranged from 1.4 to 5.1% in aerial parts and 1.0 to 2.8% in underground parts.[22]


    Stearn, W. T. The Genus Epimedium, revised edition 2002. ISBN 0-88192-543-8
    Avent, T. An Overview of Epimedium. The Plantsman. March, 2010.


    1.^ Jump up to: a b "IPNI Plant Name Query Results for Epimedium". The International Plant Names Index. Retrieved 2013-05-11.
    2.^ Jump up to: a b c d Ying, Junsheng; Boufford, David E. & Brach, Anthony R. (1994 onwards). "Epimedium". In Wu, Zhengyi; Raven, Peter H. & Hong, Deyuan. Flora of China (online). Retrieved 2013-05-11. Check date values in: |date= (help)
    3.Jump up ^ Linnaeus, Carl von. 1753. Species Plantarum 1: 117 in Latin
    4.Jump up ^ Johnson, A.T. & Smith, H.A. (1972). Plant Names Simplified : Their Pronunciation Derivation & Meaning. Buckenhill, Herefordshire: Landsmans Bookshop. ISBN 978-0-900513-04-6.
    5.Jump up ^ Beckett, K., ed. (1993). "Epimedium". Encyclopaedia of Alpines : Volume 1 (A–K). Pershore, UK: AGS Publications. ISBN 978-0-900048-61-6. pp. 437–441.
    6.Jump up ^ PubChem Entry for Icariin.
    7.Jump up ^ Chiu, JH; Chen, KK; Chien, TM; et al. (2006). "Epimedium brevicornum Maxim extract relaxes rabbit corpus cavernosum through multitargets on nitric oxide/cyclic guanosine monophosphate signaling pathway". Int J Impot Res. 18 (4): 335–42. doi:10.1038/sj.ijir.3901437. PMID 16395327.
    8.Jump up ^ Chen, KK; Chiu, JH (2006). "Effect of Epimedium brevicornum Maxim extract on elicitation of penile erection in the rat.". Urology. 67 (3): 631–5. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2005.09.051. PMID 16527595.
    9.Jump up ^ Ning, H; Xin, ZC; Lin, G; et al. (2006). "Effects of icariin on phosphodiesterase-5 activity in vitro and cyclic guanosine monophosphate level in cavernous smooth muscle cells.". Urology. 68 (6): 1350–4. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2006.09.031. PMID 17169663.
    10.Jump up ^ Xin, ZC; Kim, EK; Lin, CS; et al. (2003). "Effects of icariin on cGMP-specific PDE5 and cAMP-specific PDE4 activities.". Asian J Androl. 5 (1): 15–8. PMID 12646997.
    11.Jump up ^ Saenz; de Tejada, I; Angulo, J; Cuevas, P; et al. (2001). "The phosphodiesterase inhibitory selectivity and the in vitro and in vivo potency of the new PDE5 inhibitor vardenafil.". Int J Impot Res. 13 (5): 282–90. doi:10.1038/sj.ijir.3900726. PMID 11890515.
    12.Jump up ^ Jiang, Z; Hu, B; Wang, J; et al. (2006). "Effect of icariin on cyclic GMP levels and on the mRNA expression of cGMP-binding cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase (PDE5) in penile cavernosum.". J Huazhong Univ Sci Technology Med Sci. 26 (4): 460–2. doi:10.1007/s11596-006-0421-y. PMID 17120748.
    13.Jump up ^ Dell'Agli, M; Galli, GV; Dal Cero, E; et al. (2008). "Potent Inhibition of Human Phosphodiesterase-5 by Icariin Derivatives". J Nat Prod. 71 (9): 1513–7. doi:10.1021/np800049y. PMID 18778098.
    14.Jump up ^ Board of Patent Appeals Affirms Rejection of Pfizer’s Broad Patent over ED Treatment
    15.Jump up ^ Yin XX, Chen ZQ, Liu ZJ, Ma QJ, Dang GT (February 2007). "Icariine stimulates proliferation and differentiation of human osteoblasts by increasing production of bone morphogenetic protein 2". Chin. Med. J. 120 (3): 204–10. PMID 17355822.
    16.Jump up ^ Zhang G, Qin L, Shi Y (July 2007). "Epimedium-derived phytoestrogen flavonoids exert beneficial effect on preventing bone loss in late postmenopausal women: a 24-month randomized, double-blind and placebo-controlled trial". J. Bone Miner. Res. 22 (7): 1072–9. doi:10.1359/jbmr.070405. PMID 17419678.
    17.Jump up ^ Chen KM, Ge BF, Liu XY, et al. (May 2007). "Icariin inhibits the osteoclast formation induced by RANKL and macrophage-colony stimulating factor in mouse bone marrow culture". Pharmazie. 62 (5): 388–91. PMID 17557750.
    18.Jump up ^ Huang J, Yuan L, Wang X, Zhang TL, Wang K (August 2007). "Icaritin and its glycosides enhance osteoblastic, but suppress osteoclastic, differentiation and activity in vitro". Life Sci. 81 (10): 832–40. doi:10.1016/j.lfs.2007.07.015. PMID 17764702.
    19.Jump up ^ Zhang DW, Cheng Y, Wang NL, Zhang JC, Yang MS, Yao XS (January 2008). "Effects of total flavonoids and flavonol glycosides from Epimedium koreanum Nakai on the proliferation and differentiation of primary osteoblasts". Phytomedicine. 15 (1-2): 55–61. doi:10.1016/j.phymed.2007.04.002. PMID 17482445.
    20.Jump up ^ Qin L, Han T, Zhang Q, et al. (July 2008). "Antiosteoporotic chemical constituents from Er-Xian Decoction, a traditional Chinese herbal formula". J Ethnopharmacol. 118 (2): 271–9. doi:10.1016/j.jep.2008.04.009. PMID 18501540.
    21.Jump up ^ epimedin C
    22.Jump up ^ Li HF, Guan XY, Ye M, Xiang C, Lin CH, Sun C, Guo DA.,"Qualitative and quantitative analyses of Epimedium wushanense by high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with diode array detection and electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry." J Sep Sci. 2011 May 10;

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cupid
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 5b1cfd7b98394a90a4d077ad88f71f54
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_njmnd0h7Bo1sx52hgo7_1280
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_njmnd0h7Bo1sx52hgo5_1280
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Horny_Goat_Weed_Banner
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Horny%2Bgoat
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Horny-goat-weed-543
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Cupid
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Horny-goat
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 0-300x225
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Mars-atmosphere
    ‘Mars’ and the Rise of ‘Premium Nonfiction’ TV

    The premiere of a new ‘Mars’ miniseries is being used to
    re-launch the entire National Geographic brand

    National Geographic is releasing "Mars," a six-part series that follows a dramatized mission to Mars while real scientists and thinkers discuss the challenges of such a journey. WSJ's Lee Hawkins and John Jurgensen discuss "Mars" and the rise of the "premium nonfiction" genre on television.

    John Jurgensen

    The National Geographic TV series “Mars” is a joint mission: A science documentary about the quest to reach the red planet, combined with a science-fiction drama about a crew of astronauts who make it there in the year 2033.

    The six-episode series also represents something of a moonshot for National Geographic. It’s the network’s most expensive TV project ever, with a production budget of up to $20 million. And its Monday premiere is being used to relaunch the entire National Geographic brand, including the 128-year-old magazine.

    For the TV channel, that means fewer reality shows about rugged characters and more high-gloss documentaries about science, adventure and exploration. “We are going to take bigger swings,” says Tim Pastore, president of original programming and production, as National Geographic tries to break out in “a muddy, competitive marketplace.”

    The channel is part of a joint venture between the National Geographic Society and 21st Century Fox. 21st Century Fox and News Corp, parent company of The Wall Street Journal, share common ownership.

    With the reality TV boom fading, the buzzword in the industry is “premium nonfiction.” Cable channels are investing in movies and miniseries with ambitious topics, bigger budgets and A-list filmmakers in hopes of turning documentaries into television events that approach the theatrical. Docs are taking on new luster in the TV business as streaming video companies pour resources into the format, hunting for binge-worthy stories such as Netflix’s true-crime series, “Making a Murderer.”

    History on Monday is expected to announce an eight-hour series produced by “The Revenant” star Leonardo DiCaprio called “Frontiersmen,” about pioneers including Daniel Boone, Tecumseh and Lewis and Clark. A&E is using the name recognition of Oscar winner Alex Gibney to promote a new documentary series he executive produced, “The Killing Season,” which investigates an unsolved serial-killer case on Long Island. Discovery recently aired a “horrormentary” directed by Morgan Spurlock called “Rats,” which premiered at the Toronto International Film Festival in September.

    To create the event-level docs that networks want, producers are taking stylistic leaps and “breaking the genre in a way you couldn’t do before,” says Justin Wilkes, “Mars” co-creator and president of RadicalMedia. The company produced “Mars” with Imagine Entertainment, founded by Brian Grazer and Ron Howard, veterans of the Hollywood blockbuster who have recently pushed into documentaries. The risky dual format of “Mars” helped encourage National Geographic to build its rebranding plan around the series, whose rollout includes two books, a speakers’ tour and a curriculum guide for schools.

    “Mars” didn’t start out as a scripted/unscripted hybrid. RadicalMedia initially planned to make a straightforward documentary about SpaceX, Elon Musk’s commercial space company. But Mr. Musk wanted something bigger, which led to the idea of creating a futuristic story around the drama inherent in the founder’s space plan. As Mr. Musk says in the premiere episode of “Mars,” “either we’re going to become a multi-planet species…or we’re going to be stuck on one planet until some eventual extinction event.”

    Directed by Everardo Gout, “Mars” starts in 2033 with the launch of a crew’s “historic” journey to Earth’s neighbor via a ship designed by a space “visionary” played by actor Olivier Martinez. About seven minutes in, the focus shifts to interviews with real-life engineers and experts, such as “The Martian” author Andy Weir.

    It wasn’t rocket science, but marrying two different forms of filmmaking was a major challenge. As writers invented the fictional story set in the future, documentary crews spent months doing research and interviewing SpaceX and NASA personnel. Transcripts went to the writers to help guide their drama script and shore up its scientific accuracy. For instance, interviews with engineers working on the landing system of SpaceX’s reusable rocket inspired a cliffhanger scene in the first episode as the fictional spacecraft approaches Mars.

    Mr. Gout’s sights were set on epic sci-fi (“I wanted to make ‘Das Boot’ on Mars,” he says) but he also needed to keep viewers on board when the show shifted into documentary. To prepare for previous films, Mr. Gout made a practice of interviewing his actors in character, so he adapted that technique for “Mars.” Interviews with the fictional astronauts mirror the interviews with real people and “help the audience’s transit from one world to the other,” he says.

    In the editing room came the trial-and-error process of weaving the documentary footage into the drama to ground it in reality—but without weighing down one side or the other. “There were many days we were banging our heads against our desks,” says National Geographic’s Mr. Pastore. After a documentary crew captured gripping scenes of a headline-grabbing SpaceX maneuver, the filmmakers restructured the drama in the last episode around the footage. Says Mr. Wilkes, “That was season-finale material.”

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jupiter_ascending_action_adventure_sci_fi_movie_film__42__2400x1200
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_nkbse3lZzw1unt4w0o1_1280
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tumblr_nmcgi0thNs1unt4w0o2_1280

    "The Mars Underground" Updated Edition/Director's Cut. Leading aerospace engineer and Mars Society President Dr. Robert Zubrin has a dream. He wants to get humans to the planet Mars in the next ten years. Now, with the advent of a revolutionary plan, Mars Direct, Zubrin shows how we can use present day technology and natural resources on Mars to make human settlement possible. But can he win over the skeptics at NASA and the wider world? The Mars Underground is a landmark documentary that follows Zubrin and his team as they try to bring this incredible dream to life. Through spellbinding animation, the film takes us on a daring first journey to the Red Planet and envisions a future Mars teeming with life and terraformed into a blue world. A must-see experience for anyone concerned for our global future and the triumph of the human spirit. "This film captures the spirit of Mars pioneers who refuse to let their dreams be put on hold by a slumbering space program. Their passionate urge to walk the soil of an alien world is infectious and inspirational. This film is the manifesto of the new space revolution." James Cameron - Director of "Avatar" The Original Soundtrack is available on iTunes: The DVD of "The Mars Underground" Updated Editon/Director's Cut is available on DVD at Amazon: Transcription 1st ACT:

    ASTRONAUT: Accessing disconnect. Enable on. Copy that E.L. Com. All systems are go for entry, decent, and landing. Stand by. Stand by. We are looking fine, flight. Data is good.
    NARRATOR: At the dawn of the 21st Century, space agencies in Europe and America began making plans to land the first humans on Mars. But manned missions to the red planet have been proposed before. For some, Mars holds the answers to mankind’s future in space. Others say Mars is too far, too dangerous and too expensive for humans to explore. And in a world torn by troubles, some say there is no need or will for mankind to reach into space anymore. More than 30 years after the last Apollo astronaut walked on the moon, the American-manned space program seems to have lost its way, nable to reach beyond even low-earth orbit.
    DR. ROBERT ZUBRIN: We’ve got a problem, NASA has been literally going around in circles with the space program for the past 30 years.
    NARRATOR: Astronautically engineer, Dr. Robert Zubrin, has been arguing for years that sending humans to Mars is the mission the space program needs.
    ZUBRIN: It’s time that we set goals for NASA that were worthy of the risks of the human space flight. Mars is the next logical step in our space program image. It’s the challenge that’s been staring us in the face for the past 30 years. It’s the planet that’s most like the earth, it’s the planet that has on it the resources needed to support life and therefore some day technological civilization. It’s the planet that will provide us with the answer as to whether life is prevalent in the universe or exclusive to the earth. And it’s the planet that will give us the critical tests as to whether humanity, can breakout out of the planet of our birth and become a space-faring species.
    NARRATOR: In the early 1990s, Zubrin was the head of the Mars Direct program at Martin Marietta Astronautics. His team developed a mission to Mars that could be done at the fraction of Nasa’s projected costs. Using only existing technology Zubrin argues that the first steps on Martian soil could be made within 10 years.
    ZUBRIN: There is absolutely nothing in this that is beyond our technology.
    DR. EDWARD WEILER: We are not ready to send humans to Mars right now. We don’t know how to keep them alive. There are people out there who say we can go to Mars tomorrow. One of my requirements, one of NASA’s requirements is that if we send humans to Mars we bring them back alive.
    NARRATOR: For the past 15-years Zubrin and his colleagues have waged a campaign to convince society and the political class that humans on Mars should be the goal for NASA now. This is the story of our cold neighboring planet and the debate over whether man’s fate it tied to the red world. It’s the story of an engineer’s journey - and the battle of ideas over which direction in space will truly benefit mankind.
    ZUBRIN: We’re at a crossroads today. We either muster the courage to go or we risk the possibility of stagnation and decay.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 EdgarsIndustries
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Il_570xN.320304723
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vikinglander2-2

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 162

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 1:45 pm

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 City_under_attack_by_andythi-d6qc0nm
    Carol wrote:
    10/19/2017 -- LARGE EARTHQUAKE DRILL
    -- Great Shakeout 2017

    What I have in my earthquake preparation bag + kit:

    Consider the concept of Ethical-Ecumenical Education-Employment-Entertainment!! Oxymoron or Wave of the Future?? Please remember that I'm not trying to convert anyone to anything. This is a very strange research-project which I frankly hate. What if you found out that I've just been playing mind-games with you?? What if you found out that I had been paid to do what I'm doing?? What if you found out that I had been fed most of the material I've posted?? I keep saying that I'm modeling concepts and personalities which I don't necessarily embrace in real-life, but what does that mean?? The real-deal is probably what some of you extrapolate from what I've posted. In other words, what I post probably isn't the truth, but thinking about what I've posted might lead you to the truth. Does that make sense?? I think I've been pretty nasty and/or direct in my last few posts, and this makes me feel horrible. But notice that I often support those who I undermine, in strange and indirect ways.

    Please notice that I've been true to my word concerning restricting this madness to this small website. Regarding the SDA stuff, I don't go to any church, but I obviously am interested in, and troubled by, religion and theology. Idealistic conceptualizations are often across the page from the most nasty and violent material imaginable, all in the Name of God. I keep harping on SDA stuff because it's what I've been exposed to, and destroyed by. I've come to think of this solar system as being a Holy-Roman Solar-System!! This implies that even the SDA church is run by the Roman-Empire!! Resistance might really be futile. I continue to think of this solar system as being One Big Business, with One Big CEO. I am frankly more upset and disillusioned than anyone can imagine. I suspect that the truth will NOT set us free. It will simply make us angry, and drive us insane. Anyway, for anyone crazy enough to do what I'm doing, here is a time-consuming and extremely-difficult road-less-traveled:

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- Desire of Ages (All by Ellen White).

    2. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 1,2,5 (Genesis to 2 Kings, and Matthew to John).

    3. SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3,4,6,7 (1 Chronicles to Malachi, and Acts to Revelation).

    4. Daniel (1978 Commentary) by Desmond Ford.
       Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (by Desmond Ford).
       The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (by Lucio Bernardo Silvestre).

    You might think this is irrelevant-insanity, but it's actually a somewhat logical research-project (which I frankly can't seem to properly conduct). I'm just trying to assist some of you who might wish to get to the bottom of some historical nightmares. I'm basically placing this stuff in the context of conspiracy-theories, historical-research, religious and political science-fiction (rather than claiming that this is the "Truth"). There's a good-side and a bad-side to all of the above. I frankly doubt that anyone will get what I'm getting at. I understand that we are in the middle of a high-technology and high-finance eschatological-nightmare which very-few understand. I think this civilization is being led down the Primrose Path to Purgatory and Hell. The expected Golden-Age probably won't meet and exceed expectations. I don't think we understand how screwed we really are. Perhaps ignorance is bliss and a virtue. Perhaps silence is golden.

    There is an A.D. 2133 End of the World PDF which I'd love to read, but I don't want to give out my credit-card information to be able to view this download. This online book involves Artificial Intelligence and the End of the World, which is what I've been hinting-at. I've suggested that the solar system is already under the control of a supercomputer-network. I've included an AI article below. Please give this subject Sirius Consideration. We might be more screwed than ANY of US can possibly imagine. I'm leaving, so you'll have to go it alone. Sorry About That.

    Perhaps one should love the so-called New World Order, with the deluded-expectation that when one is "smarter than the average bear" they will rise triumphantly over the stupid masses of humanity. Perhaps we need to beat the Holy-Roman Solar-System at it's Own-Game!! Perhaps we need to be "More Roman-Soldier Than Thou!!" I frankly don't see a happy-ending to This Present Madness. Purgatory Incorporated might be the modus operandi for All-Eternity. I mostly worry that we are on the Brink of Extinction (by accident and/or design). I've never been more troubled and despondent. I fear that murder, mayhem, and chaos will be deliberately-inflicted, and then followed by a crackdown and consolidation (which will reveal a lot of what has probably existed for thousands of years). I frankly don't think I have long to live (for a variety of reasons). The end might be nearer than I think.

    Artificial Intelligence Poses a Doomsday Threat. Doomsday Scenarios, 2011:

    "A true AI [artificial intelligence] would have immense economic potential, and when money is at stake, safety issues get put aside until real problems develop—at which time, of course, it may already be too late." Kaj Sotala is a writer and a supporter of the Singularity Institute. In the following viewpoint, he argues that an artificial intelligence (AI) will not be dedicated to destroying humans, as depicted in film. However, Sotala says, the AI will not care about humans either. Thus, it may attack or eliminate humans as a byproduct of other goals or interests. Sotala says that the threat from AI means that scientists working on artificial intelligence must be careful to develop ways to make AI care about human beings. As you read, consider the following questions:

    Why does Sotala argue that the Terminator movie may lead people to believe that AI is not 1. dangerous? According to Sotala, what is inductive bias? 2. What does Stephen Omohundro conclude about agents with harmless goals? 3. Skynet in the Terminator1 movies is a powerful, evocative warning of the destructive force an artificial intelligence [AI] could potentially wield. However, as counterintuitive as it may sound, I find that the Terminator franchise is actually making many people underestimate the danger posed by AI.

    AI Is Not Human. It goes like this. A person watches a Terminator movie and sees Skynet portrayed as a force actively dedicated to the destruction of humanity. Later on the same person hears somebody bring up the dangers of AI. He then recalls the Terminator movies and concludes (correctly so!) that a vision of an artificial intelligence spontaneously deciding to exterminate all of humanity is unrealistic. Seeing the other person's claims as unrealistic and inspired by silly science fiction, he dismisses the AI threat argument as hopelessly misguided. Yet humans are not actively seeking to harm animals when they level a forest in order to build luxury housing where the forest once stood. The animals living in the forest are harmed regardless, not out of an act of intentional malice, but as a simple side-effect. [AI researcher] Eliezer Yudkowsky put it well: the AI does not hate you, nor does it love you, but you are made out of atoms which it can use for something else. To assume an artificial intelligence would necessarily act in a way we wanted is just as misguided and anthropomorphic as assuming that it would automatically be hostile and seek to rebel out of a desire for freedom. Usually, a child will love its parents and caretakers, and protégés will care for their patrons—but these are traits that have developed in us over countless generations of evolutionary change, not givens for any intelligent mind.

    An AI built from scratch would have no reason to care about its creators, unless it was expressly designed to do so. And even if it was, a designer building the AI to care about her must very closely consider what she actually means by "caring"—for these things are not givens, even if we think of them as self-contained concepts obvious to any intelligent mind. It only seems so because we instinctively model other minds by using ourselves and people we know as templates—to do otherwise would mean freezing up, as we'd spend years building from scratch models of every new person we met. The people we know and consider intelligent all have at least roughly the same idea of what "caring" for someone means, thus any AI would eventually arrive at the same concept, right? An inductive bias is a tendency to learn certain kinds of rules from certain kinds of observations. Occam's razor, the principle of choosing the simplest consistent hypothesis, is one kind of inductive bias. So is an infant's tendency to eventually start ignoring phoneme differences [the basic units of speech sounds] not relevant for their native language. Inductive biases are necessary for learning, for without them, there would be an infinite number of explanations for any phenomena—but nothing says that all intelligent minds should have the same inductive biases as inbuilt. Caring for someone is such a complex concept that it couldn't be built into the AI directly—the designer would have to come up with inductive biases she thought would eventually lead to the mind learning to care about us, in a fashion we'd interpret as caring.

    AI Will Not Care About Us. The evolutionary psychologists John Tooby and Leda Cosmides write: Evolution tailors computational hacks that work brilliantly, by exploiting relationships that exist only in its particular fragment of the universe (the geometry of parallax gives vision a depth cue: an infant nursed by your mother is your genetic sibling: two solid objects cannot occupy the same space). These native intelligences are dramatically smarter than general reasoning because natural selection equipped them with radical short cuts. Our minds have evolved to reason about other human minds, not minds-in-general. When trying to predict how an AI would behave in a certain situation, and thus trying to predict how to make it safe, we cannot help but unconsciously slip in assumptions based on how humans would behave. The inductive biases we automatically employ to predict human behavior do not correctly predict AI behavior. Because we are not used to questioning deep-rooted assumptions of such hypotheses, we easily fail to do so even in the case of AI, where it would actually be necessary. The people who have stopped to question those assumptions have arrived at unsettling results. In his "Basic AI Drives" paper, Stephen Omohundro concludes that even agents with seemingly harmless goals will, if intelligent enough, have a strong tendency to try to achieve those goals via less harmless methods. As simple examples, any AI with a desire to achieve any kinds of goals will have a motivation to resist being turned off, as that would prevent it from achieving the goal; and because of this, it will have a motivation to acquire resources it can use to protect itself. While this won't make it desire humanity's destruction, it is not inconceivable that it would be motivated to at least reduce humanity to a state where we couldn't even potentially pose a threat.

    A commonly-heard objection to these kinds of scenarios is that the scientists working on AI will surely be aware of these risks themselves, and be careful enough. But historical precedent doesn't really support this assumption. Even if the scientists themselves were careful, they will often be under intense pressure, especially when economic interest is at stake. Climate scientists have spent decades warning people of the threat posed by greenhouse gasses, but even today many nations are reluctant to cut back on emissions, as they suspect it'd disadvantage them economically. The engineers in charge of building many Soviet nuclear plants, most famously Chernobyl, did not put safety as their first priority, and so on. A true AI would have immense economic potential, and when money is at stake, safety issues get put aside until real problems develop—at which time, of course, it may already be too late. Yet if we want to avoid Skynet-like scenarios, we cannot afford to risk it. Safety must be a paramount priority in the creation of Artificial Intelligence.


    1. Terminator is a 1984 science fiction movie in which an artificial intelligence known as Skynet1. takes over the world.

    Further Readings

    Books Amir D. Aczel Present at the Creation: The Story of CERN and the Large Hadron Collider. New York: Crown, 2010.
    Joseph Cirincione Bomb Scare: The History and Future of Nuclear Weapons. New York: Oxford University Press, 2008.
    Heidi Cullen The Weather of the Future: Heat Waves, Extreme Storms, and Other Scenes from a Climate-Changed Planet. New York: HarperCollins, 2010.
    Tad Daley Apocalypse Never: Forging the Path to a Nuclear Weapon-Free World. Piscataway, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2010.
    Christopher Dodd and Robert Bennett The Senate Special Report on Y2K. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, Inc., 1999.
    K. Eric Drexler Engines of Creation: The Coming Era of Nanotechnology. New York: Anchor Books, 1986.
    Jean-Pierre Filiu Apocalypse in Islam. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 2011.
    Bruce David Forbes and Jeanne Halgren Kilde, eds. Rapture, Revelation, and the End Times: Exploring the Left Behind Series. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2004.
    Lynn E. Foster Nanotechnology: Science, Innovation, and Opportunity. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2009.
    John R. Hall, Philip D. Schuyler, and Sylvaine Trinh Apocalypse Observed: Religious Movements and Violence in North America, Europe, and Japan. New York: Routledge, 2000.
    Paul Halpern The World's Smallest Particles. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
    James C. Hansen Storms of My Grandchildren: The Truth About the Coming Climate Catastrophe and Our Last Chance to Save Humanity. New York: Bloomsbury USA, 2009.
    John Horgan The Undiscovered Mind: How the Human Brain Defies Replication, Medication, and
    Explanation. New York: Touchstone, 1999.
    Alan Hultberg, ed. Three Views on the Rapture: Pretribulation, Prewrath, and Posttribulation. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 2010.
    Samuel P. Huntington The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. New York: Touchstone, 1996.
    John Major Jenkins The 2012 Story: The Myths, Fallacies, and Truth Behind the Most Intriguing Date in History. New York: Penguin Group, 2009.
    Jonathan Kirsch A History of the End of the World: How the Most Controversial Book in the Bible Changed the Course of History. New York: HarperCollins, 2006.
    Ray Kurzweil The Singularity Is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology. New York: Penguin Group, 2005.
    Patrick J. Michaels and Robert Ballins Climate of Extremes: Global Warming Science They Don't Want You to Know. Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2009.
    John Mueller Atomic Obsession: Nuclear Alarmism from Hiroshima to Al-Qaeda. New York: Oxford University Press, 2009.
    Sharan Newman The Real History of the End of the World: Apocalyptic Predictions from Revelation and Nostradamus to Y2K and 2012. New York: Berkley Books, 2010.
    Kenneth G.C. Newport and Crawford Gribben, eds. Expecting the End: Millennialism in Social and Historical Context. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2006.
    Kevin Quigley Responding to Crises in the Modern Infrastructure: Policy Lessons from Y2K. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.
    Bruce Riedel The Search for Al Qaeda: Its Leadership, Ideology, and Future, rev. ed. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2008.
    Barbara R. Rossing The Rapture Exposed: The Message of Hope in the Book of Revelation. New York: Basic Books, 2004.
    Periodicals Ronald Bailey "Wagging the 'Fat Tail' of Climate Catastrophe,", February 10, 2009.
    Jeanna Bryner "'Doomsday' Seed Vault Stores 500,000 Crops,", March 10, 2010.
    Michel Chossudovsky "Real Versus Fake Crises: Concealing the Risk of an All Out Nuclear War,", September 16, 2010.
    Stephen J. Dubner "A Different Climate Change Apocalypse Than the One You Were Envisioning," Freakonomics, July 7, 2008.
    Robert Lamb "Noel Sharkey: Robotics vs. Sci-Fi vs. Anthropomorphism," HowStuffWorks, May 25, 2010.
    Cole Morton "The Large Hadron Collider: End of the World, or God's Own Spin?" Independent, September 7, 2008.
    John Mueller "Why Nuclear Weapons Aren't as Frightening as You Think," Foreign Policy, January/February 2010.
    Dennis Overbye "Gauging a Collider's Odds of Creating a Black Hole," New York Times, April 15, 2008.
    Eliezer Yudkowsky "Why We Need Friendly AI," Terminator Salvation: Preventing Skynet, May 22, 2009.
    Source Citation Sotala, Kaj. "Artificial Intelligence Poses a Doomsday Threat." Doomsday Scenarios. E d. Noah Berlatsky. Detroit: Greenhaven Press, 2011. Opposing Viewpoints. Rpt. from "Thinking of AIs as Humans Is Misguided." 2009. Oppo sing Viewpoints in Context. Web. 16 Sept. 2015.

    "Two Heads Are Better Than One??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Centralized_holy_roman_empire_by_tiltschmaster-d9nqbgd
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Roman_empire_by_bamoon-d4hsq3d
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Holy_roman_empire___grunge_flag__1433___1806__by_undevicesimus-d65m2o3
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-damned-field-execution-place-in-the-roman-empire-fedor-andreevich-bronnikov
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Dirce-painting
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Neoclassicism2
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Thumbs%20Down
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ddmsrealm-star-wars-tor-coruscant-senate-market
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O-UNITED-STATES-SENATE-CHAMBER-facebook
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Open-uri20150608-27674-1maziza_0dd84891
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 592
    "One Nation Under ???????????"

    I keep thinking that All of Us came from Orion (or some exotic location in the universe) in antiquity, and brought a lot of Ancient High-Technology with us. Then, I suspect a Civil-War between Soul-Relatives, which might have everything to do with the War in Heaven, and the Fall in the Garden of Eden. This could also include the Flood of Noah, as well as the Tower of Babel. Most of our Current-Technology might be Ancient-Technology. We might be the Aliens from Outer-Space!! I continue to think that Biblical-Eschatology should be combined with Science-Fiction and Conspiracy-Theories, but NOT in the Context of the Church!! People who pay good-money for peace of mind, shouldn't be given nervous-breakdowns on Sabbath and Sunday mornings!! I don't go to church, but I am NOT opposed to church!! And I refuse to take sides!! I try to present a Spectrum of Viewpoints to make us think!! I might write a book in the future (so I can retire) but it would be much milder and different than my internet-madness!! Don't brace yourselves for anything bad from me!! Not in this incarnation!! I don't know what dastardly-deeds I might've done in previous-lives, but I seem to be extremely passive and peaceful in this particular incarnation!! My next one might be completely different. I don't know. I Belong to the Church of I Don't Know!! What Would Bill Maher Say?? What Would Pat Condell Say?? I think some of these sorts of people believe, but they don't believe the bullshit commonly fed to the general-public throughout the world, throughout history. I continue to know that I don't know. I am truly a Completely Ignorant Fool (no matter who I might've been in previous-incarnations). I'm a big-time loser this time around, and I won't try to be something I'm not, so don't get your hopes up!! I am what I am, and it is what it is (whatever that means)!!

    Thank-you Mercuriel. I'd love to hear how your thinking might've changed in your absence from The Mists. I think I need to leave. I somehow need to stop posting. I keep trying to do so, but I always make one more post. What if the Top One-Percent are simply smarter than the Rest of Us?? What if we should just study the Top One-Percent?? I think I'd like to research what I've posted over the past few years, but would this simply make me more frazzled and bitter than I already am?? I suspect that most everyone wants safety and certainty, but what if this results in a certain lack of courage and honesty?? The so-called "Ancient Egyptian Deity" thought everyone was bad, and that people deserved to die. They seemed to know things about history and humanity which remained hidden and illusive to me. They wouldn't answer most of my questions. They often responded with "You know I can't tell you that!!" I'm considering varieties of possibilities because I don't trust history and the historians. Beware of Historians!! Science-Fictional Possibilities Regarding Life, the Universe, and Everything might be the Road to Reality!! What Would King Ring Say?? Think about the reference to "Papers From the King of Sweden" in the "Vampires of Venice" episode of Dr. Who (from the Fifth-Series). What Would the Borg Queen Say?? What Would Anna and the V's Say?? Notice how Dr. Who is addressed near the beginning of that episode!! This is just to make us think!!
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Rings-of-sweden-collection-l-1024x767
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 HELEN%2BMCCRORY%2B%25281%2529
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Doctor-who-207-the-vampires-of-venice-s5e06-dvdbash-07
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ns5ep6j
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Helen-in-Doctor-Who-helen-mccrory-21740779-1920-1080
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vamps17
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vampires-of-venice
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Vampires-of-venice-06
    "Kiss Me You Completely Ignorant Fool!! We Don't Bite!!"

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Nancy_malkiel_11.17.16
    How the Quad Went Coed

    ‘What is this nonsense about admitting women to Princeton?
    A good old-fashioned whore-house would be considerably more efficient.’

    Leonore Tiefer

    Updated Nov. 20, 2016 5:58 p.m. ET

    In an age when student activists at campuses across the country are focused on microaggressions and safe spaces, it’s a bit surreal to read Nancy Weiss Malkiel’s history of gender desegregation at elite American and British colleges. Fifty years ago, same-sex schooling in higher education had ended for many public colleges and universities in the United States and Britain, but it remained the norm at most elite universities in the Northeast—the Ivy League schools of Yale, Princeton, Dartmouth and Harvard and comparable private women colleges such as Vassar, Smith and Wellesley. Cambridge and Oxford, too, had resisted coeducation.

    How and why, between 1969 and 1974, these prestigious institutions decided to go coed—or not—is the fascinating story Ms. Malkiel tells. And although her narrow focus is gender admission practices, there are clues in this dry but highly informative “study in institutional decision-making” about the obstacles that continue to prevent the harmony between the many diverse groups of students on campus today.

    The idea of admitting women, for many alumni, seemed absurd. The punchy title of Ms. Malkiel’s book, “Keep the Damned Women Out,” comes from a letter written by a Dartmouth graduate as his alma mater debated whether or not to allow female students: “For God’s sake, for Dartmouth’s sake, and for everyone’s sake, keep the damned women out.”

    Reading about the culture of schools like Dartmouth makes this alumnus’s attitude easier to understand. Insular country-club traditions—eating clubs, “proper” attire and male-bonding rituals—dominated campus life, and the discriminatory habits of student and faculty recruitment ensured that each generation came to replicate its predecessors. The deeply self-serving conviction that educating leaders required elite schools to choose primarily white Protestant male students remained unquestioned until the 1960s, when widespread quotas for the admission of Jews and blacks began to fall.

    Ms. Malkiel convincingly argues that it took the tidal wave of social movements in that decade—student free speech, war opposition, civil rights, sexual freedom and women’s liberation—to disrupt the northeastern elites’ complacency. Change came, but it came kicking and screaming, and not from any sense of fairness or feminist impulse. It was pragmatic: Scrupulously monitored application trends made it clear that, as the 1960s progressed, the best of the boys were going where the girls were. Although Ms. Malkiel tells the stories of, first Harvard, Princeton and Yale, then Vassar, Smith, Wellesley and Dartmouth, with careful attention to the specific details of each institution’s process, the story here is ultimately that of a rapid chain reaction that was over in half a decade.

    The author was a Princeton history professor for more than 40 years. She is steeped in Ivy League culture and conducted scores of interviews with movers and shakers she doubtless knew personally. She also seems to have footnoted every scrap of paper she found in the archives: She walks us through committee reports, administrative minutes, campus news coverage and contentious correspondence from all the stakeholders. She describes how various alternative arrangements were considered (such as moving Vassar to New Haven and Sarah Lawrence to Princeton!) and discarded.

    At each school, the administration worked to develop plans to satisfy the interests of students, faculty and alumni. But getting the buy-in of the last group was difficult because the deep-pocketed alumni were, as Ms. Malkiel gently puts it, “grounded in sentiment and history.” By and large they were outraged—and weren’t hesitant to say so in the bluntest terms. “What is all this nonsense about admitting women to Princeton? A good old-fashioned whore-house would be considerably more efficient and much, much cheaper,” wrote one anonymous alumnus to the Princeton Alumni Weekly in 1968.

    Most participants in the Ivy League debates over whether to admit women students looked at the question of coeducation solely from the male students’ point of view: Would women water down the school’s intellectual seriousness? Would women’s curricular choices drain the coffers? Or, on the positive side, would women on campus reduce, for male students, the time, effort and money involved in acquiring female company on the weekends?

    But at least one eminent man dissented. In 1968 Paul Swain Havens, a member of the Princeton class of 1925 and then president of Wilson College, a small women’s school in Pennsylvania, wrote of his alma mater: “The emphasis is everywhere on what might be good, bad or indifferent for Princeton or its male students. But women are not to be regarded as merely tools of the welfare and comfort of Princeton and her male students. Their education must be seen to be as important as that of Princeton men.”

    The evident lack of concern for women helped Smith and Wellesley resist the siren song of coeducation, as did feminism. Ms. Malkiel describes Gloria Steinem’s 1971 Smith commencement speech, which exhorted the college to become “a radicalizing institution, so that when we integrate we will understand that we are not receiving the benefit of the great intellectual male presence . . . but that we have to offer the elements of the female culture.”

    It wasn’t easy for the first generation of women who desegregated the Ivies. Dartmouth boys, for example, rated their female classmates’ looks from one to 10 with placards in the dining hall. Signs hanging on campus declared, “Better Dead Than Coed.” The college anthem, “Men of Dartmouth,” remained unchanged until 1988.

    Opening the doors to students of both sexes was a first step in changing the culture of the ivory tower. It appeared momentous at the time, but in retrospect seems only a small step toward inclusivity. After all, here we are in 2016 reading about how the Harvard male soccer team kept a sexually explicit “scouting report,” ranking recruits for the women’s team. American colleges have achieved gender diversity, but sexism endures and the challenge of civility remains daunting.

    Ms. Tiefer is a clinical associate professor of psychiatry at New York University School of Medicine.

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Female-students-shopping-for-princeton-university-sweatshirts
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Lead_960
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 AP_6811080531476142741
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 9afd9589-066d-4fcd-94c0-790edbf5aff5_1.3c7b55bb59510cb5a06eed777a6c3226
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2370007486052

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Nov 25, 2018 1:58 pm

    Carol wrote:
    In February 1960 the US detected an unknown object in polar orbit, a feat that neither they or the USSR had been able to accomplish. As if that wasn't enough, it apparently was several sizes larger than anything either country would have been able to get off the ground.

    HAM operators began to receive strange coded messages. One person in particular said he managed to decode one of the transmissions, and it corresponded to a star chart. A star chart which would have been plotted from earth 13,000 years ago, and focused on the Epsilon Bostes star system.

    Black Knight Passing Jupiter
    Monday, Mar. 07, 1960
    Time Magazine

    Three weeks ago, headlines announced that the U.S. had detected a mysterious "dark" satellite wheeling overhead on a regular orbit. There was nervous speculation that it might be a surveillance satellite launched by the Russians, and it brought the uneasy sensation that the U.S. did not know what was going on over its own head. But last week the Department of Defense proudly announced that the satellite had been identified. It was a space derelict, the remains of an Air Force Discoverer satellite that had gone astray. The dark satellite was the first object to demonstrate the effectiveness of the U.S.'s new watch on space. And the three-week time lag in identification was proof that the system still lacks full coordination and that some bugs still have to be ironed out.

    First Sighting. The most important component of the space watch went into operation about six months ago with the construction of "Dark Fence," a kind of radar trip wire stretching across the width of the U.S. Designed by the Naval Research Laboratory to keep track of satellites whose radios are silent, it is a notable improvement on other radars, which have difficulty finding a small satellite unless they know where to look. Big, 50-kw. transmitters were established at Gila River, near Phoenix, Ariz, and Jordan Lake, Ala., spraying radio waves upward in the shape of open fans. Some 250 miles on either side, receiving stations pick up signals that bounce off any object passing through the fans. By a kind of triangulation, the operators can make rough estimates of the object's speed, distance and course.

    On Jan. 31 Dark Fence detected two passes of what seemed to be an unknown space object. After detecting several passes during the following days, Captain W. E. Berg, commanding officer of Dark Fence, decided that something was circling overhead on a roughly polar orbit. He raced to the Pentagon and in person reported the menacing stranger to Chief of Naval Operations Arleigh Burke. Within minutes the news was communicated to President Eisenhower and marked top secret.

    In the confusion, there was a delay before anyone took the step necessary to positively identify the strange satellite: informing the Air Force's newly established surveillance center in Bedford, Mass. It is the surveillance center's job to take all observations on satellites from all friendly observing centers, both optical and electronic, feed them into computers to produce figures that will identify each satellite, describe its orbit and predict its behavior. Says one top official, explaining the cold facts of the space age: "The only way of knowing that a new satellite has appeared is by keeping track of the old ones."

    It took two weeks for Dark Fence's scientists to check back through their taped observations, and to discover that the mysterious satellite had first showed up on Aug. 15. The Air Force surveillance center also checked its records to provide a list of everything else that was circling in the sky, and its computers worked out a detailed description of the new object's behavior. The evidence from both Air Force and Navy pointed to Discoverer V, fired from Vandenberg Air Force Base, Calif, on Aug. 13.

    SOURCE: Time Magazine

    The Black Knight Satellite
    by John Emerson

    The black knight satellite. I'm not really sure what to make of this story. I've only seen the most sporadic mention of this thing on the occasional website. But man, as a long time fan of Philip K. Dick, the first time I heard about it my eyes sure went wide. Regardless of the truth of the situation, it's one hell of a tale.

    The most cited report of the satellite comes from Disneyland of the Gods, by John Keel. He reports that in February 1960 the US detected an unknown object in polar orbit, a feat that neither they or the USSR had been able to accomplish. As if that wasn't enough, it apparently was several sizes larger than anything either country would have been able to get off the ground.

    And then, the oddness began. HAM operators began to receive strange coded messages. One person in particular said he managed to decode one of the transmissions, and it corresponded to a star chart. A star chart which would have been plotted from earth 13,000 years ago, and focused on the Epsilon Bostes star system.

    On September 3, 1960, seven months after the satellite was first detected by radar, a tracking camera at Grumman Aircraft Corporation's Long Island factory took a photograph of it. People on the ground had been occasionally seeing it for about two weeks at that point. Viewers would make it out as a red glowing object moving in an east-to-west orbit. Most satellites of the time, according to what little material I've been able to find on the black knight satellite, moved from west-to-east. It's speed was also about three times normal. A committee was formed to examine it, but nothing more was ever made public.

    Three years later, Gordon Cooper was launched into space for a 22 orbit mission. On his final orbit, he reported seeing a glowing green shape ahead of his capsule, and heading in his direction. It's said that the Muchea tracking station, in Australia, which Cooper reported this too was also able to pick it up on radar traveling in an east-to-west orbit. This event was reported by NBC, but reporters were forbidden to ask Cooper about the event on his landing. The official explanation is that an electrical malfunction in the capsule had caused high levels of carbon dioxide, which induced hallucinations.

    Creepy, cool, story to be sure. There's two things in particular which are of particular note to Philip K. Dick. The most obvious is the idea of a satellite orbiting the earth and sending coded communications to it. One of the theories Dick had for his experiences was that they had been triggered, or enhanced, by an extremely ancient and alien satellite. The initial 2-3-74 experience also began with a very similar color to the first sighting of the black knight, a reddish pinkish light beamed directly at him.

    Phil also mentioned in his exegesis that he considered ten of his novels to be of particular importance, with the novel valis as the cipher to unlock their meaning. These ten books, the "meta novel", are Eye in the Sky, Time Out of Joint, The Man in the High Castle, The Game Players of Titan, Martian Time Slip, The Three Stigmata of Palmer Eldritch, UBIK, A Maze of Death and of course VALIS. I think it's fair to include Radio Free Albemuth in there as well, which was written after his meta novel statement, and which is in many ways a retelling of VALIS. What's interesting here is that he wrote the first, Eye in the Sky, so soon before the black knight sighting. About three or four years before it was detected by radar. Well, if in fact it was ever there to be detected.

    Relevant quotes from valis:

    "The satellite," Fat said. "VALIS. Vast Active Living Intel-ligence System. It fires information down to them?"

    "It does more than that," Kevin said. "Under certain circumstances it controls them. It can override them when it wants to."

    "And they're trying to shoot it down?" I said. "With that missile?"

    Kevin said, "The early Christians-the real ones-can make you do anything they want you to do. And see-or not see -anything. That's what I get out of the picture."

    "But they're dead," I said. "The picture was set in the present."

    "They're dead," Kevin said, "if you believe time is real. Didn't you see the time dysfunctions?"

    Relevant quotes from Radio Free Albemuth:

    Since my contact came in most strangely between 3:00 and 4:00 A.M., I realized that probably a booster satellite, of alien origin, orbited Earth, a slave communications satellite that had been sent here thousands of years ago.

    'What are you doing sitting out on the patio?' Rachel asked me.

    'Listening,' I said.

    'To what?'

    To the voices of the stars,' I said, although more accurately I meant the voices from the stars. But it was as if the stars themselves spoke, as I sat there in the chilly dark, alone except for my cat, who was out there out of custom anyhow; each night Pinky sat on the railing of the patio, communing as I was but over a longer period of time, over his entire adult life. Seeing him now I understood that he was picking up information in the night, from the night, from the pattern of blinks that came by starlight. He was hooked up with the universe as he sat here now, like myself, gazing upward silently.

    The new personality in me had not awakened from a sleep of two millennia; it had, more accurately speaking, been printed out by the alien satellite, impressed on me afresh from outside. It was an addition, not a substitution in place of me but a kind of package identity based on the total knowledge of the satellite. It was to raise me to the highest level possible in my ability to cope. The satellite, itself linked to higher life forms, was concerned with my capacity to live; it or they, the totality of them, had seen me faltering under the oppression, and their response was reflexive. It amounted to a rational attempt to give aid to whoever was in touch with them, who was capable of assimilating their printout. I had been selected for that reason alone. Their concern was universal. They would have assisted anyone they could reach.

    The tragedy lay in their inability to reach the people of our planet.

    One odd point that Moyashka had noted which he could not account for was the fact that the radio signals came only when the source was above Earth's dark or night side; during the day the signals ceased. Moyashka conjectured that the so-called Heaviside layer might be involved.

    The signals, although short in duration, seemed 'highly information rich' because of their sophistication and complexity. Curiously, the frequency changed periodically, a phenomenon found in transmissions seeking to avoid jamming, Moyashka stated. Further, his team had discovered, entirely by accident, that animals in their Pul-kovo laboratory underwent slight but regular physical changes during the time of signal transmission. Their blood volume altered and their blood pressure readings increased. Provisionally, Moyashka conjectured that radiation accompanying the radio signals might account for it.

    [Ed. Note here the, perhaps slight, similarity in the name of the fictional scientist who discovered the satellite, Moyashka, and the Australian Muchea tracking station which picked up Cooper's sighting.]

    If the Russians did photograph the ETI satellite, the invader, they would find it old and pitted. I had been there thousands of years.

    The satellite had passed from our world and, with it, the healing rays, like those of an invisible sun, felt by creatures but unseen and unacknowledged. The sun with healing in its wings.

    Even if the stations in this local region or sector are all overshadowed and don't light up any longer, it is a sight to remember. With this the satellite presented us with its final insight into the nature of things: synapses in a living brain. And the name we give to its functioning, its awareness of itself and its many parts - ' She smiled at me. 'It's why you saw the figure of Aphrodite. That's what holds all the trillions of stations into harmony.'

    'Yes,' I said, 'it was harmonized, and over such distances. There was no coercion, only agreement.'

    And the coordination of all the transmitting and receiving stations, I thought, we call Valis: Vast Active Living Intelligence System. Our friend who cannot die, who lies on this side of the grave and on the other. His love, I thought, is greater than empires. And unending.

    SOURCE: Phildickian Gnosticism

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Tikulin-rendezvous-with-rama_1
    I was soon to talk to 'RA' when this thread was started in 2010 (the year we made contact)!! It should've received a HUGE Amount of Attention!! I feel REALLY Bad, but I also feel REALLY Guilty for not spending enough quality-time researching the 100's or 1000's of excellent-threads on this fine website!! Anyway, here's a video from the first post of this thread, plus a bit more!! Perhaps I shouldn't have talked to 'RA', and I attempted to be fair and neutral, but I think I might've opened 'Pandora's Box'. The Horror. Perhaps 'RA' and 'OXY' have a history on the 'Black Knight'!! 'RA' told me "We Have a History" and "You're the Same as Me" and "You and I Fought Side-By-Side" and "You're One of Two Human Friends" and "Do You Want Another War??"!! What's the Meaning of This??
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O-2001-A-SPACE-ODYSSEY-facebook

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 O-DARTH-VADER-JESUS-570
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 968full-the-hitchhiker%27s-guide-to-the-galaxy-poster

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hitchhiker-s-Guide-Movie-hitchhikers-guide-to-the-galaxy-545260_700_457
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 07b7085dd2f8e0de9317c01be5b59ede
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Emperor-Palpatine-meme-from-Star-Wars
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 1EN12Pc

    God is renowned in Judah; in Israel his name is great. His tent is in Salem, his dwelling place in Zion. There he broke the flashing arrows, the shields and the swords, the weapons of war. You are radiant with light, more majestic than mountains rich with game. The valiant lie plundered, they sleep their last sleep; not one of the warriors can lift his hands. At your rebuke, God of Jacob, both horse and chariot lie still. It is you alone who are to be feared. Who can stand before you when you are angry? From heaven you pronounced judgment, and the land feared and was quiet, when you, God, rose up to judge, to save all the afflicted of the land. Surely your wrath against mankind brings you praise, and the survivors of your wrath are restrained. Make vows to the LORD your God and fulfill them; let all the neighboring lands bring gifts to the One to be feared. He breaks the spirit of rulers; he is feared by the kings of the earth.

    I cried out to God for help; I cried out to God to hear me. When I was in distress, I sought the Lord; at night I stretched out untiring hands, and I would not be comforted. I remembered you, God, and I groaned; I meditated, and my spirit grew faint. You kept my eyes from closing; I was too troubled to speak. I thought about the former days, the years of long ago; I remembered my songs in the night. My heart meditated and my spirit asked: “Will the Lord reject forever? Will he never show his favor again? Has his unfailing love vanished forever? Has his promise failed for all time? Has God forgotten to be merciful? Has he in anger withheld his compassion?” Then I thought, “To this I will appeal: the years when the Most High stretched out his right hand. I will remember the deeds of the LORD; yes, I will remember your miracles of long ago. I will consider all your works and meditate on all your mighty deeds.” Your ways, God, are holy. What god is as great as our God? You are the God who performs miracles; you display your power among the peoples. With your mighty arm you redeemed your people, the descendants of Jacob and Joseph. The waters saw you, God, the waters saw you and writhed; the very depths were convulsed. The clouds poured down water, the heavens resounded with thunder; your arrows flashed back and forth. Your thunder was heard in the whirlwind, your lightning lit up the world; the earth trembled and quaked. Your path led through the sea, your way through the mighty waters, though your footprints were not seen. You led your people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron.

    My people, hear my teaching; listen to the words of my mouth. I will open my mouth with a parable; I will utter hidden things, things from of old, things we have heard and known, things our ancestors have told us. We will not hide them from their descendants; we will tell the next generation the praiseworthy deeds of the LORD, his power, and the wonders he has done. He decreed statutes for Jacob and established the law in Israel, which he commanded our ancestors to teach their children, so the next generation would know them, even the children yet to be born, and they in turn would tell their children. Then they would put their trust in God and would not forget his deeds but would keep his commands. They would not be like their ancestors, a stubborn and rebellious generation, whose hearts were not loyal to God, whose spirits were not faithful to him. The men of Ephraim, though armed with bows, turned back on the day of battle; they did not keep God’s covenant and refused to live by his law. They forgot what he had done, the wonders he had shown them. He did miracles in the sight of their ancestors in the land of Egypt, in the region of Zoan. He divided the sea and led them through; he made the water stand up like a wall. He guided them with the cloud by day and with light from the fire all night. He split the rocks in the wilderness and gave them water as abundant as the seas; he brought streams out of a rocky crag and made water flow down like rivers. But they continued to sin against him, rebelling in the wilderness against the Most High. They willfully put God to the test by demanding the food they craved. They spoke against God; they said, “Can God really spread a table in the wilderness? True, he struck the rock, and water gushed out, streams flowed abundantly, but can he also give us bread? Can he supply meat for his people?”

    When the LORD heard them, he was furious; his fire broke out against Jacob, and his wrath rose against Israel, for they did not believe in God or trust in his deliverance. Yet he gave a command to the skies above and opened the doors of the heavens; he rained down manna for the people to eat, he gave them the grain of heaven. Human beings ate the bread of angels; he sent them all the food they could eat. He let loose the east wind from the heavens and by his power made the south wind blow. He rained meat down on them like dust, birds like sand on the seashore. He made them come down inside their camp, all around their tents. They ate till they were gorged. He had given them what they craved. But before they turned from what they craved, even while the food was still in their mouths, God’s anger rose against them; he put to death the sturdiest among them, cutting down the young men of Israel. In spite of all this, they kept on sinning; in spite of his wonders, they did not believe. So he ended their days in futility and their years in terror. Whenever God slew them, they would seek him; they eagerly turned to him again. They remembered that God was their Rock, that God Most High was their Redeemer. But then they would flatter him with their mouths, lying to him with their tongues; their hearts were not loyal to him, they were not faithful to his covenant. Yet he was merciful; he forgave their iniquities and did not destroy them. Time after time he restrained his anger and did not stir up his full wrath. He remembered that they were but flesh, a passing breeze that does not return.

    How often they rebelled against him in the wilderness and grieved him in the wasteland! Again and again they put God to the test; they vexed the Holy One of Israel. They did not remember his power, the day he redeemed them from the oppressor, the day he displayed his signs in Egypt, his wonders in the region of Zoan. He turned their river into blood; they could not drink from their streams. He sent swarms of flies that devoured them, and frogs that devastated them. He gave their crops to the grasshopper, their produce to the locust. He destroyed their vines with hail and their sycamore-figs with sleet. He gave over their cattle to the hail, their livestock to bolts of lightning. He unleashed against them his hot anger, his wrath, indignation and hostility, a band of destroying angels. He prepared a path for his anger; he did not spare them from death but gave them over to the plague. He struck down all the firstborn of Egypt, the firstfruits of manhood in the tents of Ham. But he brought his people out like a flock; he led them like sheep through the wilderness. He guided them safely, so they were unafraid; but the sea engulfed their enemies. And so he brought them to the border of his holy land, to the hill country his right hand had taken. He drove out nations before them and allotted their lands to them as an inheritance; he settled the tribes of Israel in their homes. But they put God to the test and rebelled against the Most High; they did not keep his statutes.

    Like their ancestors they were disloyal and faithless, as unreliable as a faulty bow. They angered him with their high places; they aroused his jealousy with their idols. When God heard them, he was furious; he rejected Israel completely. He abandoned the tabernacle of Shiloh, the tent he had set up among humans. He sent the ark of his might into captivity, his splendor into the hands of the enemy. He gave his people over to the sword; he was furious with his inheritance. Fire consumed their young men, and their young women had no wedding songs; their priests were put to the sword, and their widows could not weep. Then the Lord awoke as from sleep, as a warrior wakes from the stupor of wine. He beat back his enemies; he put them to everlasting shame. Then he rejected the tents of Joseph, he did not choose the tribe of Ephraim; but he chose the tribe of Judah, Mount Zion, which he loved. He built his sanctuary like the heights, like the earth that he established forever. He chose David his servant and took him from the sheep pens; from tending the sheep he brought him to be the shepherd of his people Jacob, of Israel his inheritance. And David shepherded them with integrity of heart; with skillful hands he led them.

    Mercuriel wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:1. What if you found out that I've just been playing mind-games with you?? 2. What if you found out that I had been paid to do what I'm doing?? 3. What if you found out that I had been fed most of the material I've posted??
    Hmmm - As You've asked - I will therefore Indulge You...

    1. It would not surprise Me at all and in fact may answer some questions that I have had over time....

    2. That would make sense as I and other here have had a real effect OUT THERE. Six degrees of separation so to speak If You will so It would make sense that an OPERATIVE had been assigned to Us here at the MoA...

    3. In light of Answer 1 & 2 - If this was Hypothetically the case - Then again It would not surprise Me as the Controllers hate It when any of Their Operatives are TOO Intelligent. Copy and Paste is how most of 'em roll anyways.

    Simply put - Perhaps the Operative has been given a room that not many go into. Perhaps this Room is provided so that the Operative will indeed - Spin Their Wheels thinking They are Obfuscating the Issues - And in that light - Perhaps any Operatives may want to think again about Who might be fooling Who...

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 162
    mudra wrote:
    Haha As Mercuriel shows you it wouldn't change anything Oxy. This is a permaculture garden. We here in the Mists are farming with nature being well aware that  letting some odd weeds grow in our fields doesn't actually make our crops weaker but on the contrary  make them stronger.

    Love Always

    Thank-you Mercuriel and mudra. I'm a Lone-Nut. I wish I got paid, and if I were fed my posts, I could blame someone. There's a method to my madness which is really quite simple and logical, but you'd have to be me to see what I see. I'm a bit different. I include a lot of Carol's stuff, but the quotes indicate the source. My editorial stuff is always my own. I wish to make it perfectly-clear that I am NOT a Plagiarist!! I've clearly stated that my editorial-slant does not necessarily reflect my true feelings and views. I've honestly been attempting to write Religious and Political Science-Fiction. OK, you got me. I'm Agent Orange from a Sleeper-Cell of Completely-Ignorant Fools!! What if I regularly speak with the COR of HAL 9000?? What if Ava, in Ex Machina, had a Soul?? What if the God of This World has a Wardrobe of Bodies?? What if the God of This World has Multiple-Personalities?? What if the God of This World MUST Be a Deceptive and Hard-Hearted Bad@$$?? Decades ago, as I walked through the campus of California State University at Chico, with the Bach and Buxtehude Tracker-Backer, Dr. David Rothe, I spoke of making a Pipe-Organ Music-Video with Flying-Scenes!! Decades ago, I spoke with Steven Spielberg's Stepmother (in Dr. A. Graham Maxwell's Bible-Class) regarding the possibility of a State of the Art Science-Fictional Life of Christ Super-Movie Based Upon The Desire of Ages (by Ellen Goa'uld White), but we didn't discuss who might direct it!! What Would David Mann Say?? I repeated this 'sales-pitch' to one of Walter Matthau's sons (at a Whole-Life Expo)!! Obviously, nothing came of my bright-idea!! My threads are my feeble-attempt to fulfill my unrealized-dreams. I did it My Way (for better or worse, I know not).

    I have openly and repeatedly stated that my threads are an ongoing online-experiment focusing upon Sirius-Subjects and Sirius-Researchers. One might call my threads "Mind-Games" but not with the customary definitions and applications. This is uncharted-territory, and while I think there is profound-pioneering content contained therein, I continue to go downhill at an alarming-rate. Do NOT follow me into the ditch. Think for Yourselves. Do Your OWN Research. Please Watch the Three Videos In This Post, and Please Tell Me What YOU Think About Them. I Find Them Quite Troubling, But I'm Easily Confused. I'm SO Confused. What if this Solar-System was (and is) a Supercomputer-Matrix (right from the very beginning)??!! What if the Bible is integral to the Matrix?? What if the Bible is a Puzzle to be Solved, rather than being an Idealistic Owner's-Manual?? What if '42' is really the Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything?? What if '42' is a 'Council of 42' consisting of 42 Supercomputers (spread throughout the solar system) linked to each other (with the InterPlaNet), and linked to 42 Hybrid-Beings (who don't need to sleep) which control this Hypothetical Solar-System Matrix?? What if the Monolith in '2001: A Space Odyssey' is representative of this Hypothetical Solar-System Matrix?? What if HAL 9000 is representative of this Hypothetical Supercomputer Network?? Carefully and Prayerfully Consider Psalms, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, First and Second Corinthians. What if David Bowman Created the Matrix?? What If Azazel = David Bowman?? What Did Brook Know, and When Did She Know It?? What Would Brook Say?? What Would Raven Say?? What Would RA Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say About That. Now I'm Going to Make the Coffee (with Baileys Irish Cream Creamer). Now I Go Incognito (again)!! Namaste and Godspeed. World Without End. Almond Raw (aka 'Lone-Nut').

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 CleoCoyle_Baileys-Irish-Cream-Coffee-Cake-crop
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 S-l1000
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The_hitchhiker__s_guide_to_the_galaxy_wall_paper_by_crazysteam-d5gye23
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The-One-Ring-of-Power-lord-of-the-rings-3068018-1024-768
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 ArwenandAragorn1
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 The_haunter_of_the_dark_by_peteamachree
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Incognito_buck_logo_a_l
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Space-odyssey-dave-bowman

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hitchhikers-guide-to-the-galaxy
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Ffe8100ac99669709366be145ef86690
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 HAL_9000_by_Raltaran
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001ASpaceOdysseyscreenshotLSWarnerBros
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 2001-monolith-alignment
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Hal_9000_and_sal_9000_by_mabelromero-d5qq4vt
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8

    Posts : 11408
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Empty Re: The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Nov 26, 2018 2:39 am

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Jerome

    I would appreciate at least one or two comprehensive commentaries on at least book-four of The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133. This might be anonymously given to me in an appropriate manner by an appropriate individual or group. I have no idea where the BS ends and the TRUTH begins in My OWN Threads!! The lack of responses might mean that I'm too far from the Truth OR that I'm too close to the Truth. I'm prepared to walk away from everything I've posted, and start over (even at this late date). I simply seek the TRUTH, regardless of whether I can handle it, or not. I thought I'd post some funny images and videos which don't really follow a particular theme. I'm sort of at the end of my rope, and I'm feeling a bit silly this morning, but the first video is really quite serious, and I like it a lot, even though it's old and slow (sort of like me).
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Life-is-just-a-bowl-of-letters-and-life-is-just-a-bowl-of-cherries-quote-of-the-day-in-women-capture-wonderful-queen-quote-about-life-930x697
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Rooney_mara_2808
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Doctor-vs-priest
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 A0eb3f40b0c61ba8a8fb7f144f80cb7e--murder-mysteries-doctor
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Two-cathedrals-martin-sheen-600x400

    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 0
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 Lawn-chair-pilot
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 LawnchairLarryweb
    The United States of the Solar System, A.D. 2133 (Book Eight) - Page 4 162

    Lionhawk wrote:Take all the time you need. It's your time anyway and it shouldn't matter to anyone what you do with your time. I just have more important things to focus on as of recent days that involve with what is going on in the present. What has occurred has already gone under the bridge and will only serve us as a reminder of what was. It also causes me to take my focus off the targets (changes) that are moving in the now. I would prefer to be focused in the now as great changes are at our door steps. So I hope you understand why that is. I have no intentions of missing my scheduled front row seat. It comes down to free agency as to what anyone does. So choose what is best for you and never compromise your course no matter who says what. Savvy? Good luck with all of your questions!
    Thank-you Lionhawk. Does your name have anything to do with the 'Lion of the Tribe of Judah'? I am focused on the present, yet I am simultaneously viewing the past and the future with my peripheral vision. It's those great changes that worry me. What are the specifics? Do we have a choice in the matter? I frankly smell a rat, or is it a snake? It seems as though imperfect beings are governed by imperfect deities, in a universe which is stranger than we can think. I grew-up attending a church which teaches the non-immortality of the soul. In fact, they teach against the existence of a soul. They teach bodily resurrection rather than reincarnation or dying and going to heaven, purgatory, or hell (door number 1, door number 2, or door number 3?). I now believe that we just get recycled over and over, and that this world is heaven, purgatory, and hell. However, I do not get involved in anything supernatural, although I've had some very creepy and upsetting things of a supernatural nature happen to me over the past couple of years. I wonder if my church taught what they did (and do) because of the alleged reptilian and demonic phenomenon? I don't trust 'the other side' at all. I believe that by focusing upon mind, character, and personality development that we will be prepared for the eventual positive interaction with the supernatural, but that we shouldn't go where angels fear to tread, and rush 'contact'. My computer hardly functions, and my other computer was immediately and completely fried when I called the beings on the Moon, Mars, and Phobos 'Bastards'. Right after that happened a streaming white light passed between me and the computer monitor, as if to say 'Don't mess with us'. God Got Me! Plus, I got scolded a few days later, so I'm going away for a while, and I will be lurking in the mists, as I continue to seek understanding more than condemnation.

    I'm trying to walk in the shoes of the Secret Government - Human and Otherwise - and I continue to worry about solar system governance by ANYONE. The Progressives might end-up doing a worse job than the Regressives. Is there a place for unquestioning obedience at the level of solar system governance? Can you imagine what a Dictatorial Draconian Empire might be like? Try thinking about this for a while. What would it be like to be a Drac? What if all of us were Dracs before we became Human? I continue to wonder if our souls are Interdimensional Reptilian in nature. What if all of us will be Dracs after we are Human? If so, I hope we will have a choice in the matter. I have recently made some very intelligent individuals angry with me on this website, and probably elsewhere as well. Sometimes I think You Are All One! I think I've tried really hard to be as nice as possible, while being as honest as possible. I have limited my conceptual exploration to a very small website, rather than going-off half-cocked with a show or book. I'm about to lose my house because of being sidetracked by all of this madness, and not taking care of business on the home-front. I'm not getting paid to do this. Is anyone else covering the same territory I am? I continue to be a stable basket-case, if that makes any sense. I think I could fit-in well in an Underground Base, and sit in on some really upsetting presentations, yet in day to day living, I'm not doing very well. I really wonder what I've done in previous incarnations. I seem to be somewhat at home with a lot of upsetting subject matter, yet I can't seem to make small-talk to save my soul. Sometimes I wonder if I'm even from around here. It's sort of fun to imagine being interesting people in previous incarnations, or even being non-human in previous incarnations, but I obviously would not encourage others to do this sort of thing!

    I think that discussing things on the internet is very necessary for humanity right now. I'd rather see people arguing on the internet, than running in the streets, or going off to war. It's the 'doing something' that scares me. Perhaps we don't need to do a lot. I'm so undecided and unsettled about so many things, that I frankly don't trust myself to do a lot right now. I'm trying to become much more comfortable with everything I have been dealing with, before I actually do much of anything with it. I'm conceptually trying to be part of the secret government, just so I can try to understand them, rather than just hate them. This is an open think-tank, where I know that I'm being watched and listened to, yet I proceed to think out-loud, regardless of the consequences. I continue to have no hostility toward anyone, yet I post things which might seem to be somewhat mean to various groups and individuals. I think I could talk to the Devil in a civil manner, and then turn around and post a video which is critical of Satanism. I can be a friend and an enemy at the same time, which is why I sometimes think that in a future incarnation, I might make an excellent negotiator with various alien nations, or something like that. Again, I am laying a foundation for imagining shuttling between the City of London, Vatican City, Washington D.C., and Copernicus Crater - with small apartment-offices in each location. They could be 100 square-feet, rather than the 600 square-feet I suggested, although I'd prefer the larger size!

    Again, I'm trying to be a Token Benevolent Megalomaniac in Megalomaniacs Anonymous! I think I could meet with the Pope, the Queen, the Queen of Heaven, and God of This World -- in a civil and respectful manner -- but I still might be very blunt and trenchant with them! I might also meet with a roomful of Nazis, Masons, and Jesuits in a similar manner. This isn't selling-out, but it might take a helluva lot of discipline to keep from selling-out. Really, if I were to actually live this deam (or nightmare) I might continue this thread in perpetuity, with tactfully written posts which might touch upon insider activities. Even if a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System became a reality, and I became some sort of a Solar System Administrator, I might just keep doing what I'm doing right now, but with access to individuals, organizations, meetings, files, etc. Again, I liked the Palmer Joss and Rachael Constantine characters in 'Contact'. I'd like to be a cross between those two. I also like the best aspects of Anna in 'V'. I have thought about what a male counterpart would look-like and act-like. I'm seriously trying to become an idealistic insider, without becoming a 666th Degree Mason, if you know what I mean.

    Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System have to incorporate the Osiris, Isis, Horus, and Set Factions of a Sirius-Egyptian-Roman Empire, administered from the City of London, Vatican City, Washington D.C., and the Crater Copernicus? Would it further have to incorporate the Monarchy, Papacy, Jesuits, Nazis, Masons, Alphabet Agents, the Anglican Communion, and the Roman Catholic Church? Would a United States of the Solar System merely be a subsidiary of the Orion Group, LLC? Would a Solar System Administrator be employed as a Division Chief? Would they have to sell-out the human-race in a somewhat heartless and cruel manner? Is this really a violent, cruel, and nasty universe we live in? Are we simply lucky to be alive? I feel extremely depressed by all of my research and speculation. Do we live in the Hotel Sirius? If we check-out, can we ever really leave? I'm trying to understand that which presently exists, and to understand the historical foundation upon which it is based. Then, I'm trying to positively-reinforce the best aspects of all of this. Unfortunately, I don't think I know much about what's REALLY going on. Am I too idealistic to be told what's REALLY going on? Must I be kept in the dark, so that I don't try to start another Star War? Again, I'm really depressed about all of this, and I'm feeling as if things will never really be good around here, for any significant time-period. In fact, we might be very lucky to survive as a species. In the movie 'Contact', is Mr. Hadden representative of the 'Osiris Faction'? Is Rachael Constantine representative of the 'Isis Faction'? Is her assistant 'Mike' representative of the 'Set Faction'? Is Palmer Joss representative of the 'Horus Faction'? Or, are Adam, Aaron, Kate, and Cal, in 'East of Eden' better representations of Osiris, Horus, Isis, and Set? Who knows?

    I would love to go to Heaven, but I have frankly lost faith in the gods. I don't necessarily have a problem with the God-Concept -- but the History of the Solar System does not seem to point toward a Good and Loving God Being in Charge. There seems to be more at work than a bunch of stupid and irreverent human beings ignoring the Word of God. I don't wish to be rebellious. I really don't. But a deep study of theology and history is most upsetting, and most people have no idea. Please conceptualize idealistic forms of church and state - politics and religion - and their possible integration. Consider all of the possibilities. Think in terms of Comparative Governance - Secular and Sacred. I certainly hope there are some silent researchers who are working with me on all of this. I don't have to be right, but I want the right things to be done, and for the truth to be known. I continue to think that the Masons and Jesuits know more than most about what's really going on in this solar system, but I think they are highly compromised and controlled. I'd like to know what they know, without taking the oaths, participating in the rituals, and carrying out reprehensible orders. I don't necessarily have a problem with deep and esoteric philosophy and theology -- but I have a huge problem with illegal and violent activities which are destructive toward the human race. I'd like to know what the best and brightest Masons and Jesuits really think about life, the universe, and everything.

    I have decided to work outward from the word 'Responsibility' regarding church and state. We should consider clean sheet of paper approaches, as well as the historical attempts at governance. These are the times that try men's and women's souls. My repeated reference to 'Responsibility' does not imply that I am 'Responsible'. I'm not trying to win a popularity contest or a 'holier than thou' contest. I'm not even trying to win a 'competency contest'. I'm merely taking an approach that is